Full text of "Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia"

See other formats

Return to
LIBRARY OF MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY

WOODS HOLE, MASS.

Loaned by American Museum of Natural History

PROCEEDINGS

OF TIIE

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES

PHILADELPHIA.

1876.

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE.
JosEm Leidy, M.D.. Geo. W. Tryon, Jr.,

Wm. S. ArAOX, W. S. W. RUSCHENBERGER, M.D.,

Geo. H. Horn, M.D.
Editor: EDWARD J. NOLAN, M.D.

PHILADELPHIA:

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES,

S. W. Corner Nineteenth and Race Streets.

1876.

Hall of the Academy of Natural Sciences,

Philadelphia, February, 1877.

I hereby certify that printed copies of the Proceedings for 187G have been
presented at the meetings of the Academy, as follows : —

Pages

9 to 24 .

April

18, 1876.

i«

25 to 40 .

25, 1876.

41 to 56 .

May

23, 1876.

57 to 72 .

June

13, 1876.

73 to 104 .

July

11, 1876.

105 to 120 .

August

8, 1876.

121 to 152 .

September

5, 1876.

153 to 184 .

Novembei

14, 1876.

185 to 200 .

28, 1876.

201 to 232 .

January

2, 1877.

233 to 264 .

9, 1877.

265 to 328 .

23, 1877.

329 to 376 .

30, 1877.

EDWARD J. NOLAN, M.D.,

Recording Secretary.

try I

PHILADBLPRIA:
COLLINS, PRINTS K.

LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS,

With reference to the several articles contributed by each.
For Verbal Communications see General Index.

Allen, Harrison. Zoological and Biological Methods of Research 90

Allen, J. A. Description of a New Generic Type (Bassaricyon) of

Procyonida? from Costa Rica 20

Barcena, Mariano. On certain Mexican Meteorites 122

The Rocks known as Mexican Onyx 166

Binney, W. G. On the Lingual Dentition, Jaw, and Genitalia of

Carelia, Onchidella, and other Pulmonata 183

Chapman, H. C. Description of a Monstrosity 24

Clark, S. F. Report on the Hydroids collected on the Coast of Alaska

and the Aleutian Islands, by W. H. Dall, U. S. Coast Survey

and Party, from 1871 to 1874, inclusive .' 209

Conrad, T. A. Note on a Cirripede of the California Miocene, with

Remarks on Fossil Shells 273

Cope, Edw. D. Fourth Contribution to the History of the Existing

Cetacea 129

Description of some Vertebrate Remains from the Fort Union Beds

of Montana 248

On some Extinct Reptiles and Batrachia from the Judith River and

Fox Hill Beds of Montana 340

Dall, W. H. On the Marine Faunal Regions of the North Pacific 205

On the Extrusion of the Seminal Products in Limpets, with some

Remarks on the Phyllogeny of the Docoglossia 239

Ennis, Jac. Our Sidereal System and the direction and distance to its

centre 360

Gabb, Wm, M. Note on the Discovery of Representatives of Three

Orders of Fossils new to the Cretaceous Formation of North

America 178

Notes on American Cretaceous Fossils, with descriptions of some

New Species 276

IV LIST OF CONTRIRUTORS.

Gill, Theodore. Notes on Fishes from tho Isthmus of Panama, col-
lected by Dr. J. F. Bransford, U. S. N 335

Hay, Geo. Chemical Notes 72

Jordan, D. P. and II. E. Copeland. The Genua Poraoxys, Rafinesque 68

Kcenig, Geo. Aug. On Paehnolite and Thomsenolite, Hexagonite,

Goldsmith, a Variety of Paehnolite 180

Lea, I. Further Notes on " Inclusions" in Gems, etc 98

LeConte, J. L. Report on Insects introduced by means of the Inter-
national Exhibition 2(17

Mazyck, Wm. G. On the Occurrence of Helix terrcstris, Chem.. in

North America 127

Pickering, Chas. On Photographs of Tasmanians at the Centennial

Exposition 16fl

Strecker. Herman. Description of a new species of ^Egiale, and notes

on some other species of North American Lepidoptcra 148

White. Chas. A. Description of New Species of Fossils from Palaeo-
zoic Rocks of Iowa 27

LfBRARY,

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES

PHILADELPHIA.

1876.

January 4, 1876.
The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair.
Forty-four members present.

On Petalodus. — Prof. Leidy exhibited a tooth of Petalodus,
which in shape and size resembles those from the carboniferous
limestone of Illinois, described by Dr. Newberry under the name
of P. linguifer. The specimen was brought to his notice onby
this evening by Edward Bradin, a medical student of the Uni-
versity, who desired to know what it was. It was stated to have
been found by another student, Oakford D. Acton, in the green
sand marl, about six miles from Salem, New Jersey. Remains of
the genus have previously never been found in formations later
than those of Carboniferous age, and it was therefore open to sus-
picion whether the present specimen really belonged to the green
sand deposit of Cretaceous age. Some portions of ash-colored
matter adherent to the tooth consist of carbonate of lime, and
this would indicate that the specimen had been derived from lime-
stone.

January ll.1
The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair.
Sixty-one members present.

1 Note. — This day the Society met in its new building, S. W. corner of Race and
Nineteenth Streets, for the first time.

10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1S76.

January 18.
The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair.
Forty-three members present.

January 25.

The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair.

Forty-five members present

The following were elected members: Chas. L. Sharpless, Dr.
Alfred Whelen, Rev. W. Q. Scott, Dr. Henry M. Fisher, Edwin
H. Fitler, Dr. Wm. R. Cruice, Chas. H. Rogers, and Dr. W. F.
Waugh.

February 1.

The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair.

Forty-six members present.

A paper entitled " Description of a New Generic Tvpe, Bassari-
cyon Gabbii, of Procyonidre from Costa Rica," by J. A. Allen
was presented for publication.

On a Gigantic Bird from the Eocene, of New Mexico. — Prof.
Cope exhibited a tarsometatarsus of a bird, discovered by himself
during the explorations in New Mexico, conducted by Lieut. G.
M. Wheeler, U. S. A. The characters of its proximal extremity
resemble in many points those of the order Cursores (represented
by the Struthionidse and Dinornis), while those of the distal end
are, in the middle and inner trochlea?, like those of the Gastornis
of the Paris Basin. Its size indicates a species with feet twice
the bulk of those of the ostrich. The discover}7 introduces this
group of birds to the known faunae of North America recent and
extinct, and demonstrates that this continent has not been desti-
tute of the gigantic forms of birds, heretofore chiefly found in
the Southern Hemisphere faunae The description is as follows: —

The hypotarsus is moderately prominent, with broad truncate
face, and does not inclose the ligamentous groove of its inner side.
Its superior angle is broken away in the specimen. The two fora-
mina which pierce the shaft just below the head, arc well separated
from each other both on the posterior and anterior faces, marking
nearly equal thirds of the transverse diameter of the bone. The

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 11

cotyloid cavities for the tibio-tarsus are bounded by an elevated
margin, and are separated medially by a single low oblique ridge.
The groove of the posterior face is particularly wide, and the inner
part of the shaft is thinned, while the outer border is broadly con-
vex. The proximal part of the inner border (as far as it is pre-
served) is marked with a flat surface which is roughened with
ridges, which is perhaps the sutural articulation of the proximal
end of the metatarsus of the hallux. No such surface exists on
the corresponding bone of the ostrich or emeu. Only two of the
free distal phalangeal extremities are preserved. The shaft is
broken, showing that its interior is filled with cancellous tissue.
The free extremities are remarkable for the great inferior extent of
the articular trochlear face. The median is strongly grooved with
an obtuse excavation, and the lateral or bordering ridges are equal
and rounded. The groove is continuous with the superior surface,
but not with the inferior. There the convergent lateral ridges in-
losing the open groove, terminate in an abrupt elevation above the
adjacent surface of the shaft. The sides at this point are concave.
The inner free condyle has an oblique articular face, the external
ridge dropping away internally as in many birds, and produced
beyond the inner ridge, distally. The articular face becomes then
a part of a spiral, and is little grooved above, but strongly grooved
medially. The vertical diameters of the sides differ, the inner
being much greater, and both are concave. A strong foramen
pierces the shaft just within the point of junction of the inner and
medial free extremities.

Measurements. m.

Transverse diameter of proximal end of tarsometatarsals . . .100

Antero-posterior do. (partly inferential) 070

Interval between penetrating foramina on anterior face shaft . .017

i Long diameter 050

Median distal condyle I Vertical diameter 048

(Transverse diameter 040

SLong diameter 037
Vertical diameter 040
Transverse diameter 031

The large size and wide separation of the penetrating foramina,
and the thin internal edge with sutural articular facet, distinguish
this form as distinct from any of the genera of Struthionidaj and
Dinornithidse. It is therefore named Diatryma gigantea.

On Strontianite and Associated Minerals in Mifflin Co. — Mr.
Henry Carvill Lewis remarked that it might be of interest to
mention the occurrence of Strontianite in Pennsylvania — a mineral
which he believed had not been heretofore recorded as occurring in
our State.

He had found it quite abundantly in Mifflin County on the
Juniata opposite Mount Union. It exists as tufts of white acicular

12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

crystals, lining pockets in limestone, or when in shale, disseminated
throughout the rock-mass. The specimen presented to the Academy
is of the latter kind. Its geological position is in hydraulic lime-
stone near the lower horizon of the Water Lime Group. (No.
VI. of Penna. Survey.)

Several other minerals have been found associated with the
strontianite ; among them a strontianitic aragonite, found in fibrous
crystalline crusts, generally about half an inch thick. When heated
before the blowpipe it gives a red flame, and sometimes slightly
exfoliates. A specimen was examined by Dr. Genth, who finds the
amount of strontia present to be about one-half of one per cent.

Calcite, ferrocalcite, common aragonite, and fluorite occur at the
same locality.

A statement in Prof. Rogers' "Geology of Pennsylvania" (Vol.
I. p. 215), referring to the occurrence of strontianite at Marble
Hall, Montgomery County, is probably incorrect; barites, which is
there plentiful, being mistaken for it.

February 8.
The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair.
Twenty-nine members present.

Mr. Thomas Meehan remarked that the American correspon-
dent of " Nature" had characterized some recent remarks of his on
fertilization b}T insect agency, as an attack on Mr. Darwin. He
thought the members of the Academy would bear him out in the
statement that the facts and observations he had from time to
time offered were submitted in no spirit of antagonism to Mr.
Darwin, but often favored as much as they opposed views held by
that distinguished gentleman. Even those who were avowed
partisans of Mr. Darwin felt it necessary to strengthen their posi-
tions by searching for new facts; surely the mere student who was
willing to wait till the evidence was all in, might otter the facts us
he found them, without being liable to the charge of direct anta-
gonism. However, he felt fortunate to-night in having two new
facts to offer, one of which might favor, and the other oppose
some generally accepted views.

Variation in Quercus macrocarpa. — Mr. M. remarked that
among many other characters distinguishing oaks, the color of
the one-year-old twigs was marked. Some species had purplish-
red twigs, as, for instance, the white oak ; others, as the burr oak,
had gray twigs. This character was remarkably constant through
all the species. He exhibited some branches of the burr oak
(Quercus macrocarjw) in which was a tendency to develop the
character of the white oak. From the articulus of the fallen leaf
downwards, in some cases extending several inches, was a purple

1870.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 13

line similar to the color of the white oak, giving the twig a striped
appearance. There was no reason why the whole twig might not
lose its gray color and become purple or brown, instead of par-
tially so as now, and no reason why it might not become a perma-
nent and enduring character. It was undoubtedly a fact favoring
evolutionary views.

Self- Fertilization in Browallia elata. — Mr. Meehan exhibited
specimens of this common green-house annual in flower and with
an abundance of perfect seed, and said it had been produced from
plants which had no aid whatever from insects in fertilization.
The tendency of thought at the present time was to present the
generalization that plants were benefited by cross fertilization;
that they had come to abhor, so to say, in-and-in breeding, and
that color, fragrance, and honeyed secretion in flowers had been
developed in these later ages solely as inducements to insects to
visit them, and thereby secure this cross fertilization. He did
not regard this necessity for cross fertilization — this supposed
injury to plants, from in-and-in breeding — to be proved by any
means, as there are abundant evidences to the contrary. But un-
doubted self-fertilizers have existed as long and are every way
as healthy as those that cannot now fertilize themselves. It was
essential, he thought, that this point should be more fully proved
before we could say much about special contrivances for insuring
insect fertilization.

That there was a considerable number of plants that could only
be fertilized by insect agency, was certainly true, and as remark-
able as it was true, and whatever the purport of this arrangement
might ultimately be proved to be, they who were working up this
field and increasing the number of instances were doing; inestima-
ble service to science. But while there were instances of structure
which seem to be specialized particularly with the object of insect
fertilization, it was but right that we should not close our eyes to
other structures which just as strongly seemed specialized to prevent
it. That was the case with the Browallia now exhibited. Not only
was it a fact that this plant with such an attractive blue color
perfected every seed vessel without insect aid, but the structure
of the flower was such that should an insect endeavor to collect
the pollen it would only aid, if that were necessary, in self-fertili-
zation. The stigma was nearly the length of the corolla tube ;
and the anthers, a trifle longer, were arranged closely around
it. Two of these were inverted just over the stigma, their backs
being densely bearded, and appearing to the naked eye like peta-
loid processes effectually closing the mouth of the throat. No
insect could thrust its proboscis into the tube, except through this
dense bearded mass, and if it had foreign pollen, would be tho-
roughly cleaned by the beard ; but the very act of penetration
would thrust these anthers forward on to the pistil, and thus aid
in rupturing the pollen sacs, and of course the self-fertilization of

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1876.

the flower. If we are to he told that "all flowers with brilliant
colors" have been so developed by the " unconscious agency of
insects," as Sir John Lubbock tells us ; and if we are to regard
peculiarities of structures which prevent self-fertilization, as hav-
ing been arranged especially with that view and to that end, what
are we to say of cases like this of Browallia, with brilliant color,
and special structure favoring self-fertilization?

Ffbruary 15.

The President, Dr. Ruschexberger, in the chair.

Thirty members present.

A paper entitled "Description of a Monstrosity," by II. C.
Chapman, M.D., was presented for publication.

Description of anew Tsenia from Rhea Americana. — Dr. Chap-
man called the attention of the members to a new species of Taenia
which he had found in the alimentary canal of the Rhea Ameri-
cana. According to Diesing there exists in the Struthio a taenia,
but as no description is given he could not say whether the species
are the same. It is very probable, however, that they are so. If
future investigation should show this to be correct, it will offer
another illustration of closely related forms bavins: the same

entozoa. The taenia from the Rhea varies from
9 to 10 inches in length. Its head measures
^3 of an inch in breadth and ^z of an inch in
length (to beginning of 1st segment). The
head is provided with four suckers. The cer-
vical segments are rounded off at the articula-
A tions, but the mature ones are serrated. The
\ genital aperture is lateral and alternates from
A side to side. Sometimes there will be as
^ many as five successive segments on one side
exhibiting these apertures, and then five will
be seen on the opposite side of the next five
successive segments. The penis could be pro-
truded by compression and the vagina readily
seen.
From the fact of the head being rather thickly set upon this
species, the name Taenia tauricollis was proposed for it.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15

February 22.

The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair.

Thirty-two members present.

A paper entitled " Descriptions of New Species of Fossils from
Paleozoic Rocks of Iowa," by Chas. A. White, M.D., was pre-
sented for publication.

On the Theory of Evolution. — Prof. Cope gave a history of the
progress of the doctrine of evolution of animal and vegetable
types. While Darwin has been its prominent advocate within
the last few 3'ears, it was first presented to the scientific world, in
a rational form, by Lamarck of Paris, at the commencement of
the present century. Owing to the adverse influence of Cuvier,
the doctrine remained dormant for half a century, and Darwin re-
suscitated it, making important additions at the same time. Thus
Lamarck found the variations of species to be the primary evi-
dence of evolution by descent. Darwin enunciated the law of
" natural selection" as a result of the struggle for existence, in
accordance with which " the fittest" only survive. This law, now
generally accepted, is Darwin's principal contribution to the doc-
trine. It, however, has a secondary position in relation to the
origin of variation, which Lamarck saw, but did not account for,
and which Darwin has to assume in order to have materials from
which a " natural selection" can be made.

The relations exhibited by fully grown animals and plants with
transitional or embryonic stages of other animals and plants, had
attracted the attention of anatomists at the time of Lamarck.
Some naturalists deduced from this now universally observed
phenomenon, that the lower types of animals were merely re-
pressed conditions of the higher, or in other words, were embry-
onic stages become permanent. But the resemblances do not
usually extend to the entire organism, and the parallels are so
incomplete, that this view of the matter was clearly defective, and
did not constitute an explanation. Some embryologists, as Lere-
boullet and Agassiz, asserted that no argument for a doctrine of
descent could be drawn from such facts.

The speaker, not adopting either view, made a full investigation
into the later embryonic stages, chiefly of the skeleton of the Ba-
trachia, in 1865, and Prof. Hyatt, of Salem, Mass., at the same
time made similar studies in the development of the Ammonites
and Nautili. The results as bearing on the doctrine of evolution
were published in 1869 (in " The Origin of Genera"). It was there
pointed out, that the most nearly related forms of animals do

16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [18TG.

present a relation of repression and advance, or of permanent em-
bryonic and adult type, leaving no doubt that the one is descended
from the other. This relation was termed exact parallelism. It
was also shown, that, if the embryonic form were the parent,
the advanced descendant was produced by an increased rate of
growth, which phenomenon was called acceleration; but that if
the embryonic type were the offspring, then its failure to attain
to the condition of the parent is due to the supervention of a
slower rate of growth ; to this phenomenon the term retardation
was applied. It was then shown that the inexact parallelism was
the result of unequal acceleration or retardation; that is, accele-
ration affecting one organ or part more than another, thus dis-
turbing the combination of characters, which is necessary for the
state of exact parallelism between the perfect stage of one animal,
and the transitional state of another. Moreover, acceleration im-
plies constant addition to the parts of an animal, while retardation
implies continual subtraction from its characters, or atrophy. He
had also shown (Method of Creation, 1871), that the additions
either appeared as exact repetitions of preexistent parts, or as
modified repetitions, the former resulting in simple, the latter in
more complex organisms.

Professor Haeckel, of Jena, has added the kej'stone to the doc-
trine of evolution in his gastraea theory. Prior to this generaliza-
tion, it had been impossible to determine the true relation existing
between the four types of embiyonic growth, or, to speak other-
wise, than that the}r are inherently distinct from each other. But
Haeckel has happily determined the existence of identical stages
of growth Cor segmentation) in all of the types of eggs, the last
of which is the gastrula ; and beyond which the identity ceases.
Not that the four types of gastrula are without difference, but this
difference may be accounted for, on plain principles. In 1874,
Haeckel, in his Anthropogenic, recognizes the importance of the
irregularity of time of appearance of the different characters of
animals, during the period of growth, as affecting their permanent
structure. While maintaining the view that the low forms repre-
sent the transitional stages of the higher, he proceeds to account
for the want of exact correspondence exhibited by them at the
present time, by reference to this principle. He believes that the
relation of parent and descendant has been concealed and changed
by subsequent modifications of the order of appearance of charac-
ters in growth. To the original, simple descent he applies the
term palingenesis ; to the modified and later growth, ccenogenesis.
The causes of the change from palingenesis to camogenesis, he re-
gards as three, viz.: acceleration, retardation, and heterotop}*.

It is clear that the two types of growth distinguished by Prof.
Haeckel are those which had been pointed out by Prof. Cope in
"The Origin of Genera," as producing the relations of " exact" and
" inexact parallelism ;" and that his explanation of the origin of

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 17

the latter relation by acceleration or retardation is the same as
that of the latter essay. The importance which he attaches to
the subject was a source of gratification to the speaker, as it was
a similar impression that led to the publication of" The Origin of
Genera" in 1869.

It remains to observe that the phenomena of exact parallelism
or palingenesis, are quite as necessarily accounted for on the prin-
ciple of acceleration or retardation, as are those of inexact paral-
lelism or ccenogenesis. Were all parts of the organism accelerated
or retarded at a like rate, the relation of exact parallelism would
never be disturbed ; while the inexactitude of the parallelism will
depend on the number of variations in the rate of growth of dif-
ferent organs of the individual, with additions introduced from
time to time. Hence it may be laid down, that synchronous ac-
celeration or retardation produces exact parallelism, and hetero-
chronous acceleration or retardation, produces inexact parallel-
ism.

In conclusion, it may be added that acceleration of the segmen-
tation, the protoplasma or animal portion of the primordial egg,
or retardation of segmentation of the deutoplasma or vegetative
half of the egg, or both, or the same relation between the growth
of the circumference and centre of the egg, has given rise to the
four types which the segmentation now presents.

An analysis of the laws of evolution may be tabulated as fol-
lows : —

> N

S. r* S

s*3

5 s

o a

5(3 ".

5 d g

SO £^j -

*5 oo'

;

i° = ~

<a "

e»

^ 00*

— • M5 a

00 o

acceleration, f S^^^ repetition * *

which proceeds by ) Modified repetition * *

1 J {. Heterotopy * *

retardation, I Exact atrophy * *

which proceeds by ( Inexact atrophy (or senility)1 . . * *

A Human Skull exhibiting unusual Features. — Dr. Allen ex-
hibited a human skull showing a number of peculiarities. The
most conspicuous of these was a large bridge-like process of bone
extending backward from the base of the pterygoid process and
adjoining the under surface of the sphenoid bone in front of the
foramen spinosum. It was symmetrical, and visible through the
foramen ovale, from within the brain-case.

Variations in this portion of the skull are frequent.

So called by Professor Hyatt.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[18TG.

The posterior edge of the outer pterygoid plate is exceedingly
variable. A small process (3) is often seen jutting backward
from the border of the outer plate on a level with the end of the
spinous process. Several specimens in the collection exhibit a
bridge formed b}r this process uniting with the spinous process.

That the variation in the skull under consideration is not of this
kind is proved by the specimen exhibiting this process, which for
the need of distinguishing it from the other may be called the
accessory process.

The foramen (2) caused by the bridge-like process opens with-
out in the zygomatic fossa, and within at the anterior border of

the foramen ovale. It probably
carried a large branch — the motor
trunk — of the inferior maxillary
division of the fifth cranial nerve.
Among other peculiarities of the
same specimen may be mentioned
a duplication of the foramen spi-
nosum of the right side; the almost
oval shape of the sphenoidal fis-
sure; the presence of several is-
land-like patches of the upper
surface of the greater wing of the
sphenoid bone through openings
in the orbital plates of the frontal
bone ; the exceedingly bold sculp-
turing of the inner layer of the
brain case; the great thinning of
the wall at the temporal fossoe; pronounced depression for the
cartilaginous portion of the Eustachian tube, and two slit-like
infra-orbital foramina. The latter are situated five lines below the
orbit, and associated with a canal extending outward and backward.
The infra-orbital canal is eight lines long.

With all these peculiarities the muscular impressions are weak;
the mastoid processes of ordinary proportions, and the styloid
processes very small.

Dr. Allen concluded that the inner or true cranial plate had
been ou<?r-developed. The outer plate remained nearly the same,
excepting at the base of the pterygoid process.

Variations in the skull can be arranged in three groups. (1)
Those peculiar to modification in the form of the entire skull, due
to arrests or excesses in development. (2) Those due to plus
development of the inner or true plate. (3) Those due to trac-
tion of muscles. This latter causes no change on the inner plate,
unless the error occurs at an early age Ordinarily, muscular
action all'ects the outer plate of the skull only.

1. Oval foramen 2
3. Accessory process.

Abnormal foramen,
•i. Spinous process.

1S7C] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 19

February 29.

The President, Dr. Rusciieneerger, in the chair.

Fifty-nine members present.

The meeting having adjourned until March 7, the following were
then elected members : —

Jesse W. Starr, Crozer Griffith, James H. Windrim, Wm. Harris
Kneass, Chas. Wilt, Howard Spencer, Thomas S. Root, Jas. W.
McAllister, James Ridings, Horace F. Jayne, George Biddle,
Geo. B. Dixon, James H. Ridings, Charles A. Blake, Robt. Wood,
John Meichel, Wm. S. Pine, Wm. L. Abbot, and J. Sergeant
Price.

M. Alphonse Pinart, of Paris, and Edward T. Stevens, of Salis-
bury, England, were elected correspondents.

The committees to which the}' had been referred recommended
the following papers to be published : —

20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW GENERIC TYPE (BASSARICYON) OF
PROCYONID.E FROM COSTA RICA.

BY J. A. ALLEN.

The large collection of skulls and skins gathered by Professor
W. M. Gabb during his scientific survey of Costa Rica, and now
deposited in the National Museum at Washington, includes an
un described species of Procyonidse. This species forms also a
new generic type, and, furthermore, one which differs so widely
from the forms previously known as to warrant its consideration
as the type of a new sub-family, it being as unlike Kasua or
Procyon as these genera are unlike each other. The new form is
at present represented in the collection by only a single skull
(Nat. Mus. No. 14,214), the skin that came with it (Xat. Mus. Xo.
12,237) having in some way been mislaid. The skull is that of a
rather aged individual, as shown by the obliteration of nearly all
of the sutures, and the somewhat worn state of the teeth, but is
in excellent condition with the exception of the loss of a few of
the teeth.

The outline of the skull in profile (plate 1, fig. 1) is much as in
Procyon, but the anterior portion is more depressed and is rela-
tively shorter and narrower ; the postorbital processes, however,
are much more developed, as much so as in Bassaris or Felix,
and the temporal ridges are widely separated, even in old age.
As seen from above, the skull has quite a resemblance to that of
Bassaris, especially in the large size of the orbits, the strongly
developed postorbital processes, and the wide interval between
the temporal ridges, in all these points resembling Bassaris far
more than either Nasua or Procyon, its really nearest affines. The
auditory bullae also differ widely in form and position from those
of either Nasua or Procyon, presenting in some respects features
that are exceptional among the carnivora. One of the most im-
portant characters, however, of the new type consists in the form
of the malar bone, which is greatly depressed and expands abruptly
outward in a nearly horizontal plane from the alveolar border of
the maxilla, thus forming a nearly horizontal, triangular expansion
beneath the orbit — a feature not possessed by any of its nearest
affines, and only approximated in Bassaris and in the cats. This

1876.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

results in giving a breadth to the skull at the anterior end of the
zygomatic arch but little less than that at its posterior end, at
which point the skull has its maximum width. The orbits are
relatively twice the size of those of Procyon, and being directed
considerably forward, give to the skull a quite cat-like aspect. In
consequence of the low origin of the malar bone, the small infra-
orbital foramen is placed very low, scarcely more than its breadth
above the alveolar border of the maxilla.

In respect to other features, the dentition is much as in

3 = 20
20

however, are smaller than in Nasua, and the molars are shorter
and more nearby square than in either this genus or Procyon, as
shown by the subjoined table of measurements : —

Procyon and Nasua f M. — C I. — - = 40 ). The canines,

\ 6 1 3 = 20 /

1st

Bassaricyon Gabbii,
Nasua Sumichrasti,
Procyon " Hernandezii," "
Bassaricyon Gabbii, 2d

Nasua Sumichrasti, "

Procyon "Hernandezii," "
Bassaricyon Gabbii, 3d

Nasua Sumichrasti, "

Procyon " Hernandezii," "
Bassaricyon Gabbii, 1st

Nasua Sumichrasti, "

Procyon " Hernandezii," "
Bassaricyon Gabbii, 2d

Nasua Sumichrasti, "

Procyon "Hernandezii," "
Bassaricyon Gabbii, 3d

Nasua Sumichrasti, "

Procyon " Hernandezii," "

upper molar

U It

upper molar

(( ci

upper molar
it it

t( tc

lower molar

t< a

lower molar

it u

C« tc

lower molar
t< ii

Length.

. 0.15

. .30

. .34

, .19

. .33

. .37

. .14

. .30

. .28

. .15

, .32

. .28

. .17

, .37
.42

. .20

. .32

. .41

Width.

0.17
.27
.35

.20
.30
.33
.14
.38
.34
.13
.18
.18
.15
.20
.30
.17
.24
.25

ar is nearly quadrate

In the present species the last upper molf
with rounded angles ; in Procyon it is sub triangular, with the
inner and posterior outer angles rounded ; in Nasua it has the
same form as in Procyon, except that the posterior outer angle is
sharp.

The palate is flat, not arched as in Procyon and Nasua, and
well produced posteriorly. The auditory bullae are greatly swollen
posteriorly ; depressed and laterally compressed anteriorly. The

22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

basi-occipital margin of the bulla? is deflected inward, so that pos-
teriorly the bullae converge, just the reverse of what obtains in
Procyon, in which the bullae diverge posteriorly, and are most swol-
len and deflected anteriorly. In Nasua the auditory bullae are
placed much as in Procyon, but they are more globular, and are
well developed anteriorly. The converging of the bullae posteriorly
rarely occurs among the Carnivora. The pterygoid processes are
relatively smaller than in Procyon and Nasua; the paroccipital
and mastoid processes are but slightly instead of strongly de-
veloped, and the paroccipital are not incurved. The anterior end
of the intermaxillffi is more pointed than in Procyon, but less so
than in Nasua.

The lower jaw differs from that of Procyon in its straight instead
of slightly concave alveolar border, straighter lower border, and
more diverging coronoid process. The coronoid process is also
nearly straight on the anterior border to its apex, instead of
greatly rounded, and is much less hollowed posteriorly. The
apex of the coronoid is also pointed, and is situated in a line with
its anterior border. The angle of the jaw is also much less de-
veloped, and the inferior dental canal opens considerablj- more
posteriorhy than in Procyon. In most of these points the lower
jaw much more closely resembles that of Nasua than that of
Procyon.

The skull indicates an animal as small or smaller than Bassaris
astuta — decidedly smaller than Bassaris Sumichrasti — and hence
not more than one-fourth the size of the smallest known form of
either Procyon or Nasua, as indicated by the following table of

1876.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

Measurements of Skulls of Procyon, Nasua, Bassai'is, and Bassaricyon.

Total length

Length (anterior end of intermaxillse to

occipital condyles) ....

Greatest width

Width at mastoid processes .

Distance between the orbits

Width at orbital processes .

Length of nasal bones ....

Width of nasal bones at the middle

Anterior end of intermaxillse to molars

Anterior end of intermaxillse to posterior

margin of palate ....
Anterior end of intermaxillse to orbit .
Anterior end of intermaxillse to orbital pro

cesses

Width of muzzle at the canines .
Width of palate at second molar .
Length of upper molar series
Length of the three true molars .
Length of lower molar series
Length of the three true molars .
Length of lower jaw ....
Height of lower jaw .

a -tT

O r-*

H f> «
*>° .

CO
CC | —

■ 5s"

a s .

* >, °

<z u •
x - M

Procyon can-
crivora.

S. I. No. 6949.

Procyon " Ber-

naDdezii."
S. I. No. 14,191.

3.10

5.52

5.10

4.95

2.95

5.02

5.00

4.63

1.95

3.23

3.40

3.35

1.33

2.15

2.00

2.80

.60

1.30

1.05

1.10

1.15

1.75

1.33

1.30

• * •

■ ■ •

1.38

• • •

.20

.53

• • ■

.83

1.60

1.30

1.35

1.73

3.37

3.10

2.97

.84

2.25

1.50

1.60

1.55

3.00

3.53

2.40

.67

1.00

1.30

1.15

.60

.75

.83

.92

1.50

1.60

.47

.87

1.10

.97

.95

1.67

1.87

1.70

.55

1.03

1.26

1.17

2.20

3.82

3.75

3.40

1.03

1.30

1.65

1.52

» o

;2J

3.42

3.30
2.22
1.45
.75
1.23

.83

1.47
1.00

.67

.47
1.07

.63
1.13

.72
1.37
1.03

The loss of the skin renders it impossible to now properly cha-
racterize the species, but as it is presumably only temporarily
mislaid, we hope soon be able to make known its external charac-
ters. The large size and position of the orbits, and the large
bullae, seem to indicate an animal of nocturnal habits. It is
also evidently rather rare, or very difficult to obtain, since Pro-
fessor Gabb's collection, which embraces very large series of all
the more common species, contains but a single example of this.

For the genus I propose the name Bassaricyon, in allusion to
its strong resemblance in several features to Bassaris, and for the
species that of Gabbii, in recognition of Professor Gabb's in-
valuable contributions to our knowledge of the zoology and gene-
ral natural history of the Republic of Costa Rica. As the species
differs more from either Nasua or Procyon than the latter do from
each other, it seems to form a type quite as well entitled to rank
as a sul>family of the Procyonidx as do either of the others, and
may hence be called Bassaricyoninse.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1876.

DESCRIPTION OF A MONSTROSITY.
BY HENRY C. CHAPMAN, M.D.

I am indebted to Dr. James Ogden, of Paschalville, Philadel-
phia, for the opportunity of dissecting the monstrosity, of the
general appearance of which, the illustration gives a good idea.
I learn from the doctor that the father and mother are both co-
lored people. The mother is only 18 years old, and has had one
child. The children were born dead. The labor lasted 12 hours,
the head of the right child presenting first. There was but one
placenta.

As regards their mode of attachment, the children were joined
together anteriorly by a common sternum and posteriorly by the
ribs, the left ribs of the right child being joined to the right ribs
of the left. (In my description the children are supposed to be
lying upon their backs.) There were two distinct vertebral col-
umns ; the heads and necks were quite separate and freely movable.
The right upper and lower extremities of right child and the left
upper and lower extremities of left child were normal. The two
inner arms seemed to be represented in a rudimentary condition

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 25

by a lump growing out of a scapula more or less divided into two.
The inner clavicles of the children were united. The bone was
found fractured, this being caused no doubt in labor. The inner
legs of the children were fused into one, which articulated with
the acetabulum formed b}r the inner innominates. The foot exhi-
bited eight toes. Five of these belonged to the left foot of right
child and three to right foot of left child. The pelves were double.
The left innominate of right child wras fused with the right inno-
minate of left child.

Circulatory Apparatus. — There were two distinct hearts with
a sinus between them, which received the innominate veins and
opened into the right and left auricles of the heart of the right
child and the right auricle of the heart of the left child. The heart
of the left child was twice as large as that of the right, the common
carotids in both children arose by a single trunk from their re-
spective aortas. The outer subclavians were normal, the inner
ones feebly developed. The two aortas were well developed, but
there was but one hypogastric artery; this, however, was large,
and came off from the aorta of left child. Two pairs of lungs
were present.

Alimentary Apparatus. — While there were two distinct stom-
achs, the two small intestines, however, united twenty-seven inches
above the caecum to form one large intestine, which terminated in a
single rectum with one anus. The two livers were continuous, the
umbilical vein divided into two branches, one for each liver. The
two pancreas' were massed together, but only one spleen was seen.

The Genito-urinary Apparatus. — Four kidneys were found,
those of left child lying rather loosely in the abdominal cavity ;
they exhibited enormous ureters which terminated in a bladder in
front of the uterus of the left child. As there was no external
opening, their size arose possibly from their chronic dilatation by
urine. The kidneys of the right child were found in their normal
condition, their ureters terminated in a bladder which was seen
lying in front of the uterus of right child. The uterus of the
right child terminated in a bifid vagina with two external open-
ings ; the uterus of left child was longer and narrower than that
of right ; its vagina was imperforate. The rectum lay between
the two uteri.

Reflection on the Cause of Monstrosities. — It is well known
that there are two views offered by physiologists as explanations
3

26 PROCEEDINGS OF TFIE ACADEMY OF [1876.

of the formation of monstrosities : either the}- are to be regarded
as due to the fusion of two individuals, or the secondary indi-
vidual is to be considered as having budded from the first. As
an argument in favor of this latter view there is instanced the
fact of there having been found in one yolk two embryos more
or less united. While the fact is true, the inference that such
pmbryos have been developed from one germ cannot be drawn
until it has been shown that such a yolk has not resulted from
the fusion of two yolks while in the oviducts. As ,an objection to
the former view, it is urged that as the presence of an additional
finger or toe is merely regarded as an exhibition of extra nutrition,
a sort of budding, to be consistent an almost perfect secondary
individual should also be regarded as such, inasmuch as there
exists a gradual series between the very simple malformations and
the more complex ones, and further, if an additional finger for
example has resulted from the fusion of two individuals, what has
become of the rest of the secondary being? It may be answered
that the presence of an extra finger cannot be fairly compared
with that of a secondary system, alimentary, circulatory, etc., well
developed. Again, it is quite conceivable in certain cases that only
a part of a secondary individual should develop and the rest
atrophy. While not denying that there can be budding from cer-
tain parts, it appears to me that a fact like that just described
of two intestines fusing into one, with the remaining organs
double and fully developed, is more readily understood by sup-
posing that two individuals have been joined together than that
one has budded from the other. The different pups in a litter are
developed from distinct ova. Most authorities consider human
twins as having the same origin. It seems a natural inference,
therefore, that a monstrosity such as I have just described is the
result of the union of two individuals in the early stages of ges-
tation.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 27

DESCRIPTION OF NEW SPECIES OF FOSSILS FROM PALEOZOIC ROCKS

OF IOWA.

BY CHARLES A. WHITE, M.D.

RADIATA.
ACTINOZOA.

Genus CH2ETETES, Fischer.
Chsetetes Muscatinensis (n. s.).

Polypary not usually large or massive, but generally encrusting
some object, upon which it attains considerable thickness by con-
centric layers; cells exceedingly slender, but under a good lens
they show their numerous septa and the slight constriction of the
cells between them quite distinctby.

This species seems never to become ramose, or even elongated
except by encrusting some elongated object ; by this habit and the
unusual minuteness of the cells it may be distinguished from all
other species.

Position and locality. — Devonian strata, near Muscatine, Iowa.

Genus MONTICULIPORA, D'Orbigny.
Monticulipora monticula (n. s.)-

Polypary usually consisting of small expanded masses, flat or
concave below, convex above, thin at the edges, but the middle
portion being thickened and considerably elevated ; the upper sur-
face having the papillary elevations peculiar to the genus and the
under side sometimes having the appearance of being provided
with an epitheca ; cells of ordinary size, not radiating from a com-
mon centre but extending upward more or less perpendicularly
with the plane of the base of the polypary.

The uniformity of habit of this species is its most distinguish-
ing characteristic, and by which it may be readily recognized.

Position and locality. — Devonian strata, Iowa City, Iowa.

Genus LOPHOPHYLLUM, Edward et Hairne.
Lophophyllum expansum (n. s.)-

Corallum broadly conical, slightly curved, transverse section
subcircular, calyx broad, not deep ; rays numerous ; septal lbs-

28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1876.

sette not ver}' distinct, situated at the convex side of the coral him ;
columella prominent, laterally flattened so as to form a more or
less sharp edge along its crest.

This species is proportionally much broader than usual, and
when its interior structure is better known it may possibly be
found to belong to the genus Axophyllum, but its external charac-
ters seem to warrant its reference to Lophophyllum.

Height of coral lu in and diameter of calyx each about two centi-
metres.

Position and locality. — Keokuk limestone (snbcarboniferous),
Henry County, Iowa.

ECHINODERMATA.

Genus STBOBILOCYSTITES (n. g.).

Body ovoid or subspherical ; pectinated apertures forming three
inclosed rhombic areas, one on each of the four parts of the body
except the posterior part ; those of the two lateral parts situated
above the middle of the body, and that of the anterior part below
the middle ; ovarian aperture distinct, situated a little below the
summit of the posterior side ; the four principal arm-grooves dis-
tinct, radiating from the summit as far as, or below, the middle ;
small secondary arm-grooves extending obliquely downward from
each side of the principal grooves, their length and distribution
being made irregular by the presence and unsymmetrieal position
of the pectinated rhombs.

The principal plates are probably similar to those of Gallocys-
tites, but our examples do not show their shapes distinctly ; the
secondary plates bordering and near the arm-grooves numerous
and small.

Two specimens only of the species representing this genus have
been discovered. One of these is very imperfect, and the other,
although in a comparatively good state of preservation, does not
show clearly the arrangement of all the plates. Enough, however,
is shown of its structure to separate it from any described genus.
It is also, so far as I am aware, the first cystidian ever found in
Devonian rocks, the family having hitherto been regarded as cha-
racteristic of Silurian strata.

Strobilocystites Calvini (n. s.).

Bodysubovoid in form; principal arm-grooves distinct, extend-
ing nearly to the base of the body ; the two antero-lateral and the

1870.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 29

two posterolateral grooves respectively coalescing before they
reach the summit, across which continuous connection is made with
all of them by a short groove ; the front, and the two lateral parts,
of nearly equal width ; the posterior part narrower than either of
the others, and bearing the ovarian orifice a little below its summit ;
the pectinated rhombs divided longitudinally by a distinct suture ;
the rhomb of the left side situated about one-third the height of
the body below its summit, the direction of the long diameter being
nearly at right angles with the axis of the body, and its length a
little more than two-thirds the full width of the side : the rhomb
of the right side situated at about the same distance below the
summit as that of the left, but its long diameter is nearly vertical
and twice as great as its transverse diameter; the rhomb of the
front side situated near the base, its long diameter being obliquely
transverse with the axis of the body, and its shape and size being
similar to that of the left side; secondary plates small, tumid,
placed in alternating series along each side of the arm-grooves,
and outside of these first rows there are other similar pieces, some
of which alternate with the first, but others are more irregularly
distributed, all giving the surface a papillose appearance.

Column and appendages unknown.

Height of body eighteen millimetres; transverse diameter thir-
teen millimetres.

Specific name given in honor of its discoverer, Professor Samuel
Calvin of the Iowa State University.

Position and locality. — Devonian strata, Iowa City, Iowa.

Genus MEGISTOCRINUS, Owen.
Megistocrinus Farnsworthi (n. s.).

Body below the arms moderately deep, its sides slightly ex-
panded, but broadly convex below, and its immediate base a little
concave; dome broadly convex, composed of numerous small
tumid pieces, and apparently having a short, sub-central probos-
cis; arms sixteen, four to each of the postero-lateral, and to the
anterior rays, and two to each of the antero-lateral rays ; the basal
series of pieces moderately large, slightly concave, more than half
its diameter covered by the last joint of the column; the anal
series of pieces occupying a comparatively broad space ; the plates
generally, having the proportions, shapes, and arrangement common
to the genus ; the central portion of all the plates is prominent, or

30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

they have their borders so depressed as to produce the appear-
ance of central prominence to the plates, and of broad sutures
between them.

Height of calyx fourteen millimetres ; diameter of body at the
base of the arras, twenty-seven millimetres.

This species differs from M. latus Hall, from rocks of the same
age in Iowa, by its smaller size, its tumid plates and depressed
sutures, and in having only sixteen arms instead of twenty, as in

that species.

Specific name given in honor of Professor P. J. Farnsworth, of
the Iowa State University, who first discovered it.

Position and locality.— Devonian strata, Iowa City, Iowa.

MOLLUSCA.
BRACHIOPODA.

Genus STRICKLANDINIA, Billings.

Stricklandinia castellana (n. s.)-

Shell moderately large, sublenticular, broadly subovate or sub-
circular in marginal outline ; valves almost equally convex.

Dorsal valve usually showing a slightly elevated, indistinctly
defined mesial fold, which is quite narrow upon the posterior por-
tion of the valve, but widens toward the front, of adult shells ;
umbo broadly convex; beak not prominent.

Ventral valve usually having a slight flattening of the antero-
median portion, corresponding with the indistinct fold of the other
valve; umbo broadly convex; beak not prominent, projecting
backward little if any beyond the beak of the other valve; area
distinct, narrow, its length less than half the greatest width of

the shell.

Surface of both valves marked by numerous, rather coarse, radi-
ating, more or less recurving, angular or sharply rounded plica-
tions, of unequal size and separated by spaces of unequal width.

Length and breadth of the largest example discovered, each
forty-two millimetres; thickness, both valves together, twenty-one
millimetres.

Position and locality. — Niagara limestone, Upper Silurian, near
Castle Grove, Jones County, Iowa.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 31

CONCHIFERA.

Genus PARACYCLAS, Hall.
Paracyclas Sabini (n. s.).

Shell sublenticular ; subcircular or subovate in marginal out-
line; beaks small, approximate, pointing forward, elevated little
if an}' above that portion of the dorsal margin which lies behind
them, but considerably above that portion in front of them ; dorsal,
posterior and basal margins forming nearly one uniform curve,
but the prominent front, which is the narrowest and thinnest part
of the shell, has its margin more abruptly rounded ; ligament
small, slightly prominent, but it is made apparently more promi-
nent by two distinct, moderately deep narrow grooves, one on
each side of it, which extend from between the beaks backward,
and become obsolete upon the postero-dorsal region ; valves
broadly and nearly uniformly convex, the surface being marked
by ordinary lines and slight undulations of growth.

Length of the most perfect example discovered, seventeen milli-
metres ; height fifteen millimetres; thickness eight millimetres.
The proportionate thickness of fully adult shells is usually much
greater than that here given.

The specific name is given in honor of Mr. A. II. Sabin, of
Mason City, Iowa.

Position and locality. — Devonian strata at Rockford, Floyd
Count}', Iowa.

Genus ALLORISMA, King.
Allorisma Marionensis (n. s.).

Shell small, elongate, ventricose anteriorly, and laterally flat-
tened behind, where it is usually a little broader from base to
dorsal margin than the anterior portion is ; umbones prominent,
elevated ; beaks incurved, placed far forward ; dorsal margin
straight or slightly concave; postero-dorsal margin sloping back-
ward to the posterior extremity, the greatest prominence of which
is at, or a little below, midheight of the adult shell; base broadly
rounded or straightened about midway where the slight umbonal
flattening of each valve meets it.

Surface marked by the ordinary concentric lines and undulations
of growth.

Length twenty-eight millimetres ; height thirteen millimetres.

32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [18?6.

A few examples have been obtained that are about one-third
larger than that of which the dimensions are here given, but it is
an unusually small species.

Position and locality. — St. Louis limestone (subcarboniferous)
of Marion and Mahaska Counties, Iowa, where it is sometimes
found quite plentiful, in both the calcareous and magnesian layers
of that formation.

GASTEROPODA.

Genus BELLEROPHON, Montfort.
Bellerophon Bowmani (n. s.).

Shell small, somewhat flattened vertically; umbilici small, and
sometimes nearly or quite closed by the overlapping of the callus-
like, slightly reflexed expansion of the postero-lateral portions of
the margin of the aperture; volutions broadly convex both later-
ally and longitudinally; aperture comparatively large, but the
external margin is not reflexed or flattened by its expansion ;
mesial band distinct, slightly raised ; mesial notch not deep.

Surface marked by numerous concentric folds which are crossed
by revolving raised lines of nearly the same size, giving the sur-
face a neatly cancellated appearance.

Length eight millimetres ; breadth of aperture the same; height,
lying with its aperture downward upon the table, five milli-
metres.

Specific name in honor of Mr. S. C. Bowman, of Andalusia, 111.,
who first discovered it at that place.

Position and locality. — Devonian strata, New Buffalo, Iowa, and
Andalusia, Illinois.

Genus EUOMPHALUS, Sowerby.

Euomphalus Springvalensis (n. s).

Shell rather large ; spine much extended for a species of this
genus ; volutions six or seven, gradually increasing in size from
the apex to the aperture; flattened upon the distal or upper side,
regularly and continuously rounded upon the outer and proximal
sides, and into the deep umbilicus; aperture nearly circular, its
outline being modified onl}- by the slight flattening of the distal
side and the short contact of the preceding volution.

Length about five and a half centimetres; breadth of last volu-

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 33

tion seven centimetres ; diameter of aperture twenty-three milli-
metres.

Position and locality. — Kinderhook formation (Subcarbon-
iferous), Springvale, Humboldt County, Iowa.

PTEROPODA.

Genus CONULARIA, Miller.
Conularia Molaris (n. s.)-

Shell having the ordinary four-sided conical shape, each side
having an indistinct very faintly impressed longitudinal line, not
placed in the middle of the side but nearer to one angle than the
other, each angle having the adjacent lines at equal distances,
these distances being of course greater from two of the angles than
from the other two. Surface marked by fine, sharply raised,
minutely crenulated, transverse lines, which present the convexity
of a broad curve toward the front as they cross the sides, but
bend very slightly forward at the angles, the grooves of which
most of them cross continuously to the adjacent side. These
raised lines are at slightly irregular distances apart, the distance
being usually a little greater than their own width. A cast of a
portion of the interior of the shell shows that the inner surface has
also markedly slightly raised lines corresponding with those upon
the outer surface, and opposite, instead of alternating with them.
In the case of mending a fracture of the shell while the mollusk
was living, the lines appear to have never been reproduced.

Position and locality Devonian strata, Troy Mills, Linn

County, Iowa.

CEPHALOPODA.

Genus CYRTOCERAS, Goldfuss.
Cyrtoceras dictyum (n. s.)-

Shell not large, curvature broad; section elliptical, the longer
diameter of the ellipse being transverse.

Surface marked by fourteen narrow, longitudinal raised ribs,
placed at unequal but symmetrical distances from each other, thus :
One at each lateral side, a little exterior to the transverse
diameter, where it produces a more or less distinct angularity ;
six between these on the inner or incurved surface, all nearly equal

34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [18T6.

distances from each other; and six upon the outer surface. The
spaces between these last-named ribs are nearly equal except
those between the first two ribs on each side of the central space,
which are narrower than any of the others. Crossing these ribs
are distinct lines and sharp undulations of growth, which bend
backward more or less distinctly between all the ribs, but much
more so between the two middle ribs upon the outer surface.

The inflexion is so great at the margin of the aperture as to pro-
duce a distinct notch there, resembling that of some species of
Bellerophon.

The only portion of this species yet discovered is nearly or quite
the whole of the outer chamber; none of the septa being shown,
but the surface markings are so peculiar that the species may be
readily identified by these alone.

Transverse diameter of the aperture, about four centimeters ;
the shorter diameter, about three centimeters.

Position and locality. — Devonian strata, Troy Mills, Linn
Count}-, Iowa.

ARTICULATA.

Vermes.

Genus TENTACULITES, Schlotheim.
Tentaculites Hoyti (n. s.).

Shell moderately large; marked by strong, sharply elevated
annulations, separated b}r spaces considerably greater than their
own width; spaces and annulations regularly decreasing in width
towards the apex, where they are both minute, and both more
nearly equal than at its larger end.

Average length, about fifteen millimeters; diameter of aperture,
nearljr two millimeters. Specific name given in honor of .Mr. 15.
F. Hoyt.

Position and locality. — Devonian strata, Iowa City, Iowa.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 35

March 7.

The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair.

Forty-six members present.

A paper entitled " On Pachnolite and Thomsenolite," by Geo.
Aug. Koenig, Ph.D., was presented for publication.

On Pre-historic Relics. — Prof. Haldeman exhibited some pre-
historic antiquities, part of a collection he had recently disin-
terred from a recess in a cliff at his residence on the Susquehanna.
The remains include about 200 fragments of pottery, 150 stone
arrow-heads, together with stone chisels, tomahawks, mallets, flake
knives, broken pebbles, and chips left from the manufacture of
arrows, and fragments of bones of various animals. They occurred
in a rich, black mould, thirt}' inches deep, and from the decom-
posed condition of some of the arrows and chisels, we may pre-
sume that the retreat was occupied for not less than two thousand
years, but not within the last two hundred, as no articles of
European trade were found, such as glass beads and objects of
iron, which occur in the Indian graves of the vicinity, and which
could be procured at the mouth of the Susquehanna as early as
1631. The discovery is important from the number of objects
found in a definite locality.

March 14.
The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair.
Thirty-seven members present.

Additional Note on the Spanish Moss — Tillandsia usneoides. —
Referring to some recent remarks before the Academy, Mr. Thos.
Meehan said the Tillandsia usneoides was an epiphyte and not a
parasite, as stated by Elliott in his botany, and it increased by
small pieces blowing from tree to tree, and very rarely by seeds.

In a recent visit to an old orange orchard on the shores of Lake
Ponchartrain, seven miles below New Orleans, where the increasing
level of the waters of the lake had made a subsoil too wet for
the trees, and thus caused a large proportion of them to be in
a dead or dying condition, he had had an excellent opportunity
to study within eye reach the development and propagation of the
Tillandsia. As before stated, nearly all the increase was from
the scattered pieces of the plant, which attached itself by twisting
of the branches or leaves, and then went on increasing its growth

36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

annually. Here and there on the trees a seed had evidently
started a 3'oung plant, and it was remarkable to note that these
cases were always on the under side of tlie branches, the young
plant growing straight down. As these branches were very
smooth, it becomes a problem how the seed attach themselves to
this under surface so as to remain and germinate. Some of the
young plants which Mr. Meehan exhibited were taken from dead
branches, as well as from living ones, showing the plant's true
epiphytal character.

On the Age and Origin of certain Quartz Veins. — Prof. Per-
sifor Frazer, Jr., exhibited a fragment of hornblendic dolerite
which was found in York County, intersected by a vein of quartz.
The alteration of the former along the planes of contact was indi-
cated by bands of half an inch or more of darker color than the
rest of the specimen. Within the vein of quartz are observed
many fragments — some of them angular, of nearly the same ap-
pearance as the altered portions of dolerite. This occurrence is
interesting in view of the light which it throws on the origin of
some quartz veins. Had the quartz been thrust up from below
in a molten condition (as some geologists have believed possible),
its combination with the basic constituents of the neighboring
dolerite would have followed as a matter of course. The small
fragments would have dissolved in it, and there would have been
no sharp line of demarcation between the two rocks.

Even had the gelatinous silica (orthosilicic acid) been main-
tained at a high temperature during its transition into quartz, it
seems almost certain that it would have exerted a considerable
chemical action upon the trap, producing compounds richer in
silica, while the smaller fragments imbedded in it would have left
traces of their former position in colored spots throughout the
vein. The infiltration was probably slow, and the solution at a
moderate temperature, but chemical action progressed slowly
through the contact walls, resulting in their partial alteration.

In connection with this subject he called attention to a paper
by Lowthian Bell on the " Whin-Stones," or traps of the north
of England (Proc. Royal Soc), replete with analyses, and in
which the author advances hypotheses as to the depths to which
alterations of sedimentary strata by intrusive rocks takes place,
and as to the volatility of the generally supposed un volatile sub-
stances, which are remarkable, and, from the high authority of
Mr. Pell in iron metallurg}', worth}' of attention.

Mineralogical Notes. — Dr. Geo. A. Koemg said, that, having
been engaged upon the investigation of the minerals occurring at
Magnet Cove, Arkansas, for some time past, he desired to give a
preliminary notice of some of his results, reserving the details for
a memoir, which he hoped to place before the Academy at a future
date. Some of his observations were communicated to the Na-

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 37

tional Academy of Science at its last meeting, but have not been
published. From a mineral, resembling schorlomite very much as
to its physical properties, he obtained in the place of titannie acid
a white oxide, which differed from the latter in a number of im-
portant reactions very considerably. In the fragment analyzed,
it was contained to the amount of 30 per centum. However, in
this, there is comprised a certain quantity of titannie acid. Owing
mostly to the want of material, he had, hitherto, been unable to
effect a satisfactory separation. Some of the reactions are so pecu-
liar, that the existence in it of a new metal is highly probable.
However, the nature of titannie acid itself, with the study of which
he was now engaged as a preliminary, is yet so little understood,
that he refrained from a positive statement for the present. From
the same mineral, from schorlomite, and from garnet, he had been
able to separate vanadic acid in amounts varying between 0.5 per
cent, and traces. This body was overlooked by the authors who
analyzed some of the minerals before. Its presence interferes to
some extent with the specific reaction of titannie acid before the
blowrpipe. Having a strong coloring property, its green color
with microcosmic salt in the reducing flame is complementary
with the violet color of titannium in the same salt, so that a color-
less bead may be obtained, and the presence of the latter metal
or of both remains hidden. This was verified by experiment. For
the purpose of obtaining the true molecular composition of the
light-brown garnet, he had selected a very brilliant and pure crys-
tal of the combination ooO. 202.0 for analysis, reserving a suitable
fragment for a microscopic section. He had formed a hypothesis
in the course of this examination, about the molecular isomorph-
ism of calcium titannate (perowskite), and calcium iron silicate
(garnet), and to prove this, it was necessary to learn the true con-
stitution of the latter molecule. He had obtained in due course,
about 6 per cent, of titannie acid, acting very similarly with the
problematic oxide, above described. Now it was clear, that this
garnet was not a homogeneous compound. The microscopic slide
exhibited characters corroborating this assumption. Around an
opaque nucleus was found a yellow, transparent substance (gar-
net) in concentric layers, following the outline of the dodecahe-
dron. The layers separated by dark lines, which dissolved under
a high power into a series of opaque particles. The striation re-
sembles the structure of agate. What is the opaque substance?
Is it schorlomite (the specific nature of which he doubted), is it
perowskite, or is it brookite?

He hoped to be able to answer these questions in time. It was
but another instance showing that the results of an analysis
from an apparently homogeneous material cannot be utilized for
the construction of a trustworthy formula, unless the mineral is
examined optically. Those cases are excepted where the atomic
ratios are simple, and the affinities untortured.

The death of Joseph H. Dulles was announced.

38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

March 21.
The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair.
Forty-six members present.

Mastodon andium. — Prof. Leidy directed attention to a spe-
cimen consisting of the greater part of the left ramus of the
lower jaw of Mastodon andium. It belonged to a mature indi-
vidual, and contains the last true molar in functional position.
The penultimate molar had been shed, and its alveoli are partially
obliterated. The crown of the retained molar presents four trans-
verse ridges, besides a strong tubercular talon. It measures 7.1-
inches fore and aft, and 3 transversely. The specimen was obtained
by Dr. Isaac T. Coates, of Chester, Pa., from a land slide, at
Tarrapota, near the town of Chasuta, on the Huallaga River, a
branch of the Amazon, in 7° south latitude.

On Nafiu-al Inarching. — Mr. Thomas Meehan remarked that
observations on natural inarching among forest trees were com-
mon, but now and then were some incidental phenomena worthy
of note, an instance of which, on a Hemlock Spruce on the grounds
of Amos Little, Esq., of Germantown, was recently brought to
his notice.

In this case, a branch had ascended to one above, and appeared
to have pierced through it, coming out on the upper side; and the
pierced branch, beyond the point of union, had
increased to nearly double the size of the part
below. The illustration on the black-board was
simply from memory, but served to show the
position and proportions of the branches. In
this case, the upper portion of the seemingly
penetrating branch had died soon after the
union, and the annual deposits of wood had, of
course, in time surrounded it, making it appear
very nearly in the centre. The lower portion
had continued to live, and all its nutritive collec-
tions had gone to feed the branch to which it had become attached.
A plant growing in rich soil would make shoots perhaps double the
thickness of the same growing in poor soil ; in other words, the
size of a branch was proportionate to the amount of nutrition at
its command. In this case, two branches feeding one main one,
gave that branch a double advantage on the score of nutrition,
and its increased size naturally followed.

Many strange phenomena reported in the newspapers in connec-
tion with natural inarching may, no doubt, be as easily explained,
if all the details were correctly reported.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 39

On the Teeniodonta, a new group of Eocene Mammalia. — Prof.
Cope described the characters of some mammalia from the Eocene
of New Mexico, obtained by him during the Wheeler expedition
of 1874, which he regarded as allied to the Insectivora. The feet
are armed with compressed claws. The dental characters are seen
first in the supposed superior incisors. Unfortunately, they have
not yet been found in place in the cranium, but their association
with a rodent type of inferior incisors, which have been found in
place in the mandible, confines us to the alternative choice between
superior incisors and canines. From the small size, or absence, of
inferior canines, a similar character may be inferred for the supe-
rior canines.

These superior incisors present two bands of enamel, an anterior
and a posterior. They are compressed in form, the sides pre-
senting a surface of dentine or cementum. Attrition produces a
truncate or slightly concave extremity. The inferior incisors are
rodent-like.

Two families represented this suborder in the Eocene period in
New Mexico. The first, or Ectoganidse, possesses molar teeth
with several roots ; in the Calamodontidse, each molar has a
simple conic fang. But one genus of each family is known. In
both the enamel of the molars is principally a band on the outer
side of the crown ; the deficiency is supplied in Galamodon by a
deposit of cementum, which invests the molar and superior incisor
teeth, covering the crowns, excepting where the enamel bands are
present. The latter investment is so much thinner, that the
cementum forms a raised border all round at the point of junction
of the two substances. The general structure of Galamodon
affords some points of approximation to the Edentata, which
indicate that the Teeniodonta partially fill the interval between
that order and the Insectivora, presented by the existing fauna.

Prof. Cope also pointed out the close resemblance between the
mandibular dentition of the cotemporary Eocene genus Esthonyx,
and the existing Ey^inaceus, and stated that that of Anchippodua
and allies chiefly diners from the latter in the persistent growth of
the incisor teeth.

On Tantalite from Yancey County, North. Carolina. — Dr. Geo. A.
Koenig spoke of a mineral from Yance}7 County, North Carolina.
It occurs there with beryll, samarskite, columbite, spessartite, and
other rare and interesting minerals. It is found in large massive
pieces, has a black color and metallic lustre, streak dark reddish
brown to black. The specimen in my possession weighs about a
pound. It posesses three crystal faces, two of which are at right
angles, all three in the same zone. One face is large, smooth,
and bright, the other two are rough and uneven, and broAvn from
ferric hydrate. There appears to be an imperfect cleavage parallel
to the two faces at right angle. Fracture uneven to sub-conchoidal.

40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

Specific gravity =5.807 (made with 4.6 grms.) B. B. Infusible
and unaltered. With borax in oxidizing fl. dissolves in large
quantity, and gives a glass which is blood-red when cold (iron,
manganese). In reducing flame turns green, and when highly
charged a blood-red; the same with tin or charcoal. With micro-
cosmic salt in reducing flame, light brown.

The mineral decomposes readily when fused with about six parts
of sodium hj'drosulphate, the fused mass being yellowish when
cold.

The analysis gave

Metallic acid = 76.60
FeO = 14.07
MnO = 0.50
MgO = 7.70

98.87
The metallic acid dissolves in very large quantities in microcosm ic
salt, and the bead turns brown only upon complete saturation,
when treated with the reducing flame. From this behavior he
surmised the larger portion to be tantalic acid, and the smaller
portion to be hyponiobic acid. But in order to satisfy himself
more thoroughly, he converted the acids into the sodium salts by
fusing with sodium hydrate. This fusion was extracted repeatedly
with cold water. From the liquid the acid was precipitated by
dilute sulphuric hydrate filtered under pressure, and the moist
precipitate treated with tin and hydrochloric acid to test for dianic
acid ; a dirty-blue mass was obtained, no blue solution, and the
absence of dianic acid was proven. The blue color was due to
hyponiobic acid. The larger portion of sodium salt had not been
dissolved in cold water, it was dissolved in boiling water and pre-
cipitated with dilute sulphuric hydrate. The precipitate was
treated with zinc and very dilute sulphuric acid, whence the white
metallic acid assumed a pale, bluish-gray color, and is, therefore,
tantalic acid. Based upon these reactions, the mineral under ex-
amination must be pronounced a tantalite.

It will be remarked that magnesium forms the principal basis
besides iron, and not manganese, as in other tantalites and coluin-
bites, and this is, therefore, a distinct and new variety.

He had endeavored to decompose the mineral in a sealed tube
under pressure, but failed to do so both with strong and weak
acid during several days' treatment. The question whether the
iron is ferrous or ferric could not be settled therefore, and in as-
suming it to be ferrous, he followed the example of the illustrious
Heinrich Rose.

Being engaged for the present in other investigations, and
aware of Professor Allen's intention to increase our knowledge
of these compounds, he refrained from a more thorough examina-
tion of the quantitative proportions of the two acids in this
mineral.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 41

March 28.
The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair.
Forty-two members present.

The death of Mr. John S. Phillips was announced.

The following were elected members : John Akhurst, Chas. W.
Trotter, Chas. Roberts, Edw. K. Tryon, Edw. Potts, Pierre Mun-
zinger, W. H. Baker, M.D., Rathmell Wilson, Henry Pemberton,
J. S. Martin, John T. Lewis, James M. Rhoads, Benj. II. Smith,
Edward Tatnall, Jr., John Eckfeldt, M.D., Stuart Wood, and
Theodore L. Mead.

Baron Ferd. Von Mueller, of Melbourne, Australia, and Prof.
Austin Flint, Jr., M.D., of New York, were elected correspond-
ents.

The committee to which it had been referred recommended the
following paper to be published.

42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

ON PACHNOLITE AND THOMSENOLITE.
BY GEORGE AUG. KOENIG, PH.D.

In a ver}r able paper ("Ann. Chem. & Pharra.," vol. cxxvii. 61,
1863), A. Knop called the attention of mineralogists to two forms
of a mineral, which occurs incrustating the cryolite from Arksud-
fiord, Greenland. One kind he describes as rectangular parallelo-
pipedic crystals, which are possessed of three perfect, but unequal,
cleavage directions, parallel to the faces of the crystal, the latter
being mostly covered with ferric hydrate. The cleavage direc-
tions seemed to coincide with those of the underhung cryolite
(identified by quantitative analysis) ; but an accurate determina-
tion of the angles was not possible on account of insufficient re-
flecting power of the faces. Approximately they were found to
be 90°.

The second form of crystals occurs in cavities, whose walls are
covered with brilliant, colorless, and transparent crystals.

Both kinds were found chemically identical, and, therefore, be-
long to one mineral, to which Knop gave the very characteristic
name, Pachnolite — frost stone — from the frost needle like incrus-
tations covering the cryolite.

From measurements of the small crystals, they were found to
belong to the rhombic system, offering combinations of ooP.P;
ooP.oP.P ; and ooP.oP. The first kind of crystals are of the com-
bination, probably, oP. ooP co. ooP co. The small crystals show a
perfect basal cleavage. The angles were found ccP : ooP = 81c24
— 98°36' (mean of 12 determinations). P : ccP = 154°40 (mean
of 5 measurements).

Other angles were deduced by calculation: —

Specific gravity = 2.923.

Composition found in mean

= 50.79 :

19 =2.673

6.202

= 13.14 :

: 27.5 = 0.477

1.106

= 12.16 :

: 23 =0530

1.206

= 17.25 :

40 =0.431

1.000

= 9.60

: 18 =0.533

1.236

102.94

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 43

Knop takes the atom Al = 13.75, and Ca = 20, HO = 9, there-
fore his ratio is

F Al Na Ca HO

6.20 2.21 1.20 2.00 2.236

and he constructs the formula

3 ■[*£*} F + Al,F, + 2Aq.

This, however, is not a correct deduction, because Ca : Na is
not 3 : 2, but much nearer 2 : 1, and the formula must necessa-
rily be

{^}F3+ALF3+2Aq.

Or, if we introduce the present atomic weights, the formula is

{£?} F.+AIF.+Aq.
or the empirical formula

It will be seen from the foregoing that, taking the calcium as
unit, all the other atoms are too high, and that the analysis adds
up to nearly 103.00, which is rather more than the mean from
several analyses should be. Considering, however, the nature of
the substance, too high a result is explicable, and the formula as
deduced by me, being of the greatest simplicity at the same time,
may be taken to represent fairly the molecule of Pachnolite.

It is to be regretted that Knop does not state whether he used
the small brilliant crystals affording the above crystallographic
results, or whether he used the larger parallelopipedic crystals, or
both. It should never be omitted to describe exactly the material
taken for analysis, and how it was selected.

Knop's erroneous formula is admitted into Dana's " Handbook"
without challenge.

Hagemann also published an analysis of Pachnolite ("Am.
Journ." ii. xli. 119), which yields the following atomic ratio: —

H20

6.17

0.865

1.200

1.00

1.09.

44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

Ca : Na is nearer 2 : 1 than 3 : 2 (taking Ca = 20) as it is in
Knop's analysis, and confirms the above formula.

Professor Dana, in the fifth edition of his " Handbook of Miner-
alogy," introduces a new species, Thomsenolite, which had been
described by Hagemann ("Am. Journ. Sci." ii. xlii. 93) as Dimetric
Pachnolile.

Hagemann made no crystallographic determinations, except
what may be adduced with the naked e}re, and his description
coincides with that given by Knop for the variety A of Pachnolite,
the parallelopipedic crystals of the combination ooP cc, ccPoo .oP.

According to Dana, the crystals are monoclinic prisms 89° — 91°
— 0a1=92° and 88".

The faces of the pristn are usually striated horizontally, cleav-
age basal, very perfect.

Specific gravity, 2.74-2.76. Lustre vitreous, of a cleavage face
a little pearly, color white or with a reddish tinge.

Composition. Na= 1, the ratio is

F =50.08 : 19 =2.63
Al =14.27 : 27.5=0.515
Ca =14.51 : 40 =0.362
Na = 7.15 : 23 =0.311
H20 = 9.70 : 18 =0.54

Taking Na = 0.311 as unit, the atomic ratio becomes

F Al Ca Na HO

8.46 1.656 1.109 1.000 1.740

and reducing to whole atoms, the nearest approach is

17 : 3 : 2 : 2 : 3
or AL, \

Ca8f-Fn + 3Aq.
Nas)
This formula appears improbable from its complexity, and from
the fact that the affinities of fluorine are not satisfied by the metals.
Dr. Hagemann states the crystals to have been covered with a
white earthy material (Si02?), and accounts for SiOa = 2.00 in the
analysis.

Whenever a mineral substance is so obviously heterogenous as
this one, its analysis should not be considered reliable enough to
deduce a formula, or form an opinion of molecular composition.
Dr. Hageraann's formula

2(f Ca+ ^Na)F + A12F3+ 2H20

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 45

is not consistent with the analysis ; it is a mere conjecture, as
may be seen by comparing with the above atomic ratio.

Having lately obtained a number of specimens from the Green-
land cryolite locality, through the Reverend Dr. Beadle, of this
city, to whom I herewith express my thanks, I thought it worth
the trouble to corroborate the few analyses of these very interest-
ing minerals.

A specimen, agreeing completely in its physical properties with
the description of Knop's variety A of pachnolite, was first in-
vestigated. The structure of the specimen is very like that of
crusts of salt, as they are often obtained by slow evaporation —
tabular aggregations of cubes, arranged parallel to each other,
and at right angles, leaving interstices between themselves into
which the cubic crystals project. The tabular masses have ap-
parently one common cleavage face for all individuals, which is
of a decided pearly lustre, as described for Thomsenolite. The
faces projecting into the interstices are striated and tapering. The
crystals are perfectly colorless for the most part. The basal plane
0 is well developed in all individuals, but the pyramidal faces 1, 1,
are usually suppressed. Some of the projecting prisms carry very
small octahedrons, either Chiolite or Ralstonite. In selecting
the material for analysis, the greatest care was taken to select
only perfectly clear cleavage crystals, on which any admixture
might be most easily discovered.

An attempt to measure the angles of- cleavage direction proved
unsatisfactory ; the measurements differed several degrees, but
(in most cases) were found to be near 90°.

Spec. grav. = 2.937 (made with 5.6921 grammes); 0.5000 grm.
gave —

A1203 = 0.127

CaO =0.1176

Na2S04 = 0.1560 (Na = 0.0505)

H20 = 0.0450

1.0000 grm. gave NaCl = 0.2535 (Na = 0.0997) and MgO =
0.0023.

Al = 13.74 : 27.5 = 0.496

Ca = 16.79 : 40 =0.420

Na = 10.10 : 23 = 0.44

H90 = 9.00 : 18 = 0.50

F = 50.37 : 19 = 2.63 (by difference)

46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1876.

Taking Ca = 0.42 as unit, the ratio is —

F Al Ca Na H20

6.30 1.17 1.00 1.05 1.30

agreeing to the formula —

Al?

Na)

as deducted from Knop's analysis of Pachnolite.

I selected now another specimen, which contains very brilliant
el'}' stals in a druse. I broke the ciystals off with a forceps, so as
to leave a stump on the matrix to be sure of a thoroughly homo-
geneous material.

These crystals were very slender, of quadratic section, and gentty
tapering to a point. The basal plane O seemed entirely suppressed
in nearly all the crystals, and the pyramidal faces in man}', but the
veiy brilliant faces of the prism were distinctly striated horizon-
tall}'. Basal cleavage very perfect, with pearly lustre. A series
of measurements with specimens about ^ inch long and ^ inch
wide gave for the prismatic angles the following figures : —

12 3 4

90° 30'

90° 10'

90° 15'

90° 5'

89° 36'

89° 52'

89° 25'

90° 15'

90° 14'

90° 13'

90° 15'

89° 25'

89° 40'

89° 45'

90° 5'

90° 15'

The angles are not very constant, but the deviation from a right
angle is very small. The angle of the basal plane with the prism
could not be determined to my satisfaction. Considering the
tapering forms, it seems impossible to sa}^ whether the form is
rhombic or monoclinic, or quadratic. The points of all the crys-
tals were colored 3rellow or brown by ferric hydrate, and some
ci-3rstals had a light straw-color all through.

Specific gravity = 3.008 (determined with 0.7153 grm. in a
pj'knometer holding about 2 cub. cent, of water).

0.5000 grm. gave —

A1X>3 =0.1170

CaO = 0.1270

Na2S04 = 0.1575 (Na = 0.0511)

II.P = 0.0252 (from 0.3075 grm.)

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 47

Yielding percentage —

Al = 12.50 : 27.5 = 0.454

Ca = 18.14 : 40 = 0.453

Na = 10.23 : 23 = 0.444

H20 = 8.19 : 18 = 0.455

F =51.54 : 19 =2.702

100.60
Taking Na = 0.444 as unit, the ratio obtains —

F Al Ca Na H20

6.080 1.042 1.020 1.000 1.030

or —

Ca [ F6 + Aq.
Na) .

(The fluorine is calculated for the percentages of the metals.)

About the correctness of this formula, and the true molecular
composition of the mineral, there can be no longer any doubt in
view of the above analytic results.

A mineral occurring in small stalactitic and warty masses which
project from parallel walls or partitions made up of a compact
mineral. It is colored strongly brown, and shows a velvet}'
lustre. On closer observation the stalactites and warts appear
to be aggregations of very minute prismatic needles of strong
vitreous lustre. No selection was attempted.

0.5000 grin, gave —

ALA

= 0.1235

CaO

= 0.1195

NaaSO,

= 0.1135

(Na =

-- 0.0367)

H,6

= 0.047

F2Ca

= 1.0577

(F=(

).5194) fr

om 1.000 grm

Yieldii

ig percentage —

F =

51.94

: 19 =

2.734

Al =

13.16

: 27.5 =

0.478

Ca =

17.07

: 40 =

0.429

Na =

7.35

: 23 =

0.320

HaO =

9.40

: 18 =

0.525

98.92

48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1816.

Taking Ca = .429 as unit, the ratio obtains —

F Al Ca Na H20

6.3 1.11 1.00 0.746 1-22

The sodium is too low in this ratio to admit of anything more
than an approximation to the general formula, and I consider this
substance as a mixture like the one analyzed by Dr. Hagemann

(I. c).

The blowpipe and other general chemical properties I found to
be as stated by Knop. In analyzing these substances it is neces-
sary to evaporate the solution in the sulphuric hydrate to dryness,
to redissolve by boiling with about 300 cubic centimetres of water
slightly acidulated, when all the calcium sulphate will pass into
solution.

In separating calcium and aluminum I encountered no diffi-
culty, although the aluminum hydrate is very gelatinous. Filter-
ing under pressure, without washing the precipitate, I found, after
redissolving it in HC1 and reprecipitating by NH4HO, but a trace
of Ca in the filtrate.

It is necessary, however, to ignite the aluminum oxide on a blast
in order to obtain a correct weight. In decomposing the mineral
in HC1 it dissolves, as in H.2S04, to a viscous mass, but a complete
elimination of fluorine was not effected even after evaporating with
strono- acid (to drvness 6 times). The aluminum precipitate
contained about one-half of the calcium as fluorid.

As is well known, the determination of fluorine presents a num-
ber of difficulties, which render an accurate result very uncertain.
Fresenius's method, although capable of yielding reliable results,
is nevertheless almost impracticable, from the accumulation of
errors by changing weights in the numerous parts of desiccating
and absorbing apparatus. I endeavored, therefore, to set the
fluorine free as fluorid of hydrogen, and collect the latter in an
alkaline solution. This method has been proposed (Rose— Ana-
lytical Chem.), but I am not aware whether it was ever practised
with natural fluorids. Having a platinum still at my disposal, I
thought of testing the applicability to the analysis of the above
minerals.

In a first experiment sulphuric hydrate was used to decompose
the mineral at a temperature rising gradually to the boiling point
of the acid. After 45 minutes, on opening the still and dropping in

1816.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 49

water, a strong disengagement of HF took place. In a second
experiment one part of hydrate was mixed with one part of water.
The distillation proceeded very well, and was only interrupted
after the alkaline liquid in the receiver (containing 25 p. c. more
of NallO than was approximately required by the fluorine) turned
acid. On opening the still and adding water, no HF was disen-
gaged, and the entire residue from distillation passed into solution
when heated with a large quantity of water ; hence a complete
decomposition of the mineral had taken place, and the acid vapors
had carried all HF into the receiver. After neutralizing the liquid
in the latter, a solution of CaCl2 was added, containing slightly
more than the fluorine would prospectively require, and the liquid
heated to boiling. The calcium fluorid coagulated perfectly and
filtered very easily. It was twice returned into the capsule and
boiled with water to extract all calcium sulphate. The precipitate
weighed after ignition 1.0577 grammes.

To the filtrate a solution of sodium carbonate was added in
excess and boiled, the precipitate ignited, and extracted with
precaution by acetic acid. It weighed 0.0085 after being again
ignited. The alkaline filtrate was acidulated and precipitated by
BaCl2. Precipitate weighed 0.1580. In order to ascertain the exact
quantity of sodium hydrate which had been combined with the
acids, an equal volume (30.2 c.c.) was evaporated with HC1. The
sodium chlorid weighed 1.7205 grms. =0.9117 Na20. But 0.2 c. c.
had been used to restore the blue color, and has to be subtracted,
giving 0.9117 — 0.0060 == 0.9057 Na20 combined with fluorine and
sulphuric anhydrate.

We found —

BaS04 0.1580 = S03 — 0.0542, requiring

0.0420 Na20, hence

0.9057—0.0420 = 0.8637 Na20 was combined with fluorine, but
31 Na20 : 19 F = 0.8637 : 0.5230.

By precipitation was obtained 0.5194 F, a difference of 0.0036.

This result was quite promising. It was obtained with the
stalactitic aggregations of pachnolite. But on applying the
method to the analysis of the parallelopipedic crystals of pachno-
lite, I encountered difficulties quite unaccountable. I did not suc-
ceed in decomposing the mineral completely, either with one part
of sulphuric hydrate and one part of water, or with more dilute
acid, or by fusing with KHS04 in repeated trials and proportions.

50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1ST6.

I am, however, still confident that the method can be so modified
as to be applicable to these fluorids.

Regarding silicium dioxde, which Hagemann found in his
analysis, I endeavored to find it, but failed. It was certainly
owing to superficial impurity.

Potassium I could separate in traces only.

The determination of water I found to be most satisfactory
when I used calcium oxide mixed with the minerals instead of lead
oxide. The latter when heated to expel moisture is very apt to
be partially converted into sesquioxide, which will at a red hea:
lose oxygen, and the quantity of water will be found too high.

Conclusions. 1. The mineral analyzed bjr me is identical in
composition with Knop's pachnolite.

2. It is identical in form and physical properties with thom-
senolite.

3. The measurements are so uncertain that the true form of the
parallelopipedic ciystals cannot be deduced, and the form may
be explained as Knop did.

4. The mineral measured by Knop and Descloizeau has perhaps
not been analyzed, since Knop does not describe his material
taken for the anabysis.

5. From the foregoing it does not seem justified to separate the
parallelopipedic forms as a distinct species, and the name pachno-
lite being very expressive and older, all the forms should be
designated as pachnolite until further investigation.

I may be permitted to state that I do not intend to discard the
crystallographic results of Knop, Dana, and Descloizeaux (the
original of the latter's work I am unacquainted with). I should
be very glad to obtain the cr}rstals which gave the prismatic angles
98° and 81°, so that we should know whether there are two differ-
ent molecules with two different forms, or whether there is only
one dimorphic molecule. But from the measurements I was able
to make, I should be very doubtful of dimorphism.

Note. — While this paper is in press, I find a very recent publication by
Professor Wohler (Ann. d. Cliem. u. Pharm. vol, clxxx. p. 231), in which
he gives an analysis and description of the variety A of pachnolite, and
arrives at results closely corresponding to my own.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 51

April 4.
The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair.
Forty-nine members present.

On the Brains of Fishes Prof. Burt G. Wilder, of Cornell

University, stated that his investigations on the brains of fishes
had three objects : 1. To determine, by careful structural compa-
rison, the extent to which such brains may be homologized with
those of the higher vertebrates. 2. To see whether brain charac-
ters will enable us to define the limits of the group commonly
known as Ganoids. 3. To ascertain how far brain characters,
alone or in combination with heart characters, will serve for the
characterization of all the more comprehensive subdivisions
(classes or sub-classes) of Vertebrates.

During the last century fishes' brains have had at least five
different interpretations. Their unsatisfactory nature may be
inferred from the fact that Prof. Huxley, who generally clears up
difficult subjects, makes no attempt in his Manual of Anatomy of
Vertebrates to reconcile the figures and descriptions of fishes'
brains either with each other, or with his admirable diagrammatic
representation of the brain t}rpe, to which the brains of Batra-
chians, Reptiles, Birds, and Mammals are easily referred. He
gives a figure of the brain of a typical Ganoid (Lejndosteus or
" gar-pike"), but makes no allusion to it in the text.

Prof. Wilder believed that brains can be fully understood only
by careful comparison of preparations made from fish just taken
from the water and hardened in strong alcohol ; that there should
be several of each t3rpical form, and embryos or young as well as
adults; and that, instead of trusting to the outward aspect, the
mesial surfaces should be examined and sections made at several
points.

Finally, he believed it necessary to keep constantly in mind the
typical brain as given by Huxley, and which he then briefly de-
scribed.

By these methods he had been able, as he believed, for the first
time, to find the clue to the homology of the two anterior pairs of
lobes of the fish brain with parts of the brain of the higher Verte-
brates.

The front pair of lobes have usually, though not alwaj^s, been
called olfactory lobes. In Myzonts or Marsipobranchs (lamprey
eels, etc.), in Ganoids and some Teleosts as in the higher Verte-
brates they are sessile ; but in many Teleosts and most, if not all
Selachians (sharks and skates) they are connected by elongated
crura with the second lobes.

52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1816.

These latter are almost universal^' called hemispheres. Yet
the essential features of hemispheres, namely, lateral ventricles
and foramina of Monro, have never been found in the second pair
of lobes of any fish-like form excepting those of the Dipnoaus
(Lepidosiren, Protopterus, and Ceratodus, the last just described
by Huxley), which seem in most respects more like those of
Batrachians than of fishes.1 The second pair of lobes are either
lateral solid laminae joined below but with the upper borders more
or less everted, as in Teleosts and Ganoids, or joined above also
so as to inclose a cavity, as in Selachians. In either case the
median space must be regarded as a forward continuation of the
median or 3d ventricle and the lateral walls as anterior enlarge-
ments of the thalami. These enlargements Prof. Wilder proposes
to call prothalami; in Selachians and some Ganoids they are con-
nected by more or less elongated and depressed crura thalami with
the optic lobes behind.

From the anterior part of the space between the prothalami and,
in Ganoids and Teleosts, apparently in the base of the olfactory
lobes, Prof. Wilder had found two openings leading into the cavity
of the olfactory lobes. These openings he regarded as foramina
of Monro, leading into distinct, though small, lateral ventricles.

He has found them in Myxine and Petromyzon (Myzonts);
Mustelus, Carcharias, and other Selachians ; Acipenser, Polyodon,
Amia, and Lepidosteus (Ganoids), and Perca, Scomber, and An-
guilla among Teleosts.

The true hemisphere of Ganoids may be represented b}r a raised
lip of the foramen of Monro.

In an embryo Mustelus the anterior part of the brain is a single
lame vesicle with thin walls. From each side is a little bud
which elongates to become the olfactory cms and lobe. By
gradual thickening of the walls especially above, the single large
cavity of the prothalamus becomes reduced to the two canals found
in the adult brain near the ventral surface, which diverge forward
from a median point to become continuous with the ventricles of
the olfactory lobes. Prof. Wilder does not feel sure respecting
the true hemispheres and the manner of their formation.

In the Teleost brains so far examined the foramina of Monro
are much smaller than in the Ganoids; and where long olfactory
crura exist they may be wholly obliterated in the adult. But if,
as is anticipated, thej^ are present in most Teleosts, then, so far
as the brain is concerned, they may be distinguished from Ganoids
only by the optic chiasma of the latter, as first suggested by
Miiller. To a careful comparison of the optic nerves in all fishes,
therefore, attention should be directed.

1 Since this paper was presented I have seen the paper of Paul Langer-
li.-ius (Untersuchungen fiber Petromyzon Planeri [branchialis], Freiburg,
is?:!), in which is given a figure showing the existence of ventricles in the
hemispheres and olfactory lobes of the small lamprey.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 53

The points above mentioned were illustrated by diagrams and
specimens, also by tables of a provisional arrangement of verte-
brates according to the modifications of the brain and heart.1

There is much to be done before fishes' brains can be fully under-
stood. For instance, the brain of Myxine has not yet been satis-
factorily homologized with that of Petromyson.

In conclusion, Prof. Wilder exhibited a Chimera, recently
obtained through the kindness of Mr. Alexander Agassiz, Curator
of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, the brain of which, so far
as he had been able to examine it, presented a remarkable combi-
nation of characters, intermediate between those of Selachians,
Ganoids, and Dipnoans. A full description with figures of the
brain of Chimera, Prof. Wilder hoped to present to the Academy
on a future occasion.

On Spessartite. — Dr. George Aug. Koenig placed on record
the anatysis of spessartite from Yancey County, North Carolina.
This interesting subspecies of garnet has heretofore been found
at Haddam, Conn., as the only American locality. In the new
locality it occurs in very large crystals, from six to eight inches
long and three to four inches thick. The form is a distorted
dodecahedron.

The crystals have a dark, almost black color at the surface,
owing to a superficial decomposition, by which black oxide of
manganese is formed. But in fragments the color is deep blood-
red, turning to reddish-brown in thin plates. The latter are trans-
parent and reveal no admixing mineral. Fracture conchoidal.
Hardness nearly =7 ; gravity =4.14.

B. B. unaltered in oxidizing flame, and fuses to a black vitreous
globule in point of blue flame. With borax in oxidizing flame
dark blood-red bead, which turns dirty-green in reducing flame.
With soda, fuses to a green glass. Hot and concentrated acids
attack the powder, which is of a brownish color, but very slowly,
and complete decomposition cannot be effected.

The very pure selected fragments yield by analysis —

19.092
11.221

8.698

99.84
These with figures and descriptions of the brain of Lepidosteus are pub-

Oxygen.

Si02

= 35.80

19.092

A1„03

= 19.06

8.881 1

Fe203

= 6.25

2.340)

MnO

= 28.64

6.351)

FeO

= 9.49

2.107 [

MgO

= 0.60

0.240 )

Atoms.

0.599

17.06

0.188

5.08

0.035

1.00

0.384

10.97

0.132

3.80

0.015

O = 2.432

69.7

lished in the Proceedings Am. Assoc, for Adv. of Science for 1875.

54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

The oxygen ratio is RO : R,03 : SiO —

1 : 1.28* : 2.19

and the atomistic formula is —

IV
VI VI

ALPe } °;o

n ii !

Mn,,Fe.

=4 J

It will be noticed that iron is contained in this garnet, both in
the ferrous and in the ferric state, while in the analyses on record
the iron is given as being all in the ferrous state. When those
anatyses were made, the method of decomposing minerals in strong
sealed tubes at a high pressure was not known, and the mineral
cannot be decomposed at the ordinary atmospheric pressure, as
stated above. In heating the powder for thirty-six hours with
acid containing 25 per cent, of sulphuric hydrate at 160° C, I
succeeded in decomposing all but T per cent. The ferrous oxide
obtained from the solution was then calculated pi'O rata for the
undecomposed part, and the above result obtained.

To suppose that the presence of ferric iron is due to incipient
alteration would not be justified, since no water was obtained by
ignition, and the pellucidy of the mineral does not appear im-
paired. To explain the result of analysis the presence either of
ferric oxide or manganic oxide must be admitted, which alternation
would neither affect the oxygen ratios, nor the atomic composition.

I am indebted to Mr. Clarence Bement of this city for the
material used in this investigation, and I hereby express my
thanks for his kindness.

The thanks of the Academy were returned to Dr. James S.
Gilliams for a portrait of the late Jacob Gilliams, one of the
founders of the Academy, painted by Rothermell.

Aprtl 11.

The Rev. E. R. Beadle in the chair.

Thirty-four members present.

The following papers were presented for publication: "The
Genus Pomoxys, Raf." By D. S. Jordan and H. B. Copeland.
" Chemical Notes." By Geo. Hay.

Remarks on Arcclla, etc. — Prof. Leidy remarked that the Rhizo-
pods are so exceedingly polymorphous, that, to say the least of
them, their specific and generic limits appear less well defined
than in higher animals. In speaking of the Difflugian Rhizopods,

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 55

Dr. Wallich expresses the opinion that the whole are referable
to a single specific type, and as regards the Foraminifera, Prof.
Carpenter observes " whether it will ever be practicable to ar-
range the multitudinous forms of this group in natural assem-
blages, whose boundaries shall be capable of strict limitation, is
to us by no means certain."

It would seem that the existing Rhizopods, in respect to classi-
fication, may be viewed as an epitome of all organic forms in all
times, for if all these could be known it would be found that there
were no absolute limits defining species or any other of the usual
divisions in classification. The study of the Rhizopods is facili-
tated by determining the more general and striking forms, and
viewing the others as transitional or related forms, and we can
better communicate the results of our study if the more charac-
teristic forms are named as species or varieties.

In his studies of the fresh-water Rhizopods, of various localities
in this country, he had recognized most of the well-marked forms
which have been described by European naturalists as pertaining
to other parts of the world. Besides these he had detected a
number of new forms, which perhaps in future will be found not
to be peculiar to this country. As an example, in the published
Proceedings of this Academy for 1874, page 226, will be found
the description of a species, Euglypha brunnea, from New Jersey.
Since then the same has been described in the Quarterly Journal,
of the Microscopical Society of London for 1876, page 107, by
Mr. Archer, under the name of Euglypha tincta. Mr. Archer's
description applies so closely to the specimens observed by Prof.
Leidy in every detail, that he thought he was not mistaken.

Amongthe usually recognized generic forms, Arcella had occupied
his attention. In this genus the animal is provided with a membra-
neous test, composed of exceedingly minute hexagonal elements,
usually of some shade of brown, but colorless in the young condi-
tion. The shape of the test is usually that of a greater or lesser
portion of a sphere with a circular plane below more or less inverted
towards a central circular mouth. The soft part of the animal
rarely fills the test, but adheres to its inner surface by threads of
the ectosarc. Pseudopods digitiform.

The species or varieties observed are as follows : —

Arcella vulgaris, Ehrenberg.

Difflugia arcella, Wallich ; Arcella TiemispTierica, Perty.

This is perhaps the most common form. Test approximating
a hemisphere with the base rounded and often more or less pro-
jecting. The dome is even or mammillated, or is impressed at
the sides with concave shallow pits or angular facets. The in-
ferior surface is more or less funnel-like, and the mouth elevated
and circular. Color of the tests, from colorless in the young
through all shades of raw sienna to burnt sienna brown. Sarcode
colorless. Breadth of test from .06 mm. to .132 mm., height .036
to .08 ; mouth .02 to .048.

56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1876.

? Arcella discoides, Ehr.

A discoid variety of the former, and nearly as abundant, has
the test of the same form but three or four times the breadth of
the height, and with the dome almost constantly convex and even.
Mouth large. Measurement of a small colorless one: breadth
.112 mm., height .028; breadth of mouth .04. Measurement of a
large burnt sienna brown test: breadth. 132, height .028; breadth
of mouth .048.

Certain discoid specimens from Florida approach those described
by Ehrenberg under the name of A. peristicta, from South America.
They are sub-circular, oval, or irregularly oval, often bent or curved
in the shorter diameter; in section concavo-convex, with rounded
ends. Mouth large, circular or oval, moderately elevated. Dome
convex and even. Test in the vicinity of the mouth with a circle
of minute tubercles or pores? Color of test varying as in other
Arcellas. Sarcode colorless. A test measures .14 mm. broad, .128
wide, and .068 high ; with the circular mouth .052 diameter. A
second is .16 broad, .144 wide, .064 high, and with the mouth
.064 broad and .08 wide. A third is .184 broad, .172 wide, and
with the mouth .06.

Arcella mitrata.

A variety modified in form from the A. vulga?~is in the opposite
direction of A. discoides. Test mostly higher than the breadth at
base, inflated above, balloon form, pyriform, mitriform ; dome
convex, even, or polyhedral with impressed angular faces. Mouth
elevated as usual, but with its margin usually crenate and everted.
Sarcode colorless, attached by many diverging threads of ectosarc
to the inside of the test. Color of the test, from colorless through
all shades of raw and burnt sienna to bistre brown. Abundant,
and very polymorphous, at Absecom cedar swamps, New Jersey.
= Arcella costata, Ehr. ?

a. Balloon-shaped sub-variety, forming about four-fifths of a
sphere and with an even dome. Height to .14 nam-, breadth at
middle equal to the height, at base .088.

b. Pyriform, polyhedral sub-variety. Height .096, breadth
above middle .076, at base .048.

c. Mitriform, polyhedral sub-variety. Smallest: height .08,
breadth above middle .084, at base .068. Largest: height .168,
breadth above middle .2, at base equal to the height.

Arcella dentata, Ehr.

A. stellata, Ehr. ; A. stelfuris, A. Okcni, and A. anrjulosa, Perty.

Test circular, discoid, usually not so high in relation with the
breadth as in A. vulgaris. The border is everted, acute and
divided into usually from eight to a dozen points ; the border and
points may also curve more or less upward, and the latter may
extend as high as the summit of the test. Dome convex and even
or flattened at the summit, or with car in ate ridges diverging from
the latter to the points of the border.

Breadth from .132 to .184 mm., height .04 to .048.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 57

Arcella artocrea.

Test from three to four times the breadth of the height with
the margin circular and more or less elevated above the base.
Dome convex and usually mammillated. Mouth elevated, central,
circular and entire. Color of test, various shades of raw sienna
brown; and structure as in other Arcella?. Sarcode attached by
many threads of ectosarc to the inside of the test. Entosarc loaded
with chlorophyl balls which appear to be an element of structure.

This singular pie-shaped Arcella with a bright-green sarcode is
frequent in a pond at Absecom, New Jersey. Breadth of the test
at the rim .16 to .176 mm., at the base .124 to .136 ; height .04 to
.052.

Centropyxis, Stein.

Arcella aculeata and Difflugia aculeata, Ehrenberg ; Eehmopyxis
aculeata, Claparede and Lachman.

Centropyxis is a nearly allied generic form to Arcella, and is so
polymorphous that I have been puzzled to define varieties. The
test or basis of the test is membranous, and appears not to exhibit
the hexagonal structural elements of that of Arcella. The shape
is a modification of that of the latter ; the mouth and the summit of
the dome being eccentric in opposite directions. The dome varies
in degree of prominence and is always convex. The mouth varies
in proportionate size, and is more frequently sinuous at the border
than completely circular. The test presents all the variations of
color presented by Arcella vulgaris. It is frequently provided
with from two to five or more hollow, conical spines diverging
from the wider border or that most distant from the mouth.
Sometimes the test is clean or devoid of all adherent matters and
appears homogeneous, mostly, however, it is more or less covered
with mineral particles. Sometimes it is as completely covered
with quartzose particles as an ordinary Difflugia, and frequently
it is loaded with larger stones along the deeper border. In some
specimens the test appears to be wholly composed of a single
species of diatome shells.

I have observed a peculiar point of structure in most tests of
Centropyxis which appears heretofore to have escaped notice.
From the sinuous border of the mouth a number of processes ex-
tend upward to the dome. These are expanded at the end, and
look as if intended to support the roof of the test, though I have
not been able to satisfy myself that they actually reach it. Nor
have I been able to ascertain whether the number of processes is
constant, but they have appeared to me to vary in number from
four to seven. They are not visible looking^ directly into the
mouth of the test, but a glimpse of one or two may be detected
when the mouth is aslant as the test is made to turn towards one
side. From the usual discoid form of the test it is not easy to
retain it in position on edge to conveniently examine the pro-

58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

cesses, and when the test is observed 'with adherent sand they
cannot be seen at all.

Large spineless tests of Centropyxis, from ditches below the
city, measure .26 mm. broad, .22 wide, and .08 high ; with the
month .1 diameter. Large spinous specimens, from the same
locality, measure .22 broad by .208 wide, with the spines .48 long
and the month .084.

A Difflngian of the sub-generic character I have indicated under
the name of Nebela appears related with Centropyxis. Briefly
described, it may be distinguished as follows : —

Nebela caudata.

Test compressed ovoid, laterally pyriform ; mouth terminal,
oval, entire; fundus obtuse and bordered with from four to live
hollow, linear obtuse appendages. Structure of test apparently
chitinous and indistinctly areolated. Sarcode colorless. Length
TV mm., breadth T'^ mm., thickness ?XT mm. Living in sphagnum
of a cedar swamp, at Absecom, New Jersey.

On the Nature of Boot Fibres. — Mr. Thomas Meehan remarked
that two excellent papers had recently appeared on the eccentric
growth of the annual layers of wood in some plants — one in the
Proceedings of the Poughkeepsie Natural Histoiy Society, and
the other in the American Naturalist. Reading these, it occurred
to him that some observations of his on the nature of fibrous roots
of plants were not generally known, and might interest the Acad-
emy.

In regard to the eccentricity of the wood, it was long known to
observers that the pith of trees was often not in the centre, but
varied considerably in its approaches to the circumference. In one
case noted in the paper in the Naturalist, the pith of the poison vine
was very near the outer edge of the wood, and somewhat elevated,
forming a little ridge all along the bark. Various theories had
been offered to account for this extra thickening on one side, but
none of them, Mr. Meehan thought, accorded with all the known
facts, and he believed the true explanation still awaited some for-
tunate discoverer. The author of the paper in the Poughkeepsie
Proceedings had followed the wood chopper, and found that in
perfectly erect trees, the pith was exactly in the centre, but in
trees that leaned a little, as many would from being drawn towards
the lightest places in infancy, the extra thickening was always on
the under side. Put in the paper in the Naturalist, the observer
showed that in the poison vine, though growing to a perfectly up-
right tree, there was still this remarkable eccentricity, and further,
that the degree of this eccentricity varied in the same stem at
different places, although all in the same ascending line. The
sloping theoiy, though supported by a remarkable uniformity of
figures, could not be correct.

But his remarks had relation chiefly to a suggestion in the Nat-

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 59

uralist that the rootlets of the poison vine, in some eases referred
to by the observer, appeared to be several years old. The fact
was that these rootlets were never but one year old, a new set
being produced every year. This was the case in the poison vine,
the trumpet vine, the English ivy, the Virginia creeper when it
sometimes produced them, and amongst others generally in the
cases of epiphytal orchids. In this respect they followed the same
law as prevailed with fibrils under the ground, and indeed the
same law prevailed for the whole system of the tree. We say of
the inflorescence, that all its parts are but modified leaves, but this
is true of all parts. A whole tree is but a modification of a pri-
mordial leaf; the rootlets and the branchlets. The roots and the
branches are more or less subject to the same laws that govern leaf
structure. Leaves fall annually, unless very favorably situated
as regards nutrition. Sometimes, as in some evergreens, the
greater part of the leaf is conjoined with the stem, or even becomes
an imperfect branch, and in these cases is more permanent. In
arbor vitass, deciduous cypress, and some others, the branchlets and
leaves are so closely identified, that the general annual character
of the leaves extends to the branchlets, and large numbers drop at
the regular fall season. Those which are the most favorably situ-
ated as regards nutrition, get through the winter season, and after
this become branches, and may live to an indefinite period. The
root system is the analogue of that which ascends into the atmo-
sphere, and similar laws prevail. The fibrils are the counterparts
of leaves, and die annually ; but a few, which are more favor-
ably situated as regards nutrition, manage to live over winter, and
then become roots that live to an indefinite period. The rootlets
on the stems of the creeping vines are of the same character.
Seeming but cellular expansions from the bark, they generally die,
but if one get into the decaying portion of a hollow tree, or near
rich earth, it is so favorably disposed as regards nutrition, that it
will live on and become a root. Cases are on record where Eng-
lish ivy has been cut away at the roots from all connection with
the ground, and, having lived, the hasty conclusion was formed,
that it was drawing sustenance from the air; but further exami-
nations have shown that in these cases some of the annual rootlets
had become true roots, penetrating old mortar, and other con-
genial matter, and thus lived on and contributed materially to
the ivy's support.

It had been suggested that the eccentricity of the wood in the
poison vine might be owing to the rootlets coming out on the side
next the tree, and in this way favorabl}' affecting that side ; but
the rootlets of the poison vine come out indiscriminately all round
the poison vine branch, and as often on the upper as on the lower
side. Besides this, in a branch of the Ampelopsis which he ex-
hibited, covered with these rootlets on every side, and which had
been hanging like a rope to a tree for a number of years, the
wood was so eccentric that the pith was three-fourths further from

60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

one side than the other. That the protrusion of roots on one side
had nothing to do with eccentricity, was also clear from the fact
that he had examined Symphoria, Wistaria, and many other things
with rooting, creeping branches on the ground, in all of which the
wood was perfecth' concentric.

Notes on two Traps; A Case of Alteration of Earthy Sediments. —
Prof. Persifor Frazer, Jr., remarked, that, at a previous meeting
of the Academy the occurrence of a vein of quartz in a mass of
dolerite had been described. The specimen has been since cut in
two by a lapidary in such a manner as to illustrate ( 1) the central
band of quartz (part of wdiich appears to be hyaline and part
anhydrous) inclosing numerous small fragments of the adjoining
dolerite. (2) Two bands of darker color than the mass of the
latter, which appear to form the boundary wails between the
vein and the dyke which it intersects. (3) A broad margin of
unaltered dolerite on either side. This specimen is presented for
the inspection of the Acadeni}'.

The whole subject of the origin and true nature of "traps," and
the means of distinguishing those which have been cooled from a
molten mass from those which are indurated, baked, or altered
to crystalline rocks from earthy sediments by the proximity of
sources of heat, is one yet involved in much obscurity. I have
here a specimen of what appears to lie a baked sandstone belong-
ing to the New Red Formation, in which a part of the mass,
occupying an irregular space in one of its ends, has become a
eoarsety crystallized syenite. The specimen was obtained from
near Harman's blacksmith shop, in the northern and western part
of York County.

Notes on some Palaeozoic Limestones — Prof. Persifor Frazer.
Jr., remarked that among the many interesting chemical problems
connected with geolog3r is that of the relation of a percentage of
magnesia to the mode of formation and age of the limestones of
the world. Not only have some very interesting speculations been
made as to the condition of the earth's crust during the produc-
tion of dolomites (see T. S. Hunt's Chemical and Geological
Essays), but it is easy to see that the subject is capable of very
large development.

One of the lines of investigation chief in importance is the
influence which dolomitic limestone must exercise on the topo-
graphy of a country. Prof. Lesley has shown that the grand
effects of erosion can be explained by the slow solution and de-
struction of the limestones of the earth below water level, with the
consequent caving in of the strata which rest on them.

It is easy to see that different kinds of effects would be produced
by the rapid waste of pure carbonate of lime and the slower de-
struction of magnesian or dolomitic rocks. And the result of

18TG.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELnilA. 01

the honeycombing of either of them singly would not resemble
that of their combination in separate layers or benches in the
manner in which they are so frequently found associated in the
great valleys of Silurian and pre-Siiurian rocks on the Atlantic
border.

As these limestones of the Cumberland and York valleys are
more thoroughly investigated, the heterogeneous character of the
layers which compose them will be much more clearly evident.

It has been sought to ascertain the horizon of a given stratum
in these measures by ascertaining its percentage of magnesia, and,
indeed, were any such test reliable, it would be of the greatest
importance for the stratigraphical geologist.

With the purpose of submitting to this test as many of the lime-
stones as possible, a selection was made of representatives of the
principal beds, whose place in the series has been established by
the party of York and Adams. Their names are as follows: —

No. 1 is a sandy limestone from the west branch of Creitz's
Creek, in the town of Wrightsville. If the interpretation of the
structure given in the Report of Progress of the Party of York
and Adams for 1814 is correct, this limestone belongs at or near
the base of the "Auroral" series, and immediately upon the
chlorite and hydro-mica schists.

No. 2 is a specimen taken from the upper bench of a quarry near
Pine Grove Furnace, Cumberland County. It probably represents
one of the higher beds of the "Auroral." Upon it was found
crystallized calcite containing over 98 per cent, of Ca" Co3, with
hardly a trace of magnesia.

No. 3 is a specimen taken from a lower bench (perhaps 25 feet
perpendicular to the measures) of the same quarry.

No. 4 is an example of the white or buff-colored limestones
which occur together with the blue limestones often in the same
quarry, but, nevertheless, usually exhibiting indications of un-
conform ability with them. These limestones are usually poor in
magnesia.

No. 5 is taken from Detweiler's quarry, north of the Columbia
Bridge, in Wrightsville. Its position is in all probability midway
between the upper and lower benches of the auroral limestone.

No. G is taken from Detweiler's quarry, south of Wrightsville,
and is (as its analysis shows) a calcareous slate underlying one of
the many belts of the formation.

The limestone slates which occur with this one in the foot of
the quarry are remarkable for the very large amount of pyrite
crystals which they contain. Some of these crystals are half an
inch on one edge.

The specific gravity was determined with care.

For this determination the specific gravity bottle was not em-
ployed, its mission being considered rather to obtain the density
of chemically homogeneous compounds. For determinations of
the specific gravity of rocks, coals, etc. etc., whose weight becomes

PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

[187G.

an important item in their transportation for the great industries,
it was believed that the weight of a given bulk could he more
accurately determined without taking especial care to exclude the
air with which they are partly filled.

ANALYSIS OF LIMESTONI.S.

Constituents.

Sandy limestone,
west branch of
Creitz's Creek,

Pine Grove
Quarry, upper

bench.

Pine Grove
Quarry, lower
bench.

White limestone,

loo yards east of
Beller's Crosg-
roads.

Detweiler's
Quarry, west of
Wright8ville.

\ ''■ >

- Va

No. 1.

No. 2.

No. 3.

No. 4.

No. 5.

No. 6.

Specific gravity (in lump) .

2.832
4.400

2.735

2.731

2.750

2.737

2.770

Insoluble siliceous residue .

12,270

12.000

3.570

0.490

41.710

Alumina and ferric oxide .

1.170

1.540

0.450

0.210

1.440

6.350

Carbonate of lime . . .

'49.920

275.320

81.617

391.580

91.400

43.728

Carbonate of magnesia . .

'42.980

10.750

6.400

*4.110

7.290

6.450

0.220

0.120

0.422

0.113

0.003

1.480

98 690

100.000

100.489

99.583

100.623

99.718

Undetermined and loss . .

1.31

....

0.282

Excess

0.489

0.417

0.628

....

0.354

0.698

....

0.196

1.827

0.505

0.541

....

1.454

3.740

Determinations of the carbonate of lime and magnesia in these
rocks were made independent!}' by Mr. D. McCreath, and are as
follows : —

Calcium carbonate .
Magnesium carbonate

Silica

Some sesquioxide . .

No. 1.

No. 2.

No. 3.

No. 4.

No. :>.

49.92
42.98

7:160
10.98

86.39

6.42

91.67
4.11

91.25
7.58
0.760

0.196

44.50
8.56

The author is indebted to Dr. Cresson for his courtesy in olfer-
inir him the facilities of his laboratory for this investigation.
As a supplement to this table the following, taken from p. 113

1 Determined by Mr. David McCreath.

2 By loss. 73.6 as determined directly by Mr. D. McCreath.

3 Mean of two determinations.

4 Determined by Mr. D. McCreath.

5 Some sulphide is present, as BUlpkydric acid is produced when the rock
is treated with hydrochloric acid.

1876.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

of ray Report of Progress in the District of York and Adams for
18U.1

Limestones.

7. New Red S. S. near Dillsburg, foot of MacWilliams slope.

8. Opposite Allison's Mill, Xenia P. 0., York Co.

9. From Shaft No. 5, f mile east from Mont Alto Furnace.

10. Half a mile south of Seitzland, in a cutting of the X. C.
R. R. (A calcite very similar to that above described as occurring
on the upper bench of the Pine Grove Quarry is found here.)

vir.

VIII.

IX.

Calcium carbonate ....
Magnesium carbonate
Metallic iron .....
Insoluble siliceous residue

73.18
4.37
0.52

31.50

63.35
6.33

5.37
20.06

77.89
2.83
1.33

15.89

93.87
0.96
0.30
4.30

Sum

99.57

94.00

97.94

99.43

Oxygen, organic matter, water, and
loss

0.43

6.00

2.06

6.57

April 18.
The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair.
Forty-four members present.

On the Geologic Age of the Vertebrate Fauna of the Eocene of
New Mexico. — Prof. Cope presented a synopsis of the species de-
scribed from the Eocene of New Mexico, arranged in the following
manner : —

Mammalia.

4 .

. ,

Perissodactyla .

, ,

Amblypoda

. a

Pnntodonta

, .

Incerta3 sedis .

. .

Quadrumana .

, ,

ProsimicB .

. ,

Rodentia .

# ,

Insectivora

, .

Tieiiiodonta

. ,

Bestial

, w

Creodonta .

Aves

. . .

1 Tbese analyses were made by Mr. A. S. McCreath, Chemist of the 2d
Geological Survey of Pennsylvania.

64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

Reptii.ia . . 24

( Irocodilia 7

Testudinata . . . . ... 15

Lacertilia 2

Pisces .. 8

Ginglymodi 2

Plagiostomi G

This total number of eighty-seven species may be considered in
two aspects, viz., in regard to their geological position, and their
anatomical structure.

As regards the former, it may be observed, that the record
preserved in these beds is doubtless more imperfect than that
found in many others, owing to various physical conditions. One
of these is an evident disturbance of temperature and moisture
which they have sustained, perhaps in connection with the vol-
canic phenomena which played so important a part in New Mexico
during the later tertiary times. The fossils are generally found
in a fragmentary condition, and often distorted b}r pressure. The
fractures of the surface are often of such a kind as to indicate
that t he bones have been in a plastic state (see the figures of
Stypolophus /linns) during which the fissures thus created in
them have in man}- instances been filled with a siliceous limestone.
This material now presents a rough external surface of great hard-
ness, and sometimes incrusts the teeth in such a way as to render
it a difficult matter to expose them. Nodules of the same material
abound on the bluffs (see the geological report). Not un frequently
the bones are covered with an incrustation highly charged with
the red oxide of iron, and this substance gives its characteristic
color to a large percentage of the fossils, the others being gene-
rally black or dark brown. The light colors of our miocene beds
are almost unknown, and the bones are always much harder than
these, or even than the fossils of the Bridger group of Wyoming.
These facts, in connection with the reduced number of exposures
of the beds, account for the comparatively small number of species
obtained, and the feeble representation of certain groups, e.g., the
birds, lizards, rodents, etc. Nevertheless a large number of in-
dividuals were obtained, and a considerable extent of country
explored, and I belieAre that the synopsis above given is an approxi-
mation to an expression of the characteristics of the most abund-
ant types, or, of the relative numerical representation in the fauna
of the different genera, orders, etc.

Comparison with the established scale of geological horizons of
Europe has established the fact that the beds in question belong
to the Eocene category, as I have already shown' to be true of the
longer-known Bridger beds of Wyoming. It remains to collate
them with the numerous subdivisions of that period. The differ-
ences between the Wahsateh and Bridger faunae have been in part

1 Proceedings American Philosophical Society, 1872, February and July.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. C5

pointed out in my Report on the Vertebrate Fossils of New Mexico,
1ST4,1 and may be more fully stated as follows: —

1. Divisions found in the Wahsatch beds not yet reported from
the Bridger beds. Aves, genus Diatryma (allied to Gastornis);
mammalia, Tseniodonta; Phenacodus; Goryphodon;'2 Meniscothe-
rium; most species of Hyracotherium.

2. Divisions found in the Bridger beds not yet found in the
Wahsatch: fishes, Amiidse; reptiles, Ophidic/,; Anoxtira; mam-
mals, Mesonychiidx ; Tillodonta; Achsenodon; Dinocerata; Pa-
Iseosyops; most species of Hyrachyus.

The Wahsatch horizon of Wyoming has not yielded so many
species of vertebrata as those of New Mexico, but the close re-
semblance of the two faunae may be observed in the following list
of forms which I obtained at several localities : Fishes, Siluroids ;
mammals, Hyracotherium, two species; Phenacodus; Goryphodon,
two to three species. As is well known, the Wahsatch beds under-
lie those of the Bridger group, and we therefore look for their
European equivalent in the lower part of the series. It has been
already pointed out4 that the absence of Hyopoto.mus and Anoplo-
therium, and allied genera, from the Bridger horizon precludes an
identification with the upper Eocene of Europe. The comparison
of the Wahsatch fauna with that of the lowest of the three divi-
sions into which Professor Gervais has arranged the European
Eocene, shows a remarkably close correspondence. This epoch,
the Suessonien of D'Orbigny (Orthrocene, Gervais), includes the
marls of Rilly and lignites of Soissons, the Thanet sands, London
clays, etc. Fossils from these beds appear to have been no better
preserved than those of the Wahsatch beds of the Rocky Moun-
tains, yet some of the genera are identical, and others closety cor-
respondent, as follows : —

Wahsatch. Suessonien.

Ambloctonus. Palceonyctis.

Hyracotherium. Hyracotherium.

Goryphodon. Goryphodon.

Diatryma. Gastornis.

Lepidosteus. Lepidosteus.

As a point of difference between the beds, may be mentioned
the absence of the Tseniodonta from the Suessonien, a suborder
not j'et known out of North America.

The Wahsatch formation includes the Geeen River beds of Hay-
den, a name which I formerly used for the entire series. It,
however, applies properly to the fish shales of Green River, con--

1 Annual Report of Chief of Engineers, p. 592.

2 The species described by me as Bathmodon constitute a section of this
genus, characterized by the absence of tubercle or ridge between the inner
cusps of .the last lower molar. I do not maintain this section as a distinct
genus.

3 See Report of the U. S. Geol. Surv. Terrs., 4to., ii. p. 33-39.
1 Ann. Rept. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terrs., 1873 (1874).

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1876.

tain in g Asincops, Cltqiea, Ostcoglossum, etc., which are probably
local in their character.

The Bridger formation will then represent on the American
continent more nearly than any other, the middle Eocene or Pa-
risien of Cuvier, Brogniart, and Renevier.

The teeth of sharks described in the reports quoted are of un-
certain origin. They are associated with oyster shells, and both
have the appearance of having been transported; nevertheless
some of the mammalian teeth found associated with them have
a similarly rolled appearance. It therefore remains uncertain
whether the ocean had for a limited time access to the Eocene
lake, or whether the shark's teeth and Ostrese were derived from
the cretaceous beds which formed its shores. Similar, and in one
instance the same species of sharks were found in both formations,
the division of the cretaceous being No. 3 and 4 of Hayden.1

In conclusion, the classification of the North American Eocene
may be represented as follows : —

Formation.

Bridger Form.

Equivalent.

Middle Eocene.

Locality.

S.W. "Wyoming.

Characteristic Fossils.

f PalcBosyops.

TillodonJa.

I Dinocerata.

Wahsatch Form. Lower Eocene.

N.E.NewMexi-f?;"'^7;'"'';"-
co, S.W.Wyo- pA,!rt„,w„„.

11 n°* [ Diatryma,

April 25.
The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair.
Forty-nine members present.

The death of Geo. Washington Smith was announced.

In conformity with Art. III. Chap. V. of the By-Laws, John
L. LeConte, Geo. H. Horn, E. T. Cresson, Chas. A. Blake, Win.
S. Pine, John Meichel, Geo. B. Dixon, Horace F. Jayne, Charles
Wilt, James Ridings, James H. Ridings, and J. W. McAllister,
were constituted the Entomological Section of the Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

The meeting having adjourned until Ma}- 2, the consideration
of certain amendments and additions to the By-Laws was then

1 The same state of things exists in the siderolitic deposits of the canton
of Vaud, Switzerland. Mingled with the mammalian remains are teeth of
sharks, of which M. L;i Harpe remarks that their appearance docs not war-
rant the belief that tiny have been transported, or are not indigenous to the
Eocene fauna.

18TG.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. fit

concluded. The propositions to amend, with the signatures and
reasons for the same, together with the report of the council upon
said amendments, were read, and Chapters I.-XL, inclusive, and
Chapter XVI. were then adopted.

The following were elected members: Oliver Bradin, Geo. A.
Piersol, John Wister, Wm. Nelson, Rev. Charles A. Dickey, J.
H. C. Simes, M.D., Wm. B. Brewster, M.D., Wm. H. Castle, Root.
Hess, M.D., and Pliny E. Chase.

The committees to which they had been referred recommended
the following papers to be published : —

68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

THE GENUS POMOXYS, RAFINESQTJE.
BY D. S. JORDAN AND II. E. COPELAND.

Among the fishes sent by Prof. S. A. Forbes from the State
Normal University of Illinois to us for examination, were many
specimens of Pomoxys, known in the Western States as "Crap-
pie." We have prepared the following review of the species that
have been referred to this genus, and append the synoii3'in3r for
future reference.

The genus was described in 1820 by Eafinesque, page 33 of his
Ichthyologia Ohiensis, in these words : " Body elliptic, compressed,
scaly. Vent anterior. Head scaleless, jaws plaited extensively,
roughened by very minute teeth. Gill-cover smooth, scaleless;
propercule forked beneath ; opercule membranaceous and acute
posteriorly. Thoracic fins without appendage, but a spiny ray.
One dorsal fin opposite the anal, both with many spiny rays."'
This description has been accepted as sufficiently accurate by
most authors, and the genus adopted. Rafinesque referred to
the genus one species, obtained at the Falls of the Ohio, with the
following description, drawn undoubtedly from the same speci-
mens that suggested the genus : " Silvery; back olivaceous, with
some geminate brown transversal lines; a golden ring at the
base of the tail; lateral line straight; dorsal and anal fins with
six spiny rays ; a marginal black spot behind both fins; tail
lobed; lower jaw longer. Length 3 to 6 inches. Diameter equal-
ing three-tenths of the length." He called his species annularis.

In the " Report of the Zoology of Ohio," Dr. Kirtland described
the same fish under the name of Cichla Store via, but dropped this
name on information from Dr. Storer that Cuvier and Valen-
ciennes had already described it under the name of Centrarchus
hexacanthus. We have not seen Kirtland's original description,
but in November, 1840, in a report on the "Fishes of the Ohio and
its Tributaries," in the "Boston Journal of Natural History," vol.
iii. p. 480, he gave a description of the fish, made evidently partly
from the specimen in hand, from which a good drawing was made
(pi. xix., fig. 2), and partly from the real hexacanthus of C. and V.,
a fish that is now commonly placed in the genus Hyperistius of Gill.
The localities he mentions show that he supposed Hyperistius

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 69

and Pomoxys to be one fish, if the description was not conclusive.
In the "Memoirs of the Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences," new se-
ries, vol. ii., 1846, Dr. Storer, in his "Synopsis of the Fishes of
N. A.," p. 290, relying on the truth of the information he had
given Kirtland, copied the latter's description, with a brief addi-
tion, and used the name Centrarchus hexacanthus. He gave data
of two specimens, one a Hyperistius, and the other a Pomoxys.
The localities and synonym\r quoted referred to Hyperistius,
Pomoxys, and what may have been Centrarchus irideus.

In 1854 Professor Agassiz, in "The Fishes of the Tenn. River,"
p. 4 (of reprint), referred a specimen sent to him from that river, to
Pomoxys annularis Rafinesque, sa}dng it " agreed fully" with his
description, except in wanting the ring at the base of the tail.
How Professor Agassiz overlooked the statement that the head
and gill-covers are " scaleless," is not easily accounted for by us.
There can be no doubt, however, about his course in the event of
his recognizing this as an error, for he had then taken the ground,
since occupied by all our naturalists, that it is better to eliminate
error from a recognizable description than to propose a new
genus or species.

In the Zoological report in the Pacific Railroad Reports, 1858,
vol. x.p. 5, Girard reviewed the genus in his characteristic way. He
arranged his material in the following manner, that we give in full
to show the confusion into which the synonymy was falling : —

1. Pomoxis sparoides, Grd.

= Labrus spar, Lac.

= Centrarchus spar. C. and V.

= " hexacan. Holb. Ich. S. C, pi. 6, fig. 1.

2. Pomoxis nigromaculatus, Grd.

= Cantharus nigromac. Le Sueur, fide C. & V.
= Cichla Storeria, Kirt.

3. Pomoxis annularis, Raf.

"described, or rather recorded, by Rafinesque."

4. P. nitidus, Grd.

PI. ii., figs. 5-8 (new species).

We are not bold enough to tell what this all means, except that
Pomoxis nitidus, Grd., surely is Pomoxis annularis, Raf.

In the " Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. of Phila.," 1865, p. 64, Professor Gill
gave a " Synopsis of the genus Pomoxys, Raf.," " to dissipate
the confusion." He cleared away, in a satisfactory manner, the
mistakes of his predecessors, coming to the undoubtedly correct

70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

conclusion that but one species of Pomoxys was yet known, call-
ing that storerius, for reasons following, and added three new
nominal species of his own. Of storerius he says: "This species
has been quite unfortunate in its nomenclature;" and, "This spe-
cies was first intelligibly noticed by Dr. Kirtland, who, in the
' Report on the Zoology of Ohio,' introduces it under the name of
Cichla Storeria;" and " the name Cichla Storeria must therefore
be accepted as the specific appellation of the species described by
Dr. Kirtland if Rafinesque's is deemed unworthy of adoption."
As between the specific descriptions of Rafinesque and Kirtland,
on comparison of a specimen from the Ohio with each, I have no
hesitation in saying that Rafinesque's is the better of the two.
Without, therefore, resorting to the unanswerable argument that
since there is but one species of Pomoxys in the region reported
on b}' the two men, and that, therefore, Rafinesque's specific
name must stand on as good footing as his generic name, we retain
annularis on the ground of its accompaniment by a prior and
recognizable description.

In regard to the three new " species," we find by an examina-
tion of the specimens from Normal, labelled as from the streams
of Central and Southern Illinois, the following data: —

The variation ranges in the dorsal spines from v. to viii. ; in
the dorsal rays from 14 to 16; in the anal spines from v. to vi. ;
in the anal rays from 16 to 19; in the scales in the lateral line from
39 to 48. The first dorsal spine goes in the diameter of the eye
from 4 to H times; the length of the caudal peduncle is to its
height as 19 to 13, or as 16 to 16. Specific characters, based on
the number of dorsal spines, the size of the scales, the ratio be-
tween the first dorsal spine and the diameter of the eye, or
between the height and length of the caudal peduncle, are clearly
untenable, falling within the range of individual variation, and
therefore Pomoxys bremcauda, Gill, Pomoxys intermedins, Gill,
and Pomoxys protacanthus, Gill, fall into the list of synonyms of
Pomoxys annirfa7'is, Rafinesque, it being the only species of
Pomoxys now known, unless Ilyperistius prove to belong here.

The following is the synonymy of the species, with the localities
and common names: —

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 11

POMOXTS ANNULARIS, RAFINESQUE.

Crappie (West), New Light (Ky.) Bachelor (Falls of the Ohio).

Pomoxis annularis, Raf. Ich. Oh. 1820, 33. (Falls of the Ohio ; Ky.). —

Ag. Fish. Tenu. 1854, 4. (Term. River.)— Grd. Pac. R. R. Rep. X.

1858, 6.
" Oantharua nigromaculatus, Le Sueur, fide C. and V. Hist. Nat. Poiss. III.

1829, 88" (fide Grd.). (Wabash River, where Hyperistius is not

found. )
Cichla Storevia, Kirt. Rep. Zool. Ohio, 191 (fide Kirt.).
Centrarchus hexacanlhus, Kirt. Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. III., 1840, 480,

PI. XXIX. (plate ; desc. in part). (Big Miami River. ) — Storer, Mem.

Am. Ac, new ser. II., 184G, 290. (in part), (not of Cuv. and Val. fide

Gill).
Pomoxis ?iitidus, Grd. Pac. R. R. Rep. X. 1858, 6 PL II., Fig. 5-8. (Hous-
ton River, Ky. )
Centrarchus nitidus, Giinther, I. 1859, 257.
Pomoxys storerius, Gill, Pr. Phil. Acad. 1865, 64. — Cope, Pr. Am. Philos.

Soc. 1870, 251. (Missouri Riv.)— Jordan, Geol. Surv. Ind. 1874,

215. (White River.)
Pomoxys brevicauda, Gill, Pr. Phila. Ac. 1865, 64. (North Grand Riv.,

Mo.)
Pomoxys intermedins, Gill, Pr. Phila. Ac. 1865, 64.
Pomoxys procanthus, Gill, Pr. Phila. Ac. 1865, 64. (Tarboro, N. C.)
Pomoxys annularis, Jordan, Fishes Ich. Oh. : (Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Hist.,

April, 1876, p. 89) ; Manual Vertebrates E. U. S. (in press)— Jordan

and Copeland, Check-List N. Am. Fresh Water Fishes (in press).
Habitat. — Basin of the Ohio, Illinois, Missouri ; probably in all the tribu-
taries of the Mississippi. Not in the great Lakes ? In North Carolina (fide
Gill).

72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

CHEMICAL NOTES.
BY GEORGE HAY.

I. On the Decomposition of Stannous Chloride in a Geissler

Tube.

While observing, in companj' with ray friend, Dr. Wm. M. Her-
ron, the spectrum of chloride of tin through a powerful spectro-
scope of four prisms (Browing's make) — the Geissler's spectrum-
tube used for the purpose being illuminated by the spark from a
large Ruhmkorrf's coil connected to six cells and a Leyden jar
and a tin foil condenser, the spark being capable of passing six
inches in air — the following facts were noted : —

The constricted portion of the tube became hot — the spectrum
became gradually feebler and feebler and ultimately ceased — a va-
cuum had formed within the tube so perfect that the spark would
not pass.

On examining the tube I found a metallic deposit or mirror of
extreme thinness, but having the well-known metallic lustre de-
posited upon the glass at the negative end. The wire inside of the
tube at the positive end was tarnished, and had lost its metallic
lustre, and was covered with a white though thin incrustation. I
too hastily concluded that this was anhydrous proto-chloride of
platinum, and thank Dr. Koenig for his communication correcting
me, as shall appear anon. I had no time just then to investigate
further — hence the mistake.

I have used up the tube in making the following observations : —

Before opening the tube I heated the end containing the mirror
and found that it did not sublime.

(ut off the tube half an inch above the film, and noticed that
the wire within the tube at this end was fused to a globule of the
size of a pin-head adhering to the glass projecting within the tube,
through which the wire passed.

Introduced one drop of concentrated hydrochloric acid, and,
upon spreading this drop over the film and slightly warming, the
film dissolved completel}'.

Rinsed out the solution with water into a small evaporating
basin, and evaporated to a few drops, to concentrate as much as
possible and remove the large excess of acid.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 73

Treated one drop in a watch glass with hydrosulphurie acid, and
got a few brownish-yellow flakes soluble in potash. Treated an-
other drop in a watch glass with hydrosulphurie acid, and intro-
duced fluid and flakes into a narrow tube closed at one end, and
evaporated in an air bath — heated this, but only a little free sulphur
sublimed, leaving a few grayish flakes in the bottom of the tube.
Chased back the sulphur to the bottom of the tube, and covered it
and the minute flakes with powdered dry ferrocyanide of potassium
and heated again, but, as might have been expected from former
experiment upon original mirror, got no mirror anew. Treated
another drop with nitric acid, and got upon evaporation the slight-
est observable white film insoluble in nitric acid. Chloride of
mercury jdelded a white opalescence. The quantity of metal was
so exceedingly small that, had I not experimented upon single
drops, I should have got nothing in the way of a reaction. I got
no reaction with gold, owing to the extreme minuteness of the
quantity of metal. I do not believe that I could have weighed the
quantity of metal composing this delicate mirror, but I did not
attempt it. It must be remembered that all the chloride of tin
within the tube originally, was only a vacuum of its vapor ; but it
yielded the spectrum of chloride of tin, and it is well known that
the spectroscope will yield certain results where ordinary chemical
tests fail altogether.

The tarnished wire at the other end of the tube was not fused.

Scraped off a little of the tarnish with a penknife blade into a
small watch glass and added one drop of water, but the flakes did
not dissolve.

To make sure whether the drop of water mentioned had dis-
solved any chloride, added a small drop of nitrate of silver solution,
but obtained no opalescence.

Scraped off the whole of the white tarnish and digested with a
few drops of strong hydrochloric acid, and got thus a clear solu-
tion. One drop of this solution treated with hydrosulphurie acid
gave no precipitate. Another drop treated with ammonia yielded
a few gelatinous-looking flakes soluble in caustic potassa.

This white substance, therefore, appeared to be alumina, but, as
in the case of the metal, there was extremely little of it — it had
probably been chloride of aluminium, and, with the residual air or
perhaps some moisture in the tube, had been converted into the
oxide at the high temperature produced by the spark, a tempera-
6

74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1816.

ture sufficiently high to fuse the wire at the other end under the
protecting influence of the mirror already mentioned. Within
the tube at this end I found the wire consisted of aluminium, and
outside of the tube at the same end it consisted of platinum, which
had, I suppose, been joined to the aluminium by fusion. The tin
salt was undoubtedly decomposed b}' electroljsis even when exist-
ing as an attenuated vapor.

II. On the Solubility of Tin, Arsenic, and Antimony in concen-
trated Nitric Hydrate at 3G° F.

The following facts have never, so far as I am aware, been pub-
lished, either by myself or by any one else. I have already commu-
nicated to the Academy that the metal tin is soluble in a mixture
of pure concentrated nitric acid and water in equal volumes.
What I have now to communicate is, that tin forms with the
undiluted acid a soluble salt, viz. the proto-nitrate of tin.

The circumstances under which the salt was formed were as
follows : Into a dry test-tube 1 poured a small quantity of pure
concentrated nitric acid, and then set the tube containing the acid
afloat in a vessel of water at a temperature of 36° F. Into the
acid I dropped a fragment of pure tin; it became coated with a
white substance, and in the course of fifteen minutes was entirely
transformed into this white substance. Several fragments of tin
were added at the above intervals, and all were transformed into
this white subtance. The action of the acid had now become less
decided, although the fluid was still strongly acid, and the contents
of the tube presented a gelatinous appearance resembling the re-
cently precipitated hydrate of alumina. It seemed doubtful
whether I had not merely obtained the ordinary hydrate of me-
tastannic acid. Upon the addition of about two volumes of water
the whole of the white substance dissolved to a clear and colorless
fluid, therefore holding the tin in the solution and proving that
the white substance was not the hydrate of metastannic acid.

The solution was tested as follows : —

1st. A portion was boiled and the whole of the dissolved metal
was precipitated as hydrate of metastannic acid.

2d. After neutralizing a portion of the free acid, hydrosulphuric
acid caused the precipitation of proto-sulphide of tin mixed with
sulphur.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 75

3d. To a portion of the original solution was added solution of
chloride of mercury, and in the course of a few hours a white pre-
cipitate formed consisting of sub-chloride of mercury.

4th. Chloride of gold gave no precipitate.

5th. Potash solution gave a white precipitate soluble in excess
of potash.

6th. A mixture of ferricyanide of potassium and sesquichloride
of iron was made, and to this mixture was added a portion of the
original solution — the result was the production in a few hours of
prussian blue.

These tests were, in my opinion, retarded bjr the presence of a
large excess of nitric acid, and the production of purple of Cassius
was altogether prevented by the presence of an excess of this acid.
All the other tests were pei'fectly satisfactory.

To obviate the difficulty occasioned by the presence of a large
excess of free nitric acid, a fresh solution was prepared by adding
the metal to the acid until the contents of the tube had become
thick and pasty, and there appeared to be little or no action going
on, the tube being kept, as before, surrounded by water at 36° F.

Water was now added to the pasty mass, but in this instance a
not very considerable portion of white substance was left undis-
solved. The solution was filtered, and to the clear filtrate was
added —

1st. Hydrosulphuric acid. This yielded a brown precipitate
soluble in solution of potash, and reprecipitated brown on addition
of dilute hydrochloric acid.

2d. Potash yielded a white precipitate soluble in excess of pot-
ash.

3d. Chloride of gold yielded a beautiful and strong coloration of
purple of Cassius after addition of a drop of dilute hydrochloric acid
in five minutes, and when the tin solution was not too dilute the
purple of Cassius was precipitated at once.

4th. Chloride of mercury yielded a white precipitate of sub-chlo-
ride of mercury immediately.

5th. To a mixture of ferricyanide of potassium and sesquichlo-
ride of iron, a portion of the clear filtrate was added, and almost
immediately prussian blue was formed.

6th. Boiling the original filtrate caused the precipitation of the
tin as hydrate of metastannic acid.

The above experiments prove that not only is tin converted into

76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

a soluble salt by concentrated nitric acid, but that proto-nitrate
of tin is formed.

Pursuing my investigations still further with regard to the
action of nitric acid upon the group of metals usually said to be
oxidized, but not dissolved or converted into salts by it, I next
experimented upon antimony.

Into a dry test-tube I poured about 2 c.c. of concentrated nitric
acid, and then dropped into the acid about 20 grains of powdered
antimony. The tube was immediately set afloat in a vessel of
water at 36° F. and allowed to remain for about 12 hours, being
shaken occasionally to diffuse the powder through the acid. At
first there appeared to be no change produced, but by and by the
fluid became distinctly green, and by the end of 12 hours a strongly
green solution was obtained. On decanting this green fluid from
the powdered metal and diluting it with water, a bulky and abun-
dant white precipitate was produced, showing that a large pro-
portion of the antimony had been dissolved in the nitric acid, and
in this respect it appeared to behave like nitrate of bismuth when
diluted with water. In order to ascertain in what state of com-
bination the antimony was held, the following experiments wTere
made.

Tartaric acid was added to the fluid containing the precipitate,
and it at once dissolved to a colorless fluid.

The fluid was now filtered in order to remove any particles of
undissolved metal which might have been decanted.

1st. After neutralizing a portion of the free acid in a portion
of the filtrate, a strong solution of hydros ulph uric acid was added
— the result w'as a bulky, orange-red, unmistakable precipitate of
tersulphide of antimony, readily soluble in potash, and reprecipi-
tated from its alkaline solution by dilute hydrochloric acid.

2d. To another portion of the filtrate, potash was added, and a
white precipitate of teroxide of antimony was obtained soluble in
excess.

3d. To the alkaline solution last obtained, nitrate of. silver was
added, and there was obtained a jet-black precipitate of suboxide
of silver insoluble in excess of ammonia — this being distinctive
of /''/-oxide of antimony.

4th. Neutralized another portion of original filtrate by ammonia
to remove free nitric acid, and then acidulated with hydrochloric
acid. Put a drop or two of the solution thus obtained upon a

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 77

clean surface of platinum, and introduced a fragment of zinc — the
result was a dark-brown or black stain of metallic antimony not
removable by cold hydrochloric acid, but removable by hot nitric
acid.

These four tests show that the original solution contained ter-
oxide of antimony, and, as the solution was obtained by means of
nitric acid, the probability is that it was a ternitrate of antimony,
for a large quantity of the metal was dissolved. The HS precipi-
tate was so bulky as at first almost to fill the test-tube.

The solution of antimony in nitric acid kept cold will not bear
dilution with water except in presence of tartaric or hydrochloric
acid.

Boiling the original green solution gave an abundant white pre-
cipitate of antimonic acid accompanied by copious evolution of
orange-red fumes. Boiled till the red fumes had disappeared —
diluted and filtered — the filtrate did not pass through clear, but
on passing twice more through the same filter was obtained a per-
fectly clear filtrate. This filtrate gave every one of the four tests
above-mentioned with the utmost readiness, i. e., it yielded in
succession tersulphide of antimony, teroxide of antimony, sub-
oxide of silver, and metallic antimony, and therefore held in solu-
tion even after formation and precipitation of antimonic acid by
boiling a large quantity of teroxide of antimony dissolved in nitric
acid, or existing as ternitrate of antimony. In this case no other
acid but the nitric had been used.

I now experimented upon arsenic in the same manner, i. e., by
keeping the pure metal (not pulverized) for 12 hours in contact
with pure concentrated nitric acid at 36° F.

The result was a beautiful transparent green solution of the
entire quantity of metal. This solution yielded every one of the
tests for arsenic acid.

1st. After reduction by sulphurous acid and partial neutraliza-
tion, it yielded upon addition of hydrosulphuric acid the tersul-
phide of arsenic.

2d. After complete neutralization, and addition of sulphide of
ammonium, followed Irv addition of hydrochloric acid, it yielded
the pentasulphide of arsenic.

3d. After addition of nitrate of silver and a small quantity of
ammonia, it yielded the reddish-brown precipitate of arsenate of
silver.

78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

4th. In similar circumstances, i. e., after neutralization by am-
monia and addition of sulphate of copper, it yielded the greenish-
blue precipitate of arsenate of copper.

5th. Neutralized and then mixed with a large excess of concen-
trated hydrochloric acid and boiled with a slip of clean copper, a
dark-gray film was deposited on the metal.

Gth. Neutralized and added a clear mixture of sulphate of
magnesia, chloride of ammonium and ammonia, it yielded at once
a crystalline precipitate of arsenate of ammonia and magnesia.
The original green solution was therefore either simple arsenic
acid or a pentanitrate of arsenic.

The curious fact is here observed that these three metals,
arsenic, antim6ny, and tin, when treated with cold concentrated
nitric acid kept cold, oxidized in the relation of their several vola-
tilities— arsenic yielding either a p^/anitrate ? or merely arsenic
acid, antimony yielding a ternitrate, and tin a profonitrate ; while
the other curious fact is also to be observed that on boiling the
original solutions all the arsenic remains in solution, a consider-
able portion of the antimony remains in solution, and none or only
the merest trace of the tin remains in solution.

I ought to have mentioned in my last communication that the
tin employed was not granulated but only cut by a sharp knife
from a bar in order to prevent too rapid action of the acid upon
the metal. I found it necessary on the other hand, to pulverize
the antimony, as without this the action was hardly visible — the
arsenic was used in large crystals.

Note upon Mr. Haifs Paper. By Geo. A. Koenig, Ph.D.

The reaction of nitric hydrate upon arsenic at 36° F. results,
according to the author, in the exclusive formation of arsenic acid
or arsenic pentoxide. This is not substantiated by his experi-
ments. He certainly proved the presence of the pentoxide, but
does not speak of any test for the teroxide, the presence of which
does not interfere much with the other reactions. It is a fact well
known by chemists, that a continued digestion of the teroxide is
needed with concentrated nitric acid to change it into pentoxide,
and some authors state distinctly that arsenic is changed by nitric
acid both into the teroxide and pentoxide.

Since it is known that by the action of nitric acid upon metals

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 79

heat is generated, and also that antimony and tin are precipitated
by heat from their nitric or other acid solutions, it was not aston-
ishing to find those metals go into and remain in solution, by
abstracting the heat with a cooling liquid in such measure as
heat was generated.

In the case of tin, dilute nitric acid is known to dissolve it as
protoxide, and here the water in the acid prevents the heating; in
using concentrated acid and applying a cooling liquid at the out-
side of the vessel, the conditions remain unchanged, and only the
application is different.

80 " PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

May 9.

The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair.

Twenty-six members present.

The following papers were presented for publication: —
'•Fourth Contribution to the History of Existing Cetacea," by

Edw. D. Cope.
"Zoological and Biological Methods of Research," by Harrison

Alien, M.D.

Remarks on Fossils from the Ashley Phosphate Beds. — Prof.
Leidy observed that the so-called phosphate beds of Ashley
River, South Carolina, were remarkable for the singular admix-
ture of multitudes of fossils of different ages, from the earl}' ter-
tiaiy period inclusive down to the present epoch. The phosphatic
nodules, for which the beds are explored, appear to have had their
origin from the eocene rocks beneath. These have also contributed
numerous remains of marine vertebrates especially of squalodonts,
reptiles, and fishes. Mingled in the sand and clay with the phos-
phatic nodules and bones of eocene animals, are innumerable
remains of cetaceans, sharks, and other marine animals of perhaps
the middle and later tertiary ages. Added to these are multitudes
of remains of both marine and terrestrial animals of the quaternary
period. Pell-mell are found together bones of eocene squalo-
donts, animals related with the whales and seals; hosts of teeth
of the great shark Carcharodon angustidens ; myriads of the teeth
of the giant of sharks of the tertiary period, the Carcharodon
megalodon ; bones and teeth of whales and porpoises; and abund-
ance of remains of elephant, mastodon, megatherium, horse, etc.;
and occasionally the rude implements of our more immediate
ancestors.

From among a collection of fossils, from the Ashley phosphate
beds, recently submitted to his inspection by Mr. J. M. Gliddon,
of the Pacific Guano Company, the specimens were selected which
lie upon the table. One of these is a well-preserved tooth of a
Megatherium; another, a characteristic portion of the skull of a
Manatee; a third, a complete tusk of the Walrus; indicating a still
further point south for the extension of this animal than had been
previously known ; fourth, a huge tooth of a cetacean allied to the
sperm whale, probably the same as those from the crag of Antwerp
ascribed to Pinoziphius. Besides these there are the beaks of three
cetaceans of the little known family of the Ziphioids. These are
porpoise-like animals without teeth in the upper jaw, and usually
with but a single pair of teeth in the lower jaw. The beaks com-
posed of the co-ossified bones of the face are remarkable for their

1870.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 81

ivory-like density which probably rendered them available as
weapons of defence.

A fourth beak from the same localit}-, presented by Mr. C. S.
Bement, belongs to a different species of the same family. The
beaks and some associated fossils will form the subjects of a paper
shortly to be presented to the Academy.

The beaks have been referred to species with the following names
and brief distinctive characters: —

Choneziphius trachops. — Supra-vomerian canal open. Inter-
maxillaries co-ossified and forming a crest along the middle of the
beak extending to the interval of the prenareal fossae. Mamillaries
with a rugged tract at the upper part of the base of the beak.

Choneziphius liops.— Beak proportionately of less length than
in the preceding. Supra-vomerian canal and intermaxillaries the
same, except that the crest of the latter in front is acute. Maxil-
laries without the rugged tract at base.

Eboroztphius coelops. — A new genus as well as species. Beak
above forming a broad gutter as in Hyperoodon, and not divided
by an intermaxillary crest as in the preceding. Maxillaries with
prominent lateral crests at base, convex inwardly. Right prena-
real fossa occupied by a thick osseous disk. Intermaxillaries co-
ossified. Supra-vomerian canal open.

Belemnoziphius prorops. — Beak solid, with all traces of the
original separation of the constituent bones and the ossified mes-
ethmoid cartilage obliterated.

Fish Remains of the Mesozoic Bed Shales. — Prof. Leidy re-
marked that the remains of life of any kind were exceedingly rare
in the mesozoic red shales which cross our State about fifteen miles
north of us. Hence any fossils whatever from these rocks were
of interest. The three cycloid fish scales, and a few detached
caudal rays, in the fragments of red shale, presented by him this
evening, he found on the Perkiomen Railroad, near Yerkes' Station,
Montgomery County. One of the scales resembles those described
by the late Prof. E. Emmons, under the name of Rabdiolepis
elegans, from the mesozoic coal shales of Chatham Co., N. C.

Botanical Correspondence of Zaccheus Collins. — Mr. Redfield
called the attention of the members to the volume of letters of
Zaccheus Collins which had been recently arranged and bound.
Mr. Collins was well known in his day as an active philanthropist
and as a zealous cultivator of natural science. He was early a
member of the American Philosophical Society, was elected a
member of the Philadelphia Linnsean Society, in 1809, before
this Academy was founded, became a member of our Academy in
March, 1815, and was one of its Vice-Presidents at the time of
his death in 1831. He devoted himself especially to the sciences
of Botany and Mineralogy, and the letters of the most eminent
botanists of that time show how highly they valued his know-

82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF fl876.

ledge, and how eagerly they sought his advice upon all doubtful
questions in their science. Mr. Nuttall complimented him — by
naming for him the genus Gollinsia — containing some plants of
exquisite beauty, and now represented by eleven North American
species, mostly California!), but of which the earliest known was
discovered in the valley of the Ohio.

The volume now before us contains an unbroken series of sixty
letters from Rev. Henry Muhlenberg, of Lancaster, to whom
American botany has been so much indebted, also a correspondence
with his son Fred. Aug. Muhlenberg, in which we find the history
of the transfer of the Muhlenberg Herbarium to the American
Philosophical Society. There are also numerous letters from
Stephen Elliott, author of a sketch of the Botany of South Caro-
lina; from Dr. Jacob Bigelow, author of Florida Bostoniensis, and
still surviving; from Dr. Wm. P. C. Barton, author of the Compen-
dium Florae Philadelphia ; from Dr. Wm. Baldwin, the talented
and lamented young botanist, who died upon Long's Exploring
Expedition; from Nuttall, Torrey, Leconte, Sr., and many others
well known to the scientific world.

It cannot be expected that these letters of sixt%y years ago can
add any new botanical facts to our stock; but they have great
interest as illustrating the early history of botanical science in our
land, and as revealing to us the obstacles which the students of
that day encountered in the scarcity of books, and in the difficulty
of communication.

Mineralogical Notes; Hydrotitanite^ a New Mineral. — Dr.
George A. Kcenig communicated the results of an investigation
on a changed garnet and a changed perowskite, from Magnet
Cove, Arkansas. A short time ago he had called the attention
of the Academy to the occurrence of opaque nuclei observable
in microscopic slides of garnets, in which by analysis 6 per cent,
of titanic acid was found, he had obtained recently, through the
kindness of Dr. Foote, a fragment of a garnet crystal weighing
about three ounces, on which the faces of the dodecahedron are
visible, and concentrically a nucleus, contrasting by its bright
pitchy lustre with the dirty circumferential part of the crystal.
The line of contact is apparently very well defined, but on pro-
ducing on it a fresh fracture, no difference in color and lustre
and no line of division can be seen. The streak of the centre is
reddish-gray, that of the circumference light greenish-gray. Start-
ing with the hypothesis of a gradual change from inside towards
the outside, or, vice versa, a cut was made through the crystal,
about parallel with one of the principal planes of symmetry, and
thus a slice was obtained half an inch thick; this was divided
radially into three sections, and one of these was cut into five
parts at equal distances from the centre. On reducing the pieces
to powder, each by itself, a very gradual change in color was
noticeable from the reddish-gray of the central part to the greenish-

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 83

gray of the circumference. 0.5 gr. of eacli sample was fused with
5 grs. of sodium hydro-sulphate, the solution reduced with hy-
drogen sulphide, after filtration, diluted to 700 c. c. of volume and
boiled. Numbering the samples 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 from centre to circum-
ference, the author obtained precipitates bjr boiling, of respectively
25.00, 16. 2, 9.2, 6.0, and 5.0. These precipitates Avere titanic acid
with normal reactions in numbers 3, 4, and 5; very abnormal in
number 1, and less in number 2. The description of the purely
chemical investigation into the nature of those abnormal reactions
will be reserved for a future memoir.

In order to obtain more light upon the cause of this gradual
decrease of titanic acid from centre to circumference, one of the
sectors was ground to a microscopic section, which showed a
banded structure at the circumference with a few opacjue crystal-
line fragments imbedded, but besides this the material appeared
homogeneous, the color only changing from light-brown, very
gradually into black opaqueness. Had the banded structure con-
tinued to the core, the explanation might be looked for in the
growing of the crystal at intervals in solutions of different com-
position, but the change being so gradual, the author is inclined
to believe in a metamorphic action from the centre. The chemical
fact that titanic acid does not replace one or two of the consti-
tuents, as revealed by further investigation, but that silicon, iron,
and calcium diminish in the same proportion as titanic acid in-
creases, speaks in favor of the metamorphosis by intrusion of
titanic acid.

The crystals of perowskite, pure octahedrons, or octahedrons
modified by the cube, are often found to have yellowish-gray spots
much softer than the rest of the mineral, and, in some instances,
the whole crystal is composed of the same yellowish-gray sub-
stance. The specific gravity of one of these crystals was found
to be 3.681 ; nearly 0.2 less than the fresh mineral. An analysis
of the same made with 0.5 gramme, gave the following: —

TiO,

—

82.82

FeL,03

—

7.76

Mi>0

2.72

CaO

0.80

5.50

Undetermined, but distinct reaction.

99.60

By metamorphic action nearly all the calcium and some iron
have been removed, and water added. The result is a new mineral
for which the name Hydrotitanite is herewith proposed if the
analysis of more specimens should prove the constancy of the
composition.

84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876-

On the Microscopic Observation- of Minute Objects. — Prof.
Frazer remarked, that lie desired simply to put on record a
thought relating to Helmholtz's now famous establishment of
the limit of vision through the microscope. As this limit was
determined by half the length of a wave of light and since the
wave-lengths of the most refrangible rays of the light spectrum
(i. e. the violet) are somewhere near the l-57O00th part of an
inch, the conclusion was reached that nothing more minute than
the 1-1 14000th part of an inch could be seen. But actinic waves
or others of smaller length (of greater refrangibility too) in pass-
ing through a substance on which are lines or other markings
less than 1-1 14000th inch apart, may be altered to light waves,
and become visible, provided, that the substance through which
they pass is capable of fluorescing, i. e., increasing their wave
length, and provided the distance apart of the marks to be seen
is not less than one-half the wave length of such actinic waves.

The meeting having adjourned until May 16, the following were
then elected members of the Council: —

For three years — Edw. S. Whelen, R. S. Kenderdihe, M.P., J.
H. Redfield, J. G. Hunt, M.D.

For two j^eais — Geo. H. Horn, M.D., Jos. Wharton, Jos. Jeanes,
Geo. A. Koenig.

For one year — Geo. Yaux, J. S. Haines, W. H. Dougherty,
Harrison Allen, M.D.

May D».
The President, Dr. Ruschenbergek, in the chair.
Thirty-four members present.

The " Sleep of Plants" as an Agent in Self -Fertilization. —Mr.
Thomas Meehan said that what is popularly known as the "sleep
of plants," the closing of some kinds of flowers at nightfall, though
a matter within common observation, had not, so far as he was
aware, been made a subject of physiological investigation, with
the view of ascertaining the value, if any, of this kind of motion
in the economy of plant life. He had recently discovered that by
means of this' peculiar motion the common Claytonia Virginica
and some butter-cups were fertilized by their own pollen. The
fertilization of these plants had been somewhat of a mystery to
him, as, in view of some prevailing theories of cross-fertilization
by insect agency, these plants ought not to be self-fertilizers; but
from repeated observation he was satisfied that no insects had
visited plants that had yet seeded abundantly. Watching the
process of fertilization iii Claytonia, he found the stamens on

1816.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 85

expanding fell back on the petals expanded during daylight. At
night, when the flower closed, the petals drew the anthers up in
close contact with the pistils. Cross fertilization could he accom-
plished by insects if they visited the flower, but they did not;
and actual fertilization only occurred in this way. Jn many cases,
especially in the advance of the season, the stamens recurve so
much as to be in a measure doubled up by the nocturnal motion
of the petals. The anthers were not drawn into contact with the
stigmas in these cases, and the flowers were barren as the result.

Jn the Ranunculus bulbosus, our common butter-cup, in the
evening following the first day's expansion of the young flower,
the immature anthers and the young stigmas would be found
covered with pollen grains. The inference would generally be
that this had been carried there by insects. But as he had l>een
especially on the lookout for insects as visitors to the butter-cup,
and feeling sure that none of an}' consequenee had been to them,
he examined these flowers carefully, and found that on the first
expansion of the flower a single outer series of stamens burst their
anther-cells simultaneously with the expansion of the flower, and,
by contracting the cell-wTalls, ejected the polien to the smooth
petals, from which it easilj' fell to the immature anthers and
stigmas, when the flower closed for the night.

Knowing that another species of butter-cup, the Ranunculus
abortivus, had fixed spreading petals which did not close at night,
and which, though with comparatively large nectariferous glands
full of a liquid secretion, was wholly neglected by insects, and yet
had eveiy flower seeding profusely, he was anxious to find, in
view of his other discoveries, how these were fertilized. Visiting
a wood after twilight, to ascertain if any nocturnal insects visited
them, he found that though the petals did not close at sundown,
the slender pedicles drooped, inverting the flower, and in this
way the pollen found its way from the petals to the stigmas with-
out any difficulty whatever.

Plants, of course, had peculiar functions to perform, and there
were pre-ordained plans and special arrangements through which
these functions are exercised. But the workings of plant life are
so complicated, that, though we see certain results follow certain
movements, we are not always sure that we perceive the great and
deeper object aimed at in the order of nature. Hence arose the
differences of opinion prevailing in regard to the object of cross
fertilization. Some plants had arrangements which seemed to
preclude the possibilit}' of self-fertilization, and the assumption
followed that nature abhorred close breeding in plants, and spe-
cially designed such structures to secure the plant against it.
He believed that nature had a deeper purpose, as yet unknown ;
and chiefly because of just such instances as he had given this
evening, where nature could not abhor close breeding, when the
result of the "sleep of plants" was most perfect in securing self-
fertilization.

86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

May 23.

The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair.

Thirty-seven members present.

A paper entitled " Further Notes on Inclusion in Gems, etc.,"
b}- Isaac Lea, was presented for publication.

Remarks on Fossils of the Ashley Phosphate Beds. — Prof.
Leidy observed, in continuation of his remarks of the previous
meeting, on the extinct animals of the Ashley phosphate beds of
South Carolina, that they are remarkable for the multitude of
remains the}' contain of fishes, especially of sharks and rays.
Among the former were the giants of their kind, the Carcharadon
megalodon and G. angustidens. A tooth exhibited of the megalo-
don shark is b\ inches long and 4^ inches broad at the base. The
living white shark, pertaining to the same genus, reaches upwards
of 35 feet in length and has teeth 2 inches in length. Supposing
the megalodon shark to have reached the same proportions in
relation with the size of the fossil teeth, it must have exceeded
TO feet in length, and must have proved the most formidable
monster of the ancient ocean.

Another specimen, presented for the inspection of the members,
is a knob of bone, such as is found at the root of the tail of the
devil-fish, the largest of the existing rays. In the latter, the bone
is the only one of the body, and it supports a minute spine, a mere
rudiment of the barbed weapon of the sting-ray. Our devil-fish, of
which a specimen was once exhibited in Peale's .Museum of this
city, reaches a breadth of 18 feet with the length about 15 feet.
The fossil-bone, though the only thing left to tell the tale of its
former possessor, is quite a characteristic specimen. It is of more
robust proportions than that of its living representative, and pro-
bably indicates an extinct species for which the name of Gerato-
ptera unios was proposed.

Specimens exhibited of the dental armature of the roof and
floor of the mouth of eagle-rays were referred to extinct species
under the names of Myliobates magister and M. mordax, the
former having been one of the largest of its kind. Similar speci-
mens from the eocene marl beds of .Monmouth and Burlington
Counties, New Jersey, were refered to species with the names of
Mt/liobates fastigiatas and M jvgosvs.

Prof. Leidy further directed attention to a specimen of the snout
of an extinct cetacean, which he had recently observed among
some fossils from the Ashley beds in the Smithsonian collection of
the Government Department of the Centennial Exposition, and
which had been obligingly loaned to him for description b}r Mr.

1870.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 87

W. P. Blake. The specimen, 2^ feet in length, had the density of
ivory, and indicated one of the largest of the little known family
of* the ziphioid whales. It was referred to a new genns and species
witli the name of Proroziphiux mac7~ops.

The other fossils are of the giant sloth, the Megatherium, pre-
sented by Mr. George T. Lewis, of this city. These were also
found in the Ashley deposits, and are probably the remains of
animals which became mired in marshes after the elevation of the
Ashley deposits above the ocean level.

Two New Minerals. — Prof. J. Lawrence Smith exhibited speci-
mens of two new minerals. The first is a mammillary coating on
thecolnmbic acid minerals from North Carolina. It is white and
soft, being a hydrate columbate of yttria with about 15 per cent.
of water. Sufficient of the mineral has not been obtained, in a state
of purity for a thorough analysis, but there is ever}' prospect that
there will be. It is readily found on many of the specimens of
Samarskite and Euxenite (which last mineral Prof. Smith has dis-
covered to be a constant associate of Samarskite). No name has
yet been given to the mineral, as Prof. Smith prefers to complete
the analjsis before giving it a name.

He also gave some little historical account of the columbic acid
minerals.

Another species for which the name Daubrelite is proposed is
an interesting mineral recently discovered by Prof. Smith on the
nodule of Troilite existing on the Cohahuida meteoric irons that
he has been examining. It is a sulphuret of chromium, is a black
shining mineral, with a perfect cleavage in one direction, giving a
black powder soluble in nitric acid which solution is of an intense
chrome green — and is found to contain sulphuric acid, oxide of
chromium, and a little oxide of iron, which last Prof. Smith sup-
poses to come from some Troilite not perfectly separated from the
Daubrelite — as this mineral is found on almost all the nodules of
Troilite in that iron.

May 30.
The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the Chair.
Thirtj'-eight members present.

Chapters NIL, XIIL, XIV., and XV. of the Amended By-
Laws were adopted.

Article 1, Chap. VIII., was amended Ivy adding after the words
"thirteen professors:" "Who shall be appointed and superseded
or dismissed only by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the
wdiole Council."

88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1876.

The meeting having adjourned to June 6th, the following were
then elected members: —

Wm. Wharton, Jr., C. H. Cramp, Chas. H. Rogers, A. R.
Justice, Edw. P. Borden, Edw. Taylor, J. T. Audenreid, J. S.
Helfenstein, Mrs. Gertrude A. Quimby, Henry M. Laing, Maxwell
Sommerville, and Chas. A. Slocuin, M.D.

Prof. Wentzel Gruber, of St. Petersburg, was elected a corre-
spondent.

On some supposed Lemurine forms of the Eocene Period. —
Prof. Cope communicated verbally the following observations: —

I have seen no reason to modify the view originally expressed
as to the Quadrumanous affinities of Anaptomorphus,but new light
has been thrown on the structure of Tomitherium and its allies.
The fragments of skeletons of two species of this genus ( T.jarrovii
and T. tutum) include numerous hones of the tarsus, and these are
identical with corresponding parts in the Greodonta and different
from those of the Lemuridae. The astragalus extends anterior to
the shortened calcaneum, and the navicular is short ami the
cuboid not elongate. The astragalus presents two oblique flat sur-
faces, one for the internal malleolus, the other for the transverse
facet of the tibia. The portions of femur, including the third tro-
chanter, the proximal part of the ulna, and the distal portion of the
humerus, are all closely similar to those of the Greodonta. The
type of Tomitherium includes some parts of the skeleton not pre-
sent in the New Mexican species. Thus the ilium of T. rostratum,
while furnished with the prominent anterior inferior spine of the
Greodonta, is flattened towards the crest, and is not angulate on
the external face. The femur is furnished with a very elevated
third trochanter as in Chiromys and Talpa, and not low down as
in Greodonta. The head of the radius is rounder than in Greo-
donta. The skeleton of Tomitherium in fact bears strong resem-
blance to that of Chiromys, leaving the skull out of view.

Thi' skeleton of the New Mexican form includes an entocunei-
form like that of Stypolgphus hians, which indicates a non-oppos-
able hallux.

It is apparent that the supposed lemurine Mammalia of the type
of Tomitherium, which have the formula of the molar teeth 4-3,
cannot be separated by ordinal distinction from the Greodonta.
They differ from them, it is true, in their wholly tubercular molar
teeth, but relate to them in this as the bears ami Procyomidee do
to other Carnivore/. I propose therefore to constitute these a
distinct group or suborder, intermediate in position between the
Gn "'Id nlti and the Prosimise, under the name of the Messodonta.

I cannot find characters by which to distinguish this division
from the Insectivora as an order.

1816.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 89

I have applied to this order the name Insectivora so as to avoid
the creation of a new one. I now think that the latter would have
been the better course. The name Insectivora has acquired cur-
rency as applied to the well-known modern group of that name,
and its application to types of such apparent diversity as those
now associated under a single head is not a convenience. I there-
fore propose the name Bunotheria for the order, and include under
it the suborders, Creodonta, Mesodonta, Insectivora, Tillodonta,
and Taeniodonta. Further investigation will be necessary in order
to determine the relations of the Prosimix to this order.

The committees to which they had been referred recommended
the following papers to be published : —

90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1816.

ZOOLOGICAL AND BIOLOGICAL METHODS OF RESEARCH.

BY HARRISON ALLEN, M.D.

The influence of methods of zoology upon biological science
has, in some instances, led to confusion of terms. The great or
primary principles of life are certainly of deeper significance than
the limited and often arbitrary deductions of zoology would lead
us to infer. An anatomical process as considered within the
range of its own forms, and having no direct reference to the
needs of the systematists, often ends without the intervention
of any of the hypotheses of evolution ; not that the}'- fail to sup-
port such hypotheses, but that the anatomist finds the nomen-
clature adopted by the naturalist to be remote from his purpose.

We propose contrasting a few examples of zoological and
biological methods as suggested chiefly by the study of deform-
ations.

These may be freely epitomized as follows: I. The principles
of reversion as contrasted with gemmation. II. The terms gene-
ral and special. III. Teleology as contrasted with morphology.
IV. Methods of growth as distinct from typical forms.

I. All monsters are now known to be the results of operation
of law. Indeed, we have never advanced from the position taken
by Montaigne that " from omniscience nothing but the good, the
usual, and the regular proceeds ; but we do not discern the dis-
position and relation."

The variance from the type to which the monster belongs
cannot for a moment be compared to the variation from the
characters of a known specific or generic formula. Indeed, it is
singularly rare to have any portion of a monstrosity recalling
the normal relation of parts of any animal congeneric with it. If
any one compares, for example, t he head of a dolphin with its
anterior nares in a position somewhat similar to that of the
central cavity in the face of a Cyclops sheep, he will find that the
rudimentary nasal bones and the exposed position of the vomer,
as well as the extraordinary projection of the maxillary processes
in the front of the central opening, all suggest that the Cyclops,

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 91

so far as its osseous parts are concerned, is dolphin-like ; it
will be seen, nevertheless, that the validity of such a comparison
is at once dissipated when the interraaxillffi of the dolphin are
detected occupying their normal relation to the superior dental
arch ; while these bones have never descended from the vertex in
the Cyclops.

In the same wa}7, the mammal having cleft palate, in which
the vomer is seen occupying a position on the plane of the roof of
the mouth, is not to be placed in the same group with the Chelo-
nian skull, in which the vomer normally exhibits an exposure in
the hard palate, for the reason that this cleft palate is due in the
mammal to some error of union between the fronto-nasal process
and the related maxillary arches ; this — the real cause of the de-
formation— is not in any way affected in the Chelonian.

It would appear that a lapsus in the course of the development
of a highly specialized animal will cause the defect to be fixed at
a point so low that no intelligent study can be made between it
and the normal "relation and disposition" of parts in another
animal equally if not more highly specialized than the one in
which the deformation is seen. It is evident that no defect in a
ruminant can be said to be a reversion to a cetacean — when the
latter is the more specialized of the two animals.

In the same way, great care should be exercised in compar-
ing mammals, exhibiting defects in the numbers of toes, with re-
lated zoological types. Starting with the tentative point that
the most generalized form of the mammalian limb is a five-toed
segmented axis, we have the tj-pe to which all other forms can be
compared. This comparison is most successfully carried out in
the carpus and tarsus. Confining our remarks to the posterior
limb, we find the first, second, and third toes uniting through the
intervention of the cuneiform bones with the scaphoid, while the
fourth and fifth toes unite directly with the cuboid bone. Any
descent from this number of five is seen to occur upon the sides,
so that the first and fifth toes are lost before the second and
fourth ; and if the animal possesses but one functionally active
toe, it is invariably the third. Reversion, by which any special-
ized form of foot shows a tendency to return to a more generalized
expression, is thought to be exhibited in the horse. A horse
having functionally active splint bOnes would thus suggest a

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1876.

Fig. 1. reversion to Hipparion. Mr. Wood-Mason

(Proc. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Jan. 1871, p. 18)
has figured (Fig. 1) and described a horse's
foot in which one of the splint bones was
hoof-bearing.

While accepting the premises by which
can be demonstrated the line of descent of
the horse from Hipparion, we think that the
proof of the argument rests not upon the
number of digits, but upon their "disposition
and relation." The tarsus is the key to all
parts of the foot arranged distally to it.
Observers have too often neglected the ne-
cessity of tracing supernumerary toes back
to their corresponding tarsal elements, thus
impairing the force of their conclusions, and confounding a zoo-
logical inference (i. e., a reversion of a special to an embryonic
form) with another larger principle (i. e., gemmation).

In some of its expressions, at least, reversion and gemmation
are terms of equal value; thus, if we look upon the limb as a bud,
the toes partake of the same value as the main shaft of the limb,
and may be called distal buds — diverging as rays from the tibia
and fibula ; the mere substitution of the term bud for toe is here
of the first importance, for we can thereby account for any num-
ber of toes as well as any interference in the order of the bones of
the normal foot. Whereas, if we use the term toe instead of bud,
we are limited strictly to the foot as determined by its own tarsus,
and anything in excess of that number is atypical, and has no
zoological equivalent. It is evident that the mere duplication
of a " toe" is no proof of its reversion to anything, whether it
occur in the horse or in man. Let us suppose, for example, that
a child is born with six toes, it does not follow that the sixth toe
is an example of reversion, but is a mere expression of an exces-
sive tendency to budding. In like manner, the so-called second
hoof of the horse may have no connection with either the fourth
or the second toes, but may be a mere bud or graft from the
third. (Fig. 2.)

Prof. Leidy (Proc. Acad, of Nat. Science, 1871, 112) has called
attention to the foot of a horse in which the splint bone, becoming
functionally active, would appear to be an instance of reversion
toward Hipparion. A careful examination of this specimen has

1876.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

convinced the writer that four toes are here present instead of
three, and that the first and second are united in a common shaft,
bearing a hoof, occupying a position of the functionally active

Fig. 3.

I 31

Hi IV

splint bone, as in the case recorded by Mason. This specimen
cannot be considered, therefore, as a reversion to a three-toed,
nor even to a congeneric four-toed ancestor, since the first toe is
present. (Fig. 3.)

Fisr. 4.

Fig. 5.

Otto (Monstr. Anat. Des.) has figured numbers of examples of
six-toed and six-fingered monsters. In some of these the addi-
tional digit is a distinct bud from the shaft of a marginal meta-

94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

carpal or metatarsal bone (Ibid., Tab. xxv., Fig. 9). (Fig. 4.) In
others the new appendage extends upward to the tarsus (Ibid.,
Tab. xxv., Fig. 11). (Fig. 5.) We would place the first-mentioned
of these in the group of rayed processes of Goodsir; and in the
second group we would place those alone whose divergent rays
enter directly into the construction of carpus and tarsus respec-
tively. In this restricted sense, reversion is of subordinate value
as compared to the principle of budding.

M. S. Arloing (Ann. des Sciences Naturelles, viii., 1867, 55, pi.
II.) figures and describes the anterior extremity of a horse, in
which the bovine-like hoof is dependent upon an atypical budding
from the end of the third toe (see Fig. 2).

In like manner the union of parts usually distinct, as, for
example, the produced digits of a hog — forming a solid terminal
bone incased in a single hoof — should not even remotely suggest
an}' variation in the type. Sueh unions are not known to yield
corresponding change in the carpus. For figures, see Otto, loc.
cit., and Struthers, Edin. Phil. Journal, N. S., 1863, 272.

II. Pursuant to the method as above suggested, the terms
general and special, as applied to the limitation of types, can be
made to assume a deeper significance. It is accepted that, in the
mammalian limb of a five-toed form having the digits of about
equal lengths, we have what is accepted to be a generalized "dis-
position" of parts; but, at the same time, the muscles in a series
of limbs so characterized will have varying degrees of special-
ization. Thus the separation of the deep from the superficial
flexor, in the hand of man, creates a high degree of specialization
compared with the paw of the opossum, in which the division
of the common flexor is barely manifested.

So with the inferior extremity of man Ave find all the essential
elements of the osseous structure of a remarkably low degree of
generalization, so far as the parts below the neck of the femur are
concerned. Put the bone at that point and the hip-bones present
an extraordinary degree of special development. Here, then, is a
limb found in a highly specialized zoological form, which is spe-
cialized only towards its proximal end.

In the arrangement of its muscles, particularly in the posterior
femoral group, we get a marked degree of specialization. The
muscles which in most animals belong to the extrinsic group, such
as the biccp* flexor, &• ini-membranosus^ and Bemi-tendinosuS) are

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 95

removed entirety from the trunk, and pass between segments of
the limb. This arrangement, joined to the excessive development
of the glutaeus maximus, enables man to assume the erect posi-
tion. The consequences of this assumption are so varied and im-
portant as to give the clue to some of his best physical character-
istics. It is thus seen that the arrangement of these muscles is
of great value, although it need not be taken into consideration
if we view the limb, as is commonly done, from the standpoint of
the osseous parts only.

III. Now this posterior femoral group of muscles yields an
upward prolongation of fascia, which is intimatety identified with
the biceps flexor. This prolongation extends as far as the sacrum,
and has received the name of the great sacro-sciatic ligament.

CD O

Very rarely the biceps flexor continues muscular along this tract,
thus affording an illustration of reversion. But singularly enough,
this reversion is not to the higher quadrumana, where the sacro-
sciatic ligament is even less pronounced than in man. Probably
we will find the type to which this upward prolongation of the
biceps can be located somewhere in the link uniting the lemurs
with the rodents. Teleology has been contemptuously regarded.
Kitchen Parker has called it " a pretty gilded ball," that lies by
the side of the path of severe stmty, and if it attract attention at
all, does it at the expense of true progress. But it will not do to
ignore teleology. Here is a group of highly specialized muscles
based upon a trifling difference in the arrangement of muscular
fibres, which is nevertheless indirectly the cause of retardation or
deviation of parts in themselves of great morphic significance.

IV. The several types which have received the names verte-
brata, articulata, mollusca, and radiata are no longer considered
as expressions of distinct ideas, so much as different expressions
of the same idea. The forces of nutrition in all the types are
obedient to the same laws. It is evident that it is more interest-
ing to study these laws than the resultant forms. There are no
dissonant laws existing in the several types, but a few harmonious
laws existing in all.

The law of bilaterality, for example, is seen in all the types.
The law of the spiral, the law of gemmation, the laws of conju-
gation and fissuiation are all actively expressed in the tissues.

To these accepted data we may be allowed to add another, viz.,
the law of radiate nutrition. This is one of the most pronounced

96 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1876.

phases of growth force. Numerous examples of radiate skeletons
are seen in the Protozoa, where nothing else in the wa}7 of formed
tissue need he seen. It is, therefore, together with the force of the
spiral, among the first expressions of growth force. It gives the
entire group of the Radiata its most conspicuous superficial cha-
racter. In the lower Annulosa it operates in more restricted fields,
but often so powerful^' as to be alone subordinate to the law of bi-
laterality. In the Mollusks it appears to occup}7 a position below
both bilaterality and the force of the spiral, although in the com-
pound Ascidians we see examples of it, as well as in the minute
anatomy of the tests of man}7 bivalves.

We called attention to the existence of a radiated type of nu-
trition in vertebrates in 1872 (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1872, 42),
and particularly invited attention to the arrangement of the bones
of the pelvic and shoulder girdles.

Prof. Theodore Gill1 has also suggested the identification of
homologous parts, from a central or determinate part outwards.
Within certain limitations (viz., the acceptance of the limb as a
peripheral quantit}7, potentialized from distal to proximal ends)
this view is in harmony with our own.

The law of radiate nutrition which so powerfully impresses the
tissues at both the shoulder and pelvis, maintains its authority
in the event of deformation. Thus, in a double monster, the right
scapula of one individual, the left scapula of the opposite indi-
vidual (Fig. 6), and a humerus,
Fig. 6. bearing ulna, radius, and carpus,

will be arranged as rays from a
central point. It is evidently im-
possible to identify this humerus
and its associated segments with
either of the individuals.

In another example the parts of>
the limb were arranged bilaterally.
One division represented the distal
portion of the right limb of an in-
dividual, the other portion of its
opposite — the limb gradually end-
ing in the femur as a single struc-
ture. Tracing this single femur toward the trunk, we found, as

1 Smithsonian Miss. Coll., 247, p. xiv.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 97

in the preceding instance, it bore the relation of a ray to the
ossicles representing the pelvic bones.

In addition to radiate nutrition, as shown in small and subor-
dinated areas in an animal in which another type of nutrition is
dominant, we may have, as in vertebrates, the principle of bi-
laterality announcing itself in small territories of tissue apparently
uninfluenced by the larger expression of force operating in the
same direction elsewhere. Indeed, we may sa}*- that bilaterality
is not merely a principle of right and left adaptation ; but may
be found operating anywhere, and, perhaps, in more than one
place at a time. Thus, the development of the sternum is inde-
pendent of the development of the vertebral column. It arises
between the ends of opposed costse, and when this occurs in a
single symmetrical individual, it would appear to be influenced by
some deep-lying typal condition. But in double monsters the
sterna, when present, do not belong to either individual, but arise
between the right ribs of one individual and the left ribs of its
opposite. Such a sternum thus takes its place on either side of
the dual organism. It is very evident that these sterna cannot be
identified with either individual, but are rods, symmetrically seg-
mented, orignating de novo in an intra-costal space, and entirely
irrespective of the bodies from which these costaj spring.

98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

FURTHER NOTES ON " INCLUSIONS" IN GEMS, ETC.
BY ISAAC LEA, LL.D.

Ill a communication on microscopic crystals contained in gems,
which the Academy did me the favor to publish in its Proceedings1
a few years since, I gave some figures of these crystals which I
have frequently since verified. I then observed that, beside these
inter-crystalline forms, there were in most gems, cavities frequently
so numerous that they amounted to tens of thousands.

Since the period of the publication of my paper, I have made
very large additions to my cabinet of gems, and particularly those
of the Corundum group, Sapphires, Rubies, and the so-called
Oriental Topaz, Oriental Amethyst, Asteria, etc. In the numerous
fine blue Sapphires of my collection, I have rarely explored one
without finding numerous cavities, and ordinarily also finding the
beautiful microscopic acicular crystals, which, when the specimen
is cut cabochon, cause the three bands, and these by crossing form
the star in Asteria. The cuneate microscopic crystals are also
quite common.

Cavities, with or without the fluids, are so frequent in crystals,
from the soft Calcite to the hard Corundum, that little may be
said as to their occurrence, as they are so common.

Cavities in quartz crystals inclosing fluids have been observed
by the older mineralogists, but the kind of fluid, and gas or air,
was not ascertained by them. Sir Humphry Davy, in 1822,'-
investigated the contents of these cavities, and found them gene-
rally pure water. The gas bubbles were sometimes found to be
"azote." Sir David Brewster, in 1823," published a memoir of
great research and value. He first had his attention called to
the examination of fluid in cavities by the explosion of a crystal
of Topaz when heating it He found cavities and air bubbles in
nearly twenty different substances, and these inclusions were care-
fully examined by him. In some of these cavities he observed two
fluids' and crystals, and these are figured in his plates. Subse-

i Feb. and May, 1800. 2 Phil. Trans., 1822.

3 Trans. Roy. Soc. Ed., 1823.

4 These two fluids, Prof. Dana without any analysis has called Brewster-
Unite and CryptoliniU .

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 99

quentty, Mr. Sorby published a long and admirable paper1 on Fluid
cavities and crystals in minerals, with numerous and interesting
figures. He considered that the cubic crystals were probably
Chloride of Sodium. In his investigation he proved, by forming
artificial crystals, that, in a natural state, the fluid cavities, with
their " inclusions," must have been formed by aqueo-igneous forces.
He gives a figure of fluid in mica, but I have never seen any in
that mineral, although many hundreds have passed under m}'
microscope in looking after crystals of Magnetite, etc. Mr. Sorby
also published a paper on cavities in quartz in the Phil. Mag., vol.
xv. p. 153; also with Mr. Butler in Proc. Roy. Soc. London, vol.
xvii. p. 299. Kirkel on Microscopic Minerals, Neues Jahrbuch,
1870, p. 80, mentions bubbles and cubic crystals in quartz. He
found iron glance and fluid in Elseolite = Neph elite. In Emery,
from Naxos, he found fluid in cavities.

In 1872, Proc. Roy. Soc. Edin., p. 126, Mr. Sang published an
account of water in cavities of Calcite.

Veiy recently, Prof. Hartley, King's College, London, has pub-
lished a very able paper on the subject of the fluid in quartz, etc.2
He says that Simmler in 1858, offering an interpretation of Brew-
ster's observations, concluded that the expansible liquid was carbon
dioxide. Professor Hartley states that in many cases the liquid
in quartz is water, but that in some cases he found the two fluids,
and his very satisfactory and careful experiments show conclusively
that the most volatile of the two fluids is carbonic dioxide. He
found in every experiment, that the fluid disappeared when exposed
to 31° C, and reappeared on cooling. Prof. Hartley accoixls witli
Mr. Sorby in his reasoning that "at the time of its assuming the
solid state, the solution endured a high temperature."

Calcite has been found to contain nearly a quart of this flu id, s
but it is not as common to be found in small cavities as it is in
quartz.

Fluorite. — Cavities in this mineral are rarely found, but they
are sometimes seen with fluid and air bubbles.

Apatite. — I have never observed cavities in this mineral, but I
have not given it much attention in microscopic examinations.

1 Journ. Geol. Soc, vol. xiv., 1858, Micro-structure of crystals.

2 Journ. of the Chem. Soc, London, Feb. 1870.

3 Specimen in the collection of the late Dr. Chilton of New York.

100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

Feldspar Group. — In a former paper,1 I gave the result of the
examination of many specimens of various species. Since then I
have examined numerous specimens of Labrador it e, and found no
cavities, but the black crystals were very numerous. In the Moon-
stone of this country, I have not observed cavities or crystals,
but in two specimens, out of about one hundred from Ceylon, I
have seen a series of very regular quadrate cavities or crystals
which do not appear to have any fluid. Fig. 10, PI. 2.

Tourmaline. — This interesting mineral is found beautifully
crystallized and of almost all colors, white, brown, green, red,
black, etc. The finest are found at Mount Mica, near Paris,
Maine.2 Some of these specimens have small internal elongate
crystals, which are terminated. A red specimen (Rubellite) in
my collection has many irregular cavities. One green one from
Ce}don has cavities with fluid, and another has very minute black
acicular crj-stals in one direction. In brown crystals from Lower
Dianburg, Carinthia, there are rough objects in the interior, evi-
dently another mineral inclosed, which do not require the micro-
scope to detect them.

Cyanite. — Of the white and the blue varieties I have not
observed any well-defined cavities or crystals, but in the gray-
bladed Cyanite, found at Cope's Mills, near West Chester, Penn-
sylvania, there are always, I believe, small black masses which
do not take a regular form, but are usually elongate. These may
easily be detected by splitting a crystal along its eminent cleavage,
and examining the cleavage face with a lens of small power, but
a higher power is preferable.

Quartz takes upon itself many colors. In it are found cavities
in very great numbers, particularly in the clear fine crystals.
Those which exist in such an abundance in Herkimer Count}',
New York, and which are so limpid, and finely and doubly ter-
minated, are sometimes furnished with thousands of cavities,
even in small specimens, and these are of many various forms,
frequently containing fluid. In some cases the fluid may be
seen to move by the unaided eye. In these Herkimer crystals,
carbon in the form of Anthracite is of very common occurrence,

1 Proc. Acad. Nat. 8ci., May 11, 18G9.

2 Dr. Hamlin lias published a beautiful little work on the Tourmaline, with
ill ust rations.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 101

and in one of my specimens a small portion moves in the fluid of
a cavity. These cavities often exist in an entire sheet, almost
across the prism of a crystal.1 In smoky quartz* these cavities
are much rarer, as also in Amethyst and wine-color and green
quartz. The Amethyst is frequently penetrated with crystals of
Entile, and these are often very large, sometimes 1 to 4 inches
long. The Chester County specimens usually have numerous
curved filamentous crystals, easil}- detected with a common lens.
In Way's Feldspar Quarry, near Dixon's, Delaware, there is a
very peculiar form of quartz which is nearly transparent, but
somewhat clouded. The fragments of all sizes, from that of a pin's
head to that of a small walnut, are inclosed in a mass of Deivey-
lite. These fractured pieces are of indefinite forms. They are
evidently cryptocrystalline, and look as if they ma}- have been
heated and suddenly cooled, and thus fractured. When these
pieces are subjected to a high power, there may be detected in
them very minute oval cavities in great numbers, and the major
axes usually placed in one direction. I have never seen cavities
in milky quartz or blue quartz. Sir David Brewster found many
cavities in rock crystal from Quebec with "water and mineral oil."3

Topaz. — In the various beautiful ciystals which this mineral
presents, there are frequently found cavities with fluid, and some-
times in this fluid may be seen the cuboid crystals described by
Sir David Brewster. He found a single fluid in some cavities, and
in others two fluids with "air bubbles." He sa}rs the fluid does not
expand with heat. The Saxony transparent white crystals some-
times have cavities, as well as those of pale wine-color. The Bra-
zilian gold-yellow specimens have these cavities very frequent^.
The clear pinkish are more free from them. I have never observed
any microscopic acicular ciystals in Topaz.

Emerald, Aquamarine, and Beryl — constitutionally the same —
differ very much in regard to their possession of cavities and their
commercial value. So far as I have been able to examine fine
specimens of Emerald, it is rare to see one without cavities. One
which I have, of very fine color, has many cavities of various forms,

1 Sorby, Journ. Geol. Soc, 1858, found many cavities, and thinks that the
cubic crystals inclosed are probably chloride of sodium, as mentioned above.

2 The smoky quartz of Pike's Peak has hexagonal spangles, which may
be mica.

3 Trans. Roy. Soc. Ed., vol. x.

102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1876.

in which are included a fluid enveloping generally two perfect
cubic ciystals of an unknown mineral. In all cases in this speci-
men, the second crystal is much the smaller. Fig. 11, PI. 2.

7/i Aquamarine, cavities are not frequent, and in Beryl I have
detected them only in a specimen from Unionville, Penn. Fig. 12,
12a, PI. 2. In this there is a triangular cavity with a small cubic
crystal at an inner angle. Throughout the mass there are small
suboval cavities.

Garnet. — As a precious stone this is by no means rare, but it is
lustrous and of a fine color. Cavities and microscopic crystals are
very common in this gem.1 The cavities are usually irregular and
rough, and never to my knowledge have fluid. On a polished
surface of a piece of garnet from North Carolina, nearly an inch
long, the reflection of these crystals covered the whole surface with
prismatic colors.

Cinnamon Stone. — This beautiful variety of garnet, from Ceylon,
as far as I have been able to observe it, and I have some twenty
cut specimens, and numerous rolled pieces, has irregular cavities
and some crystals, as I have stated in a former paper.

Zircon. — With its high refractory power, this is used frequently
as a gem, and sometimes sold as a diamond when white and per-
fectly transparent. One of the numerous specimens which I have
examined has cavities2 and microscopic crystals, and a specimen
from Ceylon has remarkable dark brown, elongate, fusiform spots,
with numerous dotted ones intervening. Fig. 9, PI. 2.

Chryxoberyl. — The few specimens I have of this beautiful gem
have neither cavities nor microscopic crystals, but Brewster
observed "strata of cavities and both the fluids."

Chrysolite = Olioine. — In some of my specimens I have observed
small cavities with fluid. Brewster met with them containing
"fluid and bubbles of air."

Spinel. — This gem occurs of several colors. The Spinel-ruby,
so called, sometimes is very close in color to the true Ruby, but. it
has not by any means the depth nor brilliancy of the true Ruby.
In a pale-green specimen of great beauty which I have received
recently from Ceylon, 1 have not been able to detect cavities or

1 Proc. A.cad. Nat. Sci., Feb. and -May, 18G9.

2 In a specimen iu Dr. Leidy's tine cabinet, there arc anastomosing cavi-
ties.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 103

crystals. In my former papers I have expressed uncertainty in
this matter.1

Iolite. — This gem is inferior in hardness, color, and specific
gravity to Sapphire, but is valued for its peculiar change of color,
being dichroic. One of my specimens is without any inclusions.
The other is filled with blue four-sided prismatic crystals, which
are long, and inclosed in a nearly white subtransparent mass.
These crystals are sometimes broken and their parts prolonged
in the mass, and they are all lying in nearly the same direction.

Turquoise, with its peculiar and agreeable blue, is never trans-
parent, and neither cavities nor microscopic crystals are found in it.

Opal — This exquisite gem, which displays such brilliant colors,
is very highty valued. It is but little harder than glass, and is
indeed considered as volcanic glass. Its remarkable flashes of
color are attributed to fissures, in accordance with the theoiy of
Newton's colored rings. I have never been able to detect either
cavities or minute crystals in this beautiful gem — except in two
cases. One of my specimens has a brown, terminated crystal, a
six-sided prism of an unknown substance, about one-fifth of an
inch long, and terminated by a single oblique plane ; the other
has several smaller ones.

Lapis-lazuli. — This was used by the ancients as a favorite gem,
but it is not now valued as such. I have not been able to detect
cavities or minute crystals in any specimen in my possession.

. Corundum. — This very interesting mineral, when in perfect
transparent crystals, is highly valued as a gem, under the name
of Sapphire, Ruby, etc., according to color. When 3rellow,
it is called Oriental Topaz; when purple, Oriental Amethyst.
When purely white it is sometimes sold as a Diamond. In this
country we have two localities only of Corundum where any large
quantit}' has been found, that of Chester County, Pennsylvania,
and Franklin County, North Carolina. From the mines in Chester
County, several hundred tons have been taken, but no transparent
cr}Tstals. Some opaque ones are bluish and some pinkish. The
North Carolina locality has produced some very large crystals,
and numerous small ones. Of the latter there have been found
many quite pure and transparent, and these are sometimes blue
and sometimes red. But none of them yet found are of value as

1 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Feb. and May, 18G9.

104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1816.

gems. The fine Sapphires and Rubies are chiefly from Ce3'lon,
and they form some of the most beautiful objects in nature. I
have many of these in the form of worn pebbles, and some in fine
hexagonal form, as well as hundreds of cut specimens. I have
examined carefully more than one thousand specimens, with a
view to discover whatever " inclusions" they might possess. In
a communication to the Academy,1 I described and figured some
microscopic crystals in these and other gems. Since then I have
added a very large number to my collection, and among these
several hundred large and small transparent crystals. In a care-
ful microscopic examination of these, I found a large number
which contain cavities and minute crystals, the former sometimes
scattered irregularly through the mass, and sometimes forming a
sheet or film. These cavities are of all forms, but usually sub-
elliptical; sometimes tubular, and these tubes frequently anasto-
mose in a very beautiful manner. These cavities are so numerous
that they frequently give a cloudiness to the specimen, which is
less valuable as a gem, but most interesting in a scientific point
of view. In some specimens these cavities exist by tens of thou-
sands, and Sir David Brewster stated that in a specimen under
his observation there were about 37,000 of these cavities. I am
sure that in one of my large cut specimens there must be more
than double that number. It is a very common thing to see
hundreds at a time of these cavities in the Ceylon specimens, partly
filled with the fluids previously alluded to in these notes. But it
is quite rare that they are found in the specimens from North
Carolina. Still I have seen them in the transparent small frag-
ments of deep blue crystals, and sometimes in the transparent
light-colored ones. In one specimen of the latter, I discovered
some most interesting cavities, which contained, beside the fluid,
each a single cubic crystal, Figs. 1, 2, and 3, PI. 2. I had never
observed an included crystal in any cavity in the numerous Ceylon
specimens which I have examined. These cubic crystals have the
exact form and appearance of those in the Emerald described
herein.

In regard to the microscopic crystals in Sapphire, having
described and figured them in the papers before alluded to, I have
little to add now. Further observation has confirmed what I then

1 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1869.

LIBRA R ;

1876.J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 105

stated regarding the radii of Asteria. Very recently I have received
a number of these Asteria of various colors, blue, purple, white, red,
and dove-color; several three-quarters of an inch in diameter.
The red and purple specimens are of peculiar beaut}', and when
examined in the sun, or any strong light, they both exhibit the
microscopic acicular crystals with peculiar beauty, displayed as
they are in hexagonal form, and reflecting the spectral colors. The
Ruby Asteria is certainly among the most beautiful objects in
nature, and the purple are very little less so.

In some crystals of Corundum, there is a strong bronze reflec-
tion, and this is the case with some of the large hexagonal crystals
which were imported hy Mr. S. S. White from India for commer-
cial purposes, and which he distributed with so much liberality to
our mineralogists. These bronze crystals have also been found at
the Black Horse and Village Green localities in Delaware County,
Pennsylvania. When examined with a good power, these bronze
reflections are at once seen to be caused by minute acicular crys-
tals, and these may sometimes be seen in bunches.

A pale Ruby, " Rubicelle," which I lately received from my
friend Hugh Nevill, Esq., Ceylon, about three carats, is a most
interesting and beautiful gem. It has the depth and brilliancy
almost of the diamond. It is nearly of a rose-color, and is per-
fectly transparent. It is cut with a top table and not entirely
symmetrical. Its refractive power is unusually great. Yet when
this brilliant transparent gem is examined with a high power and
strong light, the whole mass may be seen to be filled with long
acicular ciystals in three directions, parallel to the prismatic planes,
and interspersed are numbers of very minute and delicate cuneiform
crystals.' It has also a small cloud of exceedingly small cavities.

Another remarkable specimen may be mentioned here, which
has small cavities and minute microscopic crystals. It is of a
pale yellow or straw-color, and of a depth and brilliancy scarcely
exceeded by the diamond.

During the examination, about two years since, of some hundreds
of small crystals of Sapphire, perfectly transparent to dark blue,
I discovered one which had very singular plumose impressions on
the planes of the prism. This induced me to examine carefully
all those which I subsequently procured, and I have now over a

1 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., May 11, 1869.

106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

dozen specimens which exhibit this very singular character.1 I
am entirely at a loss to discover the cause of this form of minute
impressions on so hard a substance. It evidently has been formed
by some collateral mineral substance, against which the molecules
in crystallization have been arranged.

Diamond. — The hardest of all substances stands first among
qems. It has not, however, much interest to the microscopist, as
no cavities with fluid have been, so far as known, observed, nor has
it included crystals of foreign substances. They are often very
imperfect, containing rifts and discoloration s. Some of my speci-
mens have beautiful triangular impressions on the surface of the
planes. My friend, Dr. Hamlin, of Bangor, Maine, is engaged on
an extended'work on the diamond. Such a work is much needed,
and I know no one as capable as he to accomplish it. This gem
sometimes occurs of various colors. In my cabinet I have six
different colors.

REFERENCES TO PLATE 2.

Fig. 1, 2, 3, Plate 2. Represent cavities and crystals in a specimen of
transparent Corundum from Franklin, North Carolina. In no other speci-
men of the numerous ones I have examined have I found cavities with a
fluid and included crystals both, while it is very common in the Ceylon
Sapphires to have cavities without an included crystal.

Fig. 4. A Sapphire from Ceylon, given to me by Dr. Ruschenberger, has
cavities without fluid ; the cavities being in the form of crystals in the
larger ones, but in the numerous small ones subrotund. These cavities are
interspersed throughout the mass with numerous acicular crystals running
generally in two directions.

Fig. 5. A specimen of blue Sapphire (Ceylon), with four nearly perfect
subhexagonal crystals, somewhat flattened. These are surrounded by an
immense number of minute cavities, some of which anastomose. The
crystals seem to be filled with a black fluid. There are also very minute
acicular crystals.

Fig. 6. In the same specimen with the above, there is a group of very
different crystals which are here represented. These can only be seen with
a proper angle of light, Then they reflect all the colors of the spectrum.
This group consists of very perfect cuneate and acicular crystals, and is
somewhat like that figured in my pi. !), fig. 2, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., May,
1869, but the crystals are much more defined and perfect than in that plate.

1 Figs. 7 and 8, PI. 2.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 101

Fig. 7. Represents a small blue Sapphire one-fourth of an inch long. The
very remarkable plumose impressions cover all the six prismatic planes.

Fig. 8. A blue Sapphire similar to Fig. 7, about three-sixteenths of an
inch. The prismatic planes here are covered with impressions more in a
dotted form. These two (Fig. 7 and 8) were examined with a power of
one hundred diameters.

Fig. 9. A specimen of Zircon from Ceylon has very singular, dark brown,
elongated fusiform maculations, in one direction. These are surrounded
with numerous dotted ones.

Fig. 10. Among all the numerous specimens of Moonstone which I have
examined I have found two only with "inclusions." These have numerous
parallelograms which look like cavities, but may be true crystals of some
foreign substance. There is no appearance of fluid in them.

Fig. 11, a, &, c, Emerald. A very fine specimen in my collection is filled
with exceedingly interesting cavities with included cubic crystals, enveloped
by fluid. The forms of the cavities are exceedingly varied, and the cubic
crystals — generally too, a small and larger one — are remarkably perfect.
These characters make this specimen one of very great interest.

Fig. 12 and 12a, Beryl from Unionville, Pennsylvania. Fig. 12 repre-
sents a remarkable biangular cavity with a cuboid crystal at one of the
interior angles — has no fluid. Fig. 12m represents in the same specimen
two cavities with fluid and air bubble. Both figures represent the numerous
irregular cavities and imperfections which exist throughout the mass.

Note. — I have made these drawings with great regard to correctness, and the
artist has well represented them.

108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [lSTG.

June G.
The President, Dr. Kuschenberger, in the chair.
Forty-five members present.

Fertilization of Floivers by Insect Agency. — Mr. Thomas Mee-
han remarked that the subject of cross fertilization and fertilizing
by insect agency, was still one of absorbing interest.

There was no question about the facts ; differences of opinion
arose as to the meaning of the facts, and the extent to which they
lire vailed.

Contrary to the belief of many distinguished botanists, he
could not see that those plants which were arranged for cross fer-
tilization had any advantage in the " struggle for life'' which
prevailed in races, over those which were closely fertilized by
their own pollen ; and again, he found that many plants which
were adduced by his friends to prove arrangements for cross ferti-
lization, in fact fertilized themselves.

He said he would to-night refer only to three remarkable cases,
the Scrophularia, dandelion and ox-e3Te daisy, and the red clover,
and he selected these, because the distinguished author of " How
Plants Behave," Professor Asa Gray, had made much use of the
two first named in his book in describing arrangements for cross
fertilization; and, as Professor Gray was present this evening, he
felt sure that with his usual friendliness and good feeling towards
all who were earnest^ seeking the truth, he would do the meet-
ing the favor to correct him if he found the speaker's observations
not confirmed by his own. Red clover he would refer to, because
it was oftener quoted. Red clover was, in fact, the Vade mecum
of the insect fertilizationist.

Mr. Median then exhibited specimens of Scrophnlaj-ia canina,
and explained its floral development. The pistil protruded while
yet the anthers were rolled back in the throat of the corolla. One
by one these stamens were straightened out, the anther coming
into close proximit}' with the stigma, when it burst, and by the
contraction of the sacs, the pollen was ejected, falling on the
stigma. The pollen was of a brilliant orange color, and the stig-
ma of a pearly white, so that the smallest particle could be seen
even by a good naked e}'e ; and could be easily noted if carried to
the stigma of other flowers by insects. Small sand wasps and
other winged insects visited the flowers in extraordinary alum-
dance ; but it could be seen by observers that no pollen appeared
on any stigma until the bursting of its own pollen sacs. Profes-
sor Gray, he said, in " How Plants Behave," had described "Scro-
phularia" as acting in a very different way to this, making no ex-
ceptions to any species, though it was fair to note that the illustra-

1870.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 109

tion accompanying the text was of Scrophularia nodosa, a species
not yet in flower with him.

Composite plants, he said, had been referred to as illustrating
the peculiar arrangements for insect fertilization. The colored
ray petals had been characterized by his friend as so many flags
alluring winged insects to where the sweet secretions vvere, in
order that they might bring foreign pollen at the same time. In
his vicinit}', surrounded as he was b}7 an abundance of sweet
flowers, he had never seen a winged insect on dandelion or ox-
eye daisy (Chrysanthemum leucanthemum), though, on the waste
grounds near him, they were in bloom by the thousand; but eveiy
little flower perfected a seed There were millions on millions of
seeds, and even admitting that there might be some winged insects
at them that he did not see, they were certainly so scarce that it
was out of the question to suppose that each of these had been
fertilized by winged insects. He had found thrips in some flowers
and on one occasion an ant, but these were too few for the immense
work to be done. But this presumptive argument was unneces-
sary, as a careful observation of how the plants behaved, showed
they were self-fertilizers. In the dandelion, he said the united
column of stamens perfected, and spread its pollen in advanceof the
pistil. As the pistil grew it carried the pollen with it. The apex of
the pistil then forked, and as the interior surface of the cleft alone
had the stigmatic surface, it had been argued that none of the
pollen could be used for itself. But a watcher would see that as
the cleft opened the pollen on the line of the cleft fell in. It was
but a little, but that was enough.. Then the position of the upper
part of the pistil in the dandelion favored this intrusion of the
pollen. Just before the expansion of the stigmatic lobes, the
pistil curved at the apex, and the slit opened first on the upper
side of this then horizontal position. The pollen easily fell into
the chasm. The lobes finally separated, until they became direct-
ly opposite to each other as generally seen in the dandelion.
While this is going on, the lobes, having pollen abundantly on
the under side, as they are sweeping the horizon, drop pollen, or
even rub their surfaces on the expanded stigmas of the flowers
below, and in this way, if they had no pollen of their own, the
lower flower would be fertilized by that above. This would be
cross-fertilization, but not by insect agency. But what if it were ?
Physiologically speaking, what benefit can it be to a composite
flower to be fertilized by another from its own head, even granting
the utmost asked by those who consider composites arranged for
cross-fertilization ? The composite flower is not a compound
flower, it is true. It is but an imperfect umbel. But each umbel
for all physiological purposes might as well be a single flower.
Side by side the flowers are set, as any one familiar with the dotted
thimble-like receptacle of dandelion very well knew. They all
had just the same food, the same light, the same conditions of

110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

life in every material effect. If the familiar illustration by refer-
ence to the human family has any weight in plants, surely these
flowers must be brother and sister, in any sense claimed by insect
fertilizationists ; and the physiological benefits to the race would be
no more than if the whole head was a single flower, as a Ranun-
culus, instead of the compound flower we see. He then explained
the manner of fertilization in the ox-eye daisy. The united
column of stamens was forced from its holdings by the growing-
pistil, which finally attempted the cleavage of the apex, while still
holding the cap-like covering of anthers over it. The pollen fell
into the stigmatic cavity more easily than in the dandelion. In-
sects might visit it subsequent^' ; it would make no difference,
having already received its own pollen.

In regard to clover, Mr. Meehan said that in his remarks at
Detroit last year, he had stated that he had watched a field of
clover, found remarkably few insects at work, and yet the crop of
seed was abundant, and that a careful examination of the clover
blossom in all its stages convinced him that from its structure
and behavior it was a self-fertilizer. He had been met with the
assertion that the first crop of clover never produces any seeds.
This was so generally believed that it must be true to a great
extent. He could not have been mistaken last year, but he visited
a field of two acres again a few days ago, and now exhibited heads
nearly mature, all the flowers with seeds, and these (June 6th)
about the first flowers that could have formed. On this visit he
watched the field for an hour, and in that time saw only eight
bumblebees at work, rather small grist, he thought, for so large a
mill, if all those flowers had to be insect fertilized. He watched
their motions closely, and found, to his astonishment, that in spite
of the elaborate arrangements for the work of the bumblebees in
the mouth of the corolla, they did not enter that way at all ! They
made a slit in the base of the tube, extracting the honey in this
surreptitious way. With this final fact, if found general, there
must be an end of the clover case. There was no bottom for the
" arrangements" to stand on.

He had intended, he said, to rest the case here, but he had
mentioned to his friend, Professor Gray, that he had noted the
common bladder-nut, S/aphylea trijhlia, as being a self-fertilizer.
It was one of those observations so recently made by him that he
should not have introduced it to this body without further investi-
gation ; but Dr. Gray had suggested to him to refer to it, as lie
thought he could show it could not be fertilized except by insects,
so he detailed what he had seen simply in order to have the bene-
fit of Dr. Gray's experience.

Dr. Asa Gray said that Mr. Meehan and himself, looking at
the same subjects with somewhat opposing prepossessions, were
apt to see different facts; that is, either was likely to notice some
particular which was not noticed by the other. For instance, Mr.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Ill

Meehan had some little time ago called his attention to the blad-
der-nut (Staphylea) as a case of close fertilization; but Dr. Gray's
own observations, made in consequence of this suggestion, con-
vinced him that this was a good case of arrangement for cross-
fertilization. Like many other flower-, it was capable of self-
fertilizing; for the anthers, charged with pollen, were contiguous
to the edges of the dilated stigmas. But what his acute friend
had omitted to notice was — that the flowers were hanging, and
that, although the anthers surround the stigmas, the pollen is not
ejected, but lies on the opened face of the anther in a thick coat-
ing, and when it falls, it will drop to the ground instead of upon
the receiving stigmatic surface; some, however, may come in con-
tact with its margin. Moreover, Dr. Gray found that the stigma
was earlier than the anthers by twent3'-four or forty-eight hours.
The stigmas, borne on styles then considerably longer than the
stamens, occupied the very entrance of the corolla as soon as it
began to open, and was, as he found, in condition to be pollenated
a day or two before the anthers of that blossom opened. Now in
each raceme there were flowers in all stages, and the blossoms, as
Mr. Meehan declared, were the favorite resort of bees ; these while
feeding from a flower with anthers open must needs smear their
faces with the pollen, and when visiting flowers a day or two
younger deposit some of this pollen upon their stigma, at a time
when it could not possibly get any from its own anthers.

As to Scrophularia, his observations upon S. nodosa had pre-
pared him to make a different reading of the facts now shown in
S. canina. The arrangements for cross-fertilization in S. nodosa,
as detailed and figured in the little treatise which Mr. Meehan
referred to, seemed essentially similar in 8. canina, except that
both stamens and style were much exserted. Mr. Meehan had
described the early protrusion of the style and the straightening
and lengthening of the filaments a day or two later, so as then to
bring the anthers into proximity with the stigma. But Dr. Gray
doubted if any of that pollen ever acted upon the contiguous
stigma, even if it reached it, thinking it more probable that the
stigma was by this time withered and past fertilizing, as was the
case in its relative, S. nodosa. The arrangement was a capital
one for cross-fertilization, bees passing from flower to flower,
brushing the same part of their body against the anthers of an
older and the stigma of a younger flower; while self-fertilization
was impracticable, at least, in S. nodosa, because no one flower
shed its pollen until its stigma was past receiving it.

As to clover, Dr. Gray could now say nothing, except that it
was a member of a tribe of plants which, though seemingly ar-
ranged for self-fertilization, were actually for the most part capital
examples of the contrary.

His attention had been called by Mr. Meehan to Dandelions,
which, from general recollection, he thought were frequented by
flying insects. The first walk he took in his own neighborhood

112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

did not confirm this impression ; but on the second he found
small wasps and a dipterous insect busy with the dandelions, and
haying from one to another, and also ants in abundance. It was
clear that the narrowness of the style-hranches in this and other
liguliflorous compositae gave them a chance for self-fertilization,
but, their characters were equally good for crossing through insect
agency. As to ox-eye daisy, he could not confirm Mr. Median's
description as to the carrying up of the anthers upon the style,
which must have been abnormal. Dr. Gray supposed that the
arrangement would be found to be like that of the allied Feverfew,
which was well figured by Lubbock, after Ogle, and this clearly
betokened cross-fertilization. About Cambridge, ox-ej'e daisies
were so infested with small insects that ladies objected to having
them brought into the house among cut flowers; and flying insects,
he thought, did not disdain them.

As to the benefit of cross-fertilization, this was a large subject,
which could not be disposed of in a few words; but Dr. Gra\' thought
it probable that cross-breeding even of flowers in the same in-
florescence was better than self-fertilization, and that wherever
this occurred wider crossing was common.

Mr. Martindale called attention to the fact that, in the case of
Staphylea, the stigma is ready for the pollen some time before it
can receive it, and suggested that, therefore, perhaps the first
flowers do not produce seed.

Dr. Gray rejoined that it could seldom happen that the first
flower of every branch on a shrub or tree, or on different trees of
the neighborhood, all opened on the same day; so that even the
earliest flower had a fair chance to be fertilized.

Mr. Meehan handed a specimen of Orobus atro-purpureus from
the table, and remarked that it might aid in settling that ques-
tion; as, so far as his recollection now served him, it was the
first flower of the season and of the raceme, and only the first
floAvers that generally perfected seed.

On Samarskite. — Joseph Willcox made some additional state-
ments in reference to samarskite, which, until recently, has been
a very rare mineral. The first discovery of it in Mitchel County,
North Carolina, occurred in the spring of 1873, in a mica mine;
and during that and the succeeding year about 700 pounds of the
mineral were found, since which time the mine has not been
operated.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 113

June 13.

The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair.

Thirty-two members present.

A paper entitled "On the Occurrence of Helix terrestris, Ohemn.,
in North America," by Wm. G. Mazyck, was presented for pub-
lication.

On a New Genus of Fossil Fishes. — Prof. Cope described a
species of fish represented by a fragment of a jaw, which was
said to have been derived from the phosphatic deposit near
Charleston, S. C. The fragment indicated a species of large
size, and supports alveoli or teeth to the number often in a space
of M. .080. The crowns of the teeth are compressed, with a
broadly rounded apex ; the section at the base being lenticular,
with sides swollen and apices produced. The latter are the
sections of a cutting edge, which constitute the apex as well as
the borders of the tooth. The longitudinal transverse section is 4

triangular. The root is not composed of dentine, but of an ossi-
fied pulp, of osseous tissue, as in the Pythonomorph reptiles.
This portion is nearly concealed in the alveolus, and there are
no foramina along the inner side of the jaw communicating with
the pulp cavities.

The succession of the teeth has been from below, as in the
Saurodontidse, the crown of the young tooth being developed be-
low the centre of the root. Absorption followed ; so that the
centre of the root disappeared, leaving a cylinder with thin walls
of osseous tissue running at right angles to the fibres of the
inclosing jaw. The root has a lateral groove, which at this stage
constitutes a fissure opening into the central cavity of the ad-
joining root. The osseous tissue at the base of the crown is quite
spongy. Length of bases of five teeth M. .040, or long diameter
of crown at base M. .008. Transverse diameter of base of crown
.007 ; elevation of crown .010.

This fish belongs to a genus hitherto unnamed, presenting
resemblance and perhaps affinity to Pachyrhizodus and Cono-
saurus. It differs from both in the compressed trenchant crowns,
and from the first named in the entire inclusion of the roots in
alveoli. From Saurodontidse it differs in the absence of true
dentinal roots. It was named Cyclotomodon, and the species,
C. vagrans.

114 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [18T6.

June 20.

The President, Dr. Rusciienberger, in the chair.

Twenty -two members present.

The Botanical Section reported that a meeting for organization
had been held, and that officers had been elected, as follows: —

Director, W. S. W. Rusciienberger, M.D.

Vice-Director, Thos. Meehan.

Conservator, Chas. F. Parker.

Recorder, Isaac Burk.

Treasurer, Jose 0. Schimmel.

Secretary, Henry Leffmann, M.D.

Remarks on Vertebrate Fossils from the Phosphate Beds of South
Carolina. — Prof. Leidy observed that in a further search among
the objects of the Agricultural Department of the Government
Building of the International Exhibition, he had found another
fossil specimen of a ziphioid cetacean. Like those previously
described, it consisted of a detached beak, from the property of
the Wando Mining Co., on the Ashley River, S. C, and was oblig-
ingly loaned hy Mr. Amidon.

The specimen, exhibited to the Academy, has nearly the form
and other characters of the one last described under the name of
Proroziphius macrops. The bones are thoroughly co-ossified, and
the condition of the beak indicates a mature animal, smaller than
the speeies just named. The beak is 19 inches long in advance of
the nasal apertures, and is about 3J wide near the middle. The
supra- vomerian canal is closed over to within less than four inches
of the end of the beak by the complete coallescence of the inter-
na axillaries. The prenareal fossaj are funnel-like, and terminate
forward in a canal penetrating the mamillaries instead of first
being prolonged into an open groove as in P. macrops. The
anterior extremity is drilled in a remarkable degree by boring
mollusks. With the other specimens previously indicated, the
present one will be more fully described in a memoir on the verte-
brate fossils of the Ashley phosphate beds. The species was
named Proroziphivs chonops.

Prof. Leidy further remarked that while examining the materials
from the different phosphate beds of South Carolina, and mainly
those exposed to view at the International Exhibition, his atten-
tion had been attracted by the large size of many of the teeth
referred to Carcharodon megalodon. Among many teeth of this
species, and others of C. anguslidens, etc., contained in a show-

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 115

case of the Bradley Fertilizer Co., in the Agricultural Hall, there
is a megalodon tooth, from the Stono River, which measures 6
inches 8 lines in median length from a level of the ends of the
root to the point of the crown, and 4 inches 8 lines in breadth
across the base. A second specimen in the same collection and
from the same locality is 6 inches in median length, and 5 inches
1 line in breadth.

A specimen from the Ashley River, formerly in the possession
of Prof. Holmes, according to him, measures 6 inches 5 lines in
length, and 5 inches 5 lines in breadth, and weighs 2 lbs. 8 drachms,
apothecaries' weight.

These specimens are probably the largest shark teeth on record.
If the animals to which thej- pertained held anything like the
relation of length of body to the teeth as existing in the living-
white shark, the}^ must have been upwards of a hundred feet in
length.

June 27.
The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair.
Fifty-one members present.

Remarks on the Rhizopod Genus Nebela. — Prof. Leidy stated
that in order to facilitate a ready reference to ordinary forms of
rhizopods, he was disposed with some other observers to restrict
the genus Difflugia to those rhizopods with lobose pseudopods,
which ordinarily possess a covering or test composed of extrane-
ous bodies, such as particles of quartzose sand, and diatome cases.
In the genus Nebela, which he had viewed as distinct from Difflu-
gia, the test is composed of discoid plates and minute rods, ap-
parently siliceous and intrinsic to the structure of the animal.

To the genus Nebela probably belong the species named by
Ehrenberg, Difflugia collaris, D. cancellata, D. carjyio, D. bino-
dis, D. anmdata, and D. laxa. Likewise the Difflugia peltigeracca
of Carter, most of the forms described by Wallich under the name
of Difflugia pyriformis, var. symmetrica, and also the Difflugia
carinata of Archer. Formerly Prof. L. had indicated several spe-
cies under the names of Nebela ansata, N.equi-calceus, N. sphagni,
N. numala, N barbata, and N.flabellulum. Pr. A. N. S. 1874, 156.

Most of the above-named species of Ehrenberg had been re-
ferred by the same author to a group with the names of Reticella
and Allodictya, headed with a species named Difflugia astero-
phora, which, so far as could be judged from the description and
figure, did not coincide with the characters of Nebela. Of the
forms referred to Difflugia symmetrica by Dr. Wallich, the first
one described has recently, by Schulze, been viewed separately from
the others as characteristic of a new genus with the name of

11C

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1876.

Quadrula symmetrica. The test of this is composed of quadrate
plates, arranged in rows, like bricks in a wall.

In all the species referred to Nebela, which have been observed
by Prof. L., in all instances the test is compressed pyriform.
Wallich remarks in reference to the tests of Difflugia symmetrica,
that they "are sometimes so compressed as to give the aperture
the undulating appearance represented in Figs. 27, 29 and 30, but
more frequently the tests are not compressed, and the aperture
presents the ordinary circular or nearly circular outline."

The species Nebela numata, probably synonymous with D. <■<>!-
laris, is an exceedingly abundant form, in much variety in our
sphagnum swamps, and illustrates well the character of the genus,
and also exemplifies the extraordinary variation in the structure
of the test, which appears to be common also in the other species
of Nebela.

In some individuals of Nebela numata, the test is composed of
or invested with comparatively large circular disks of uniform size,
as represented in the diagram (Fig. 1). In other individuals the
disks are of the same character, but oval as in Fig. 2. In other

Fig. 1.

Fie. 2.

individuals again the test is invested with circular or oval disks
as in the former, but separated, uniformly scattered, and with the
intervals filled with small circular disks as in Fig. 3. In other in-
stances large circular or oval disks occupy the fundus of the test,
and small ones extend from one-half of the body to the mouth,
sometimes mingled with a few of the larger disks. In some in-
stances the test is composed of minute circular disks alone, or
with a few large oval or larger circular ones scattered here and
there.

Generally the disks of the tests are sharply defined, closely
placed, ami touching at their contiguous edges. Sometimes they
are crowded, and assume in a certain focus a more or less poly-
gonal outline. Sometimes they appear to overlap the edges.
Usually very distinct; they are sometimes more or less indistinct.

1876.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

117

The large disks in a certain focus appear centrally shaded, and
exhibit a striking resemblance to ordinary blood corpuscles.

Not unfrequently the test is mainly or almost entirely composed
of minute rods, placed in alternating oblique patches, with a few
minute round disks, as in Fig. 4. In other tests the disks pre-

Fig. 3.

Fig. 4.

dominate. In some tests large and small disks and rods are in-
termingled. In other tests larger, and fusiform rods, probably
diatomes, are mingled with disks, as in Fig. 5.

Between the structural forms of the tests indicated, all sorts of
intermediate forms are found. Occasionally, mingled with the
more intrinsic elements of the tests, there are un-
doubted diatome cases, and rarely distinct and com-
paratively larger particles of siliceous sand.

Prof. L. looked upon the disks and rods of the
test of Nebela as intrinsic structural elements. They
appear to be siliceous, as they undergo no change in
heated sulphuric acid. No similar elements could
be detected among the ordinary materials among
which the animals lived.

Dr. Wallich regards the disks and rods, of the
forms he has called Difflugia pyriformis var. sym-
metrica, as being derived through the metamorpho-
sis of diatome cases, through the combination of
these with the basal substance of the test. In the
reference to his figures 27 to 33 An. and Mag. Nat.
Hist. 1864, pi. he says that they " represent the series of forms
exhibiting the transition from the ordinary mineral and chitinoid
elements of the test to the evolution of the colloid disks." Prof.
L. remarked that notwithstanding he had examined multitudes
of Nebela, he was not prepared to confirm this view, though he
had too much respect for Dr. Wallich's accuracy of observation
to doubt its correctness.

The figures 1-4 represent ordinary forms of N. numata ; and

Fig. 5.

118

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1876.

Figure 5 the relative compression of the test. Figure 6 is the
form described as N. flabellulum, which may be regarded as an
extremely broad variety of the former. Figure 7 represents the
relative thickness of the same test. Between the forms referred
to N. numata and N Jlabellulum, all sorts of transitional ones
occur. Figures 8, 9 exhibit two views of a narrow form of N.
■na ma/a, which resembles the Difflugia binodis of Ehrenberg.

Fig. 6.

Fig. 7.

Fig. 8.

Fig. 9.

Figure 10 represents an outline view of Nebela carinala, or Dif-
fiugia carinata of Archer, from sphagnum of New Jersey. Fig-
ure 11 represents a transverse section. Figure 12 Nebela equi-

Fig. 11.

Fig. 13.

Fig. 15.

calceus, a transitional form from
N carinata. Figure 13 a trans-
Fig. 12. verse section. Figure 14 Nebela
ansafa, which looks as if it were
derived from the former by the loss of the horse-shoe-like ribs.
Figure 15, another form observed, unnamed, in which, instead of
the horse-shoe of Figure 12, there are two hook-like processes pro-
jecting in the interior of the test. Figures 16, 17 outlines of Ne-

Fig. 10.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 119

bela sphagni. Figure 18 Nebela barbata. For characters of the
species see Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1874, 15G.

Fig. 16. Fig. 17.

On Certain Trap Bocks from Brazil. — Prof. Persifor Frazer,
Jr., stated that during a recent engagement by the Commission
of Brazil to the International Exhibition, now being held here,
to examine and arrange the ores, minerals, and rocks of that
country, a number of traps were obtained, of which thin sections
had been submitted to a preliminary investigation.

These have been studied without the aid of chemical analysis,
and the results, so far, are hereby laid before the Academy.

It is evident that this mode of determination cannot by itself be
exhaustive, but it is believed that some new facts are hereby
added to our knowledge of the igneous rocks of the globe, and a
close analogy between certain species of North and South Ame-
rica made out. It was not possible to ascertain the localities in
all cases. The following is a partial list: —

No. 580. — Between Casa Branca and Rio das Pedras.

No. 587. — Between Ouro Preto and Casa Branca.

No. 610. — From Resaquinha.

No. 790. — Procedencia Morrotos.

The following is a hasty glance at their mineral constituents : —

No. 279. — Dolerite. Labradorite, Pyroxene, Chlorite, and
Magnetite.

No. 580. — Pyroxenite rock, with microliths.

No. 587. — Pyroxene and Biotite.

No. 591. — Decomposed mass, containing Pyroxene and Mag-
netite.

No. 610. — Chlorite, with concretions of Ferric Hydrate.

No. 635 — Under 230 diameters, and without polarized light,
the " flowing" structure is well shown.

Between crossed Nicol's prisms the lines which resemble micro-
liths exhibit an intricate network and polarize from white to
light blue. Under 1080 diameters the above lines seem to be
corrugations or clefts in the mass, while a new set of minute
black and brown prismatic crystals come into view, indicating by
the gradual curve in the line of their direction also a " flow

120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1876.

structure." Chrysolite (Olivine) and Mica appear to be present
in this specimen.

No. 665. — Labraclorite rock, with bundles of microliths. Con-
taining also pyroxene and magnetite.

No. 684. — With an enlargement of 350 diameters and between
Nicol's prisms this specimen exhibits Labradorite and Pyroxene
(one beautiful main section of the latter). The blades of labra-
dorite are smaller and the pyroxene less distributed through the
mass than in No. 706.

Another mineral not certainly determined polarizes from green
to black.

No. 692. — Pyroxene in a vitreous paste, containing Chlorite.

No. 706. — With a magnifying power of 230 diameters this
section exhibits a mass of brown and reddish-brown fragments of
irregular shape.

The cross fractures are numerous and irregular. Various an-
gles of fracture were found to give 84° 47', 78° 51', 73° 20', 53°
59', and 88° 28', but the micro-goniometer employed could not
be relied on for angles of less than 1°.

The latter of these measurements is sufficiently near the pris-
matic angle of Augite (i. e. 87° 5'), to suggest the presence of that
mineral.

Many slabs of Labradorite are associated with it, each of which
is readily detected by its characteristic mode of twinning.

Black masses of Magnetite are strewn through the field of
view, and some rod-like Apatite.

Under 350 diameters more crystals of Apatite appear.

With one prism, isolated spots of the mineral first described
show feeble dichroism. Dolerite.

No. 769. — Decomposed P3'roxene, with Magnetite and Labra-
dorite. The specimen shows signs of the passage of Dolerite into
a rock more nearly resembling Diabase from the presence of a
chloritic material (perhaps the "Diabantite" of Hawes), and its
generally decomposed appearance.

No. 786. — Under 1080 diameters Chlorite and P}*roxene are
visible, together with a white, pasty glass.

No. 790. — Feldspar, Olivine, Magnetite, and Apatite.

No. 795. — Dolerite. Consists of Pyroxene, Magnetite, Labra-
dorite, and large numbers of Apatite crystals.

(The sections of the Magnetite and of the Apatite crystals are
very line.)

Feeble dichroism is observed in spots on the Pyroxene. No
Mica visible.

No. 795. — Pyroxene, Magnetite, Labradorite, and a large num-
ber of Apatite crystals.

x. Magnetite, Chrysolite, Labradorite, and some Pyroxene.

x' . Labradorite, Pyroxene, Magnetite, and Apatite. Dolerite.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 121

Thin sections of these rocks and also those of similar character
from Pennsylvania were projected on the screen in polarized light
and compared.

Harvey Fisher, Geo. A. Wright, A. C. Lambdin, M.D., John
Russel, J. C. Martindale, and A. E. Brown were elected members.
The following papers were ordered to be published : —

122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1STG.

ON CERTAIN MEXICAN METEORITES.
BY MARIANO BARCENA.

At the last meeting of the Academy, Prof. Smith having spoken
of an aerolite from Chihuahua, 1 have thought proper to relate
some facts about other Mexican meteorites.

Certainty, my country is most abundantly provided with these
meteoric masses ; to the present time they have been found in
the States of Chihuahua, Sonora, Sinaloa, Nuevo-Leon, Coahuila,
Zacatecas, Durango, San Luis Potosi, Mexico, and Oaxaca.

The most notable masses which have been discovered in Chi-
huahua are found in the " Concepcion hacienda," and in a place
called " Chupaderos." I have seen two pictures of one of the
meteorites of the former place, and, according to the explicatoiy
scale which the drawing had, I could judge that it was of great
dimensions ; its form, like that of all the meteorites of Mexico,
tends to that of a prism of curved faces, and presenting various
irregularities. They have assured me that the mass which is
found in Chupaderos is of greater dimensions than the one I have
mentioned.

Other meteoric irons of various dimensions are found in the
vicinity of the lt Presidio del Principe,'' in the same State of Chi-
huahua. The National Museum of Mexico possesses various
facts about these masses, and probably will get some of the
latter, as the inhabitants of that State have promised to send
some of them.

The Mexican Society of Natural History of the City of Mexico
received last year a picture and some small fragments of an
enormous meteoric mass lately discovered in the State of Sinaloa.
Although I do not remember at present its exact dimensions,
still I can assure the Academy that its length was more than
twelve feet. I have commenced to analyze that meteorite, and I
will conclude the work on my return to Mexico. Like those to
which I have referred, it belongs to the class of the Siderites of
Mr. Daubree — as it is composed essentially of iron and nickel. It
is of a silver-white and grayish color.

The aerolites of Nuevo-Leon and Coahuila were found in

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 123

"Santa Rosa" and in the " Potosi." The facts we have regard-
ing them are few and insignificant.

From Zaeatecas they have taken to Europe various samples of
meteoric irons; one of them was analyzed by Clark, and had the
following composition : —

Iron 86.09

Nickel 9.96

Chromium 0.67

Sulphur 0.84

Magnesia 0.19

97.75

Baron Humboldt and other persons have also carried to Europe
some samples of meteorites from Durango. The analysis made
by Mr. Damour of the aerolite of the Mezquital is known ; the
composition is the following : —

Iron 93.38

Nickel 5.89

Cobalt 0.39

Phosphorus 0.23

99.89

In the National Museum of the City of Mexico exists another
meteoric mass, which came from the " Cascaria" hacienda in the
State of Durango. It is composed in great part of iron, and, on
attacking its surface with acid, the figures of Widmastaeten appear
very clearly — the dominant form of these figures being quadri-
lateral.

In the State of San Luis Potosi two aerolites of large dimen-
sions were found. One of them, called " Meteorito de la Descu-
bridora," was sent four 3'ears ago to the Mexican Society of
Geography and Statistics of the City of Mexico, by Messrs.
Cabrera and Yrizar of the City of San Luis Potosi. This mass,
which weighed 576 kilogrammes, was divided in several pieces for
the purpose of making some investigations as to its structure.
The form of the meteorite was also prismatic ; it resembled that
of a pyramid with a triangular base; the drawing taken with a
photographic apparatus presented in its outline several lines well
determined, which formed triangular and quadrilateral figures
very similar to those produced by lrydrochloric acid upon the
polished surface of the same mass. The color of the aerolite is

124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

grayish-white, and its textui'e is notably crystalline. Its specific
weight is 7.38. It is composed of

Iron 80.51

Nickel 8.05

Cobalt 1.94

Sulphur 0.45

Chromium trace

Loss 0.05

100.00

The resistance of that iron to rupture by compression is 38
kilogrammes to the square millimetre; the resistance to the rupture
by extension is 40 kilogrammes, being the section of the metallic
thread of a square millimetre. The coefficient of lineal dilatation
between 0° and 100° is 0.0000701.

The analysis of the meteorite in question was made by the
Mexican chemist, Don Patricio Murphy ; the other studies were
made by a commission, of which I had the honor of being a
member.

My learned friend, Prof. James D. Dana, of New Haven, pos-
sesses a fragment of this meteorite, which I sent to hiin, and in
which the figures of Widmasstaeten are perfectly formed. The
meteoric iron of the " Descubridora" is also very notable for the
many cavities which it has in its interior, and which are occupied
by the troilite or proto-sulphide of iron. It presents itself under
the form of a ciystalline powder of a bronze-yellowish color.

Another meteorite from the State of Zacatecas, which was found
in the vicinity of " Charcas" was taken to the Museum of Paris
by the French army. Its form is like that of a triangular pyra-
mid. Its analysis was made by Prof. Mennier, and is as follows: — ■

Iron 93.01

Nickel 4.32

Insoluble matter in acids 0.70

98.03

In the State of Mexico have been found several meteorites
called " Ocotitlan," " Toluca," " Yxtlahuaca," and Xiquipilco."
The first three were taken to Europe : the " Ocotitlan" was studied
by Profs. Burkart and Bergemau, who, on analysis, found the fol-
lowing composition : —

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 125

Iron 85.49

Nickel 8.17

Cobalt 0.56

Insoluble matter in acids comprising Schreibersite, Gra-
phite, etc 5.00

99.12

In Xiquipilco the meteoric irons are very abundant, and all
proceed probably from a great mass which was broken into pieces.
A sample from that locality analyzed by Mr. Pugh had the fol-
lowing composition : —

Iron 90.43

Nickel 7.62

Cobalt 0.72

Phosphorus .0.15

Sulphur 0.03

Copper and tin 0.03

Schreibersite 0.56

Graphite 0.34

99.88

The specimens of a meteoric iron from Xiquipilco are very re-
markable for their crystalline structure. Schreibersite is found
under the form of white and flexible laminae determining octahe-
dral cleavages. In the same collection which the Mexican Society
of Natural History of the City of Mexico sent to the Interna-
tional Exposition, is found a sample of iron from Xiquipilco, in
which I discovered a part of a regular octahedron, raising the
laminae of the Schreibersite, which are located in perfect regu-
larity on the specimen.

The National Museum of the City of Mexico sent also to the
Exhibition a sample of meteoric iron from the same locality ; in it
is observed an oxidized layer which presents several green spots
produced by the compounds of nickel which it contains. That
layer to which I refer is characteristic of the iron from Xiqui-
pilco.

In the State of Oaxaca have been found two very remarkable
meteoric masses, which are distinguished by the names of "Mixteca
Iron" and "Yanhuitlan Iron."

The first was studied by Profs. Burkart and Bergeman ; its
composition is the following : —

1 2G PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

Iron 86.857

Nickel 9.917

Col. alt 0.745

Phosphorus 0.070 A ~0. , , .

^ ( O.o24 carbon and iron.

Sulphur 0.553 n n-„ , .

_ . ,, . . ., . 1 0.0.)3 phosphorus.

Insoluble residue in the acids . . 0.975 \ A .-+ n 100 • , ,

I 0.451 -j 0.133 nickel.

99.117 ^ 0.2G5 iron.

The meteorite "Yanhuitlan" is found at present in the National
Museum of the City of Mexico. It was found in the vicinity of
Yanhuitlan, by some countrymen when they were tilling the soil, at
the foot of a hill called Deque- Yucuinino. Its weight is 91G pounds.

The figure of this mass is very interesting, as it approaches
remarkably to that of a tetrahedron. Its color is grayish-white.
Its specific weight is 7.824, and its composition, discovered by the
celebrated Mexican chemist, Don Leopoldo Rio de la Loza, is the
following : —

Iron ... 9G.58182

Nickel 1.83200

Volatile substances 0.3G210

Silicious sauds 0.00560

Carbon 0.00018

Lime - . 0.60815

Alumina 0.610*5

100.000
There are other facts about several meteorites from Mexico, but
the olaces where the latter are found are not well determined.

That peculiar property, difficult of explanation, which the Mexi-
can soil has in attracting the meteoric irons, is even noticed at
present; numerous are the shooting stars which cross the atmos-
phere of that republic, and more especially in the months of
August and November. This phenomenon, which is also observed
in other parts of the world, I have seen on various occasions in
my country. Lately one of those shooting stars came against a
summer-house in the State of Puebla, causing much damage to
the occupants.

The studies which may be made beforehand of the physical
characters and the chemical composition of the meteorites of
Mexico, will group the latter in scries, and will refer many of them,
perhaps, to the same origin, as it is the ease with the " Xiquipilco"
meteorite, which, by its crystalline structure and other properties,
may be thought to proceed from the same mass.

1876.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

127

ON THE OCCURRENCE OF HELIX TERRESTRIS, CHEMNITZ,
IN NORTH AMERICA.

BY WM. G. MAZYCK.

In July, 1875, I accidentally discovered a number of dead shells
of Helix terrestris, Chemnitz, in St. Peter's (Episcopal) church-
yard, Logan Street, Charleston, S. C, hut, notwithstanding a
most diligent search, no living examples of the species could be
found at that time, owing probably to the prevalence of an almost
unprecedented drought.

In September, I was, however, fortunate enough to secure two
living specimens; which were sent to m}r friend Mr. W. G. Binney
for examination, who kindly furnishes the following description of
the jaw and figures of the lingual dentition : —

"Jaw slightly arcuate, low, wide; ends blunt, slightly acumi-
nate; anterior surface with over 14 broad, crowded, flat ribs,
slightly denticulating either margin."

Yon Martens (Albers' Heliceen, p. 116) places the species in
the sub-genus Turricula, Beck, giving as the habitat, "Italy and
Southern France." I have never heard of its occurrence elsewhere
until its discovery in Charleston, where it exists, as far as I can
ascertain, only in St. Peter's churchyard, accompanied by Helix
aspersa, Miiller, H. Hopetonensis, Shuttlw., Zonites minusculus,
Binney, Pupa marginata, Say, and Stenogyra decollata, Linnaeus,
which latter is exceedingly abundant throughout the city.

St. Peter's Church was burnt in the great fire of December 12,
1861, at which time the greater portion of the shrubbery of the
graveyard was also destroyed. The ruins of the building were
removed about two years ago, and, the shrubbery not having been
renewed, there is but little shade, a circumstance which has, doubt-

128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [L8T6.

less, greatlj* retarded the propagation of the species which has
probably existed in small numbers for several years in this very
restricted local ity.

I am indebted to Mr. Thomas Bland for the determination of
the specific name.

Specimens of the dead shells have been deposited in the Museum
of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass., in the cabinets of
Mr. W. G. Binney and Mr. Thos. Bland, and may be seen in my
own collection.

187G.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

129

FOURTH CONTRIBUTION TO THE HISTORY OF THE EXISTING CETACEA.

BY E. D. COPE.
Grampus griseus, Cuvier. PI. III.

A specimen apparently belonging to this species was taken by
the United States Commission of Fisheries off the coast of Mas-
sachusetts. Its appearance may be learned from the accompany-
ing plate, which is copied from a drawing made on the spot by
the artist of the Commission. Its length is five feet five inches;
the length of the pectoral fin, measured along its median line, is
nine inches.

Globicephalus brachypterus, sp. nov.

Globicephalus ? sp. nov., Cope, Proceedings Academy Philadelphia,
1866, p. 8.

A female of this genus was taken by fishermen, in February of
the present year, on the east coast of Delaware Bay, at the mouth
of Maurice River, and was sent to this city, where it fell under
my observation. Its uninjured condition offered an opportunity
of making a description of its external proportions and appear-
ance. This had been a desideratum, since the examination of a
cranium several years ago had led me to suspect that the black-
fish of the middle and southern Atlantic coasts of the United
States is a different species from the Globicephalus melas of the
northern coasts of both continents.

The measurements of this specimen are as follows

Total length, measured along the side

Length to base of dorsal fin

Length of base of dorsal fin

Elevation of the dorsal fin .

Length of the pectoral fin

Greatest "width of pectoral fin

Width of thorax between pectoral fins

Depth at middle of dorsal fin

Length from vent to end of tail (on convexity)

Depth of caudal peduncle half way between anus and end

of tail

Expanse of flukes

Feet.
12

In.

6.5
37
24

9
25.5

7
18
35
52

22
43

The color is a uniform black, without any markings whatever.

130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

The profile of the head has the protuberant convexity of the
other Globicephali, with a very narrow projecting lip. The gene-
ral form of the bochy is elongate, more so than in the G. melas ;
and the dorsal fin has a more anterior position. Instead of
standing near the middle of the length, it rises at the end of the
anterior fourth of the length. Its base is unusually long, and its
elevation not great. Its superior border is convex, and the apex
decurved behind so as to be slightly descending. The posterior
or caudal part of the body is much compressed, and maintains its
depth with a very gradual diminution until near the flukes, where
it contracts more rapidly. The blow-hole is situated at a point
less than half way between the points opposite the eye and front
base of pectoral fin; it forms a fissure, which presents a shallow
concavity forwards. The anterior base of the pectoral fin is
situated at the anterior third of the distance between the blow-
hole and the front border of the dorsal fin. It is characterized by
its relatively small size, and offers one of the distinguishing
features of the species. It enters the total length six times, while
in the G. melas, according to Van Beneden, it enters the total 4.5
times in a fully grown foetus, and the length increases with age,
according to Flower, so that its proper length would be about
one-fourth of the total. This measurement nearly agrees with
that given by Dr. Jackson, as obtained by him from a specimen
from the New England coast, which I suppose to belong to the
G. melas. In a specimen taken by the IT. S. Fish Commission,
the length of the pectoral fin is nearly as in the G. brachypterus.
This probably represents the G. intermedins, Harl., and has a
white abdominal band, and light gular areas.

The teeth in the specimen from Maurice River are small, and
number five in the upper jaw and six in the lower. There is a
mammary fissure on one side of the vulva, and a fissure with an
additional fold on the other side.

The skeleton of this specimen presents several interesting char-
acteristics. The cranium differs from that of G. melas in the ante-
rior lateral expansion of the premaxillary bones, so that they
entirely conceal the maxillaries when viewed from above. This
character is not seen in numerous specimens of the G. melas from
Cape Cod. The front teeth are less firmly implanted in alveoli
than those of the G. melas; thus on one side of the maxillary
bone, four alveoli are filled with osseous deposit; and on the

1876.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

131

other side, one. The cervical vertebrae are all coossified, and
the}' present no parapophyses, and but one diapophysis on each
side (the seventh). Three segments of the sternum are preserved,
which are longer than broad, the anterior two coossified. The first

Fig. 1.

one is furnished with recurved anterolateral processes, and is
divided in front by an oval foramen. The scapula is as wide as
high ; it presents a rather long, truncate, coracoid process, and a

132

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1S76.

prominence of the proximal part of the spine, which represents
the acromion.

The cranium which I formerly described (Proceedings Academy
Philada., 18G6, p. 8) is that of an adult of full size. I remarked

Piff. 2.

at that time that it differed from the crania of the O. melas from
the European and New England coasts in the greater width of
the premaxillary bones, which extend to the lateral borders of

1876.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

133

the basal two-fifths of the maxillaries ; and also in the small
number of maxillary teeth, there being only five alveoli in the
upper jaw. The existence of the same number of teeth in the

Fig. 3.

specimen now described proves that this small number in the
adult is not clue to shedding, or connected with age, and it is
probably a constant character of this species. In the G. melas

134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1S76.

there are ten teeth in the maxillary hone, as I have observed on
numerous specimens from the New England coast.

In review, the Globicephalus brachypierus is characterized by
the short pectoral fins, the few teeth, the wide premaxillary bones,
and the absence of white band along the median line of the lower
surfaces. The anterior position of the dorsal fin is also probably
characteristic. In the two characters first enumerated, it ap-
proaches the genus Grampus more nearly than does any other
well-known Globicephalus.

The cuts represent the profile and superior and inferior surfaces
of the skull of the larger individual above mentioned.
Phocsena lineata, sp. nov.

This new porpoise is represented b}r a single specimen, which
was taken in the harbor of New York not many months ago, and
sent to the Smithsonian Institution, where the skeleton is now
preserved. Under direction of Professor Baird, a plaster cast of
the animal was made and colored directly from the specimen, with
the excellent result of offering a means of study more reliable than
the dried skin, where the form is likely to be distorted from various
causes, and the .color changed by the action of the oil. A large
number of skeletons and two plaster casts of the common por-
poise of our coast (Phocsena brachycium) having also been pre-
pared under the direction of Prof. Baird, ample means for the
comparison of the two species exist. The Smithsonian collection
embraces also two crania of the P. communis from the Norwegian
coast, and two of the P. vomerina, Gill, from Puget Sound,
"Washington Territory.

A comparison of these crania develops the following distinctive
characters of three species. I may premise that a second cranium
in the Smithsonian collection, and one in the museum of the
Philadelphia Academy, agree in characters with that of the P.
lineata.

Phocmna communis, Brookes (Nos. 3507-8).

Vomer not at all or very little exposed behind posterior border
of palatine bones, which are not separated from the pterygoids b}'
deep entrant notches.

Phocmna brachycium. Cope (P. americana, Agass., fide Verrill ; not de-
scribed), Proceed. Acad. Philada., 1865, p. 279.

Vomer with a narrow transverse protuberance behind the pala-
tines, which are separated from the pterygoids by a deep notch.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 135

Phoecena lineata, Cope, sp. nov.

Vomer with an extensive development behind the posterior
margin of the palatine bones, forming an inverted table; the
pterygo-vomerine outline forming an M.

The skull of the P. vomerine/,, Gill, diffei*s in no appreciable
degree from that of P. brachycium, and it remains to ascertain in
what respect other parts of its structure present distinctive cha-
racters.

The Phocxna lineata presents various features which distinguish
it from the P. brachycium. The body is relatively larger and
longer, the length of the cranium entering the total six times ;
while that of P. brachycium is only one-fifth the total length.
The base of the pectoral fin is situated more than half way be-
tween the end of the muzzle and the line of the anterior base of
the dorsal fin. The dorsal region and border of the dorsal fin are
entirely smooth, in the cast as in life, according to my friend, G.
Brown Goode, of the U. S. Fish Commission, who examined the
skin. There are twenty-four teeth of the typical form in each
ramus of the mandible.

The color of this porpoise is quite characteristic. The upper
surface to the middle line of each side is black. This color is
bounded below from a point behind and below the eye to a foot in
front of the end of the tail by a rosy-brown. The lower surfaces
are whitish. The pectoral fin is black, the color being isolated
from the black of the sides by the white and rosy colors described.
Its black color is continued forwards and upwards as a narrow
band to a point about three inches below the eye.

In the following measurements some comparisons are made with
the P. brachycium.

Total length

Length of skull ....

Length to base of dorsal fin
Length to posterior base pectoral
Width of skull at notch .
Width of skull above orbits
Elevation of cranium
Length of head to below blow-hole
Length of head to eye (inclusive) .
Length of posterior edge of pectoral fin
Elevation of dorsal fin

Inches
P. brachycium.

Inches.
P. lintata.

9.3

•

5.6

. *

7.6

6.6

. • •

136 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

In further comparison with the P. brach.ycium I may add, that
the casts preserved in the Smithsonian collection show that the
colors of that species are widely different from those of P. lineata.
They are black above, and the belly has a narrow yellow longitudi-
nal band, which fades into a lead-color on the sides which com-
mences at the axilla, and is marked with numerous brown spots.
The sides of the throat are black, and this color continues poste-
riorly and involves the entire pectoral fin and parts immediately
above it on the side. This specimen with numerous crania is
from Eastport, Maine.

This, or a nearly allied species, is stated by F. Cuvier (Cetacea,
p. 171) to be found on the European coast. The relative length
of the head to the bod}^ is as in Phocaena lineata, and his fig. 1,
pi. xii., represents a coloration. nearly similar to the individual
from New York Harbor. He does not distinguish it from the P.
communis, although it differs entirely from the descriptions of that
species.

Lagenorhynclius perspicillatus, sp. nov.

This species is represented in the collections of the Smithsonian
Institution by numerous crania, some skeletons and a colored
cast of the natural size, taken by the United States Commission
of Fisheries, near Portland, Maine. Professor Baird, Chief of the
Commission, states, that it is an abundant cetacean, and the fact
that it has been hithei'to unrecorded is doubtless due to the
absence of facilities for obtaining these creatures, within reach of
naturalists.

The species belongs to the Delphinidse without palatal grooves
{Lagenorhynclius, Cra3r), and to the section with flat muzzle of
the cranium, and short beak of the integuments of the head.

The muzzle is longer than the brain case, measured internally,
and a little longer than the cranium posterior to the maxillary
notch. The occiput is convex, and the basal p rem axillary triangle
is an oblique plane a little elevated above the maxillarics at the
sides. The anterior part of the triangle is rugose, and extends to
the end of the basal fifth of the muzzle, measuring from the notch.
In this portion the muzzle is flat with slightly recurved edges ; in
the remaining part, the section is depressed roof-shaped. Teeth
3" acute, curved, directed outwards, and of medium size. The
palate between the pterygoid bones is concave. The last tooth
reaches to within an inch of the fundus of maxillary notch, and at

Inches.

Liuet

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 137

that point the sides of the palate slope obliquely upwards and
outwards. The measurements of the cranium are as follows: —

Total length

Length of brain case (internal)

Length of muzzle to notch

Length to blow-hole

"Width of muzzle at notch

Width of cranium above orbits

Width of muzzle at distal fourth ....
Length of a tooth beyond alveolus ....

The general outline of this species is fusiform. The beak is
well marked, and separated from the front by a groove. The
front does not rise abruptly, but slopes gently backwards in con-
tinuation of the dorsal line. The dorsal fin is higher than long,
and its apex is not decurved. The caudal peduncle is compressed
and descends rather abruptly to the flukes. The typical specimen
is about six feet in length.

The dorsal region is black to a line which begins in front of
the e}'e, extends along the sides above their middle, and descend-
ing includes the entire caudal fluke. From the latter it sends
forwards a narrow horizontal bar to a point half way to the
dorsal fin, and which does not reach the abdomen. In front the
black includes the entire upper lip, and sends posteriorly a short
bar which includes the eye. The edge of the lower lip and the
pectoral fin, with a line from the latter nearly to the former, are
also black. The sides are a lead color as far as a line which
leaves the lower-lip border at .the middle, extends above the
pectoral fin, descending by a Z-shaped border below the posterior
edge of the dorsal fin, and extends to the black longitudinal bar
of the caudal peduncle. Below this the surface is white.

The typical specimen is six feet in length.

This dolphin is, according to the descriptions, allied to the L.
acutus of Gray (D. eschrichtii, Schleg.), especially in the charac-
ters of the cranium. The descriptions of the coloration of that
species are quite different from that of the L. perspicillatus. A
figure given by M. Poelman (Bulletin Acad. Royal Belgique,
xvii. p. 608) represents the black longitudinal band of the
caudal peduncle of L. perspicillatus to be extended forwards so
as to unite with the black of the dorsal region on the side, thus
inclosing above it a longitudinal white and pink area. The black
10

138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1876-

of the upper surfaces also involves the eye. which is, therefore,
not surrounded by the spectacle-like mark of the L. perspicillatus.
Other material differences in the coloration are also apparent.
The colors of the L. leucopleurus are more like those of the pre-
sent animal; but here also the black line of the side extends far
forwards, and there is a short black line through the e}*e instead
of the spectacle-like figure. The measurements of the skull differ
from those of this species, and agree with those of the L. acutus,
as given by Dr. Gray. (See Annals and Magaz. Nat. Hist., 1864,
133, pi. 3.)

Lagenorb.yncb.us gubernator, sp. nov. PI. IV.

This delphinoid was taken by the U. S. Fish Commission at
near the same locality as the last. Two plaster casts were made
and colored from the fresh specimens. These display differences
from those of the L. perspicillatus, which are doubtless specific,
although the two are nearly allied.

The typical specimens are about half the bulk of those of L.
perspicillatus , measuring forty-seven inches in length. The
muzzle is neither elongate nor very short, and is well marked off
from the front, which rises more abruptly and is more convex
than in the larger animal. The dorsal fin is longer than high,
and the anterior border becomes horizontal above, so that the
apex is directed posteriori}-. The post-dorsal region is strongly
compressed, and maintains its width more nearly to the base of
the flukes, making a more abrupt contraction than in L. perspi-
cillatus.

The description of the coloration of the L. perspicillatus applies
to that of L.bombifrons with the following important exceptions:
The white of the belly extends upwards to the dorsal coloration,
entirely excluding the lead color so prominent in the L. perspi-
cillatus. The black bar, which extends forwards from the flukes,
reaches to below the posterior base of the dorsal fin, and extends
also to the bcllv at its base, neither of which characters is ob-
served in L. perspicillatus.

The measurements of this species are as follows : —

Inches.

Total length 4 7

Length to the ejre 6

Length to posterior basis of pectOJ al fin 11

Length to anterior basis of dorsal fin . . . .18

Depth of caudal peduncle just anterior to the contraction . . 5

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 139

It is not necessary to compare this species with the L. acutus
and L. leucopleurus, since, in those respects in which it differs
from L. jyerspicillatus, it is the more widely distinct from them.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate III. Fig. I. Grampus griseus.

Figs. 2 and 3. Heads of two individuals.
Plate IV. Lagenorbynclius perspicillatus.

140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

July 4.

The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair.

Seven members present.

A paper entitled " Description of a New Species of ^Egiale, and
Notes on some other Species of North American Lepidoptera,"
by Herman Strecker, was presented for publication.

July 11.
The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair.
Thirteen members present.

July 18.
The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair.
Twenty-one members present.

Halloysite from Indiana. — Mr. E. Goldsmith remarked that a
considerable deposit of a cLiy-like mineral has been observed
near Huron, Lawrence County, Indiana. He had been informed
that the deposit is nine feet thick; this, however, seems to be
exaggerated, since Prof. E. T. Cox, in the 6th Annual Report of
the Geological Survey of Indiana, makes it but four to six feet.
It occurs in the carboniferous formation, 103 feet below the sur-
face. Its roof is the millstone grit.1 The floor is reported to be
iron ore four feet thick. In regard to the breadth and length
nothing seems known. In the Main Exhibition Building, also in
the Mineral Annex of the International Centennial Exhibition, an
expose of this fine porcelain ore is made. Having been informed
that Prof. Cox had called it Indianite, he had made an investiga-
tion of its physical and chemical properties before seeing any
notice of the mineral in print.

The substance is amorphous; fracture subconchoidal ; thick
pieces are perfectly opaque; on the edges some light passes
through; it is, therefore, subtranslucent, but the material be-
comes transparent if lying in water, of which it absorbs much.
At the same time it cracks into small sharp-edged fragments.
These, when taken out of the water and dried, lose the transpa-
rency, and become subtranslucent again. Lustre waxy, in some

1 The stratification is illustrated by a diagram iu the same volume.

1816.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 141

places dull ; the lustre increases if the substance is rubbed with a
smooth harder material. He had noticed irregular cracks which
traverse the specimens. Streak colorless ; its cohesion is weak ;
H = 2.5; S. G. = 2.16. It is odorless, and adheres somewhat to
the tongue. Color, white. The blowpipe reactions indicated the
presence of water, alumina, and silica, and nothing else could be
detected in the qualitative analysis in the wet way.

The " air-dry" substance, having been very finely pulverized,
was heated in a platinum crucible at a white heat over a Bunsen-
burner until two consecutive weighings were equal. It lost,
thus treated, 24.15 per cent, of water. Through the above-de-
scribed properties, it is easy to determine the name of the
species, for Pholerite contains 15 per cent, of water ; Kaolinit
about 13 per cent.; Halloj'site about 26 per cent.; and Samoite 30
per cent. The species is Halloj'site ; but, in order to be positive as
regards the ratios of the other elements, he had requested Mr. W.
H. Dougherty to make the quantitative determinations of the con-
stituents. This analyst found, by experiment, that boiling sulphu-
ric acid is the best decomposer of this mineral, and having worked
repeatedly with other decomposers without satisfactory results,
the sulphuric acid plan was adopted. The samples analyzed were
"air-dry," the normal condition of the mineral in nature.

The result of the quantitative analysis is as follows: —

Silica . . . 38.30 per cent., which contains 20.425 per cent, of oxygen.
Alumina . . 35.20 " " " 16.408 " "

Water . . . 25.74 " " " 22.880 " "

The oxygen ratios of the three oxides —

S*i : 11 : fi = 4 : 3 : 4
nearly, which affords the formula —

11 Si* + 4fl.
This formulated expression requires —

Si = 40.6 per cent. ; 11 = 34.9 per cent. ; fi = 24.4 per cent.

In the list of analyses of Halloysite, reprinted in Dana's De-
scriptive Mineralogy, we find that the amount of water observed
by the authors varies between 16 per cent, and 26 per cent., the
former number having been obtained on drying the substance at
100° C. prior to the determination of the water. That Mr.
Dougherty found more water than he had obtained is due to the
fact that the former gentleman used the blast for removing the
water.

Prof. E. T. Cox states in his report that this mineral had been
analyzed by J. Lawrence Smith, M.D., with this result : —

Si = 45.90 per cent. ; 11 = 40.34 per cent. ; S = 13.26 per cent. ;

which is the composition of Kaolinite; but how this analysis had
been performed, and especially why only 13.26 per cent, of B had

142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

been obtained, the reader is left uninformed. He presumed that the
mineral sample must have been prepared previous to ignition, or,
in other words, the sample was dried strongly, and no account
taken of the loss sustained. Under such conditions the quantity
of fl is less, whilst the other constituents become more.

The reason why this mineral is a new species, and not Kaoli-
nite, Prof. E. T. Cox endeavors to explain in this way: "Kaolin
is entirely derived from feldspar and feldspatic rocks, such as
granite and porphyry, etc. ; hut the porcelain clay of Lawrence
County has resulted from the decomposition, by chemical water,
of a bed of limestone and the mutual interchange of molecules in
solution, brought about by chemical precipitation and affinity."

The proofs, however, have been omitted, and, therefore, the
view cannot be accepted, since Bischof (in his Chemische Geology,
B. II., p. 428) has shown that the various clays are derived from
the decomposition of feldspar.

Retardation of Bloom in an Herbaceous Plant. — Mr. Thomas
Meehan made note of a plant of Senecio Jacobsea. which in his
garden did not bloom till fifteen years old, in this respect some-
what rivalling the Century plant, Agave Mexican a, which some-
times flowered at that age.

Mr. Martindale reported the Senecio as being found among the
ballast plants at Kaighn's Point, and had seen plants at least two
years old that had not bloomed.

Cross Fertilization in Campanula. — Mr. Meehan remarked
that when the subject of insect cross-fertilization was before the
Academy a few evenings since, he admitted that some plants
seemed to require the aid of insects, and he had conceded Cam-
panula as being of this small list of exceptions. Since then,
having had reason to suspect this conclusion, he had confined
flowers of C.pulcherrima in fine gauze bags, and they had seeded
perfectly. He had no hesitation in saying that those who had
claimed Campanula as illustrating the necessity for cross-fertili-
zation by insect agency were wrong. He admitted that it was
difficult to understand from the structure alone how self-fertiliza-
tion was effected, but that if was so effected was certain, and care-
ful study would no doubt explain it Composites were claimed
as proving cross-fertilization — it might explain the Campanula
case to note how self-fertilization in chicory was effected. He
had recently been able to discover this. The chicory has blue
pistils as well as blue corollas, and as the rather large pollen
grains are of a pure white, they afford an excellent chance for ob-
servation. The whole growth and fertilization is over in about a
couple of hours, so that one need not spend much time in the
study. About 6 o'clock in the morning the pistil with the closed
lobes elongates, pushing through the mass of pollen, and carry-
ing quantities with it, all over its whole surface. About an hour
after, the lobes expand, and the pollen falls into the cleft and on

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 143

to the stigmatic surface. The flowers close entirely by nine or
ten o'clock of the same da}', the work of fertilization being wholly
finished. Pollen-eating insects visit the flowers, but these can be
kept away during the few hours of observation required, and it
would be found that all the flowers had pollen on the stigmatic
surfaces nevertheless.

Variation in the Sensitive Fern, Onoclea sensibili*. — Referring
to some specimens on the table presented by Mr. Martindale, Mr.
Meehan remarked that it was the variety 0. s. obtusilobata of
Gray's Manual, and afforded morphologists a rare and excellent
opportunity to study the transitional stages by which the male
became the fertile frond.

The resignation of Mr. Geo. W. Tryon, Jr., as Curator, was read
and accepted, and the following minute ordered to be recorded : —

The Academy, in accepting the resignation of Mr. Tryon as
Curator, desires to express its gratitude for the services he lias
long and faithfully rendered, and its sincere regret that he is una-
ble to continue his official relations in the position which he has
so efficiently filled.

July 25.
The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair.
Twenty-five members present.

The following papers were presented for publication : —

" Report on the Hydroids collected on the Coast of Alaska and
the Aleutian Islands by Win. H. Dall, U. S. Coast Survey and party,
from 1871 to 1874 inclusive." By S. F. Clarke. With an Intro-
duction by W. H. Dall.

" Description of a Collection of Fossils made by Dr. Raimondi
in Peru." By Wm. M. Gabb.

"The Rocks known as Mexican On}rx." By Mariano Barcena.

Supernumerary Anterior Extremity in a Brahmin Bull. — Dr.
Allen presented drawings of a supernumerary anterior extremity
in a Brahmin bull recently on exhibition in Philadelphia.

The deformation consists of a limb exserted from the body at
the left shoulder. The extremity is apparently complete, possess-
ing the shoulder, leg, and remaining portions of the limb.

The foot presents its palmar aspect forwards, and bears three
distinct digits. The hoof upon each digit is long, compressed
laterally, and slightly curved from before backwards. The cen-
tral digit is the broadest, is slightly longer than either of the

144

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1876.

others, and presents a shallow groove upon its convex surface at
its base.

Fig. 1.

Fie. 2.

At the surface answering to posterior aspect of carpus of a
normal foot (but here in front) are two symmetrical corneous
embossements, which ma}' be compared to " cleets." The position
of the limb, with its palmar face directed forwards, may be due
to erratic rotation of the parts in embryo. Dissection would be
essential to determine this point.

On a Neiv Genus of Camelidae. — Prof. Cope remarked that the
dental formula of Procamelus is I.J; C. \; Pm. |; M. §. The
number of teeth of the superior series anterior to the true molars
being left uncertain by Dr. Leidy, he, Prof. Cope, was able to com-
plete our knowledge of it after an examination of Colorado speci-
mens, lie ascribed three superior incisors to this genus at that
time, as they are possessed by the species which he named Proca-
melus heterodontus. Having obtained in New Mexico the nearly
entire cranium of the P. occidental)*, he found that the single lateral
incisor in the existing Camelidee is the only one that can be pro-
perly assigned to this genus. In this specimen, it is true, a small
alveolus on one side contains a small crown of a second incisor;
but on the opposite side the corresponding one is shallow and
empty. As the last molar it not fully protruded, it would appear
that this incisor is a temporary tooth, being shed before the ma-
turity of the animal. It thus differs from the existing camels
only in the longer persistence of these transitory incisors. The

1876.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

145

position of the first incisor in the specimen in question is marked
by a roughness of the surface which indicates the still earlier
shedding of a tooth, and filling up of the alveolus. In the P. he-
terodontus, of which the superior dentition of an adult was in his
possession, the alveoli of the three superior incisors are large and
deep, showing that the dental formula is, I. § ; C. \ ; Pm. f ; M. f .
The alveoli are empty in the specimen, but this is doubtless due
to their regular funnel shape, which gives little hold for the conic,
though elongate fangs. This animal, then, represents a genus
distinct from Procamelus, defined by the dental formula just
given, for which he proposed the name of Protolabis. The typical
and only known species is Protolabis heterodontus, Cope, from the
Loup Fork beds of Northeast Colorado.

A new species of Procamelus was described under the name of

Procamehis fissidens, Cope? P. occidentalism " Leidy."

Cope, Annual Report U. S. Geol. Survey Territories, 1873, p. 531.

This species is distinguished by the shortening of the series of
true molar teeth as compared with the premolars, for while the
second, third, and fourth premolars are similar in dimensions to
those of the P. occidentals, the true molars are considerably
smaller. The crowns of the latter are stout, and not narrowed
nor furnished with an antero-external ridge as in P. angustidens,
and the anterior external crescent projects free posteriorly an
oblique angular rib on the external face of the crown, being sepa-
rated from the second crescent by a deep fissure. The last infe-
rior molar is not very elongate, and the fifth lobe a crescentic
section, i. e., is concave on the external face, as in the P. angas
tidens.

The inferior border of the ramus is straight from the first true
molar posteriorly. The anterior face of the coronoid process is
oblique outwards. The edge of the masseteric insertion forms a
low ridge concentric with the convex posterior border of the jaw ;
like the inner face of the same portion of the jaw, the surface
is flat.

Measurements.

Length of entire molar series
Length of premolars .

" second true molar
Width of "

Length of third "

Width of " "

Depth of ramus at first true molar

" at middle of last molar .

" at apex of coronoid process

" at condyle

" at post condylar angle

fissidens.

P. occidentals

.112

.126

.0385

.042

.023

.0275

.015

.0165

.033

.036

.014

.035

.040

.051

.140

.108

.118

.069

.0S5

146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

One ramus nearly entire, and the molars of the other (except-
ing- the last) were obtained near the Pawnee Buttes of N. B.
Colorado.

The evolution of the existing types of Camelidse is a good illus-
tration of the operation of the laws of acceleration and retarda-
tion. In evidence of this we may follow the growth of the foot,
and dentition of the most specialized, and therefore the terminal
genus of the series, the American Auchenia. It is well known
that the animals of this genus, in common with other ruminants,
have the constituent metapodials of the cannon bone distinct
during a longer or shorter portion of foetal life. As these ele-
ments are permanently distinct in the oldest or Miocene genus
Poebrotherium, it is evident that acceleration of the process of
ossification has caused their union at successively early periods
in the genera of later ages. This is indicated by the long dura-
tion of their separation in the Loup Fork genus Procamelus. It
is also well known since the time of Goodsir, that the embryos of
ruminants exhibit a series of superior incisor teeth, which disap-
pear early. It is probable, but not certain, that in the Miocene
genus Poebrotherium, as in various contemporary selenodout
Artiodactula, that the superior incisors persisted. He had, how-
ever, discovered that these teeth persisted in the Loup Fork
genus Protolabis during adult life. He had also found that one,
the second of these teeth in Procamelus occidental is, persisted
without being protruded from the alveolus until nearly adult age.
In genera (e.g., the bunodont Artiodactyla) where the incisors are
normally developed, the}' appear at about the same time with the
other teeth, and continue to develop to functional completeness.
This development is retarded in Protolabis, since they are not so
matured as to remain fixed throughout life in their alveoli. In
Procamelus the retardation is still greater, since the first incisor
reaches very small dimensions, and is, with its alveolus, early
removed, while the second incisor only grows large enough and
for a sufficient time to occupy a shallow alveolus, without extend-
ing beyond it. In the first incisor the process of retardation has
reached its necessary termination, i. e., atrophy1 or extinction ;
while in the existing Camelidse. the second incisor also has dis-
appeared in the same way. In ruminants other than Camelidse,
the third or external incisor has undergone the same process;
while, in the Bovidse, the canines also have been retarded in de-
velopment, down to atrophy.

In t lie genus Auchenia, as has been pointed out, the premolar
teeth are two in number; in Poebrotherium of the lower Miocene,
they number four, the first and second of the normal mammalian
series being present. The first premolar is present in Poebrothe-
rium, Protolabis, Procamelus, Pliauchenia, and Camelus; it is

1 See Procoi'diiiirs Academy, Philadelphia, ls70. p. 17, for an explana-
tion of these terms.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 147

wanting in A uchenia and other Ruminantia. In the latter it is
present in the foetus, but soon disappears; in Auchenia, accord-
ing to Owen, it is retained for a somewhat longer time.1 Thus
retardation of the growth of this tooth is first seen in the latter
genus so far as known, and is more pronounced in the other
Ruminantia. The second premolar is present in Poebrotherium,
Protolabis, and Procamelus ; it is absent in Pliauchenia, Came-
lus, and Auchenia. In the last two genera it is a transitional
character of immaturity, and we may infer that this is also the
case with Pliauchenia. It is thus evident that retardation in the
supply of nutritive material to this tooth has caused its reduced
size, and terminated the duration of its existence. This has not
occurred in the other lines of Ruminantia, where it remains as in
Poebr other ium. From these and many analogous cases, the
general law may be deduced, that identical modifications of struc-
ture, constituting evolution of types, have supervened on distinct
lines of descent.

E. 0. Thompson and A. E. Foote, M.D., were elected members.

Dom Pedro II., Emperor of Brazil; Capt. Luiz de Saldanhada
Gama, of the Brazilian Navy, and Dr. Jose de Saldanha da Gama,
of Rio Janeiro, Brazil, were elected correspondents.

The following paper was ordered to be published : —

1 Odontography, p. 580.

148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876-

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF JEGIALE AND NOTES ON SOME
OTHER SPECIES OF NORTH AMERICAN LEPIDOPTERA.

BY HERMAN STRECKER.

iEgiale Cofaqui, nov. sp.

? . 2^- inches in expanse. Head dark brown ; palpi whitish ;
thorax brown, mixed with hoary, posterior half, above, clothed
with yellowish hair ; abdomen brown; antennae black above, white
beneath, terminations black.

Upper surface of wings blackish-brown. Primaries with an ex-
ceedingly irregular, bright, deep 3'ellow band, extending from vein
1 to the subcostal nervure ; the outer edge of this band is rather
regular from veins 1 to 4, though further removed from the exte-
rior margin at the latter than at the former ; from veins 1 to 2 it
is narrow, from veins 2 to 4 it is nearty three times as broad ex-
tending to where vein 3 joins the median vein, the balance of it is
within the discoidal cell and is narrow, of about the same width
as it is between veins 1 and 2 ; the portion of this nearest the costa
is paler in color than the rest. Between veins 4 and 6, exterior
to this band, is a mark composed of two small almost connected
yellow spots. Interior to these, between veins 6 and 9, is a narrow
yellowish-white mark. Midway between the inner edge of the
large yellow band and the base of wing, and between veins 1 and
2, nearest to the latter, is a roundish yellow spot. Inner half of
base covered with rich yellow hair. Fringe yellowish-white, alter-
nated with dark brown at terminations of veins.

Secondaries. Basal third, especially in inner part, heavily
clothed with rich yellow hair and scales. A band of four yellow
spots, separated only by the veins, cross the wing beyond the
middle; from this band towards the costa, opposite the apex, is
another quite small }'ellow spot, which is succeeded by a larger
one near to the costa, nearly midway between the apex and base
of wing. Outer margin between the veins yellow, forming patches
more or less triangular, with the points inwards. Fringe yellow-
ish-white.

Under surface. Primaries brown, not as dark as above, and
shaded at outer margin and apex with hoary; no yellow at base
of wings. Markings as above, excepting that the yellow band is

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 149

continued from its lower end to, and connected with, the yellow
spot between it and the base, and between veins 1 and 2.

Secondaries. Hoary or whitish-gray, dark-brown along costa,
especially towards the base. Towards anal angle, a pure white
spot, corresponding in position with the first of the series of four
that compose the yellow band of upper side; each of the remain-
ing yellow spots of upper surface, and the next one of the two,
between them and the costa, is represented by a small dark-brown
spot, or rather row of continuous spots ; the last towards costa is
replaced by one of pure white; halfway between this latter spot
and the base is another white spot, and also one in discoidal cell,
from which a dark-brown line extends to near abdominal margin.
Fringes white and brown.

In markings of upper surface, this species resembles somewhat
closely the lowermost of Boisduval's figures on plate 70, in the
Lep. Am. Sept., but the outline of the wings is entirely different.
In the present species the primaries are much produced at veins
2 and 3, and from veins 3 to 7 the}' are hollowed, making the wing
most decidedly fulcate, though the apex is very slightly rounded.
The inferiors are narrow, even between the apex and abdominal
anole, and the wing at the former is not rounded, but the costa
and exterior margins meet at almost a right angle. As far as
outline goes this species has no possible resemblance to Boisdu-
val's figures, or to the species he purports to represent, the history
of which has been given in full detail by Prof. Riley, in Trans. St.
Louis Acad. Sc. That species, JE. yuccas, has much longer and
comparatively narrower fore wings, and the shape of exterior mar-
gin of these is just the reverse of the present described species, the
hind wings are also as entirely different in shape as can be in two
insects generically the same. The under surface of inferiors in
yuccas is brown, broadly bordered with whitish-gray, especially at
the costa, and with a large triangular white spot below costal vein
about one-third the distance (from base), between base and apex.
The present species has under surface of secondaries grayish, with
dark-brown costa, and four conspicuous white spots on various
parts of the wing. Boisduval's lower figure may have been intended
to represent this insect, but his upper two figures show the upper
and under surface of yuccas, though none are correct as regards
shape of wings, especially of the inferiors. All three figures on
his plate were either drawn from three different examples, or the

150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

artist was most culpably careless, as none are of same size, or
agree in outline, though the presumption would naturally be, that
the middle figure with wings erect, was intended to represent the
under surface of one of the others. What leads me further to sup-
pose that two species are figured on Boisduval's plate, is that the
lowermost figure has the small spot on inner half of primaries, of
which Prof. Riley says, that of the ten specimens of yuccse he had
examined, "none of them have the spot on primaries, indicated in
one of Boisduval's figures, just within the middle of the wing and
below vein 2."

I have placed this insect in JEgiale, where, with yuccse, I think
it belongs; Scudder's Megathymus I consider but a synonym of
Felder's genus.

The example from which the foregoing description was made
was captured in Georgia.

Papilio Indra, Reakirt. ?.'

Same size as $ . Primaries somewhat falcate, broader and less
produced apically. Secondaries more rounded exteriorty ; the
rudimentary tail even less conspicuous than in the other sex;
macular bands on all wings nearly twice the breadth, on seconda-
ries covering part of the discoidal cell. The discal bar of prima-
ries better defined, and at two lines distance inwardly succeeded
by another parallel bar, which on the under surface is widened into
an ovate spot. In other particulars same as %.

Two ? examples taken by Mr. Duncan Putnam, July 1st, 1872,
in Clear Creek Canon, between Golden City and the Forks of the
Creek, Colorado.

The example above described, through the courtesy of Mr. Put-
nam, has passed into my keeping, the other, which is still in that
gentlemen's collection, differs mainly in the mesial band of secon-
daries being entirely exterior to the discoidal cell.

These are the only females that I have yet heard of, and no
males were seen by Mr. Putnam, nor have an}^ been taken, to my
knowledge, since the original t}'pes, captured by ^NI r. Hidings in
1864, on Pike's Peak, Colorado.

1 % described in Proc. Ent. Soc, Phil. VI. p. 123 (18G6), and figured by
myself in T. II. Lep. Rhop. et llet.

1810.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 151

Cossus nanus, nov. sp.

Expands lg- inches. Has the appearance of a miniature Cossus
ligniperda, is gray, of lighter and darker shades, and reticulated
with black lines which are most noticeable across the disk and on
the terminal part of wing. Secondaries uniform grayish. Beneath
grayish, faintly reticulated.

Hab. Colorado.

Arctia cervinoides, nov. sp.

Expands § inch. Head black, white above the e}res. Collar
white, with two black bars. Thorax white, with three black bands
as in Nais, and others. Abdomen black above ; at sides and be-
neath, each segment is broadly edged with white.

Upper surface. Primaries white, marked with black almost
exactly as in Phyllira, Drury. Secondaries with obscured grayish,
ill-defined marks almost semi-diaphanous, resembling those of
Quenselii, Payk.

Under surface marked as above, but paler on primaries.

Entirety distinct from all'ksowh North American species, nearer
to Quenselii, from Labr , and Cervini, Fall., from summit of Alps,
than any others I wot of. It is from Colorado.

Cymatophora magnifica, nov. sp.

%. Expands 1^ inches. Head and collar chestnut-brown; an-
tennas pectinated and brownish ; thorax ashen-white, with a few
scattered brown atoms ; abdomen brown ; legs clothed heavily
with whitish-gray hair.

Upper surface. Primaries lustrous brownish-gray or ashen; the
outer space, forming a large oval spot extending from apex to
inner angle, is brownish-yellow of a somewhat golden tint; this
space, as well as the whole upper wing, reminds one strongly of
Phalera Bucephala, Lin.; on the outer edge of this terminal space,
midway between the apex and inner angle, is a parallelogramic
brown spot; the inner margin also of this terminal space is edged
irregularly with brown marks; the part of the wing adjoining this
is paler than the rest ; at base of wing is also a pale patch same
color as thorax; the whole surface of wing, except the yellow ter-
minal space, is more or less reticulated or flecked with dark brown ;
none of these reticulations are very conspicuous, except a few
which form an abbreviated slight transverse band, which extends
neither to costa nor inner margin, and is distant from thorax about

152 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP [1876.

one-third of the length of the wing. Secondaries brown, with
paler fringes ; they are remarkably produced at the outer angle.

Under surface brown, with indistinct reticulations ; the square
mark on outer margin, midway between apex and inner angle, is
repeated.

Hob. Florida, captured by Mr. J. Boll.

It is doubtful if this is by any means a true Cymatophora, though
it undoubtedl}' belongs to the Cymatophoridre, IIS.; the pectinated
antennae would seem to indicate a position near the insect described
as Dicopis muralis, Grote, but there is plenty of room for any one
who has the inclination to make a new genus for its reception.
For my part, I would take infinitely more pleasure in doing away
with many of the genera erected of late on trifling grounds, than
in adding to the confusion by creating new ones.

Cosmia perophoroides, nov. sp.

Expands If inches. Head and thorax pale brownish, insensibly
fading into yellowish-white as it nears the abdomen, which latter
is also yellowish-white ; tarsi dull crimson.

Upper surface. Primaries, same yellowish or tawny-white as in
the Bombycid Peroph.ora Melsheimerii, which the whole insect
superficially resembles in color and ornamentation; the costa, outer
and inner margins, edged with a dull crimson line; the whole
surface of wing powdered with minute crimson scales ; a narrow
crimson transverse anterior line, elbowed outwards almost at a
right angle in its middle, crosses the wing from costa to inner
margin, as also does a transverse posterior line of same color ; this
latter is rather straight, making but a slight curve a short distance
from the costa. Secondaries white, powdered, not heavily, with
red at outer margin; fringes white.

Under surface. Primaries, basal third, white, rest reddish, paler
towards outer margin, which is edged with a narrow veil line, as
is also costa ami inner margin. Secondaries white, bordered with
a few minute red scales on costa and at apex.

Taken in Florida b}r Mr. J. Boll.

Phrygionis argentistriata, nov. sp.

Expands 1;? inches. Much the same silky gray or dove-color
as in P. miliaria, Ge}rer, to which it is closely allied; but differs
in the gra}' being a little more inclined to brownish, less bluish,
in the inner edge of band that crosses all wings being very much

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 153

less silvered, and in veins of hind wings being yellow, narrowly
edged with black, from inner edge of this band to past the middle
of wing, the yellowish veins being continued or shot off from the
yellow of cross band ; the sub-basal band of primaries is irregular
and strongly elbowed in middle; whilst in cultaria it is straight
from inner margin to costa. Near the angle produced at middle
of exterior margin of secondaries, is a rather large oblong dark
red spot, tipped at its outer end with silver; near this, on side
towards abdominal margin, is a smaller triangular spot of same
color, also with a little silver at outer end ; between this and anal
angle are two more spots of red and silver, but quite small. The
band common to both wings is not nearly so strongly elbowed
outwardly in its middle as it is in cultaria, and the space between
this band and outer edge of secondaries in that, is not nearly so
bi'oad as in the species at present described.

Florida, from Mr. J. Doll.

Euclea psenulata, Clemens, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 159
(1860), is the insect lately redescribed under the name of Parasa
incisa by Dr. Leon Harvey in Can. Ent., p. 5, vol. viii, 1876. His
type he received from Belfrage in Texas, who also sent me exam-
ples of it, which, as above stated, turned out to be Clemens' species.

154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1ST6.

August 1.
The President, Dr. Ruschenbebgxb, in the chair.
Twenty-four members present.

imal Motion in Liatris pycnostachya. — Mr. Meehax called
attention to a peculiar diurnal motion he had observed in Liatris
pycnostachya. When throwing up its flower stems the top was
always curved over towards the east in the early morning, nearly
erect at midday, and towards the west at sundown. For commer-
cial purposes he had thousands of plants growing, and the habit
was uniform in all. The motion was evidently vertical, and not
in a horizontal direction, and this still left it open to ascertain
how the point turned towards the east for its early morning start.
As soon as the ilower spike approached its full growth the motion
ceases.

Fasciated Branch es, — In reference to a broadly flattened branch
of a sweet potato on the table, to which attention had been di-
rected by a member. Mr. Meehax said these branches were found
on numerous plants, and there was no reason why all plants may
not be found to produce them. They were species of fasciations,
which took different forms at times. In trees they often appeared
as •• crow's nests." The old theory referred them to over-lux-
uriousness: but in a paper published in the Troy Proceedings of
the American Association it was shown to be just the reverse. In
union there is strength, in vegetable as in other bodies. Any
lency to a multiplicity of small branches on a tree instead of
making a few large ones, all other things being equal, is an evi-
dence ot' lower vitality. And this was proved by these fasciations.
In severe winters fasciated branches were the first to die. Often
they were the only branches that were destroyed.

Again.it had been shown in his papers before the American A<-
n and before the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadel-
phia, that only when a flowering portion of a plant was in the

5l conditions to maintain its hold on life, in other words in the
highest conditions of vitality, did it produce pistils, or female
flowers. With a lowered or depreciated vitality the male organs
of the flower or male conditions were favored, and it was a singular
that whenever these fasciations flowered, the female organs
were nearly always abortive, and stamens and petals increased at
their expense. These were some of the facts which had pn
the old notion that over-luxurn - — . in the sense of high vital
power, had nothing to do with fasciations, but rather the rev<

The final cause of this defective vitality was imperfect nutri-

187C] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 155

tion in that immediate part. This was as near to the full expla-
nation as science could get as yet.

The facts were not as new as he liked to bring before the
Academy, devoted as it is to original research ; but the conclu-
sions of the Troy paper are rather recent, and not yet well known,
and this might excuse his remarks.

Jfineralogical Notes. — Dr. George A. Kcentg spoke about the
coloring matter of the amazoa stone from Pike's Peak. This
beautiful mineral has lately been obtained in large specimens and
in considerable quantity through the exertions of Dr. Foote, who
furnished the author with the material for this investigation.
The color of the amazon stone from Pike's Peak varies between a
light bluish-green and a dark emerald-green. On many specimens
the faces of modification, as prisms and domes, are without color,
or yellowish, or flesh-colored. The interior of veiy large crystals
is likewise of a much lighter color generally than the outside.

Assuming the coloring principle to be a compound of iron, the
following experiments were made to test the value of this hypo-
thesis : —

1. Fragments were exposed to the action of boiling hydro-
chloric acid and aqua regia for several days, until the liquid was
free from iron. Under this treatment the intensity of color was
increased, the coloring substance withstands, therefore, the action
of the above agents.

2. Fragments, prepared by the treatment described, were placed
in a glass tube, and hydrogen passed through the latter at a red
heat. After cooling, the mineral was found possessed of an evenly
spread gray color.

3. The same pieces were now treated with oxygen at a red
heat, and exhibited, after cooling, an even rose color, the intensity
of which was proportional to the intensity of the green.

4. Green fragments were heated in an atmosphere of dry chlo-
rine, at increasing temperatures. Xo change occurred until at a
red heat, when the mineral became perfectly white, and a slight
sublimation of ferric chloride was noticed.

5. The rose-colored pieces become white when boiled in strong
hydrochloric acid.

6. Thin fragments do not show at any place a concentration of
the green color, when examined under the microscope.

7. Heated in the outer flame of a Bunsen burner, the same effect
is caused as in the current of oxvgen, but with a rilliant
color.

These experiments prove —

First. That the basis of the coloring substance is iron.

■ond. That the iron is present as a very stable compound,
probably as an organic salt.

Third. That the coloring substance is not in molecular combi-
nation with the feldspar : because, if it were so, the iron could

15G PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1876.

not be extracted completely by hydrochloric acid from a solid
piece after oxidation ; but that the color is of later date, and
caused by infiltration into the numberless capillary cleavage fis-
sures of the mineral.

Investigation into the composition of the organic acid is re-
served for a future communication.

Dr. Kcsntg also mentioned his discovery of Zircon in the araa-
zon stone from Pike's Peak. Dr. Foote had observed brownish
spots in the feldspar, with an apparent cleavage. The speaker
was able to extract complete crystals, showing a tetragonal
habitus: P + oo P oc. The largest ciystal measures \ inch in
length by £ inch square. The angle of the pyramidal faces was
found 122°, which is near the zircon angle. The prismatic faces
are uneven by the preponderance of a step-like structure ; there
is a prismatic cleavage. Lustre, greasy vitreous; color, dark
grayish-brown; fracture, straight. H = 6.5, spec. gr. =4.005.
Every crystal is associated with columbite in well-defined pris-
matic needles, which pierce the zircon. The powder has a cinna-
mon color. Owing to the deficiency of material, only an approxi-
mate analysis can be given for the present.

Si03 =28.00

MgO= 8.93

(Fe208)Zr02 = 60.00

H,0 = 3.47

100.40

Besides the large percentage of magnesia, there is a very anom-
alous behavior in the zirconia. It is easily soluble in oxalic acid,
and the oxalate dissolves in a very small quantity of water, and is
not decomposed by boiling in a dilute solution. He had since
established the same behavior in the earth from the Chay County,
N. C, zircons, and was still engaged in the study of this matter.

Dr. Kcsnig mentioned further the occurrence of earthy barite
on the calcite from the city quarries of St. Louis, Mo.

This mineral is found in very friable clusters between the large
crystals of calcite. Color perfectly white. Under the microscope
the powder resolves into transparent prismatic crystals. The}r
are small enough to pass through the meshes of a hair sieve.

The analysis gave —

P,aS04 = 98.8
FeO = 0.5
Ignition = 0.14

99.44
This is one of the purest varieties of barite on record.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 157

On Frost-Drift in North Carolina. — Prof. W. C. Kerr re-
marked that there are some peculiar features in the surface
geology of North Carolina which have not hitherto been accounted
for. We have no true glacial drift, or at least none well charac-
terized. But besides the ordinary quaternary gravels which over-
lie a large section of the coastward half of the State, there are
found, chiefly on the flanks and among the foothills of the Blue
Ridge, and over a considerable portion of the Piedmont region,
beds of earth and stones which are characterized by a peculiar
arrangement of their materials, explicable neither on the theory
of their being morainal nor modified drift. "Reference was made
to the subject in the North Carolina Report of last year, and a
theory suggested ; but as illustrations were wanting, it was not
practicable to do more, and he should require the blackboard now
to make the matter intelligible. He represented, in a diagram, the
succession of different arrangements of the detrital materials as
they ma}- be seen in descending the slopes on which these accu-
mulations are found. All our gold gravels come under this de-
scription of quaternary deposit. In one part of the diagram the
arrangement which obtains in the higher portions of the deposits,
nearest the source of the materials, was represented. The lower
part, perhaps one-half or one-third of the vertical depth, is filled
with angular and little worn fragments of quartz and other hard
rocks; the upper part being simply unstratified earth. As we
descend the slope, the angular blocks have become more rounded,
and are accumulated in a successively lower and more crowded
stratum, at last hugging closely the surface of the underlying
rock. In the case of the auriferous gravels, the gold is found, of
course, only on the upper slopes, and near the sources of the ma-
terials, its greater specific gravity insuring its speedy descent to
the bottom of the moving mass. It is perfectly obvious, both
from the position of these beds on the slopes of hills and moun-
tains, up to 1500 feet above the sea, and from their arrangement,
that they have not been deposited under water. And it is equally
evident that they are not true glacial drift ; and, indeed, they are
readily traced, in many cases, to their sources, distant only a few
rods, or even feet. But he had not hit upon the solution of the
question of the origin and mode of accumulation of these beds
until he had accidentally found in a railroad cut near Morganton, .
the structure indicated in the second diagram, where a small
quartz vein was represented rising up, undisturbed, through the
underlying strata of rock, in a nearly vertical direction, until it
reaches the lower surface of the deposit in question, where it is
seen to be suddenly interrupted, and its materials — angular frag-
ments— strewn along the surface of the rock, down the slope a
distance of several yards. A close study of this phenomenon at
last suggested the theory which he had proposed of frost drift.
It is obvious that in subglacial regions (and in glacial regions in
subglacial times) the annual frosts of winter would penetrate to a

158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1876.

great depth ; and likewise the summer thaws, aided by the enor-
mous precipitation which characterized those regions and times.
And it is equally obvious that a mass of water-saturated earth, in
freezing and thawing, must be subject to the same laws of move-
ment as a true glacier, the rate of motion being proportioned to
the quantity of water. The depth of some of these deposits at
first presented a difficulty, this depth rising in some cases to
twenty and even thirty feet, although they are for the most part
less than half that depth. But after learning that in Vermont, in
the winter of 1874-5, the frost penetrated to a depth of eight feet,
and that in Siberia and other subarctic regions the ground is
annual^" frozen and thawed to a much greater depth, there seemed
to remain no part of the phenomena presented by these beds
which is not satisfactorily accounted for by the theoiy.

The occasion of his bringing this subject to the attention of
the Academy was this: In passing an excavation on Market
Street, above Forty-Fourth Street, he had observed a new and
striking confirmation of the view just presented. In an accumu-
lation quite like those already described as occurring in North
Carolina, this additional feature was observed: several banded
seams of decomposed mica schist, standing nearly vertical in the
undisturbed rock below, on reaching the lower edge of the drift
were bent at a sharp angle, in the direction of the movement of the
mass, down the slope, and were traceable many feet, diminishing
with a gradual and regular taper in a horizontal direction, until
lost in the homogeneous mass of earth which formed the body of
the bed. How this happened is obvious enough, on the theoiy
given, but on no other known to him.

August 8.
The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair.
Twent3T-seven members present.

On the Diurnal Opening of Floioers. — Mr. Tnos. Meeiiax re-
ferred to observations he had made this season on the nocturnal
and diurnal expansion of flowers, and said that, contrary to the
popular impression, it was not probable that light or its absence
alone determined the opening of the blossoms. There were some
plants, as, for instance, (Enothera biennis, the evening Primrose;
Anagallis arvemis, the "Pimpernel," and others, which remained
open or otherwise longer when the weather was humid or cloudy,
and were looked on in consequence as kinds of floral barometers ;
but from other facts it was clear that it was not the weather
merely, but some other incident accompanying the weather that
governed the case.

For instance, though (Enolhera biennis, and other Oenotheras,

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 159

opened at evening, and, if the atmosphere be moist, continue open
the greater part of next day, many species opened only in the
daytime ; and this they did regularly, quite regardless of meteoro-
logical conditions. (E. serrata of Colorado was one of these.
It was regular in opening about noon ; the blossoms were all closed
long before sundown.

In other allied families we saw similar divergence. In the
Cactus family, Opuntia and Mammillaria opened only about mid-
day ; while most of the Gereus opened at night. The night-
blooming Cactus was a familiar example. But the chief interest
was in the fact that many had their special hours of day or night
for the expansion. The Portulaca oleracea, common Purslane,
opened about eight A. M., and by nine had performed all its
functions ; while a closely allied plant, the Talinum teretifohum,
from the serpentine rocks of Chester County, opened at one P. M.,
and was closed by three. The conditions of the weather did not
seem to influence them.

There was the same attention to daily periods in the growth of
the parts of plants, as well as in the expansion of the petals. In
composite plants the floral growth was generally in the morning,
and was usually all over by nine or ten o'clock A. M. The
elongation and expansion of the corolla was usually completed
in an hour after sunrise, but the stamens grew for an hour more,
and the pistil continued for still another. There was little if any
growth in the floral parts after nine o'clock in a very large por-
tion of this order of plants.

In grasses, Cyperacese, and some rushes also, the floral parts
were very exact in their time of opening. In the plantains
(Plantago) the pistils appeared a day or more in advance of the
stamens; and these last appeared at about a regular time in each
day. In Luzula campestrns, the wood rush, he had by a series
of observations timed it exactly. Before nine the anthers were
perfect, but by ten the pollen has been all committed to the winds,
and only dried membranous matter remained. So far as he could
ascertain, meteorological conditions did not influence the time in
the least in this case.

The popular impression of light and moisture as agents in this
behavior, had seemed to receive a tacit scientific assent. It was
clear, he thought, there was a more powerful agency underlying
these; and it was, perhaps, a gain to science to be able to see this,
though in so dim a light.

Dr. Henry C. Chapman was elected curator in the place of Mr.
Try on, resigned.

IGO PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1S76.

August 15.
The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair.
Twenty -three members present.

On Hexagonite, a Neio Mineral. — Mr. E. Goldsmith remarked
that Mr. John C. Trautwine, of Philadelphia, had been kind
enough to present to him a mineral from near Edwards, St. Law-
rence County, N. Y. As it was not comparable with any of the
known species that occur in said locality, it was presumed by
Mr. T. to be new.

The mineral is crystallized hexagonally, the forms noticed being
the infinite pyramid (110), and the basal plane (111). The crys-
tals are small, from about 3 mm. in length and 1 mm. in thickness,
although some are 5 mm. thick. Two distinct cleavage planes
were observed, which could be easily produced by striking the
specimen with the hammer. It was found that these planes inter-
sected at 120° ; there is a third cleavage plane parallel to (111),
but less smooth than the former.

Fracture uneven. The small crystals and fragments are trans-
parent, while the thicker ones are semi-transparent.

Lustre subvitreous, somewhat glimmering on the cleavage (110) ;
on the basal plane the lustre is dull.

A basal cleavage fragment was introduced between two Tsicol
prisms transmitting no light, in such a waj- that its principal
axis formed a continuous line with that of the prism, and, no
change in the light being observed, the cr}rstal was pronounced
uniaxial. The color is pale violet, but not equally distributed ;
the mineral in spots is colorless, and it is thought that if the sub-
stance was absolutely pure it would have no color. The coloring
principle, which is a small quantity of manganese, is so finely dis-
tributed through the mass that it is impossible to separate it
meehanicall}'.

The streak is colorless, and so is a large bulk of the powder.

The substance is brittle.

Its hardness is between apatite and orthoclase; that is, 5.5.
S.G = 3.011.

If the substance, in the form of a thin splinter, is heated to
redness in the Bunsen burner flame, no change is produced; the
same is the case if the oxidizing flame with the blowpipe is di-
rected upon it; but a rounding of the sharp edge of the splinter
is effected by treating it in the reducing flame; the transparent
substance then becomes opaque and white, enamel-like. On
moistening this rounded spot with cobalt solution, and strongly
reheating, a violet coloration is produced. In the glass tube there

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 1G1

is no change whatever. The flame reaction indicates the pres-
ence of soda.

From the above observation he pronounced the mineral to be
infusible.

Fused with microcosmic salt, it shows a skeleton of silica ; and
if heated with borax in the oxidizing flame, the reaction of man-
ganese is observed ; the same if heated with carbonate of soda in
the oxidizing flame.

On coal heated with cobalt solution a violet mass is produced,
which is due to the presence of a small quantity of alumina and a
larger of magnesia.

In regard to its solubility in acids, it was observed that it
yielded only to hydrofluoric acid, the others having no effect.
The fine powder was fused with carb. soda, in order to find all the
elements contained in it by the processes in qualitative chemical
analj'sis in the wet way ; by this means were found silica, alu-
nina, and manganese, lime and magnesia.

The quantitative analysis gave these results : —

3.42)
10.49 [■ = 14.45

Silica . . .

57.92

per ct.

contains oxyf

Alumina and"^
manganese]

2.39

Lime . . .

11.98

u u

Magnesia . .

26.23

U t(

Soda . . .

2.10

u u

0.54

)

100.62

The alumina and manganese amounting to 2.39 per cent, are con-
sidered as an impurity, and for this reason they are excluded
from the consideration of the ratio. The oxygen ratio of the
basts and the silica is as 14.45 : 27.91 = 1 : 1.9, or adopting 2 for
the latter will give the general expression (E) i2§, in which (R)
stanls for the monoxyds (Ca, Mg, Na). The new mineral species
hexagonite is formulated thus : (Ca, Mg, Na) Si2.

As this described bisilicate is anhydrous, and is crystallized in
hexagonal form, it consequently belongs to the beryl group, of
which it will be the third species.

On Opuntia Rafinesquii and 0. vulgaris. — Mr. Martindale
remarked that the large natural order of plants, the Cactaceae,
comprises about 800 species chiefty natives of tropical countries,
and the western part of the United States, where many grow to an
immense size. The only representative of this large order in the
northern United States, east of the Mississippi, is the genus
Opuntia. The only species of that genus described in the older
works on the flora of that section, is the so-called O. vulgaris,
" from Massachusetts, southward, mostly near the coast." In the
new edition of Gra3T,s Manual, the O. Missouriensis^ a western
species having dry prickly fruit, i6 admitted as occurring in Wis-

162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

consin, and 0. Rafinesquii, with smooth pulp}' fruit, somewhat like
the 0. vulgaris, also in the western section from Wisconsin to
Kentucky. Dr. George Engelmann, of St. Louis, in a recent ex-
amination of the genus, after comparing specimens from Massa-
chusetts, New York, Pennsylvania, and New Jersey, heretofore
classed as 0. vulgaris, determines them to he identical with 0.
Rafenesquii from the west. In a recent note from him he saj's, " I
have specimens growing here from Massachusetts, New York,
Pennsylvania, and New Jersey, and they are all 0. Rafinesquii;
the vulgaris I have only from the falls of the Potomac and South
Carolina."

In June last Mr. Martindale collected near Haddonfield, N. J..
some specimens of Opuntia in flower, which on examination, and
comparison with the species as figured in the fourth volume of the
Pacific Railroad Reports, he had determined to be the 0. vulgaris.
In the latter part of July he again examined the plant, then in i'uJl
fruit, and his former conclusion was sustained. He also sent a
fully developed specimen to Dr. Engelmann, who pronounced it '0
be the true 0. vulgaris, which he had not before seen north of l\e
falls of the Potomac, and asked if it is a real native in New Jersey.
On that point he thought there could be no doubt, as the owner of
the land, John Gill, informed him it had been there to his know-
ledge at least twent}'-five years ; and while it does not incline to
spread an}', shows no signs of disappearing.

On comparing this plant with specimens growing near the coist,
and which appears to be the 0. Rafinesquii, the following cha-
racters appear. The 0. vulgaris has a pale green appearance, the
flat joints obovate, with small ovate subulate leaves, stout and
tapering from a broadish base, mostly less than one-fourth cf an
inch in length, and appressed to the joint, with a fascicle of min-
utely barbed bristles, and occasionally a spine in their axils. The
flowers are sulphur-yellow; the fruit smoothish, about an irch in
length, and half an inch in thickness, somewhat ventricose, or
largest just above the middle, and tapering to the base, with a
depression at the top where the flower had fallen off, fron one-
eighth to one-quarter of an inch in depth. The 0. Rafinesquii has
rather larger flowers, occasionally with a reddish centre; more
numerous petals; the fruit fully one and a half inches in length,
with an elongated tapering base; the depression in the top of the
specimens examined is rather shallower than in the vulgaris; the
older joints have a darker green appearance, the leaves more slen-
der, longer, from one-quarter to three-eighths of an inch in length,
and spreading, and more frequently with the large spine, particu-
larly about the top of the joint.

He had examined specimens from Woodbury, New Jersey, about
twelve miles from the Haddonfield locality, which are 0. Rajinr-
squii, and which have fusiform tubers on the extremities of the
roots, similar in this respect to a western form of Rafinesquii de-
scribed in the Pacific Railroad Reports as 0. fusiformis. He

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 163

bad not been able to find tubers on the vulgaris, and the published
description of that species made no mention of any.

There is growing in the Meehan nurseries, near Germantown,
Pa., a specimen of 0. Eafinesquii from New Jersey, which is
identical with one from Illinois, also a specimen of 0. vulgaris,
from Harper's Ferry, Virginia, which is identical with the one
collected near Haddonfield, N. J. These two species are some-
what closely allied ; yet the form and position of the leaves are
manifestly different, and being early deciduous is possibly the
cause of their being so long confounded. Certain it is, if the two
species as described are distinct, we have both of them in New
Jersey.

Supernumerary Anterior Extremity in a Domestic Cow. — Dr.

Allen exhibited a drawing of a malformation somewhat similar

to that recorded in the Proceedings of July 25.

In this instance, however, the digits were reduced to two.
These were of unequal size and one only was ter-
minal. The remaining digit was appended to the side
of the metacarpus, but was not articulated with it.
It was indeed a dwarfed digit held in position to the
metacarpus by fibrous tissue and integument. When
at rest it lay nearly parallel to the main digit. Each
digit possessed a well-developed hoof-like covering,
the larger mass being curved and compressed from
side to side, while the smaller one was styliform.

Above the smaller digit was a small conical append-
age, which may be considered a localized hypertrophy

in the normal position of the "cleet."

August 22.
The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair.
Twenty members present.

August 29.

The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair.

Twelve members present.

A paper entitled " Note on the Discovery of Representatives of
Two Orders of Fossils new to the Cretaceous Formation of North
America," by Wm. M. Gabb, was presented for publication.

On the Coal and Iron Resources of Alabama. — Mr. "William
Gesner remarked that a number of applied and interesting

1G4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1876.

scientific facts had developed themselves in connection with the
construction of geological sections in miniature of the Warrior
and Cahaba Coal Measures in Alabama for exhibition at the
Centennial. The frequent inquiry for information concerning
them had induced him to believe that a description of these
measures would prove interesting to the Academy of Natural
Sciences.

The three coal fields of Alabama, comprising an area exceeding
seven thousand square miles, and separated by narrow Silurian
valleys, are just now being brought into prominent notice by the
superior character of the coals and coke the}' afford, and the
economy incidental to the manufacture of iron by their means.

The valleys which separate these fields being stored with inex-
haustible supplies of the best grades of hematite and brown ores,
even to that variety best adapted to the manufacture of ferro-
manganese,it seems surprising that both of these resources should
have been allowed to lie dormant for such a length of time, while
others of less extent, richness, and economy of working have been
given their fullest development.

It is now ascertained that the coal measures of the Warrior
and Cahaba coal fields consist severalby of 172 and 173 strata,
embracing respectively forty-six and fift3'-one coal-seams of all
dimensions, from one inch up to six feet six inches in thickness,
constituting a grand aggregate of one hundred and eighty-eight
feet of bituminous coal.

In the Warrior field there are many localities where the beds
of coal lie horizontally, while in the Cahaba they are more fre-
quently inclined ; but all of those being worked in either are
leached by slope or tunnel.

Two beds of black band characterize the Warrior measures, one
of them showing a richness of 43 per cent, metallic iron ; clay
iron-stone is abundant, and is found in all of the coal fields in
Alabama. In one instance it constitutes the roof of a twenty-
eight-inch bed of coal in the Warrior measures.

The fossil fauna and flora of these beds are found to be similar.
Immediately beneath the mountain limestone of the carboniferous
formation in the upper Silurian, a bed of fossiliferous hematite
occurs as one of its members. It extends in a northeastern
direction, a distance exceeding 120 miles, and into the State of
Tennessee, where it may be seen outcropping, interstratified with
ferruginous limestone seven feet thick, under Mitchell's Point,
Walden's Ridge.

in Jefferson County, Alabama, its thickness is found to be
twenty-eight feet, gradually becoming thinner toward its north-
eastern prolongation. Wherever it outcrops on the top, from the
sides, and in the valleys of lied Mountain, it is noted for affording
the most fertile soils.

It is conceded by all who see and examine this immense bed

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 165

of ore, that it is to become the great base from whence in the
future our principal supplies of iron will be produced.

In the neighborhood of from two to three miles east and west
of this ore bed lie the coal fields before mentioned. For its entire
extent through the State, and immediately under it, lie the lime-
stones of the Silurian formation, among which are many of the
purest and those best adapted for fluxing iron from its ores. '

Geologically, in descending order, next occur the immense beds
of brown ore, comprising the varieties manganiferous and fibrous
limonite, mamillary and crystallized hematite, belonging to Tal-
ladega, Coosa, Cahaba, Hoop's and Murphy's valleys, from which
heretofore nearly all of the Alabama iron has been produced —
charcoal being used for fuel.

At the present time, by a practical application of all of these
advantages, great progress has been made by the Eureka Com-
pany, under the able superintendence of Mr. James Thomas.

After remodelling the plant of the former Red Mountain Iron
and Coal Company at Oxmoor Station, on the South and North
Alabama R. R., he has put in hot blast one furnace, on coke pro-
duced on the spot by ovens, with attached combustion chambers
of his own devising. The ore charges are made to consist of the
mixture — three-quarters fossiliferOus hematite and one-quarter
brown ore, which is yielding from the furnace 56 per cent, good
pig metal, costing under twelve dollars per ton in its manufacture.
In view of these factsit becomes evident that Alabama wili soon
attain pre-eminence in the production of iron ; and, as steel super-
sedes its use for railroad and all other mechanical appliances (our
next great stride in the Imarch of civilization), she must become
most populous and prosperous, for her climate is equable and her
soils rank among the most fertile.

Dr. S. H. Linn, of St. Petersburg, Prof. Paul Groth, of Stras-
burg, and Dr. James Hector, of New Zealand, were elected corre-
spondents.

The following papers were ordered to be published : —

166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1ST6.

THE ROCKS KNOWN AS MEXICAN ONYX.
BY MARIANO BARCENA.

I have the honor to present before this Academy a report upon
the calcareous rocks of Mexico, which so deservingly are occupy-
ing the attention of the public in the present International Exhi-
bition.

These rocks are known in Mexico by the names of "Tecalli,"
" Mexican Onyx," and '' Mexican Marble." The first of these names
refers to the place where they are found, as the principal beds are
located in the neighborhood of the town of Tecalli, in the State
of Puebla. The word Tecalli is a compound one, and, in mj7 judg-
ment's derived from two Aztec words : Tetl (mountain) and Calli
(house), the meaning in this case being " House of the Mountain."
The origin of the word migiit be supposed as well to be Teocalli
(God's Mansion), name given by the Indians to their temples. ,

The names Onyx and Mexican Marble are due: the first, to
the fact that, like the true onyx, the Mexican rock shows stains
and parallel stripes; and the second, to their chemical composi-
tion, which, in point of fact, is the same as that of the common
marble.

I have read in some of the latest European journals that Mr.
D'Amour informed the Academy of Sciences of Paris, that the
Mexican onyx was nothing but a calcareous alabaster. This same
opinion was expressed by myself, more than two years ago, in the
" Mexican Society of Natural History." It was published in the
first number of the third volume of "La Naturaleza," and I have
been most happy to learn that the classification of that celebrated
chemist agrees with mine.

The rocks of Tecalli offer a great many varieties in their dif-
ferent grades of transparency, in the diversity of their colors, and
in their physical properties. In order to make a close examina-
tion of these rocks, I selected a white specimen, as I considered
this to be the purer variety. The characteristics were as follows: —

Irregular form. H = 4.90 (Breithaupt's scale), G = 2.90. Lus-
tre vitreous — resinous. Color white, slightly tinged with green.
Transparent in thin slices, and translucent in pieces of some thick-
ness. Fracture splitting in the oblique section and fibrous, with a
somewhat silky appearance in the vertical section. Streak white.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 107

B. B. infusible, becoming opaque and with a light reddish color.
In two analyses made I found the following composition : —

Lime 55.00

Magnesia 1.25

Water and oxide of iron and manganese . . 0.10

Carbonic acid 42.40

Sulphuric acid 1.25

100.00

This composition shows that the rocks are essentially formed
by carbonate of lime, and that the other substances may be con-
sidered as accidentally mixed, because of their existing in dif-
ferent proportions in the red, green, and j-ellow colors, as ob-
served in the block.

The small proportion of sulphuric acid discovered was probably
in combination with the lime, as the quantity of this base ex-
ceeded that which is required for combination with 42.40 of car-
bonic acid; for this proportion of the acid are required 93.96 of
lime. The excess of this base is 1.04, which would take 1.48 of
sulphuric acid to form the hydrous sulphate (Anhydrite), being
this amount of acid very similar to that found in the analysis.

The oxides of iron and manganese, as well as the selenite,were
mixed only with the carbonate of lime, which alone formed the
bulk of the analyzed specimen.

Prof. W. J. Ward lately presented to the Royal School of Mines
in London a qualitative anatysis of the same rock, having found
exactly the same substances that I did myself on my examina-
tions ; but, I understand he selected one of the most colored
varieties, as he found the iron in large proportions, and partly
combined with the carbonic acid. He found the sulphuric acid,
and also the oxides of iron and manganese, which latter he con-
siders to be the only coloring matters.

The capricious variegation of colors produced by those oxides,
as well as the different grades -of transparency and opacity in the
polished slabs, give them that magnificent aspect which consti-
tutes their indescribable beauty. When the blocks are cut in the
direction of their planes of stratification, the shades appear in
the form of clouds, flames, and stains of all dimensions. The
clouds at times appear simulating somewhat the form of cumuli,
or that of cirrus. The combination of those extreme grades, and

1G8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1876.

of other intermediaries, added to the difference of opacity in some
portions of the same slab, produce the most beautiful and inimit-
able effects. In some we find the figures of mountains, ruins, and
several other objects which look very much like landscape sketches.
The colors vary from the dark-green to the apple-green, and from
the intense red to the lightest rose tint. There are also varieties
of 3'ellow and blue which intermingle with the former. The me-
tallic oxides which produce this coloration are found in greater
proportions towards the borders of the veins of some of the rocks,
and through which was effected the infiltration of the waters which
contained the coloring materials.

The rocks of Tecalli admit of a higher polish than the common
marble. This can be seen in the many specimens now on exhibi-
tion in the Mexican Department of the Main Building, and which,
by their brilliant surfaces, colors, and transparencj*, admirably
imitate the agates and the true onj'x.

B3' the foregoing peculiarities we find that the Mexican marble
belongs to the group of the calcite, and from its physical proper-
ties to the variety designated as Travertine, under which head is
classified the calcareous alabaster or onyxite.

The good reception of these rocks in the markets, the extent
of their deposit, unequalled perhaps in this respect, give them
sufficient interest to deserve the names of Onyx and Mexican
Marble, a name which probably will be always adopted in com-
mercial language. The beds of the rock are situated in the neigh-
borhood of the town of Tecalli in the State of Puebla.

In a report which the Mexican Engineer, Mr. Patricio Murphy,
made two years ago, he mentioned three principal deposits which
bear the names of "La Pedrera," "Tlahualco," and "Aratleta."
The most important of these is the first named, located at twenty
miles from the city of Puebla. According to Mr. Murphy, the
mountain where the Mexican marble is found is alternatel}' formed
of beds of this rock, argilleous calcareous rocks, and marls and
sands. The quantity in which those rocks are found is very ex-
tensive, and warrants the expectation of an almost unlimited sup-
ply. It is to be hoped that the use of these rocks will be soon
extended, because, as they are far more beautiful than marble, and
resemble so much the true onyx and agate, they are appropriate
for the richest and most splendid decorations.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 169

ON PHOTOGRAPHS OF TASMANIANS AT THE CENTENNIAL

EXPOSITION.

BY CHARLES PICKERING, M.D.

During my visit to Australia, in or about 1840, every one at
Sydney spoke of the Australians as a distinct people from the
natives of Tasmania or Van Diemen's Land ; the Australians, it
was said, are "straight-haired blacks," and the Tasmanians are
" woolly-haired blacks ;" but, not meeting with a Tasmanian, I
did not feel authorized to make a distinction on my Map.

Recently, at the Centennial Exposition, photographs of Tas-
manians, and especially of the last male survivor, have enabled
me to form an opinion, and refer the originals to the Papuan
Race or large New Guinea negro.

Among the varieties of man, the Papuan is remarkable for his
harsh skin ; and it is on record in books of travel, that the skin
of Tasmanians is not soft to the touch like that of Australians;
also, that the Tasmanians fill their hair with mud (a character-
istic trait of Papuans).

New Zealand was peopled by Polynesians from the tropics.
The emigrants, leaving behind all tropical plants, }ret carried
along old familiar names, some of which they transferred to the
productions of the colder climate ; one instance I will quote from
memory : —

The Barringtonia of the ti'opics bears a large husky fruit,
which is used by the natives to float their seines or nets; the
Polynesian name of the tropical tree has been transferred in New
Zealand to a tree of the pine kind ; its wood, however, is very
light, and made by the New Zealanders into seine-floats.

Tasmania in a similar manner was peopled by Papuans from
the tropics, by emigrants probably acquainted with agriculture,
but who did not bring esculents suitable for cultivation in the
cold climate of the new country.

Two other important corrections have come to light since the
publication of my Map : —

One is the discovery by Schweinfurth, in Central Africa, of a
country under the equator inhabited by the Hottentot race, iden-
tified by him with the pigmy nation that, according to Homer.,
12

170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [18TG-

suffered from attacks by cranes ; the true location even pointed
out by Herodotus.

The third correction is derived from photographs, showing that
the Aino of Northern Japan, Yeddo, Saghalien, and the neighbor-
ing islands belong to the White or Caucasian Race. The most
eastern island bears the name of " Yurup," as though given by a
laud party journeying east in search of Europe, precisely as
Columbus by sea journeyed west in search of Asia. The geo-
graphical position of the Aino, and their maritime expeditions to
the Aleutian Islands, accord with Mexican and South American
tradition of an ancient intercourse with long-bearded white men
from the west (see Humboldt).

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 171

September 5.

The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair.

Twenty-nine members present.

A paper entitled " Hexagonite, Goldsmith, a variety of Tremo-
lite," by Geo. A. Koenig, was presented for publication.

Morphology of the Pear. — Dr. McGrath placed on the table
abnormal fruit of the pear, in appearance resembling huge acorns.
Mr. Thomas Meeiian took occasion to note the recent advances
of morphological knowledge as explaining such phenomena. Even
recent text-books taught that a fruit was but modified leaves. The
exact truth is that a fruit is leaves and branch. When a bud is
being formed in the apple, pear, or similar fruits, it may finally be
either a flower-bud or a bud producing a new branch. Varying
phases of nutrition decide this question. Exactly the nature of
this variation we do not know; but we do know that the growth-
force in the bud is arrested by some law of nutrition, and, instead
of an elongated branch, what would be its series of spirals are
drawn together closely, and the whole modified and made to form a
flower. Thus, in the pear, it takes five buds to form one full cycle
on a pear branch. When growth is arrested to form a flower this
first cycle is transformed into a five-lobed calyx, and generall}' this
becomes much enlarged and fleshly, and covers all the other cycles
of buds which go to make up the inner layer of flesh terminating
in the petals, carpels or core, and so on. Now, in the case before
the Academy, the arresting force was imperfect. It had succeeded
in forming the outer or calycine verticillate series of buds into a
fleshy matter, giving what here might be called the cup of the
" acorn," when the accelerating or branch-producing force gained
a temporary advantage and pushed on, forming the acorn-like cen-
tre, but only to be soon again arrested. This abnormal pear was
indeed nothing more than an effort of the tree to produce a branch
after a fruit had been decided on; a struggle which was finally de-
cided in favor of the fruit, if we might speak metaphorically in
explaining the case.

Natural Hybrids. — Mr. Meehan said that modern naturalists
were mostly convinced that new forms were evolved from old ones,
but how much the new form had been influenced in its creation by
a thus far mysterious law of change inherent in the old form, im-
pelling it to bring forth the new one when nature's own good time
had come; or how far external influences acted in bringing about
these changes, was still a matter for science to solve. He thought

172 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

the innate power of change was much greater than many of our
best naturalists were willing to grant. In illustration, he held a
letter from a leading botanist inclosing what he contended was a
hybrid between Verbena stricta and V. urticxfolia. Mr. M. de-
scribed the structure of Verbena. The tube of the corolla was
half an inch in length, and narrow, and only insects of a large
size and long trunks could reach to the bottom for hone}'. The
anthers were curved just above the stigma, and both organs ma-
tured near together. Above all, and completely closing the en-
trance to the tube, was a dense mass of hair. Supposing, on
prevailing theories of cross fertilization by insect agency, that an
insect should visit the verbena flower for honey, and the trunk
get covered with pollen, the rather large trunk would get stripped
clean of its pollen in wiping against the mass of hair on with-
drawal; or, if a little did remain in spite of the brushing, would
most likely get thoroughly cleaned on the visit to the next flower.
Hybridization by this agency, and there appeared to be no other
in this case in nature, was well nigh impossible. He had always
regarded the dangers of hybridization, and consequent confusion
of species, as an a priori argument against the prevalent theories
of cross fertilization by insect agency being an}' part of a great
plan for the development of the races of plants. At any rate in
Verbena, the mass of hair in the throat could not by any interpre-
tation be regarded as an arrangement in the aid of cross breeding.
It was an obstruction, and, in his opinion, an insurmountable one.
The striking form of Verbena between V. stricta and V. urticse-
folia, sent to him by his distinguished correspondent, he should
regard as no hybrid, but as a form evolved in the due course of
an inherent guidance from the former species, a power continu-
ously at work, and which "external circumstances" tended as
often to repress as to aid.

Seftember 12.

The President, Dr. Puschenberger, in the chair.
Thirty-two members present.

A paper entitled "On the Lingual Dentition, Jaw and Genitalia
of Carelia, Onchidella, and other Pulmonata," by YYm.G. Binney,
was presented for publication.

Welwitschia mirabilis. — Mr. Thomas Meehan called attention
to a specimen of Welwitschia mirabilis^ exhibited in the Portu-
guese African section of the Centennial Exhibition, as well worthy
of the examination of members of the Academy. The trunk in
this specimen is vase form, and about two feet across, and stands
about two feet from the ground.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 173

Nocturnal floioering of Mentzelia ornata. — Mr. Thomas Meehan
said this old species had only just found its way into cultivation,
and afforded an opportunity to note its distinctive habits. His
nephew, Mr. Joseph T. Meehan, had kindly watched for him, and
found that the same flower opened on four successive nights; on the
fifth it made a weak attempt to open, hut soon faded awa}\ The
flower commenced to open soon after sundown (6 P.M.), very
rapidly the first day, and commenced closing again in about three
hours, becoming entirely closed by midnight. Thesccond nightthey
opened more slowly, and commenced to close earlier, so that the
final closing was again about midnight. The last two nights the
motion was slower, but occupied about the same time on the wdiole.
Mr. Redfield had noted, Mr. M. observed, that some Mentzelias
opened by day and some by night, but he knew of no attempts to
time the opening exactly.

In order to tell whether these openings and closings by night
had anything to do with fertilization by insect agency, he had in-
closed one flower in a gauze bag, and found it to have a seed ves-
sel apparently as perfectly developed as the rest. The seed might
possibly be imperfect when the seed vessel was mature, but this
was hardly likely, as the instances where plants developed their
capsules in the absence of fertilization were uncommon.

September 19.
The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair.
Twenty-eight members present.

Notes on the Goniferse. — Dr. Engelmann, of St. Louis, spoke
about Abies Fraseri, the very local species of the highest moun-
tains of North Carolina, which he had just visited, together with
several botanical friends, members of this society. This is the
tree which caused these mountains to be designated as the Black
Mountains; giving their summits that sombre hue for which they
are known. They seem to grow nowhere but on these mountains,
and only on those that reach up to or above G000 feet altitude.
The northern localities claimed for the species, rest on confusion
with forms of Abies balsamea, the common northern balsam, of
which our tree may be claimed to be the southern representative.
A. balsamea does not seem to extend southward further than the
Yirginian mountain region; and it would be interesting to as-
certain how near both species approach each other.

Besides the well-known characters of the cones and their cusps,
excellent distinctions are found in the structure of the leaves of
both species. It may not be general^ known, though it is a fact
to which, since several 3Teai's, some European botanists have called
attention, that the anatomical structure of the leaves of these

174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1S76.

species, as well as of conifers in general, are extremely various,
and that this structure well characterizes many species, and is one
of the safest means to arrange them in natural groups. Abies
Fraseri and balsamea are so nearly allied, that without fruit they
are constantly confounded; but the structure of the leaves will
always distinguish them so well, that a single leaf, or even a frag-
ment of one, will invariably solve all difficulty. The leaves of
Abies have under the epidermis, and between it and the cells of
the parenchyma, which are full of chlorophyll, an arrangement of
cells of thick walls, elongate* form, and destitute of chlorophyll,
analogous to bast cells, which have been called hypodermic cells;
we find them in all species of Abies on the edges and on the keel,
where the}' strengthen the leaf; but their distribution under the
epidermis of the upper side of the leaf is very different in differ-
ent species — they may be wanting there altogether or may be
differently grouped, or may extend over the whole upper surface.
Xow in all forms of A. balsamea they are there almost entirely
absent, even in those of the highest New England mountains; while
Fraseri exhibits under the microscope a continuous hypodermic
stratum of them.

These differences rmay seem minute and perhaps unimportant,
but the}'' remind us of similar structural differences in the higher
or vascular cryptogams, in which on differences in variation and
cell-structure much stress is laid, and justly so; while in higher
developed plants the anatomical structure of the leaves is much
more uniform.

This leads to another and much more important question, the
position of the conifers in the vegetable world.

Conifers are usually placed at the bottom of the dicotyledonous
plants, and Cycadeoe with the highest monocotyledons, near the
Palms. Now, Robert Brown, more than fifty years ago, has shown
that both differ from all other flowering plants, by bearing on open
leaf-organs naked ovules; nor are their seeds inclosed in regular
fruits, a peculiarity which has procured for them the name of
gymnosperms. It must be admitted, however, that to this day
the question, though diligently ventilated, is not entirely settled,
or, to express it more correctly, g3,mnospermy is not yet acknow-
ledged by every botanist.

Calling to our aid the investigations in another field of natural
science, Palaeontology teaches us that the lowest forms appear
in the oldest epochs of our globe's history, and that only in the
later periods the higher developed forms are found. Now, the
fact is, that ages and ages before other flowering plants, angio-
spermous plants are found, and almost eoctaneous with the
earliest cryptogamic land plants — in the Carboniferous and even
in the Devonian periods conifers already made their appearance.

As in the development of the mammals, the prototypes of many
of the orders are found anterior in their geological age, as well as

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 175

lower in grade of development ; so the conifers, with their exoge-
nous trunk and their often numerous cotyledons, will have to be
considered the prototypes of the exogens, while the cycadeie with
endogenous trunk, and unequal or almost single cotyledons, are
those of the endogens. Both together, comprised under the gene-
ral term of gymnosperms, will eventually be acknowledged as a
link intermediate between the vascular cryptogams and the flower-
ing plants.

Naturalization of Plants. — Mr. Martindale spoke of the
various agencies by which foreign plants have been introduced
into the country, also of the manner of their distribution, instan-
cing the case of Rudbeekia hirta, L., now very abundant in the
eastern section, having been introduced in grass seed from the
west. He also mentioned a number of plants that are common on
the coast of Virginia and southward, which have been collected
in the lower counties of New Jersey, evidently from seed carried
by birds in their migrations coastwise.

Within a few years large quantities of ballast have been de-
posited in the neighborhood of Philadelphia, on which have been
collected a large number of plants not found elsewhere in the
vicinity. Some of the species occur every year, and in some in-
stances spread into the waste grounds ; others have not appeared
the second season, although their seeds became fully matured.
He stated that this subject of introduction and establishment of
foreign plants was becoming of more and more importance, as the
geographical distribution of species was being investigated, and
where reasons could be assigned, as to the manner of introduction,
they give it an additional interest. He had, within a few days,
collected, near the mouth of Wissahickon Creek, a plant which
had been determined to be Leonurus glaucesceus. A large num-
ber of luxuriant specimens were growing in the locality men-
tioned, and it appeared to be fully established. The plant is an
entire stranger in this part of the country, and he could assign no
way by which its introduction might have been effected at this
time. It might possibly have been introduced from Siberia, by
way of Japan, in some of the materials intended for the Centen-
nial Exhibition.

September 26.

Mr. Edw. S. Wiielen in the chair.

Thirty-four members present.

A paper entitled " Remarks on Ptiloris Wilsonii, Ogden," by
Jas. A. Ogden, M.D., was presented for publication.

176 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [18TG.

On Sphenes from Delaware County, Penna. — Dr. W'M. H.
Forwood, U. S. A., communicated the fact that a number of
sphenes of very large size and beautiful yellowish-green color
have been taken from a quarry on the property of Jno. Mullin,
near Bridgewater Station, Chester Creek R. R., Del. Co., Penna.
The rock formation at this point consists for the most part of a
hard, curled, garnetiferous gneiss, with here and there a narrow
vein of quartz or feldspar.

Iron pyrites, hornblende, black mica, and a few staurolites
have been noticed there. Near the eastern end of what is known
as the middle quarry, there is a stratum of loose, dark-brown
mica schist, permeated with a spring of water ; and in the wettest
portion of this, about ten feet from the surface, the sphenes were
found in a small space in disseminated crystals, associated with
loose ciystals of quartz.

Unfortunately, the greater number of them were broken in
blasting, and several are known to have been lost or destroyed ;
but he had collected pieces representing over thirty (30) distinct
crystals from this one place. They vary from one to three inches
in length, and all, without exception, present a twinned formation.
Only three crystals escaped being broken. The largest is two
and three-quarters inches long by an inch and a half across, and
weighs eight hundred and sixty-four grains troy. The next in
size is two inches long, and weighs five hundred and ten grains ;
and the smallest is an inch and five-eighths long, and weighs one
hundred and ninety grains. He had prepared a plaster cast of
each of these, which were presented, together with the fragment of
a still larger crystal, being the largest one found, and weighing
ten hundred and thirty grains. This is a new locality for sphenes,
and these appear to constitute a new variety of that mineral in
this State.

The Harmony of • Antagonism of Teeth. — Dr. McQriLLEN di-
rected attention to a human skull in which, owing to the loss of
the bicuspids and molars in the left side of the lower jaw, an
upper molar, failing to meet with the antagonizing teeth, pro-
truded from the alveolus twice its original length. In addition
to this, and from the same cause, the left superior maxilla had
fallen considerably below the level of right 'superior maxilla, and,
carrying with it the malar bone, had lowered the orbit to such an
extent that the face must have been quite disfigured during life.
There was a marked contrast between this and another skull
shown, in which the thirty-two teeth were all in good condition,
symmetrical in their arrangement, and illustrating in a marked
degree the harmony of antagonism. During life the upper and
Lower teeth articulate with each other, so that when the jaws are
closed they maintain each other in their positions. The incisors
and canines of the upper jaw overlap those of the lower so as

1S7G.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 17?

to conceal the upper third. The external cusps of the lower bi-
cuspids and molars are received into depressions between the
external and internal cusps of similar teeth of the upper jaw.
No two teeth oppose each other onty, but each tooth in closing
the jaws impinges upon two, so that, should a tooth be lost, or
even two alternate teeth, still the corresponding teeth of the
opposite jaw are to some extent opposed, and thus remain useful.
When a tooth is wholly unopposed, a process is set up in the jaw
by which the useless organ is gradually extruded from the socket,
as shown in the first skull.

Dr. Isaac T. Coates was elected a member.

Don Alvaro de la Gandara, of Madrid, Spain, Col. Juan J.
Marin, of Barcelona, Spain, and Sig. Alessandro Castellani, of
Rome, Italy, were elected correspondents.

The committees to which they had been referred recommended
the following papers to be published : —

ITS proceedings of the academy of [1ST6.

NOTE ON THE DISCOVERY OF REPRESENTATIVES OF THREE ORDERS
OF FOSSILS NEW TO THE CRETACEOUS FORMATION OF NORTH
AMERICA.

BY W. M. GABB.

It is not often, in a subject so long and so thoroughly worked
over as has been the palaeontology of the American cretaceous
formation, that a student has the good fortune to discover at
the same time the first representatives of three orders previously
unknown. In a little lot of fossils from the " Timber Creek" or
yellow limestone beds of the neighborhood of Yincenttown, New
Jersey, recently found by Miss Frances H. Bryan, and presented
by her through her father, Col. T. M. Bryan, to the Academy, I
find the stem of an undescribed Pentacrinite, the first crinoid of
the formation in the United States, and a number of plates of the
first American cretaceous star-fish. In view of the unusual
interest attached to these discoveries, I shall depart from the
rule I have followed for several years, of abstaining from the de-
scription of isolated species and from imperfect material, and
give the following brief diagnoses, in the hope of stimulating the
search for these objects, thereby rendering our knowledge of
them more complete : —

Pentacrinus Bryani, n. s. PI. 5, figs. 1, "la, 13.

Known only from two fragments of the stem, one consisting of
seven joints, the other of eight or nine. Stem distinctly pentan-
gular, angles rounded ; segments alternating, each alternate one
more and less constricted in the longitudinal grooves. The less
constricted segments are concavely rounded on the sides, while
their alternates are cut on each side by a deep, acute indentation,
giving them the appearance, as seen from above, of flowers with
five rounded petals. Lateral surface of the segments convex and
smooth; articular face slightly raised on the margin and radiately
denticulate.

In style, this stem is nearest to P. sealaris, Goldf., from the
Oxford, especially that form figured in Petr. Germ. PI. 52, f. 3, b;
but the angles are more rounded, and the flower-like appearance
of the articular face of the segment is more marked.

Goniaster mammillata, n. s. P!. 5, figs. 2, 2a, 24.

About thirty marginal plates occur in the collection, some of
which resemble in form those of G. (.1st.) <iuin<]iieloba, Goldf,

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILAJ)ELPHI A. 119

Petr. Germ. PI. 63, f. 5, b, c, d, except that they are somewhat
shorter and thicker, and the pointed extremity is replaced by one
truncated nearly straight across. But the most marked peculiarity
of the present species lies in several marginal plates in the collec-
tion, corresponding with Goldfuss's fig. e. These are longer and
narrower in form, and each bears on the end of the plate, which is
acute in the European species, an elongated rounded protuber-
ance, projecting beyond the end of the plate and overhanging it.
Other smaller plates, about one-half longer than wide, are thinner,
but retain the superficial outline of the first mentioned.

From the size of the plates, our species seems to be nearly of
the same size as that with which I have compared it; but the
difference in form, and the great rounded protuberance on the
long plates, reversing the relative thickness of the two ends, will
at once distinguish them.

Since writing the above, I have received from Col. Bryan
another little fossil, so akin to the present subject that I add it.
No Cirripedes have been reported from the American cretaceous,
and his fossil is the carinal plate of a Scalpellum. On showing
it to Mr. Conrad, he recognized it as being similar to a fragment
in his possession from New Jersey, also from the white limestone,
but of which the exact locality is unknown. Through the kind-
ness of these two gentlemen, therefore, I have the means of making-
known the species, the more especially since Mr. Conrad's carina
is accompanied also by a scutal valve of the same animal. The
carina (figs. 3 and 3a) is large, indicating a size of about an inch
and a half in length of the animal, without the stem. It has
nearly straight sides, is very gently curved; external surface
nearly flat at the upper part and rounded subangular below in
the median line. Upper end acute, base rounded ; inner face
deeply concave; sides bearing a prominent linear rib which marks
the three parts of surface into which Darwin divides this plate.
This will be better understood by a reference to the cross-section,
PI. 5, fig. 3&, made across the middle of the plate. The scutal
plate (fig. 4) is nearly straight on its occludent margin ; the tergal
margin is strongly sloping and a little concave at the apical por-
tion; the base is straight or very slightly convex. The surface is
slightly angulated, and marked by strong lines of growth. I pro-
pose for this rare fossil the name of S. Conradi, in recognition of
the donor of the greater part of the material from which the
description is drawn.

180 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876-

HEXAGONITE, GOLDSMITH, A VARIETY OE TREMOLITE.
BY GEORGE A. KOEXIG, PH.D.

In a paper read by Mr. Goldsmith before the Academy (August
15, 1870), he described a new mineral occurring at Edwards, St.
Lawrence Co., N. Y., for which he proposed the name hexagonite.
According to his description the mineral is hexagonal in form, is
optically uniaxial, and in composition is a bisilicate of magnesium,
calcium, and sodium. Mr. Goldsmith assigns it a place in the
beryl group. Upon inspection of the mineral, the habitus of the
crystals struck me as being veiy little like that of a hexagonal
mineral. Some of the crystals, especially the larger ones, have a
decided tabular habitus, such as we often find in minerals of the
rhombic, monoclinic and triclinic sj-stems. The appearance of
the mineral is altogether novel and striking; the fine light ame-
thystine color, and a peculiar lustre, together with the aggregative
entwining of the crystals, render it very attractive to the eye.
Mjr doubts as to the accuracy of Mr. Goldsmith's determination
being roused, I resolved to examine the mineral myself, having
been furnished with plentiful material, through Mr. Clarence C.
Bement's kindness, who was the first in this city to obtain it.

System of Crystallization, Monoclinic. The crystals form
rhombic prisms, showing the faces of a prism and of a pinakoid,
the excessive development of the latter producing the tabular
shape of the larger crystals. The section of the prism is, of
course, a hexagon, but the peculiar mode of aggregation prevented
the definite formation of the terminal faces. However, this want
is partially supplied by a basal cleavage at such an angle that no
doubt can exist as to the monoclinic character of the mineral.

The larger crystals cleave very perfectly according to the prism,
and one face with greater perfection than the other, which speaks
also for the monoclinic form of the mineral. The angle of cleavage
was found 124° 35'.

From a large number of measurements, I select the results
obtained from one crystal, which was quite small, but had even
and splendent faces.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 181

Readings.

Calculated angles.

Mean.

0° 00')
62° SO'!

117° 30'

117° 38'

117° 43'

124° 47'

242° 15'

117° 43'

124° 39'

297° 40'

124° 30'

360° 00'

117° 40'

The prismatic angle is therefore 124° 39', corresponding very
closely to that of tremolite, 124° 30'. Color pink, violet, amethys-
tine ; lustre, strongly vitreous ; cleavage, basal, uneven and pris-
matic.

H = 6.5. Sp. gr. = 2.996, B. B.

Fuses to a white enamel in a strong flame. The white powder
remains unchanged. With borax gives a pure amethyst glass in
O. Fl., with sodium carbonate fuses to a glass, which is sky-blue
when cold. These reactions indicate manganese. With cobalt
solution reacts like an earthy silicate.

Composition. Oxygen.

31.021

9.049 ]

3 485 I 13.932
0.490

0.308

99.21

The oxygen ratio is therefore ft: §i = 1 : 1.23, and the simplest
expression is

(MgO, CaO) Si02.

Now, if we compare with this the composition of tremolite from
Gouverneur N. Y., a white variety, analyzed by Rammelsberg

Si02

= 58.20

MgO

= 24.14

CaO

= 12.20

Na20

= 1.90

MnO

= 1.37

(A1203

+ FeA)

= 1.40

(Pogg. ciii. 299)—

Si02 =57.40

MgO = 24.69

CaO = 13.89

(AlA + Fe.A)= 1-T4
Hfi + F = 0.40

98.12
we see that the new mineral differs from this only by having re-
placed a small percentage of magnesium and calcium by manganese
and sodium. The manganese produces the distinguishing color.

182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

REMARKS ON PTILORIS WILSONII, OGDEN.

BY J. A. OGDEN, M.D.

In ni}^ description of Ptiloris Wilsonii (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.,
p. 451, 1875), two important characters were considered as being
sufficient upon which to establish the species; but, since the pub-
lication of the article, it has been observed that the legs and feet
are those of another bird.

This specimen was presented to the Academy by Dr. T. B.
Wilson as coming from the Rivoli Collection, and no doubt the
present legs and feet were substituted for the absent ones so as
to complete the mounting of the bird. This was not noticed at
the time the bird was described, and credit is due to Mr. D. G.
Elliot for directing my attention to it.

Reliance, however, may be placed upon the other characters —
the extent of the metallic-colored feathers of the neck and breast,
which differ from Ptiloris magnificus in that they are not confined
to the centre of the throat, but extend around beneath the eyes,
covering the sides of the neck, as well as in front. Now, whether
this difference be due to the manner in which the specimen has
been prepared, or not, remains yet to be fully determined, and
cannot be without further investigation ; if it is, then Ptiloris
Wilsonii will have to stand as a synonym of Ptiloris magnificus.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 183

ON THE LINGUAL DENTITION, JAW, AND GENITALIA OF CARELIA,
ONCHIDELLA, AND OTHEE PULMONATA.

BY W. G. BINNEY.

Macrocyclis sportella, GUI.

Oregon. Mr. 0. B. Johnson.

Jaw and lingual membrane as usual in the genus. (See Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1815.)

Teeth 22—1—22. The 6th tooth is the largest. The peculiar
side spur noticed on the inner laterals of Macr. Vancouver en sis
is present in this species also. The central tooth is of same type
as that of the last-named species, to which sportella is most nearly
allied by its shell. PI. VI., fig. aa.

Zonites inornatus, Say.

PI. VI., fig. c, represents the dentition of this species, showing
both planes of the cusps and cutting points. The dotted lines
show the lower plane, i. e., the part which rests on the base of
attachment. This is what I have hitherto shown in my plates.
From this lower plane the cusp and cutting point bulge out later-
ally as tiiey round upwards. The most outward margin is the
other plane shown, giving the widest extension of the cutting
point.

Zonites fuliginosus, Griff.

On pi. VI., fig. D, is a lateral tooth of this species showing the two
planes described under Z. inornatus.

Zonites C?) Bermudensis, Pfr.

Bermuda. Mr. J. Matthew Jones to Mr. Bland.

The specimens were living, enabling me to study advantageously
the external characters of the animal. There is a distinct locomo-
tive disk to the foot, but no caudal mucus pore, and no longitu-
dinal furrows above the margin of the foot, so that the species
cannot be placed in Zonites, which has the last two characters.
The external orifice of generation is quite under the mantle, not
behind the right eye-peduncle.

The jaw and dentition I have already described. (Ann. Lye.
Nat. Hist, of N. Y., X., 221.)

The genitalia present the following peculiarities. The genital
bladder is small, globular, on a long duct. The penis sac is long,

184 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1876.

tapering to its apex, where it receives the vas deferens and the
retractor muscle. There is a long, stont, dart sac, containing a
delicate, arrow-like dart of the same form as figured by Leidy for
Zonites ligerus (Terr. Moll., U. S. I.).

The absence of the caudal mncnspore removes the species from
Zonites, nor can. it be placed in anjr recognized genus.

Limax Hewstoni, J. G. Coop.

California. Dr. Cooper.

PL VI., fig. F, represents the genitalia of this species, which I have
recently drawn from specimens kindly furnished by Dr. Cooper.
For description, see Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist, of N. Y., XI., p. 22.

Limax campestris, Binney, var. ocoidentalis.

California. Dr. J. G. Cooper. (See Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. of
Phila., 1872, 146, pi. III., fig. c.)

In outward appearance, in genitalia and in jaw, this form can-
not be distinguished from the eastern form. Its lingual membrane
has 35 — 1 — 35 teeth, 13 being laterals. On some of both the inner
and outer marginals I can detect the side spur which in the eastern
form I have only observed in the outer marginals. In this par-
ticular, ocoidentalis is more nearly allied to L. mo nt anus, Inger-
soll,' but when the value of differences in such slight details
becomes known, I believe all three species will be found identical.

PL VI., fig. x, 6, gives two inner marginals.

Onohidella borealis, Dall.

Alaska. Dr. W. IT. Dall.

In three specimens examined I found a jaw (pi. VI., fig. bb), low,
wide, slightly arcuate, ends scarcely attenuated, blunt, anterior
surface ribless.

Lingual membrane (pi. VI., fig. ee) long and wide. Teeth about
61 — 1 — 61, arranged strongly en chevron. The central tooth is
large, longer than wide, truncated above, expanded below its
middle, and incurved at the basal margin. The reflection is large,
tricuspid, each cusp bearing a decided cutting point. The side
teeth have a long, narrow base of attachment, a small portion of
its upper portion thrown outwards, the balance curving inwards,
giving an irregular bow-shape to the whole base of attachment —

1 This is the species indicated hy me as L. Ingcrsolli, in Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila., 1873, 176.

187G.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 185

whose upper and lower edges tire abruptly truncated. The reflec-
tion is near the base, and consists of a very small, inner cusp,
bearing a small conical cutting point, and another, outer, larger
cusp, bearing an extraordinarily developed, wide, expanding,
bluntly truncated cutting point. As the teeth pass outwards
towards the outer margin of the membrane, they at first increase
and then decrease in size, but retain the same shape quite to the
edge.

An outer lateral tooth is figured in c, an inner lateral in b.

Fig. e, of plate VI., gives a view of the lower surface of the
animal and also one of the head, showing the short, stout eye
peduncles and curious oral appendages.

The Onchidiiclse are described as agnathous, but I am confident
of having observed the jaw figured.

Ariolimax Columbianus, Gld.

From Mr. 0. B. Johnson, of Forest Grove, Oregon, I have
received specimens of this species. On examining the genitalia,
I find them to agree perfectly with what I have already figured in
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. of Phila., 1874, pi. XI., fig. c. I am con-
vinced, therefore, of the identity of the specimens there figured, of
which some doubt then existed.

Binneya notabilis, W. G. B.

Sta. Barbara Island, California, Mr. Henry Hemphill.

PI. VI., fig. v, represents almost the whole of the genital system.
The penis sac is long, narrow, tapering at its apex, where it receives
the vas deferens : the retractor muscle is inserted below the
entrance of the latter. The genital bladder is oval, on a long,
narrow duct. There is a small, saclike, accessory organ, probably
a dart sac.

Carelia bicolor, Jay.

Dr. W. H. Dall.

Through the kindness of Dr. Dall, I have been able to examine
this species, formerly known as Achatina bicolor. Thus I have
increased the list of subgenera or groups of Achatinella of Gulick's
arrangement, whose jaw and lingual dentition is known, leaving
still to be examined Newcombia only of the same arrangement.

It will be seen from my description, that while Carelia (or at
least this species) differs utterly in jaw and dentition from Gulick's
Achatinella s. s., Bulimella, Apex, Partulina, Auriculella, it agrees
13

186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

in dentition with his Laminella, Amastra, Leptachatina, but differs
in having a costate jaw. Oarelia, therefore, must stand distinct
from any of the other groups of Achatinella.

My description and figures should be studied in connection with
my former papers on Achatinella in Annals of Lyceum of Natural
History of New York, Vol. X., p. 331, pi. xv., and Vol. XL, p. 190,
pi. xiv., in the preparation of which I was assisted by Mr. Bland.

The animal is obtuse before, pointed behind. The mantle
appears subcentral in the single individual examined, which is
preserved in alcohol. The orifice of respiration and anal orifice
are as usual in the heliciform genera. The genital orifice as far
as I can judge is somewhat removed from behind the right eye
peduncle, rather under the mantle edge, but it is difficult to say
what is its position in the living animal. There is no sign of a
distinct locomotive disk or of a caudal mucus pore.

The jaw (pi. VI., fig. g) is low, slightly arcuate, with but little
attenuated, blunt ends: anterior surface with ten stout ribs, den-
ticulating either margin.

Lingual membrane (pi. VI., fig. cc) long and narrow. Teeth
St — 1 — 37 of same t}rpe as I have formerly described (1. c.) for
species of Laminella, Amastra, and Leptachatina, the marginals
being irregularly and obliquely pectinate as in Achlla. obesa (1. c).

The digestive system, as would be anticipated from the shape
of the shell, is characterized by the extreme length of the oeso-
phagus. The salivary ducts are comparatively short. The sali-
vary glands are small and in a globular mass around the oesophagus.
The buccal mass with its pouch of the lingual membrane is as
usual: its retractor muscle is attached to the retractor of the head.

The genitalia are here figured (pi. VI., fig. o). It will be seen
that there is in the specimen examined a decided external swelling
of both male and female (the former, female (f. o.), large and horn-
shaped, the latter, male (m.o.), small and globular) organs; owing,
perhaps, to the sudden immersion of the individuals in alcohol.
The gravid state of the uterus precludes the possibility of these
swellings being preparatory to accouplement This condition of
the external orifices accounts for the wide separation of the genital
bladder from the vagina, and of the accessory organ (]>r.) from
the penis sac. The figure is of life size, all the organs having been
accurately measured. The testicle (/.) is composed of short caeca
grouped in a globular mass. The epididymis (ep.) is short and

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 187

greatl}T convoluted. The ovary (o.) is obtusely tongue-shaped and
lobate. The oviduct is sacciform and contained two well-developed
embryonic shells, showing the species to be viviparous, as well as
four masses, probably consisting of less mature embryos. The
genital bladder is small, suboval, on a short duct.. The penis sac
(p. s.) is long, cylindrical, with a developed, extended median con-
striction. The vas deferens (v. d.) enters the apex of the penis
sac: the retractor muscle (r.p.) of the penis is inserted just above
the entrance. There is a long, narrow, accessory organ (pr.)
with an extended median constriction to the penis sac, perhaps a
dart sac or prostate gland. There is a stout retractor muscle (r.)
to the external horn-shaped swelling of the male orifice.

Microphysa incrustata, Poey.

Corpus Christi, Texas. A dried specimen collected over thirty
years ago by Mr. Bartlett.

Jaw low, wide, slightly arcuate, ends blunt, but little attenuated :
anterior surface with numerous, crowded ribs, bluntly denticu-
lating the lower margin.

Lingual membrane (pi. YL, fig. t) with 13 — 1 — 13 teeth, 5 per
feet laterals. The teeth are of same type as in other species of
Microphysa^ as Ingersolli (Ann. Lye. of N. H. of X. Y., XL, pi.
xviii., fig. c). The jaw also resembles that of Microphysa rather
than Patula, to which I formerly referred the species. Von Mar-
tens places it in Microphysa. Fig. b shows marginal teeth.

Triodopsis inflecta, Say.

Indiana. Mr. F. Stein.

Genitalia as in T. Bugeli. See Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist, of X. Y.,
XL, pi. xvi., fig. 18.

Turricula tuberculosa, Conr.

Palestine. A dried specimen in Mr. Bland's collection.

Lingual membrane (pi. VI., fig. J) long and narrow. Teeth 28 —
1 — 28. Centrals and laterals without decided side cusps or cut-
ting points, but the central cutting point has a decided lateral
bulge. Marginals low, wide, with one inner, oblique, large bifid
cutting point, and two outer smaller cutting points. A marginal
is shown in /'.

Jaw with numerous, crowded, broad, flat ribs, denticulating,
either margin.

188 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [18T6.

Helix mouodon, Rackett.

Indiana. Mr. F. Stein.

Genitalia (pi. VL, fig. q) characterized especially by a very nn-
proportionally large penis sac, which is long, club-shaped, greatly
enlarged above, where it receives the vas deferens and retractor
muscle. The genital bladder is elongate-oval, small, on a short,
delicate duct. The epididymis is convoluted throughout its length.
Polygyra Postelliana, Bland.

Charleston, S. C. Mr. W. G. Mazyck.

Genitalia as in P. auriculata. (See Leidy in Binney's Terr.
Moll. U. S. I.)

Jaw as usual in the genus: over 12 ribs. Lingual membrane
(pi. VI., fig. z) as in P. Hazardi. (See Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,
1875, pi. viii., fig. 5.) The change from laterals to marginals is
very gradual, and formed without the splitting of the inner cutting
point. There are 21 — 1 — 21 teeth with about 7 laterals. Extreme
marginals are shown in b.
Polygyra Dorfeuilleana, Lea.

A dried specimen long preserved in my cabinet furnished the
lingual membrane here described.

Teeth (pi. VL, fig. u) 20—1—20, with 9 laterals, the tenth tooth
having its inner cutting point bifid. Base of attachment subequi-
lateral of central and lateral teeth. All the teeth of same type
as in P. auriculata. (See Ann. L}tc. of Nat. of N. Y., XL, pi. xviii.,
fig. E.)
Polygyra avara, Say.

Banks of St. John's River, Florida. Mr. Chas. Dury.

It is with peculiar satisfaction that I give these details, as it is
one of our rarest species.

Jaw as usual in the genus, with over 12 ribs. (See Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., 1875, p. 201.)

Lingual membrane as usual in the genus (see same, p. 202).
The change from laterals into marginals is shown in the 0th tooth,
which is the first having a bifid inner cutting point. There are
17—1—17 teeth. PI. VL, fig. y.
Caracolus sagemon, Beck.

Gonave Island. Prof. Linden to Mr. Bland.

On pi. B, fig. go, I figure the dentition of the specimens described
in full by Mr. Bland in Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist, of N. Y., XL, 197
(1875).

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 189

Mesodon major, Binn.

This species (or form of albolabris) was found b}' me near Aiken,
S. C, but still larger specimens, at Macon, Ga., in the City Ceme-
tery, by Mr. H. S. Crooke. The form seems to inhabit a narrow
strip of territory east of the mountains from Abbeville, S. C, to
the Gulf of Mexico. The largest specimen I have ever seen is 48
mill, in its greater diameter.

The jaw, lingual dentition, and genitalia agree with those of
albolabris. Fig. i, of plate VI., represents the genital system of
one individual examined, in which the ovary is very small, and the
genital bladder unequally divided, both points differing from those
of other individuals examined. This shows us we should allow
some latitude of variation in the details of the genital system of
any given species.

Aglaja fidelis, Gray.

Oregon. Mr. 0. B. Johnson.

On pi. VI., fig. P, I give a more satisfactory figure of the geni-
talia of this species than formerly published b}' me. The organ x
in the specimens recently examined was greatly developed. The
organ is a dart sac, which contained a dart of the type described
below under Arionta Mormonum.

Arionta Mormonum, Pfr.

Tulumne Co., California. Mr. A. W. Crawford.

PI. VI., fig. s, represents the genitalia. The general appearance
is that of A. fidelis, as formerly described by me (see below), but
there is an additional accessory organ (q.)*, of use unknown to me.
The organ, r, is a dart sac. The dart is short, stout, straight,
swollen at its base, and with an enlarged acutely pointed apex
(pi. VI., fig. k). Upon the vagina, above the insertion of the penis
sac, is a ridge-like process (s.) containing in three individuals
examined one round, and one oblong calcareous nodule (pi. VI.,
fig. j). I suspect the organ 14, noticed in fidelis (Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila., 1873, pi. I., fig. 5) corresponds with this process.

Jaw as usual in Arionta: 7 ribs.

Lingual membrane (pi. VI., fig. b) as usual in Arionta. Teeth
50 — 1 — 50, with 15 laterals, the 16th tooth having its inner cutting
point bifid.
Arionta sequoicola, J. G. Coop.

Santa Cruz, California. Mr. II. Hemphill.

The genital system (pi. VI., fig. r) is like that of Arionta Traski.

190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

(See Ann. Lye. of Nat. Hist, of X. Y., XL, pi. VI., fig. IV.) The
accessor}- bulb upon the vaginal prostate is somewhat differently
situated in this species. The extreme length of the genital system
is eighty-seven millimetres.

Jaw and lingual membrane already described. (See Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sei. Phila., 1874, pi. XIV., fig. 5.)

Arionta Califomiensis, Lea.

^Monterey. Mr. H. Hemphill.

Jaw already described.

Lingual membrane with 53 — 1 — 53. Teeth as usual in the
genus (see above). The side cusp and cutting point appears on
the 9th tooth. The inner cutting point of the 25th is bifid, so that
there are about 24 laterals (pi. VI., fig. w).

The genitalia are as in A. Nickliniana alread}' described.

Arionta Dupetithouarsi, Desh.

Monterey. Mr. H. Hemphill.

Jaw as usual in the genus, with four, separated, stout ribs.

Lingual membrane with 50 — 1 — 50 teeth. There are no distinct
side cusps or cutting points on the centrals or first laterals, though
there is a lateral bulge on the large cutting point. The distinct
side cusp and cutting point appears on the ninth tooth. There
are about nineteen laterals, the twentieth tooth having its inner
cutting point bifid. The marginals are as usual in the genus (pi.
VI., fig. u).

Genitalia as in A. Traski (1. c). The penis sac is more slender
and has no retractor muscle in the single individual examined by
me. The oviduct is greatly convoluted.

Glyptostoma Newberryanum, W. G. B.
San Diego, Cal. Henry Hemphill.
Genitalia (pi. VI., fig. ii). x is a dart sac or prostate gland.

Bulimulus Dormani, W. G. B.

Port Orange, Florida. Mr. Chas. Dury.

Jaw (pi. VI., fig. M, the central portion only) as usual in the
genus, arcuate, thin, transparent, ends acuminated, anterior sur-
face with about 54 plait-like ribs. The figure gives only a portion
of the jaw. The upper median ribs are very oblique.

Lingual membrane as in />'. laticinctus, primularis, papyraceus,
etc. Teeth TO— 1—79. PI. VI., fig. HH. This is the first species of

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 191

Bulimulus noticed within the United States having this peculiar
type of dentition.

Genitalia figured on pi. VI., fig. N. Penis sac very long and nar-
row, ending in a flagellum: vas deferens entering at about the
anterior fourth of its length. Genital bladder oval, on a long,
narrow duct. No accessory organs.

Bulimulus Edwardsi, Mor.

Lake Titicaca. Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

Jaw low, arcuate, ends rapidly acuminated, blunt: anterior sur-
face with over ten distant ribs, some of the usual Helix type, others
like the plait-like processes, common in Cylindrella, Bulimulus,
Gseotis, Aniphibulima, etc.

Lingual membrane (pi. VI., fig. dd) with 44 — 1 — 44 teeth. Cen-
trals of the usual Helicinse type, tricuspid: laterals like centrals,
unsymmetrical, and consequently bicuspid. The change to mar-
ginals very gradual, and formed by the simple modification of the
laterals, without any splitting of the inner cutting point.

Succinea ovalis, Gould, not Say.

Burlington, New Jersey.

Teeth over 60 — 1 — 60. Fig. b represents extreme marginals
(pi. VI., fig. A).

Jaw with smooth anterior surface and prominent median pro-
jection to the cutting edge.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.

Fig. A. Lingual dentition of Succinea ovalis.

Fig. B. " " Arionta Mormonum.

Fig. C. " " Zonites inornatus.

Fig. P. " " " fuliginosus.

Fie:. E. Onchidella borealis.

Fig. F. Genitalia of Limax Hewstoni.

Fig. G. Jaw of Carelia bicolor.

Fig. H. Genitalia of Glyptostoma Newberryanum.

Fig. I. " Mesodon major.

Fig. J. Lingual dentition of Turricula tuberculosa.

Fig. K. Part of B.

Fig. L. Calcareous concretions of B.

Fig. M. Jaw of Bulimulus Pormani, central portion.

192 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

Fig. N. Genitalia of M.
Fig. 0. " Carelia bicolor.

t. Testicle.

ep. Epididymis.

o. Ovary.

ovid. Oviduct.

g. b. Genital bladder.

p. s. Penis sac.

r. p. Retractor penis.

r. Retractor.

pr. Prostate gland?.

v. d. Vas deferens.

m. o. Male orifice.

f. o. Female orifice.

e. t. External tegument.

F
F
F
F

F
F
F
F
F
F
F

g. P. Genitalia of Aglaja fidelis.

g. Q. " Stenotrema monodon.

g. R. " Arionta sequoicola.

g. S. " B.

g. T. Lingual dentition of Microphysa incrustata.

b. Marginals,
g. TJ. Lingual dentition of Arionta Dupetithouarsi.
g. Y. Genitalia of Binneya notabilis.
?. W. " Arionta Californiensis.

g. X. " Limax occidentalis.

b. Inner marginals,
g. Y. Lingual dentition of Polyg3'ra avara.
g. Z. " " " Postelliana.

g. AA. " " Macrocyclis sportella.

s:. BB. Jaw of E.

g. CC. Lingual dentition of G.
g. DD. " " Bulimulus Edwardsi.

g. EE. " " E.

b. Inner marginals,
e. Outer marginals.
Fig. FF. Lingual dentition of Polvgyra Perfeuillcana.
Fig. GG. " " Caracolus sagemon.

Fig.IIH. " " M.

18*76.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 193

October 3.

The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair.

Thirty-six members present.

A paper entitled " On the Extrusion of the Seminal Products in
Limpets, with some Remarks on the Plryllogeny of Docoglossa,"
by W. H. Dall, was presented for publication.

Bituminous Sediment of the Schuylkill River. — Prof. Leidy
remarked that he had been recently invited by Dr. Josua Lindahl,
Secretary of the Swedish Commission, who had at his command a
small steamer, to make the experiment of dredging in the Schuyl-
kill River. He had accepted the invitation in the expectation of
finding abundance of the smaller aquatic animals, such as he had
sparingly detected on stones near shore below low-water mark,
just below Fairmount dam. The dredging was tried near the
mouth of the Schuylkill, but no living thing whatever was drawn
up, as the mud and sand were black and saturated with bitumi-
nous oil. This latter fact was unexpected, and would appear to
illustrate the mode of formation of more ancient bituminous shales.
The refuse of the city gas-works, and probably of some coal-oil
refineries, run into the river. The oils appear to have an affinity
for the particles of clay carried down the river, and, precipitating,
become bituminous sediments at the bottom. In the same manner
oils, from a profusion of decomposing animals, and probably also
plants, supplied the sedimentary muds of ancient shales. Many
even of the lowest plants contain abundance of oil, and it may be
observed in such forms as Vaucheria, Diatomes, etc.

Fertilization in Beans. — Mr. Meehan observed that in all the
discussions on the injurious effect of close breeding in flowers,
and the consequent theories of cross fertilization, nearly all the
arguments were drawn from structure. We are asked to note
certain arrangements, and then to believe that certain results must
follow. He preferred to watch the plants in their actions, and in
the results of their actions when excluded from external agencies,
believing it the more practical way and preferable to the theoretical
one. One of his friends who thought he was wrong in limiting
insect agency to a few plants, and in questioning the injury from
vegetable close breeding, had been giving for some months past a
series of articles in proof of his side, which was the generally ac-
cepted view. Of course the position of his friend was entitled to
all the benefit to be derived from structural arrangement ; but
when he referred to actual behavior in plants, it came within the
province he had marked out for himself. In the last paper there
was an instance of this kind. After noting how the flowers of

194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1876.

Phaseolus, the common bean, were formed ; and the supposed im-
possibility of fertilization by its own pollen, the paragraph con-
cludes as follows: "The machinery tells its own story plainly.
The confirmation is familiar to all who know beans and their
facility of mixing when different varieties are grown together."
Mr. M. said he claimed to " know beans" for thirty years past;
and had grown large numbers of varieties side by side, saving
seed from them and re-sowing, and had never known a single case
of admixture from this close proximity. The various kinds of
both Beans and Peas in cultivation were in all cases evolutions,
or, as would be commonly said, " sports or accidents," or were
the results of actual manipulations by skilful seed raisers. He
had no hesitation in saving that his friend was utterly wrong in
his impression of the facts; that he did not "know beans;" and
the fact that beans would not mix, though so close together, and
so freely visited by bees, was an excellent argument against in-
stead of for the generally received theories of insect cross fertili-
zation.

Fruit of Akebia quinala. — Mr. Thomas Meeiian exhibited a-
fruit from a plant grown by Mr. W. Canby, of Wilmington, Del.,
who had three fruits from two old plants, and they were the first
fruits he had heard of, after twenty years of extensive cultivation
in America. In China and Japan, where it is a native, it is
regarded as an edible fruit, and, inferring from its having a ver-
nacular name, Fugi-Kadsura-Akebi, the fruit is probably common
there. Attempts had been made to induce fruitfulness here by
cross fertilization, but they had failed. It was not, therefore, a
question of fertilization, but one of nutrition. The fruit is as large
and of the appearance of a papaw (Asimina triloba), but opens on
one side as in a follicle of Asclepias, disclosing the long column
of parietal seeds. Mr. M. pointed out by it the difference between
the Lardizabilaceous and Menispermaceous orders.

Note on Phallus fostidus. — Mr. Meehan exhibited specimens of
what he supposed to be a variety of this fungus. It was very rare
with him, the last time it had appeared on his grounds was seven
years ago. Its brilliant scarlet color and strong fetid odor would
have attracted attention had it been in existence during that time.
It was doubtful if any existed in the vicinity, and it was an inte-
resting question whether the spores or mycelium had been in the
ground all that while, or whether it had been recently brought as
a spore in the atmosphere. But the main point he wished to draw
attention to was the attraction the fetid plant had for meat flies.
They abounded on the plants. The common toad plant of green-
houses (Stapelia oariegata) attracted these in the same way, and
it was said to be a scheme to aid the plant in cross fertilization,
the stench attracting the flies, and inducing them to deposit eggs
under the impression it was rotten meat; though what benefit it

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 195

was to the fty to be thus fooled had never been made clear to him.
In the ease of this fungus, however, it would hardly be contended
that the flies had been deceived for the purposes of fertilization,
nor could he understand why " in-and-in breeding," if bad for
phamogams, should not be injurious to a fungus as well.

October 10.

Mr. Vaux, "Vice-President, in the chair.

Thirty-two members present.

Destructive Coleoptera. — Dr. Le Conte mentioned that a small
Coleopterous insect had recently proved quite destructive to car-
pets in houses in Albany and neighboring towns in New York.
Mr. J. A. Lintner had sent him some specimens of the larvae a few
weeks ago, which proved to belong to some species of Dermestidae,
of unfamiliar form. Recently Mr. Lintner succeeded in rearing
one of the larvae, and sent the imago for examination. It was
immediately recognized as Anthrenus scrophulariae, a very com-
mon European species, not before reported as occurring in the
United States. Herbst, Kafer, vii. 328, mentions that the larvae
destroy natural history collections, clothes, furs, leather, and edi-
bles (Esswaaren).

Remarks on the Structure of Precious Opal. — Prof. Leidy stated
that Signor A. G. Arevalo, proprietor of one of the opal mines in
Queretaro, Mexico, had recentty called upon him, and exhibited
a large collection of cut opals of various kinds, comprising the
milk-white opal with a rich harlequin display of colors, the less
valued transparent glass}' variety with rich hues, and the red fire
opal of different shades, also displaying the play of colors of the
spectrum. From among them he had selected several which he
exhibited to the Academy as illustrating in an unusually distinct
manner the structure of the precious opal.

One of the specimens is white opal, emiting on one side from
the free surface a brilliant display of colors. These are reflected
from facets ranging from ^ to 1 mm. in breadth, and of irregular

polyhedral form, as represented in figure 1.
The facets are distinctly separated by fis-
sures, which, in the polishing of the stone,
have become more or less filled with dirt,
and they appear to form the surface of a
mosaic pavement laid on a basis of amor-
phous opal, of which the other side of the
specimen consists. The facets are distinctly
striate ; the striae being parallel on the same
Fif 1 facet, but changing in direction on the differ-

cut ones, though pursuing the same general
course over comparatively large areas, as represented in the same

196

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1876-

Fie. 2.

figure. The striae, or tubes as Sir David Brewster considered
them to he, vary in degree of fineness; some apparently being
double or more the thickness of others. He had not attempted
to measure them accurately, but they appear to be about the size
of the lines in the ordinary micrometer eye-piece of the microscope.
There appeared usually to be about 4 or 5 stria? in the space of
^-th of a mm.

Another specimen is a dark carnelian-hued fire-opal, which
exhibits in directly looking upon it, just beneath the surface, a
patch of round or oval spots of a deeper hue. The spots range
from ^th to 1 mm. in breadth, and are separated by interspaces

from ith to §th of a mm. The appearance
of a portion of the specimen magnified is
represented in figure 2. The spots appear as
lenticular disks with finely striated surfaces;
the strise being parallel, and on the different
spots pursuing nearljr the same course.
Viewed at a certain angle, they mainly emit
a rich o-olden-green hue.

In another opaque white specimen, emitting
rich hues, the striated facets are more or less
isolated by amorphous opal, and vary much
in size, as represented in the magnified figure 3. The smaller
facets are generally irregularly oval ; the larger ones appear to

be made up of an Aggregate of the smaller
kind. Over comparatively large areas,
the striie of the different facets pursue
nearly the same direction, but in contigu-
ous areas the}' even pursue quite opposite
directions, as represented in figure 3. On
the larger patches, also, as I have at-
tempted to represent them, the striae are
not perfectly continuous, but appear to be
rather interrupted in bands. On another
part of the same opal the brilliant patches would appear to per-
tain to cylindroid or fusiform rods of the striated opal imbedded
in amorphous opal, as represented in figure 4.
The striae in these rods appear to be arranged in
regular parallel layers, so that either longitudinal
or transverse sections give rise to the appearance
of parallel striie.

From these specimens precious opals would
appear to be constituted of an aggregation of
particles of a striated or finely tubular structure
which may be imbedded in a basis of more
amorphous opal. When isolated by the latter,
the particles may appear as lenticular disks, round or oval balls,
or cylindrical rods with rounded ends and of variable length.
When closely aggregated, these particles become more or less

iLLi

Fie. 3.

Fie. 4.

1876.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

197

polyhedral. The particles in section in any direction present a
striated appearance, and, according to the varying fineness of the
striae, and their inclination, emit the varied hues for which the
precious opal is so much admired.

Observations on Rhizopods. — Prof. Leidy stated that last July,
in the sphagnum swamps of Tobyhanna, Pocono Mt., Monroe Co.,
Pa., he noticed an abundance of a Rhizopod which he thought he
had not previously seen, and which he at first supposed to be an
undescribed species, but which he now viewed as a variety of
Hyalosphenia ligata. From this, as previously described, it
differs in the test being of a pale sienna color, and perhaps of
greater thickness, but otherwise is like it. The test is compressed
pyriform, with the length and breadth nearly or about equal, and
the thickness one-half. The lateral borders are obtusely rounded.
The mouth is transversely oval. The sarcode is colorless, and
attached to the inside of the test by diverging threads. The
pseudopods are usually from two to three. Measurements, .08
mm. long and broad, and .036 thick, with the mouth .02 broad
and .008 wide. Others varied from .06 long and .08 broad, to .092
long by .064 broad.

In observing the Pocono variety of Hyalosphe7iia ligata, and
the beautiful and well-marked species Hyalosphenia papilio, he
detected an important point of structure which previously had
escaped his notice. In the active condition of these, and other
Difliugians, they are seen with one or more pseudopods extended
from the mouth of the test, to the margin of which the sarcode is
attached, as well as by diverging threads to various points of the
interior of the test. The interval between the body of the sarcode
and the interior of the test is occupied with water. The extent of
the interval increases with the increase in number and extent of

protrusion of the pseudopods, and also varies
according to the degree of emptiness or reple-
tion with food of the sarcode body. When
the pseudopods are withdrawn into the mouth
of the test, the mass of the sarcode expands
in a corresponding ratio, and the threads of
attachment to the inside of the test contract
in length. The intervening water appears to
be displaced through small apertures of the
lateral borders and fundus of the test, which
exist in numbers usualty from two to half a
dozen or more, as represented in the figure.
While speaking of Rhizopods, he would
Hyalosphenia papiiio. ask the indulgence of the Academ}r to listen
The arrows are directed to some remarks on recent observations on
to two of the apertures the habitg of several species of Amoeba.

through which the water ^ „ , . *■ - . , , . . ,

escapes when the animal 0lie °f tllG SPeCieS °f AmcEUa wh.ch he

retracts its pseudopods. had most commonly seen, he took to be the

198 PROCEEDINGS OE THE ACADEMY OP [1876.

Amoeba verrucosa of Ehrenberg, with which the A. natans of
Perty, and ihe A. terricola of Greet", appeared to him to be
synonymous. This species he had found in many places: in the
crevices of the brick pavement in the yard attached to his residence,
in brick ponds, in the ooze of the rocky shores of the Schuylkill
River, in sphagnum swamps, in marsh mud, etc. It is remarkable
for its sluggish character; and in appearance reminds one of a
little pile of epithelial scales, or fragment of dandruff from the
head. Appearing quadrately oval or rounded, transparent, and
more or less wrinkled, or marked with delicate wavy lines ; the
pseudopods rise in short obtuse mammillaiy eminences or wave-
like ridges, the summits of which are composed of transparent
ectosarc, while the central portion of the bod}' is occupied by a
thin, pale, diffused, and finely granular entosarc. This contains
one or more vesicles, usually one, which very slowly enlarges, and
then less slowly collapses. In addition, as part of the structure,
an oval granular nucleus is sometimes visible. The food contents
generally appear not to be abundant, and often the creature
appears to be empty of food altogether. The character of its food
is the same as with other species of Amoeba. It not unfrequently
feeds on Difflugians. In a specimen from sphagnum water, from
Vineland, N. J., last August, he observed an individual, about the
y'o of a millimetre, containing a Difflugia and a Trinema together.
As observed by him, the species ranges from fa to ^ of a milli-
metre in diameter.

On the morning of August 2T, from some mud adhering to the
roots of Sparganiuvi) obtained the day previously in a nearly
dried-up marsh, at Bristol, Pa., he obtained a drop of material for
examination with the microscope. After a few moments he
observed an Amoeba verrucosa, nearly motionless, empty of food,
with a large central contractile vesicle, and measuring fa of a
millimetre in diameter. Within a short distance of it, and moving
directly towards it, was another and more active Amoeba, the
species of which he was not positive. It was, perhaps, the one
described by Dujardin as A. Umax, by which name, for the present
purpose, it may be called. As first noticed, this Amoeba was
limaciform, £ of a millimetre long, with a number of conical
pseudopods projecting from the front broader end, which was ^ of
a mm. wide. The creature contained a number of spherical food
vacuoles with sienna-colored contents, a large diatome filled with
endochrome, besides several clear vacuoles, a posterior contractile
vesicle, and the usual granular entosarc. The A. Umax approached
and came into contact with the motionless A. verrucosa. Moving
to the right, it left a long linger-like pseudopod curved around its
lower half, and then extended a similar one around the upper half
until it met the first pseudopod. After a few moments the ends of
the two pseudopods actually became connate (the second time he
had observed this phenomenon), and the A. verrucosa was inclosed

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 199

in the embrace of the A. Umax. The latter assumed a perfectly
circular outline, and after awhile a uniformly smooth surface; but
the central contractile vesicle remained in the same condition, nor
did he once observe it enlarge or collapse. The A. Umax now
moved away with its new capture, and after a short time what had
been the head end contracted, became wrinkled and villous in
appearance, while from what had been the tail end a number (ten)
of conical pseudopods projected. The A. verrucosa assumed an
oval form, and the contractile vesicle became indistinct, without
collapsing. Moving on, the A. Umax became more slug-like in
shape, measuring about \ m. long, by ^\ m. broad. The A. verru-
cosa now appeared inclosed in a large oval clear vacuole, was
constricted so as to be gourd-shaped, and had lost all traces of its
contractile vesicle. Subsequently, the A. verrucosa was doubled
upon itself; and at this period, the A. Umax discharged from one
side of the tail end, the siliceous case of the diatome, which now
contained only a shrivelled cord of endochrome. Later the
A. verrucosa was broken up into five spherical granular balls, and
these gradually became obscured and apparently diffused among
the granular contents of the entosarc of the A. Umax. At one
moment the live granular balls derived from the A. verrucosa
appeared to be contained in three vacuoles, and the A. Umax had
a more contracted and radiate form, and then measured T!2 m. in
diameter.

The observation, from the time of the seizure of the A. verrucosa
to its digestion, or disappearance among the granular matter of
the entosarc of the A. Umax, occupied seven hours.

From naked Amoeba?, the test protected rhizopods were no
doubt evolved, and it is a curious sight to observe them swallowed,
home and all, to be digested out of their home, just as the con-
tents of diatomes Are digested. It was also interesting to observe
the cannibal Amoeba swallowing another, and appropriating its
structure to its own, just as we might do a piece of flesh, com-
pletely, without there being any excrementitious matter to be
voided.

Habits of Formica rufa — Mr. McCook, speaking of the habits of
Formica rufa, stated that the ants descending the tree-paths, with
abdomens swollen with honey'-dew (called by him Repletes), were
arrested at the foot of the trees by workers from the hill seeking
food. Galleries communicating with the hill, opened at these points,
around and in which numbers of ants were huddled engaged in
drawing or bestowing rations of honey-dew. Similar commissary
stations were found under the stones nearby. The replete reared
upon her hind legs, and placed her mouth to the mouth of the pen-
sioner, who assumed the same rampant posture. Frequently two,
sometimes three pensioners were thus fed at once by one replete.
Apparently the workers engaged in building at the hill and galleries

200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

had thus resorted to these feeding places to obtain ordinary food,
in the same manner that queens, males, and young ants receive
it, viz., by disgorgement from the abdomens of repletes. The
hitter commonly yielded the hone3'-dew complacently, but some-
times were seized and arrested by the pensioners, occasionally
with great vigor.

A number of experiments were described leading to the con-
clusion that there was complete amity between the ants of a large
portion of the field, embracing some 1G00 hills and countless mil-
lions of creatures. Insects from hills widely separated always
fraternized completely when transferred. A number of ants
collected from various hills fraternized in an artificial nest, har-
moniously building galleries and caring for the cocoons.

It was found that ants immersed in water when replaced upon
the hills were invariably attacked as enemies; the assailants, being
immersed, were themselves in turn assaulted. A number of ex-
periments were made which indicated that the bath had tempora-
rily destroj^ed the peculiar odor or other property by which the
insects recognized their fellows.

The variety of F. rufa which had colonized in vast numbers on
the cliff at Rockland opposite the steamboat landing, as observed
for the last three summers, were found that morning to have aban-
doned the place. No trace of them could be seen in the vicinity.
The crowds of human beings who occupied the spot during the
late International regatta had evidently dispersed the republic.

October 17.

The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair.

Thirty-six members present.

A paper entitled " Descriptions of some Vertebrate Remains
from the Fort Union Beds of Montana," by Edward D. Cope, was
presented for publication.

October 24.
The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair.
Thirty-seven members present.

On Webs of Nexo Species of Spiders. — Mr. McCook called
attention to several new species of spiders, with the view to
illustrate the existence of mixed habits in construction of the
web. The first of the two great groups of the Aranere, viz., the

187G.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 201

Sedentary Spiders, consists of the four sub-orders, (1) orb-
weavers {Orbitelarise), (2) line-weavers (Betitelariae), ('A) tube-
weavers (Tubitelarise), and (4) tunnel-weavers ( Territelarise).

The first web, that of Epeira triaranea, n. sp., exhibits quite
distinctly the characteristics of the first three of the above
sub-orders. The orb, which is the primary characteristic of
the snare of this arachnid, is partially inclosed by a web having
quite as distinctly the characteristics of the line-weavers. This
secondary snare extends several inches above the orb. At the
top is a tertiary snare characteristic of the third sub-order. It is
a mortar-shaped tube, of white, close textured silk, opening down-
ward. Within this the spider dwells, clasping with its fore-claws
a thick thread or free radius which is attached to the centre of the
orb. He had not been able to determine whether the secondary
snare is used, as with the line-weavers, in taking prey, or is pos-
sibly a simple protection against hymenopterous enemies. The
tube or tent is quite frequent in connection with the orb-weaver's
snare, but the mixture of the line-weaver's habit is rare, having
been observed in but one other Epeiroid, Epeira labyrinthea of
Hentz, the architecture of which was described. A possible
exception was noted in the web of Argiope fasciata, one of the
most beautiful and interesting of our indigenous spiders. In three
instances the orb-shaped web of A. faaciata was found protected
on either side by a cone-shaped mass of right lines. In all other
webs of the same species observed, this mixed habit was not in-
dicated. Possibly it may be in the course of development. It
was suggested that the use of this auxiliary web might be to
protect the snare from destruction, or to save the animal from
enemies. A like tendency to mixed webs was observed in a new
species of tube-weaver named provisionally Tegenaria philuteichos.
It is found in vast numbers upon the brick walls and fences of
our city. Its web shows distinctly the characteristics of the orb-
weaver's snare in the radial lines issuing from the opening or
openings of the central tube. These lines are overlaid upon each
other, and with the adhering street dust, present the appearance of
rude lace-work. The outside of the wall seems curiously to be
preferred. The apparent affinity of this spider to Ergatis benigaa
of Europe, and Theridion morolugum Hentz, was shown by photo-
graph and description. The latter named spider much resembles
T. philoteichos in appearance, although uniformly of a far lighter
hue. Its web, cocoon, and general habits greatly differ. The one
appears to be a creature of the city, the other of the fields.

14 -/^

^*a\

202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

October 31.

The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair.

Thirty-five members present.

A paper entitled " Descriptions of Vertebrate Remains chiefly
from the Ashley Phosphate Beds of North Carolina," by Jos.
Leidy, M.D., was presented for publication.

Self-fertilization in Mentzelia ornata. — Mr. ThoMAS Meeiian
referred to an objection made during his remarks on this plant
some weeks ago, that a flower which had produced a perfect cap-
sule under a gauze bag to exclude insects, mightj-et not produce
perfect seeds. The capsule was now ripe, and the seed perfect.

Direct Growth Force in Roots. — Mr. Meehan spoke of the direct
growth-force in roots, as illustrated by some specimens of the
White Hickory (Carya tomentosa) exhibited. The Hickories
during the first few years of their growth developed far more
beneath than above the surface. He had seen Pecan Nuts
{Carya olivsef brmis), with weak stems not two feet high, have
tap roots six feet long. In the one year hickory now exhibited,
the tap root was three times the length of the stem. In one plant,
however, the young radicle, instead of pushing through the cleft
made by the separated shell, had been directed into the shell, and in
its fruitless effort to penetrate the wall, had lingered so long, that
the upper portion had grown so large as to prevent egress. The
root, therefore, instead of making a slender growth of eighteen
inches long, had simply made a bulb of about three quarters of an
inch in diameter with the shell of the nut attached to it.

Interpretation of varying Forms. — Mr. Thos. Meehan said that
William Bartram, in the last century, had found forms of Lirio-
<irii<lri>i> tulipifera on the Schuylkill River, as he had been informed
by his son-in-law, with entire leaves, but only this year had he suc-
ceeded in discovering them. Some of these leaves he exhibited.
He observed that years ago, such discoveries bad an interest in
themselves. Now the botanist expected to find entire leaved forms
among kinds usually lobed, or lobed ones among the entire leaved
class; the only value now in these discoveries is in any lesson
they might teach. -As a rule, he hesitated to refer to the unpub-
lished observations of others, preferring that the discoverers
should in their own good time and way, report what they had found;
but hoped to be pardoned on this occasion, for saying that on a
recent visit to the Academy, the distinguished botanist Dr. Kngel-

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 203

maim had pointed out that some oaks had lohed leaves even in early
infancy, while others had entire leaves, but that those which had
the early lobed leaves assumed more entire leaves when mature, and
those which had entire leaves when young, had lobed leaves when
fully grown. In many oaks which he had examined he found Dr.
Engelmann'a observation correct, and that it extended to many
other plants. The mulberries generally had lobed leaves in their
younger years, but when mature the leaves were uniformly entire;
and this was especially well known in the case of the Brousso-
netia. In young Japan Honeysuckles the leaves were querci-
form or variously lobed, while at maturity the tendency to union
was often remarkable. In the common ivy the halbert-shaped
leaves of youth, always gave place to lobeless forms when of fruit-
ing age. But it was in cruciferous plants that the differences
were best seen. Here lyrate or pinnatifid leaves in infancy often
gave place to entire ones as the plant grew, while there were
numberless instances in which entire juvenescent leaves gave place
to pinnatifid ones in adolescence. However, the point for the
present evening was, that there was often avast difference between
the leaves of a plant's early life, and their form in advanced age.
In Conifene he said this was well known. During the first few
months from seed, the different species in their several subdivi-
sions were so nearly alike, that it was almost impossible to tell
any one apart till a little age had brought divergence from the
original type. He exhibited some young Thujas to illustrate this.
The early Thujas all had ericoid leaves. In the forms which
we knew as Arbor Vitres, the condition which we were familiar
with was the secondary form. In these the leaves, which in
juvenescence were free and heath-like, had become almost wholly
united with the branches. But there were cases where the younsr
Arbor Vitres had never had power to leave their early condition.
They were the analogues of what we know in human nature as
imbeciles or feeble minded ; and of this class were man}- so-called
"Retinesporas," Biota Meldensis, and many Junipers and Thujas.
He had known the Thuja ericoides of gardens remain fifteen
years in this infantile state, and then only one of thousands to
regain the pure adolescent or fan-like arbor vitse form. In all
these cases it is important to notice that a comparative feebleness
of growth, and an absence more or less total of all disposition
to produce flowers, go with these continuously juvenescent char-
acters. With the appearance of sexual characters, there is a
change of form ; and, in proportion as this change is the more
marked, is the relative productiveness. The White Oak (Quercus
alba) which, during its first year, has entire leaves, has them lohed
at maturity ; and the trees which have them the most deeply lobed
are the most productive in acorns.

He found these observations to hold good in the entire leaved
Liriodendron. During the first year all tulip trees had entire

204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF £1876.

leaves, or at least more or less so in comparison with those which
the}' afterwards assume. These large trees with entire leaves had
merely retained their juvenescent form. The other attendant
characters of juvenescence were also present. The tree from
which the large entire leaf exhibited was taken had no signs of
ever having borne seeds. In one place he found two trees winch,
from surrounding circumstances, he should judge were probably
about the same age, and in every circumstance relating to nutri-
tion equally favored, one with very deeply cut leaves even to
the most feeble branch was covered with seed cones, and was
thirteen feet in circumference. The other had leaves almost entire,
with but few fruit, and a trunk of only eight feet round.

The danger was that in discussing laws of variation in connec-
tion with the origin of species we may overlook these sexual and
physiological changes. If one never having seen a Baltimore
oriole should notice particularly the brilliant plumage of the male
bird, and, without noticing the sex, compare it with the very dif-
ferent looking female bird, he would be very apt to think he had
found a "missing link" in a grand evolutionary chain. There
were many differences in animals which were recognized as having
their origin in obscure sexual laws, as well as many more unre-
cognized but probable ; and he believed these cases were far more
numerous in vegetation, and the}' would have to be carefully
eliminated from consideration in any stud}* on the origin of spe-
cies or the evolution of form in relation thereto.

Edwin A. Barber, H. F. Whitman, and Dr. W. Forwood, U. S.
A., were elected members.

Col. W. L. Ludlow was elected a correspondent.
The following papers were ordered to be printed :—

187C] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 205

ON THE MARINE FAUNAL REGIONS OF THE NORTH PACIFIC; AN
INTRODUCTORY NOTE TO THE REPORT ON ALASKAN HYDROIDS, BY
MR. CLARK.

BY W. II. DALL, U. S. COAST SURVEY.

Mr. Clark's paper is the first of what is hoped will form a series,
by different specialists, on the collections of marine invertebrates,
obtained by me, with the co-operation of my party and other per-
sons interested, during a period extending over nearly ten years.
The first explorations in that region were begun in 18G5, under
the direction of the late lamented Robert Kennicott, and by the
courteous co-operation of the officers of the Western Union Tele-
graph Compan}^. Since the death of Mr. Kennicott the direction
of the work has devolved upon me. By far the richest portion of
the invertebrate collections has been obtained between 1871 and
1875, while engaged on hydrographio work for the U. S. Coast
Survey. During the whole period mentioned the work has been
aided by the earnest co-operation of the Smithsonian Institution,
a circumstance to which is due a large part of our success.

Among those persons to whom we owe thanks for assistance in
forming the collections, and to whom I beg to express mj' sense
of indebtedness, are particularly to be mentioned Capt. E. E.
Smith, of San Francisco, whose energetic dredgings in the Arctic
Ocean have furnished nearly all our material from that region ;
Mr. Bernhard Bendel, formerly stationed at Unalashka ; and
Messrs. W. G. Hall, E. P. Herendeen, A. R. Hodgkins, Sylvanus
Bailey, Mark W. Harrington, Marcus Baker, and Wm. M. Xoj-es,
attached for shorter or longer periods to the Coast Survey party
under my charge. To the officers directing the U. S. Coast Survejr
I have been indebted for hearty co-operation.

In April, 1873, I gave a short notice of the principal faunal
regions into which the information gained in the field seemed to
permit the division of the coast of Alaska. Mr. Clark's independ-
ent reasoning from a study of the hydroids alone, confirms in
every particular the opinions then expressed, and information
gained since 1873, seems to offer only additional confirmation of
the views held by me at that time, with some interesting additions.

A brief statement of these views will be in place here.

The coast of Alaska and northwest America from Monterey,
California, north and west may be divided into three faunae.

206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1876.

I. The Oregonian Fauna.

This extends from Monterey to the Shumagin Islands.

II. The Aleutian Fauna.

The range of this province is from the Shumagins westward
throughout the Aleutian chain, and northward to the winter line
of floating ice in Bering Sea; a line extending westward from
Cape Newenham toward and grazing the Pribiloff group, and
thence to the western termination of the Aleutian chain, bounded
by the depth of the water in Bering Sea, extending probably to
no greater depth than five hundred fathoms, and entirely cut off
from the adjacent coasts of Asia.

III. The Arctic Fauna.

This well-recognized fauna passes in water over five hundred
fathoms in depth indefinitely southward on the ocean bottom. By
the shores it is limited by the winter line of floating ice, or water
of the temperature of thirty-two Fahrenheit at the surface, for a
certain proportion of the year.

The species belonging to this fauna creep southward along the
shores to the northernmost islands of Japan on the west coast and
Cape Newenham on the east coast of the ocean of this region.
Many of them extend even further south; as the species of Arctic
habitat have a greater facility of adaptation to other than their
normal conditions than those of any other existing fauna.

The material derived from the coasts of N. W. America, from
Cook's Inlet south and east, indicate a scries of Arctic colonies
in favored localities, the future exploration of which offers a labor
of the highest interest. These colonies are situated where the
depth of water, the drippings of glaciers, and the high and adja-
cent shores of the Great Archipelago, combine to reduce the
temperature of the water below its apparently normal isotherm.
Cook's Inlet affords one of them, one exists in the Gulf of Georgia,
and others only await further exploration.

In these colonies we find strictly Arctic species, such as nor-
mally abound in the vicinity of Icy Cape ; islands of polar life
surrounded by shoaler water; forms altogether alien to them. In
the absence of information as to depth and temperatures, collec-
tions made at such localities would indicate to the student only
inextricable confusion of different faunae.

The species of each fauna are not, of course, rigidly bound

1816.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 207

within the limits above set forth. According to their various
degrees of adaptability to the surroundings, the}' creep south or
north from their own proper region, until their limit of tempera-
ture is reached.

Nevertheless the course of currents, the changes in depth and
the variation in temperature, are so far co ordinate that the limits
herein mentioned may be taken as approximately exact for the
mass of species.

I would here reiterate the view published by me in 1 80S, that
temperature, and temperature alone, is the great- factor in deter-
mining the limits of marine faunae. Depth, salinity, specific
gravity, motion or quietness in the water, and geological character
of the shores and sea bottom have their influence in determining
the distribution and individual characters of particular species or
small groups of species ; but for marine faunae, all my field obser-
vations lead to but one conclusion, that they are absolutely de-
pendent on the water temperatures. It is hardly necessary to point
out, in view of recent deep sea i*esearches, that the ocean valleys
which so sharply separate adjacent fauna?, are in such cases valleys
of depressed temperature as well as depressed sea-bottom. Leav-
ing out strictly littoral or shore forms, restricted by the nature of
their food to very moderate depths, no case is known to me in
which a deep sea valley, not containing colder water than that on
either side of it, separates two great marine faunal provinces.
Local subfauna? are not here considered.

The geological formation supplies the elements of plant life ;
the phytophagous mollusks are distributed where they can obtain
their favorite food. All formations supply some alga?, and the
zoophagous mollusks can find some food almost an3rwhere. They
are therefore the best indices of faunal provinces in their own sub-
kingdom. Something similar is probably true of other groups of
marine animals. The mollusks are here referred to as the group
with which I have the greatest familiarity. A striking instance
of this local distribution is afforded by granitic areas. On the
Alaskan coast these appear to afford special opportunities for the
growth of the red or chlorospermous alga?. In granitic districts
they are quite abundant compared with Avhat we know of their
occurrence in sandstone or basaltic regions. Here also we find a
number of species which prefer red alga? as food, and a notable
tendency to rosiness in the coloring of shells and annelids.

208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

Other details of a similar nature are reserved for future publica-
tion.

In regard to the collection of hydroids it may be remarked that
the collection illustrating the Arctic province was very small, and
by no means sufficient to represent it fairly.

The Oregonian province is also less fully represented than is
desirable. For the Aleutian region the collection is tolerably full,
though it cannot be doubted that many of the more minute or
delicate forms were overlooked. However, Mr. Clark's paper
forms a desirable contribution to our knowledge of a little known
region, and must be regarded as a considerable advance on our
previous information. It is to be expected that a fuller investiga-
tion of the Arctic province will reveal many more eircumpolar
species, and in the Oregonian fauna a fuller representation of those
already known from the Californian coast.

The types of the species mentioned are deposited in the National
Museum in charge of the Smithsonian Institution at Washington;
a series has also been placed in the Peabody Museum of Yale
College, and in the Museum of the University of Michigan.

187G.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 209

REPORT ON THE HYDROIDS COLLECTED ON THE COAST OF ALASKA AND
THE ALEUTIAN ISLANDS, BY W. H. DALL, U. S. COAST SURVEY, AND
PARTY, FROM 1871 TO 1874 INCLUSIVE.

BY S. F. CLARK, YALE COLLEGE, NEW HAVEN.

The Hydroids collected on the Alaskan coast by Mr. Dall, rep-
resent the fauna more or less completely from the Sea Horse Islands
southwest of Point Barrow in latitude about 71° north, to Kyska
Harbor 52° north, and from St. Paul Island, Pribiloff group, longi-
tude 170° west, and Ivyska Harbor 182° west to Sitka in longitude
135° west. This region includes a coast line of about 4000 miles
naturally divided into three great divisions. The Arctic region, ex-
tending from Point Barrow to Cape Prince of Wales, washed 1)3' the
Arctic Ocean ; the western region, including all of the western coast
of Alaska from Cape Prince of Wales to the Aleutian Islands, borders
on Bering Sea, and the southern region, extending from the Aleu-
tian Islands to Sitka, washed by the North Pacific. As the north-
ern regionisonly represented by two species, one from the Sea Horse
Islands and Cape Prince of Wales, and one from Icy Cape, Ave have
no opportunity of comparing the Hydroid-fauna of that region
with those of the other two. The region most abundantly repre-
sented in the collection is the southern, and it is here also that we
find the most strongly marked fauna; for of the forty-two species
in the collection, twenty-four are from the southern coast east of
the Shumagin Islands, and of these twenty-four, fourteen are
peculiar to this southern region. From the shores of the Aleutian
Islands, from Unimak to Kyska, there are fifteen species repre-
sented, six of which are not found elsewhere, and four are found
both to the northward in Bering Sea, and to the eastward in the
Northern Pacific. The collections from these two regions (the
Aleutian Islands, and the southern Alaskan coast, from the Shu-
magin Islands east to Sitka) contain thirty species, or fully three-
fourths of the known species from Alaska. While this result is
in part due to the fact that the greater amount of collecting has
been done in these regions, it also indicates a richer fauna, for
some important genera of the southern fauna are not represented
north of the Aleutian Islands.

The most strongly marked barrier on the coast, as indicated by

210

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1876.

the hydroids, is the Shnmagin Islands on the southern shore,
which is apparently the dividing line between the northern and
southern forms. As in all the divisions of nature, there is, of
course, no sharp line of demarcation, but a number of the species
of each group have a range extending into the region of the other.

Of the forty-two species represented, sixteen have been recorded
from the English coast, and of this latter number, all but two are
found on the shores of New England ; of the remaining twenty-
six, one is identical with a New England form and the rest are
new. The great majority belong to the group Thecaphora of
Hincks, there being but four representatives of the Athecata.

The following table contains a list of all the Hydroids in the
collection, and gives their range upon the Alaskan coast : —

THECAPHORA.

a
(i

11
u

Obelia longissima Hincks (Pallas).
Olytia Johnstoni Hincks (Alder).
Campanularia dcnticulata, sp. nov.
" circula, sp. nov.

turgida, sp. nov.
compressa, sp. nov.
speciosus, sp. nov.
urceolata, sp. nov.
integra Macgillivray.
Gonothyrea hyalina Hincks.
Lafoea pocillum ? Hincks.
" gracillima Sars.
" dumosa Sars.
" frnticosa Sars.
Cal3Tcella syringa Hincks (Linn.).
Coppinia arcta Hincks (Dalyell).
Halecium muricatum Johnst.

? plumularioides, sp. nov.
scutum, sp. nov.
Diphasia mirabilis Verrill.
Sertularia filicula E. and S.
" similis. sp. nov.

cupressoides, sp. nov.
variabilis, sp. nov.
inconstans, sp. nov.
thuiarioides, sp. nov.
Sertularclla tricuspidata Hincks.
rugosa Gray (Linn.).
polyzonias Gray.

Iliuliuk Harbor, Unalasbka.

Lituya Bay to PopofT Straits.

Port Etches.

Shnmagin Islands.

Shumagin Islands.

Lituya Bay.

Lituya Bay to Semidi Islands.

Semidi Islands to Xunivak Island.

Nunivak Island.

Sitka Harbor to Shumagin Islands.

Port Etches.

Shnmagin Islands to Kyska Island.

Shumagin Islands.

Slmmay.in Islands.

Unalasbka.

Nunivak Island.

Semidi Islands to Unalasbka.

Port Mollcr to Shumagin Islands.

Shumagin Islands to St. Paul Island.

Hagmeister Island.

Shumagin Islands to Hagmeister Id.

San Miguel Id., Cal., to Nunivak Id.

Unalasbka.

Chignik Bay to Nunivak Island.

Port Etches to Kyska Harbor.

Shumagin Islands t<> Xunivak Island.

Port Etches to Nunivak Island.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 211

Sertularella robusta, sp. nov. Shumagin Islands.

" pinnata, sp. nov. Lituya Bay to Unalashka.

Thuiaria cylindrica, sp. nov. Port Moller to Hagmeister Island.

" robusta, sp. nov. Hagmeister Island to Seahorse Ids.

" plumosa, sp. nov. Nunivak Id. to Icy Cape, Arctic Sea.

" turgida, sp. nov. Lituya Bay to Kyska Island and

Hagmeister Island.

" gigantea, sp. nov. Kyska Island to Hagmeister Island.

Macrorhynckia Dallii, sp. nov. Akutan Pass.

ATHECATA.

Rhizonema carnea, sp. nov. St. Michael's, Norton Sound.

Tubularia indivisa (Linn.). St. Michael's.

Tubularia borealis, sp. nov. Hagmeister Island.

Eudendrium pygmseum, sp. nov. Akutan Pass.

It is interesting to note that of the ten species of Campanu-
lariidae represented, one only occurs to the northward of the Aleu-
tian Islands ; and as this one, viz. Gonothyrea hyalina, is re-
corded by Hincks from the Shetland Islands, by Sars from Lofoten,
and by Professor Verrill from Eastport and St. George's Bank,
it is apparently a northern or cold-water form. Both the species
from the Arctic Sea belong to the genus Thuiaria, and of the five
species of this genus in the collection, but one of them occurs
south of Bering Sea. The genus is essentially a northern cold-
water one. Hincks sa}Ts; of T. thuia, " it is a prevalent northern
form, ranging to the North Cape," and Allman describes some
species from very deep water, that were taken on the Porcupine
expedition. The thickness of the perisarc seems to protect them
from the dangers incident to living in cold-deep waters.

A very noticeable feature, and a very general one, is the re-
markable stoutness and large size of the specimens, especially in
the Sertulariidse.

The main points of interest then derived from the study of
this collection are — the strong indication of a faunal limit at the
Shumagin Islands; the Hydroid-fauna to the south of that point
being chiefly characterized by the large number of Campanulariidde,
while the fauna to the northward is almost entirely destitute of
that family and contains a larger number of Tkuiariae ; the luxu-
riant growth and the robustness of nearly every species ; the
specimens of those species that are also found upon the New Eng-
land shores being of larger size and stouter form than the eastern

212 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

specimens; thirdly, that while the fauna is quite distinct, as is
indicated by the twenty-three new species, it has yet some simi-
larities with the Xew England and British fauna?, which arc shown
in the fifteen species that are common to those three regions ;
fourthly, the small number of Athecata, which may be partly
accounted for by the possibility of their having been overlooked,
owing to the small size and obscure places of growth common to
so many of the species of this group. And, lastly, the small
number of species that are common to the Alaskan coast and the
western shores of the United States from Vancouver Island south-
ward. Of the twenty-three species recorded from the latter region
one only, Lafoea dumosa, is known from the coast of Alaska.

Descriptions of the Species.

THECAPHORA.

Obelia longissima, Hincks (Pallas).

This species is the most abundant member of the family in the
collection, but, although some of the specimens are 150 mm. in
length, and have a very luxuriant growth, a diligent search has
failed to reveal any gonangia. It is possible that these forms may
prove to be different from 0. longissima, but the trophosomes
agree so closely in every particular, that I think it quite safe to
credit them to this species.

Hah. Iliuliuk, Unalashka ; 3 fathoms, shingly bottom. Unalash-
ka; G fathoms, November 11th, among sticks and beach-refuse,
washed along the bottom. Unalashka; 80 fathoms, sand, and
shells. Unalashka; 9 to 15 fathoms, September 10th. Una-
lashka; 15 fathoms, gray sand.

Clytia Johnstoni 1 Hincks (AUler). Plate ix., fig. 12.

The collection contains specimens of a creeping campanularian
from three localities which I have decided to call C. Johnstoni, for
the present, at least. The gonangia are not present upon any of
the specimens, and when known will enable us to decide whether
these trophosomes have been placed in the right genus. The
specimens from Lituya Bay correspond very closely with the New
England forms of this species, while those from the other locali-
ties are more deeply campanulate, and some of them are much less
tapering; the pedicels vary greatly in length and in the amount

187G.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 213

of annulation which the}' bear. The character of the denticulation
varies but little, if an}-, and the hydrothecae, which show the
greatest variation in size and shape, are connected by intermedi-
ate forms.

Hab. Lituya Bay ; 9 fathoms, sandy-mud. Port Etches ; 5 to 8
fathoms, gravel and stones, May 30th. Shumagin Islands, Popoff
Straits; 6 fathoms, rocky, July.
Campanularia denticulata, sp. nov. Plate vii., fig. 4.

Trophosome. Hydrocaulus simple, creeping, giving origin to the
pedicels at irregular intervals; pedicels of very variable length,
from five to ten annulations at the base, and from three to eight
at the base of the hydrothecae, usually bearing but one hydro-
theca, occasionally branched and bearing two. Hydrothecae deeply
campanulate, tapering from the distal end, quite slender near the
base, rim ornamented with about fifteen large, acutely-pointed
teeth. Gonosome. Gonangia unknown.

Hab. Port Etches, Alaska; 10 to 18 fathoms, clayey mud.

Campanularia circula, sp. nov. Plate vii., fig. 3.

Trophosome. Hydrocaulus erect, compound, composed of a
number of slender united tubes, unbranched. Hydrothecae large,
deeply campanulate, rounded at the base, rim ornamented with
from ten to twelve large denticulations, some of which are square-
cut, others have slightly rounded edges, and are very shallow ;
the pedicels supporting the hydrothecae are long and slender, a
single distinct annulation at the base of the hj'drothecae, the re-
mainder of the pedicel more or less twisted, arranged in verticils
of four to six pedicels, at regular intervals on the stem. Gono-
some. Gonangia unknown.

Hab. Port Etches, Alaska; 12 to 18 fathoms, clayey mud.

This well-marked form is represented by a single small speci-
men, which, unfortunately, is destitute of gonangia. Its nearest
ally is C. verticillata, Lamk, from which it may be distinguished
by the size and form of the hydrothecae, and by the ornamentation
of the rim.

Campanularia turgida, sp. nov. Plate viii., fig. 8.

Trophosome. Hj'drocaulus simple, creeping, giving rise, at
short intervals, to long pedicels bearing the hydrothecae. Hydro-
thecae large, turgid, rounded at the base, the rim ornamented with
from twelve to sixteen roundly pointed or sometimes square-

214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1816.

topped teeth, borne on long, slender pedicels with a wavy outline,
or occasionally a slight twist in them, a single well-marked ann il-
lation at the base of each hydrotheca, and from three to six ann il-
lations at the base of each pedicel. Gonosome. Gonangia borne
on short pedicels consisting of five or six annulations springing
from the creeping stem, flask-shaped, largest in the middle, taper-
ing but slightly to the rounded base, produced into a neck dis-
tally, aperture terminal, discoidal.

Hab. Port Etches, Alaska; 12 to 18 fathoms, mud.
Campanulari compressa, ap. nov. Plate viii., figs. 5, 6.

Trophosome. Ilydrocaulus creeping, simple, giving origin to
the pedicels at irregular intervals. Hydrotheca? large, deeply
campanulate, tapering to the base, the walls very thick, especially
at the base, where they project inwards, forming a sort of dia-
phragm, upon which the polyp rests, rim entire ; pedicels of
medium length, with a single well-marked annulation at the base
of the hydrotheca?, and usually two or three constrictions just
beneath the annulation, not annulated at the base. Gonosome.
Gonangia turgid, sessile, or with a very short pedicel, largest at
the distal end, rounded at the base, very much compressed late-
rally.

Hab. Yukon Harbor, Shumagin Islands; 6 to 20 fathoms, sand
and rocks, July 7th. Growing on a piece of Laminaria.

This form belongs in the same group with C. calyculata, Hincks,
from which it may be distinguished by the gonangia, and by the
base of the hydrotheca?.

Campanularia speciosa, sp. nov. Plate ix., fig. 11.

Trophosome. Ilydrocaulus simple, creeping, twisted, bearing
the pedicels at irregular intervals ; pedicels short, more or less
annulated, bearing each a single hydrotheca. Hydrotheca? very
large, deepl}' campanulate, ureeolate, the rim ornamented with
about ten shallow teeth, and with an internal ridge extending
from each tooth for about one-fourth the distance, to the base of
the hydrotheca. Gonosome. Gonangia unknown.

Hab. Yukon Harbor, Big Koniushi, Shumagin Islands; 6 to 20
fathoms, gravel, July 7th.

This is the largest creeping Campanularian known, and is as
noticeable for its beauty as for its size. The intrathecal ridges
and the character of the deuticulations make it a well-marked

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 215

form, readily distinguishable, without the gonangia, from any
known species on the American coast.

Campanularia urceolata, sp. nov. Plate viii., fig. 7.

Trophosome. Hydrocaulus simple, creeping, rather stout, with
a wavy outline, giving origin to the pedicels at irregular inter-
vals ; pedicels short, never more than twice the length of the
hydrothecre, usually annulated or twisted throughout, and always
one annulation at the base of each hydrotheca more distinctly
marked than the rest. Hydrothecse large, deep, urceolate,
i*ounded or slightly tapering at the base, with an internal support
in the base of the hj'drotheca upon which the polyp rests, rim
ornamented with from thirteen to eighteen laro-e rounded teeth.
Gonosome. Gonangia small, fusiform, occasionally a trifle obo-
vate, orifice small, terminal, discoidal, supported on very short
pedicels consisting of but two or three annulations.
Hab. Litivya Bay, Alaska; 9 fathoms, sandy mud.

Campanularia Integra, Macgillivray. Plate ix., figs. 9, 10.

This species is represented by two fine specimens, which are in
an excellent state of preservation, and have three or four fully
developed gonangia. The latter are a little larger than usual.

Hab. Semidi Islands; 15 to 25 fathoms, gravel, June 10th.
Lituya Bay ; 9 fathoms, sandy mud.

The specimen from the Semidi Islands was growing upon a
stem of Sertularella tricuspidata.

Gonothyrea hyalina, Hincks. Plate vii., figs. 1, 2.

This is apparently one of the most common species of the
family C ' ampanulariid.se on the Alaskan coast. Yery good speci-
mens were obtained from five different localities; those from the
Semidi Islands being of especial value, as they bear extra-capsular
medusoids at the distal ends of the gonangia. The medusoids
var}' in number from two to six, are slender and pyriform, which
is probably, in part, owing to the contraction due to the alcohol.

Hab. Semidi Islands, Alaska; 15 to 25 fathoms, gravel, June
10th. Port Mbller, Aliaska Peninsula; 13 fathoms, gravel; 17
fathoms, sand ; August. Five miles southwest of the west cape
of Nunivak Island ; 30 fathoms, sand.

Lafoea pocillum 1 Hincks. Plate xi., fig. 21.

There are two specimens of creeping forms of Lafoea in the
collection, to the examination of which I have given considerable

216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

time. Number 1 has short, stout hydrothecae of variable shape,
borne upon short pedicels of from three to six annulations, the
latter showing a good deal of difference in the stoutness, some
being half as wide as the hydrothecae, others not more than a
third ; most of the hydrothecae are urceolate, like Hincks's figures
of L. pocillum ; others are regularly cylindrical, like Hincks's
figure of L. parmda, and between these two are forms which
make a connecting series between the urceolate and cylindrical
types. Number 2 has the hydrothecae of about the same width.
but longer, the pedicels average a little longer, and it agrees
more closely with L. pocillum than the more variable form of
number 1. The perisarc of both these forms is very thick, and
dark-brown colored.

Hab. Number 1 is from Cape Etolin, Nunivak Island, Alaska ;
8 to 10 fathoms, ston}*. Number 2 is from Bering Sea, 5 miles
west of west cape of Nunivak ; 30 fathoms, sand.

Lafoea gracillima, Sara. Plate xii., fig. 24.

Very fine specimens of this delicate form were collected, which
show no variations from the specimens found on the eastern shores
of North America. Gonangia unknown.

Hab. Coal Harbor, Shumagin Islands, beach; July 15th. Sitka
Harbor; gravel and mud, 15 fathoms, May 1st.

Lafoea dumosa, Sars. Plate xii., fig. 23.

This widely distributed species is also a member of the Alaskan
Hydroid Fauna. The specimens are larger and more robust than
those from the eastern shores of North America, and the hydro-
thecae are more deeply merged in the stem. It is very singular
that we are still obliged to record, for this common and widely
distributed species, gonangia unknown.

Hab. Fort Etches; 12 to 18 fathoms, clayey- mud.

Lafoea fruticosa, Sars. Piute xii., fig. 22.

This appears to be the most common of the four species of this
genus in the collection. It differs only from the New England
specimens in being more robust. Gonangia unknown.

Hab. Kyska Harbor; 10 fathoms, rocky, Jul)' 15th. Popoff
Straits, Shumagin Islands; near edge of reef, 6 fathoms. Yukon
Harbor, Big Koniushi, Shumagin Islands; 6 to 20 fathoms, sand
and rocks, July 7th.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 217

Calycella syringa, Ilincks (Linn.). Plate xii., fig. 25.

A very fine specimen of this species occurs on a colony of Lafoea
gracillima. It is in very fine condition, and has the gonangia
with extracapsular pouches in considerable abundance.

Hab. Coal Harbor, Shumagin Islands; beach, J uly, about the
15th.

Coppinia arcta, Ilincks (Dalyell).

A very fine specimen of this peculiar, form was collected at the
Shumagin Islands. The hydrothecas are very long, and most of
them curved near the distal end. Growing on the stem of a
colony of Lafoea gracillima. The largest hydrothecse are 2 mm.
long.

Hab. Coal Harbor, Shumagin Islands; beach, July 15th.
Halecium muricatum, Johnston (E. and S ). Plate x., fig. 15.

A single specimen of this species with the characteristic gon-
angia, was collected on Unalashka beach. The trophosome is
about 50 mm. in height, but is in very poor condition, none of the
hydrothecre being present. The gonangia, however, are very
abundant, are irregularly arranged on the basal half of the com-
pound stem, and are in a good state of preservation.

Halecium (?) plumularioides, sp. nov. Plate x., figs. 16, 17.

Trophosome. Hydrocaulus erect, simple, straight, divided by
transverse joints into internodes of considerable length, regularly
branched, and witli a few annulations at the base ; branches
arranged alternately on opposite sides of the stem, one to each
internode, having their origin in a small shoulder-like process just
below each joint, divided usually into regular internodes, though,
in some cases, short internodes occur between the longer ones.
Hydrothecae arranged uniserially, usually one to each internode,
partly adherent to the stem, or entirely free, shallow, tapering
slightly to the base, with an entire rim.

Gonosome. Gonangia unknown.

Hab. Cape Etolin, Nunivak Island; 8 to 10 fathoms.

Height of largest specimen 20 mm.

I refer this species to the genus Halecium provisionally, for, the
gonangia being absent, and the hydrotheose having a different
arrangement from any known Halecium, make it quite doubtful
whether it belongs in this genus. It is the most delicate species
in the collection. It closely resembles, in many particulars, the
15

218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1876.

Plumularise, from which it is separated on account of the absence
of nematophores.

Halecium scutum, sp. nov. Plate x., figs. 13, 14.

Trophoaome. Etydroeaulus erect, compound, exceedingly stout,
rough, with an irregular outline, attached by a thick mass of in-
terlaced stolons, much and irregularly branched ; branches of two
kinds, the larger ones stout, black, and like the main stem undi-
vided by joints, the smaller are light horn-color, sub-erect, short,
divided into long internodes, each giving origin to a single branch-
let ; branchlets divided by oblique joints into short, stout, wedge-
shaped internodes, each of which bears at least one hydrotheca,
often two. Hydrothecre tubular, margin everted, arranged alter-
nately, and occasionally a second one is borne in the axil of the
first. Gonosome. Gonangia very large, obovate, with the orifice
on one side; the latter varies much in position, occurring anywhere
from the middle to near the distal end; it has an irregular outline,
and is made very ornamental by the thickening of the perisarc
around it ; there is a thickened border around the upper edge,
and below the orifice is a shield-shaped thickening in which are
two ellipsoidal markings, where the chitin is only of the usual
thickness.

Height of largest specimen 150 mm.

Hah. Uualashka; beach, low water, after gale, September. Coal
Harbor, Shumagin Islands ; low water, April ; Gonangia abundant.
Coal Harbor, Shumagin Islands; Gonangia abundant. Uualashka;
beach, Ala}r 1st; Gonangia abundant. Semidi Islands, Alaska;
15 to 25 fathoms, gravel, June 10; Gonangia. Sanborn Harbor,
Shumagin Islands; Gonangia abundant

The specimen from which the above description is taken is a
remarkably stout, coarse form, more closely resembling Hinck's
figure of Eudendrium ramcinn, I'allas (vide frontispiece to Einck's
Briliali Hydroid Zoophytes^ vol. i.), than any liydroid that I am
acquainted with. The diameter of the mass of stolons at the base
is from 15 ram. to i'5 mm. The largest stem is G mm. thick at the
base, and tapers very gradually to the distal end.

The variation which this species shows in the mode of growth
is so remarkable that I will mention some of the most divergent
forms. The specimens from Sanborn Harbor, Shumagin Islands,
consist of tufts of light horn-colored stems about 50 mm. in
height, rather slender and compound only for a very short dis-

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 219

tance at the base, branches very short. Gonangia present, and
exactly like those of the typical form. Another style is from
20 mm. to 60 mm. high, from dark horn-color to black, stem stout,
coarse, branches numerous and short. Gonangia very abundant ;
has a crowded look; specimens of this form are from Unalashka;
beach. Semidi Islands ; 15 to 25 fathoms, gravel. Coal Harbor,
Shumagin Islands; beach, low water, after a gale in September.

Diphasia mirabilis, Verrill. Plate xiii., fig. 36.

American Journal of Science, hi., vol. v. p. 9, December, 1872.
Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences, vol. Hi., Part I., p. 53.

Two specimens of this remarkable form are the only representa-
tives of this genus in the collection. The specimens are in very
good condition, and show no variation from Professor Verrill's
type specimen from Le Have Bank, with which I have compared
them. Gonangia unknown.

Hab. Hagtneister Island, Bering Sea ; beach. Popoff Straits,
Shumagin Islands.

Sertularia filicula, E. and S. Plate xii., fig. 30.

This species grows very luxuriantly, and is apparently quite
common on the beaches. There is a good supply of it in the col-
lection, mostly from Unalashka beach. It grows there in very
dense masses from 50 to 80 mm. in height, is usually of a dark
horn-color, and attached to algse or sponge. The gonangia vary
somewhat from the figure given by Hincks, but not enough to
warrant a separation of this form from the British. The Alaskan
form has the gonangia sessile, largest at the distal end, tapering
to the base, aperture terminal, small, discoidal. In the British
form they are more fusiform or are pear-shaped, largest near the
middle, with a short tubular aperture. The trophosomes agree
perfectly.

Hab. Unalashka; beach after gale, September. Coal Harbor;
Popoff Straits, Shumagin Islands. St. Paul Island (Pribilotf
group); 9 fathoms, sand, July 24. Hagmeister Island ; beach. San
Miguel Island, California. Nunivak Island; 8 to 10 fathoms. Con-
stantine Harbor, Amchitka Island; 6 to 10 fathoms, sand and
stones, July 20. Chirikoff Island; beach.

Sertularia similis, sp. nov. Plate xv., fig. 56.

Trophosome. Hydrocaulus erect, simple, slender, straight,
jointed, pinnately branched, internodes of equal length and bear-

220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

ing three hydrothecre and a branch; branches short, slender, ■di-
vided by transverse joints into short internodes, bearing two,
sometimes three pairs of hydrothecse, occasionally hearing one or
two branchlets, constricted at the base; branchlets jointed like
the branches, and like them constricted at the base, diverging at
a wide angle from the branches. Hydrothecse opposite, tubular,
curved strongly outwards with a bilabiate orifice, the broad side
being turned towards the stem ; on the main stem there are three
on each internode, a pair placed opposite to each other, and one
in the axil of the branch ; on the branches and branchlets they
are arranged oppositely. Gonosome. Gonangia unknown.

Height of largest specimen, 85 mm.

Hab. Hagmeister Island; 8 to 15 fathoms, gravel.

This is a very interesting species, as it combines some of the
characters of three other species of the genus. In mode of growth
it approaches S. cupressina, in the shape of the hydrothecse it is
similar to S. argentea, and in the arrangement of the latter it is
like S.pumila. Considerable variation is shown in the extent to
which the bydrothecae curve outwards ; upon some of the branches
the mouth opens at right angles to the stem, while upon others
the}' open upwards.

Sertularia cupressoides, sp. nov. Plate xiii., fig. 37.

Trophosome. Hydrocaulus simple, erect, slender, two or three
annulations at the base, divided by oblique joints into internodes
of variable length, pinnately branched ; branches arranged alter-
nately, an even number to an internode, attached to the stem by
quite a prominent process, annulated and slender at the ba^e,
the broader side facing the stem; the basal portion is sharply
curved outward, the distal portion is nearly straight, and lies
about at right angles with the stem, bearing but very few branch-
lets; branchlets short and diverging at a wide angle from the
branches. Hydrothecse tubular, deeply immersed in the stem,
curving slightly outwards ; orifice bilabiate, with the broader
side facing the stem, arranged snb-alternately upon the branches
and branchlets, none upon the main stem. Gonosome. Gonangia
unknown.

Height of finest specimen, 80 mm.

Hab. Shumagin Islands, Poporf Straits; G fathoms, rock}' bot-
tom, July. Tort Moller, Aliaska Peninsula; 13 fathoms, sand,
August.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 221

This species is quite similar to S. cupressina in some respects,
but may be distinguished by the entire absence of hydrothecse
upon the main stem, and by having an even number of branches
to an internode; the branches are also usually stouter.
Sertularia variabilis, sp. nov. Plate xiv., figs. 40 to 48. Plate xv., figs. 49, 50.

Trophosome. Hydroeaulus erect, simple, stout, flexuous, di-
vided Iry transverse joints into short internodes, usually bearing
a pair of hydrotheca;, those giving origin to a branch bearing one
hydrotheca on one side and two hydrotheca? and the branch on
the other, regularly branched ; branches arranged alternately on
opposite sides of the stem, short, stout, suberect, occasionally
bearing a few short branchlets ; the latter usually divided into
regular internodes, bearing each a pair of hydrotheeae, sometimes
occurring undivided. Hydrotheeae large, subalternate, the widest
portion, the lower two-thirds, is immersed in the stem, the upper
portion is narrower and curved strongly outwards and upwards;
aperture large, discoidal, rim entire. Gonosome. Gonangia of
two forms ; Xo. 1 is pyriform, tapering rapidly to the base, ses-
sile; orifice large, terminal, discoidal, ornamented with a number
of chitinous teeth which project downwards into the gonangia;
No. 2 is obovate, sessile, aperture terminal, large, provided with
an internal collar, the latter ornamented with a number of acute
teeth, which project downwards; borne in two rows on the upper
sides of the branches.

Height of largest specimen, 100 mm.

Hab. Unalashka; beach. Lituya Ba}r; 112 fathoms. Hagmeister
Island, Bering Sea. Sanborn Harbor, Shumagin Islands; beach.
Captain's Harbor, Unalashka; 60 to 80 fathoms, sand, September
13. Port Etches, Alaska; 12 to 18 fathoms, clayey-mud. Five
miles southwest of the west cape of Nunivak, Bering Sea; 30
fathoms sand. Popoff Straits. Semidi Islands; 15 to 28 fathoms,
gravel, June 10. Unalashka; 6 fathoms, Nov. 11th. St. Paul
Island, Pribiloff group ; 9 fathoms, sand, Kelp ground, July 24th.
Akutan Pass, near Unalashka; beach. Big Koniushi, Shumagin
Islands; 6 to 20 fathoms, sand and rocks in Yukon Harbor, July
7th. San Miguel Island, California; W. H. Dall.

This is the most variable form of hydroid that I am acquainted
with. Besides the great variation which is shown within the
ordinary limits of specific differences, there are two extreme forms
which, without as complete a series of connecting forms as there

222 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

is in Mr. Pall's collection, would undoubted^ be called distinct
species. One of these two varieties is represented by only two
specimens, one of which is somewhat worn and mutilated, while
the other is in good condition, and bears a number of gonangia.
This variety is much more robust than any of the normal forms,
the branches being an eighth of an inch wide ; the hydrothecae are
very large and swollen in the middle portion; the gonangia are of
the kind given as No. 2 in the description. The other variety has
slender hydrothecre which are free for more than half their length,
are not swollen in the middle, and the outline from the aperture
of the li3'drotheca to the stem forms a curve which projects into
the hydrotheca, while in the robust form it projects outward ; most
of the hydrothecce also have a projection in the shape of a small
horn at the inner, inferior angle ; some of those on the distal ends
of the branches have a well-defined notch in the rim, on the
opposite side from the stem, forming a blunt tooth on each outer
corner, and between each tooth and the inner margin of the rim
there is a slight sinuosity. This character of the rim decreases
towards the lower portion of the stems and branches to such an
extent, that man}- of the hydrothecse have a rim that is entire, or
nearly so.

This is not only the most variable, but apparently the most
abundant form on the Alaskan coast. In some of its variations it
is quite similar to S. abielina of the Xew England shores, Green-
land, and the North Cape, which also shows considerable specific
variation.
Sertularia inconstans, sp- nov. Plate xv., figs. 51, 52.

Trophosome. Hydrocaulus erect, simple, constricted at the
base, jointed obliquely, internodes of uniform size, densely
branched ; branches mostly short, arranged alternately, one to
each internode, erect, lying close to each other, a few of the larger
shoots bear one or two large branches similar to the main stem,
divided by transverse joints into internodes of very variable length,
constricted at the base, attached to the stem by quite a prominent
process, but little branched ; branchlets few, short, erect. Hydro-
thecae large, swollen at base, a constriction near the distal end,
aperture discoidal, rim entire, arranged alternately upon the
branches and branchlets ; on the lower part of the stem, below the
branches, there are two to each internode ; on the upper portion of
the stem there are usually three to each internode, one on one side

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 223

and two on the other; one of the latter being in the axil of the
branch.

Gonosome. Gonangia sessile, largo, orifice terminal, small,
discoidal; outline very irregular, tapering usually at the base;
borne in two close-set rows on the distal portion of the main stem.

Height of specimen 45 mm.

Hab. Unalashka ; beach.

From the character of the trophosome, this species evidently
belongs in the same group with S. abietina and S. filicula, the
hydrothecai agreeing very well in form and arrangement. The
mode of growth, however, is quite different, the number and close-
ness of the branches and branchlets giving to the colony a very
dense, plumose appearance.

The gonangia show the greatest amount of variation of any
species that I know of; it is impossible to describe their form, for
there is not one of them which seems to agree with any other.

Sertularia thuiarioides, sp. nov. Plate xiii., figs. 38, 39.

Trophosome. B/vdrocaulus erect, simple, very slender at the
base, largest at the distal end, the middle portion slender and of
uniform size, jointed transversely, internodes of variable length,
regularly branched ; branches sub-erect, short, springing from
opposite sides of the stem, but spirally arranged owing to the
stem being twisted, much branched, on some of the largest speci-
mens two or three large branches occur, which resemble the main
stem in every particular; branchlets short, spreading widely,
bearing a few small subdivisions. Hydrothecae tubular, deeply
immersed, with a constriction on the inner side of the distal end,
aperture semilunar shape, arranged alternately upon the branches
and branchlets, and basal part of the stem ; on the upper
branched portion the internodes usually bear one hydrotheca on
one side, and two lrvdrothecoe and a branch on the other.

Gonosome. Gonangia large, sessile, tapering at the base,
ornamented with two pointed horns placed opposite to each
other, near the distal end ; aperture terminal, discoidal, orna-
mented with a row of teeth projecting into the gonotheca, borne
in single rows on the upper sides of the branches and branchlets.

Height of largest specimen 180 mm.

Hab. Bering Sea, 5 miles west of the West Cape of Nunivak Id.;
24 fathoms, sand. Chignik Bay, Aliaska; 11 to 16 fathoms, sand.

I have not been able to make out any distinct opercula, but in

224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1S76.

one or two instances have noticed a minute piece of membrane,
with a ragged edge, hanging from the rim of a hydrotheca. The
hydrocaulus is very characteristic, the distal part being often
twice the size of the basal portion.

Sertularella tricuspidata, Hincks. Plate xii., figs. 26, 27.

There arc specimens of a Sertularella, collected at four or five
different localities, which I at first thought to be a new species,
and closely allied to S. tricuspidata, but upon examining them
more closely, I find them to be robust forms of the above-named
species.

The gonangia are very abundant, and are borne in rows on the
upper side of the branches.

Hob. Semidi Islands, Alaska ; 15 to 25 fathoms, gravel, June
10th; gonangia abundant. Popoff Straits, Shumagin Islands.
Unalashka; beach. Port Etches, Alaska; 12 to 18 fathoms, clayey
mud. Yukon Harbor, Big Koniushi, Shumagin Islands; G to 20
fathoms, gravel, July 7th. Kyska Harbor; 10 fathoms, rock}-,
July 15th. Iliuliuk, Unalashka; 13 fathoms, stony.

There is one specimen which is much more delicate than an}' of
the others, but differs in no essential characters. The gonangia
are not present.

Hab. Semidi Islands, Alaska; 15 to 25 fathoms, gravel, June
10th.

Sertularella rugosa, Gray. Plate xiii., fig. 31.

This species, which has only been found upon the New England
coast at low water, is represented on the shores of Alaska by a
stout form, which was found in from six to twenty fathoms. Al-
though the gonangia are not present, the trophosomes are so
characteristic that I do not hesitate to refer them to this species.

Height of the largest shoot 30 mm.

Hab. Iliuliuk, Unalashka; on kelp, Oct. 23, 1871. Yukon liar-
bor, Big Koniushi, Shumagin Islands; G to 20 fathoms, sand and
rocks, Jul}' 17th. St. Paul Island (Pribiloif group) ; 9 fathoms,
sand, on kelp ground. Cape Etolin, Nunivak Island; 8 fathoms,
stony.

Sertularella polyzonias, Gray. Plate xiii., figs. 34, 35.

A number of very fine specimens of this widely distributed
species are in the Alaskan collection. They vary but very slightly
from the New England specimens, the hydrotheeffi and gonangia

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 225

being on the average a trifle stouter, and the whole colony has a
more luxuriant growth.

The gonangia are very abundant, and are borne on the sides of
the stems, midway between two hydrothecre. Our specimens are
all from two localities.

Height of largest specimen 70 mm.

Port Etches, Alaska; 12 to 18 fathoms, clayey mud. Five miles
southwest of the West Cape of Nunivak Id.; 30 fathoms, sand.

Sertularella robusta, sp. nov. Plate xiii., figs. 32, 33.

Trophosome. B/ydrocaulus simple, erect, stout, flexuous, four
or five annulations at the base, divided by transverse joints into
internodes of variable length, sparingly and regularly branched ;
branches erect, varying greatly in length, those near the base of
the hydrocaulus being longest, and like the upper and shorter
ones extending to the distal end of the stem, flexuous, constricted
at the base, the larger ones bearing a few branchlets. Hydrothecas
veiy large, operculated, deeply immersed in the stem, only enough
of the distal end to include the teeth being free, curving slightly
outward, the inner angle of the base somewhat produced down-
wards toward the centre of the stem, the rim armed with four
stout teeth; operculum consists of four segments.

Gonosome. Gonangia axillary, very large, sessile, ovate, marked
with about eight very prominent transverse bands; orifice ter-
minal at the extremity of a short tube, with an entire rim.

Hob. Yukon Harbor, Big Koniushi, Shumagin Islands; 6 to 20
fathoms, sand and rocks, July 7th.

This is one of the stoutest forms of all the numerous Se?Hu-
lariidse from the Alaskan coast; and the large size and conspicu-
ous position of the gonangia contribute to make it the most
imposing of all the known members of the family. It has a very
rigid, angulated habit, more like some of the stouter species of
Sertularia, e. g., S. abietina, than the graceful curved mode of
growth usually found in Sertularella. The shape and arrange-
ment of the hydrotheese is also similar to that usually found in
the genus Sertularia, and the deep immersion of the hydrotheese
in the stem remind one of the forms belonging to the genus
Thuiaria.

The stem, branches, and branchlets are all of about the same
width, 1 mm. Height of largest colony 50 mm. Length of gon-
angia 5 mm., width 2 mm.

226 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

It is quite interesting to note that while this species is undoubt-
edly a good Sertularella, as is indicated by the form and structure
of the gonangia and the operculated hydrothecse, it also possesses
some of the characteristics of the genera Sertularia and Thuiaria,
thus still more closely connecting these different members of the
family Sertulariidee.
Sertularella pimiata, sp. nov. Plate xii., figs. 28, 29.

Trophosome. Hydrocaulus simple, erect, straight, much and
pinnately branched, divided hy transverse joints into short inter-
nodes, each of which bears a single branch; shoots occurring in
dense clusters ; each shoot widest in the middle and tapering more
rapidly towards the base than to the distal extremity ; branches
short, sub-erect, not all in the same plane, inclining towards each
other on the upper side of the stem, divided into short internodes,
but little subdivided, occasionally a long branch occurs near the
base, which is similar to the main stem in all respects. Itydro-
thecffi short, tubular, wide-mouthed, rim ornamented with three
large teeth, two of which are usually on the outer side, not all in
the same plane, but inclining towards each other, so that in a
general view they appear to be arranged uniserially ; hydrothecaj
on the pinna? arranged alternately, one to each internode and on
the main stem one in each axil. Gonangia ovate, sessile, axillary.
marked with about eight very strong transverse ridges, which, in
most of the specimens, have an irregular, wavy outline, orifice
terminal, central, discoidal; borne in two rows, in the axils, on the
basal half of the stems.

Height of finest specimens 35 mm.

Hob. Unalashka; beach, low water, after gale, September; grow-
ing in dense tufts on sea-weeds, gonangia abundant. Coal Har-
bor, Shumagin Islands; low water, attached to fuci and sponges,
gonangia abundant. Lituya Bay; 9 fathoms, sandy mud ; gonan-
gia present. Lituya Ba}r; 112 fathoms.

This is a very distinct form, well characterized by the pinnate
arrangement of the branches, the arrangement of the hydrotheca*,
and by the structure and arrangement of the gonangia.

Thuiaria cylindrica, sp. nov. Piute xvi., fig. 57.

Trophosome. Hydrocaulus erect, simple, stout, gradually taper-
ing from the distal end to the base, divided by oblique joints into
internodes of very variable length, three or four aimulations at

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 227

the base, regularly branched ; branches cylindrical or polygonal,
arranged alternately, bearing from one to three branchlets near the
base which are of equal size and nearly equal length with the
branches, or unbranched; constricted at the base; occasionally a
large branch occurs which resembles the main stem in every par-
ticular. Hydrotheere tubular, entire^ immersed, tapering at the
distal end, curved slightl}7 outwards, aperture oval, those upon
the stem are arranged in two opposite rows on the same sides with
the branches, three between each two branches ; those upon the
branches and branchlets are in regular rows of from four to six
in number. Gonosome. Gonangia unknown.

Height of largest specimen 130 mm.

Hob. Port Moller, Aliaska Peninsula; 5 to 17 fathoms, sand,
August. Hagmeister Island, Bering Sea; beach. Chirikoff Island ;
beach. Chiachi Islands; 8 to 15 fathoms, gravel.

There is considerable variation in the mode of growth of this
species. The largest specimen has a straight stem with short
pinnate branches, not over half an inch (13 mm.) long, and bear-
ing but few very short branchlets. Another specimen has a
twisted stem, giving a very graceful, spiral form to the colony ;
and four or five of the specimens in which the branches bear long-
spreading branchlets have a stout plumose form as if the branches
orignated from all sides of the stem.

Thuiaria robusta, sp. nov. Plate xv., figs. 53, 54, 55.

Trophosome. Hydrocaulus simple, erect, slender at the base,
gradually increasing in size to the distal end, divided by trans-
verse joints into internodes of uniform size, a few annulations at
the base, regularly branched ; branches short, spreading, curving
outwards and downwards, springing from all sides of the stem,
one to each internode, bearing four or five branshlets, internodes
of unequal size; branchlets few, short and diverging at a wide
angle. Hydrothecae vary greatly in form, those upon the branch-
lets and extremities of the branches curve quite strongly out-
wards, may be immersed up to the aperture in the stem, or the
distal third may be free, aperture large, bi-labiate, with the broad
side towards the stem ; those upon the median portions of the
branches are long, completely immersed, aperture smaller and not
as distinctly bi-labiate as those upon the branchlets; those upon
the proximal portion of the branches are shorter than the others,
much smaller, aperture large, slightly bi-labiate with a singular

228 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

process of the perisarc in tlie shape of a two-pointed pyramid at
the base of each hydrotheca ; all the hydrothecse upon the branches
and branchlets are arranged sub-alternately ; those upon the main
stem are similar to those of the proximal portions of the branches,
usually two to each internode which are placed about opposite
to each other, occasional^ a third one occurs in the axil of the
branch. The perisarc is unusually thick, and especially so in the
basal third of the hydrocaulus where the diameter of the cavity
of the comosarc is not more than a third of that of the stem.

Gonosome. Gonangia largest at distal end tapering to the base,
sessile, about twice the length of the hydrothecae, not including
the horns, armed with two stout, C3dindrical, truncate horns placed
on opposite sides of the aperture near the distal end, aperture
terminal, discoidal.

Hab. Sea Horse Islands, Arctic Ocean; 23 fathoms, mud and
gravel. Hagmeister Island, Bering Sea; beach. Cape Prince of
Wales, Arctic Ocean; mud. Bering Sea, 12 miles east of King's
Island; IV fathoms, mud.

Thuiaria plumosa, sp. nov. Plate xvi., fig. 62.

Trophosome. Hydrocaulus simple, erect, very slender at the
base, increasing in size to the distal end, somewhat twisted,
jointed transversely, internodes of the proximal portion of very
unequal length, some being three times the length of others, those
of the upper portion are quite uniform, regularly branched;
branches short, arranged alternately, one to each internode, but
owing to the twist in the stem take on a spiral form, the upper-
most erect, lying close to the stem, the lower ones curve out-
wards, attached to the stem by a very prominent process, bearing
a few branchlets, regularly jointed ; branchlets do not extend
be3'ond the ends of the branches, and lie close to the latter.
Hydrothecse largest at the base, tapering Blightly outwards, en-
tirely immersed, aperture towards the stem, the outer side pro-
duced, rim ornamented with two large teeth placed on the outer
side, two tooth-like processes of the perisarc also occur in the
base of each hydrotheca, arranged subalternately upon the
branches and branchlets ; upon the stem there are three to each
internode, two placed opposite to each other, and one in the axil
of the branch. Gonosome. Gonangia sessile, very long and nar-
row, tapering gradually to the base, ornamented with two short

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 229

bonis placed on opposite sides of the orifice near the distal end,
orifice terminal large; borne in single rows on the upper side of
the branches and branchlets.

Height of largest specimen, 40 mm.

Hob. Bering Sea, 5 miles southwest of the west cape of Nuni-
vak Island; 30 fathoms, sand. Icy Cape, Arctic Ocean; 15
fathoms, sand.

In general appearance this species cannot be distinguished from
Sertularia thuiarioides. and even in some of the details of struc-
ture they bear a very close resemblance to each other; the best
distinguishing characteristic in the trophosomes is the form of the
aperture in the hydrothecae, and in the gonosome the size and
relative proportions of the gonangia. The twist in the stem and
the erect position of the branches give to this species a very
graceful mode of growth, which bears a striking resemblance to a
feather.
Thuiaria turgida, sp. nov. Plate xvi., figs. 5S to 61.

Trophosome. Hydrocaulus simple, erect, stout, straight or
slightly flexuous, of nearly uniform size throughout, joints oblique,
internodes short, of equal size, annulated at the base, the lower
portion without branches, the upper or distal part regularly
branched ; branches broad, short, arranged alternately, one to
each internode, constricted at the base, attached to quite a promi-
nent process from the stem, with one annulation, divided by trans-
verse joints into internodes of variable length, sparing^ branched ;
branchlets diverging from the branches at a wide angle, usually
curving towards each other. Hydrotheere large, tubular, deeply
immersed in the stem, curving slightly outwards, aperture large,
rim entire, arranged oppositely on the branches and branchlets ;
on the upper portion of the stem there are three to each inter-
node, a pair opposite to each other, and one odd one in the axil
of the branch ; on the lower part of the stem there are two to each
internode. Gonosome. Gonangia large, swollen, sessile, with
three to five stout, longitudinal ridges, orifice terminal, small,
discoidal; arranged in two closely set rows on the upper portion
of the main stem.

Height of largest specimen, 140 mm.

Hub. Port Etches; 5 to 8 fathoms, gravel and stones, May 30.
Popoff Straits, Shumagin Islands; near edge of reef in G fathoms,
Jul}'. Semidi Islands; 15 to 28 fathoms, gravel, June 10. Coal

230 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP [1876.

Harbor, Bhumagin Islands;, beach. Eider village, TJnalaslika;
25 to 30 fathoms, sandy mud, June 4. Hagmeister Island, beach.
TJnalaslika; 6 fathoms, Nov. 11. Kyska Harbor, Aleutian Islands.
Litiya Bay; 9 fathoms, sandy mud. Akutan Pass, near Una-
lashka. St. Paul Island (Pribiloff group) ; 9 fathoms, in kelp,
July 24. Middleton Island; 12 fathoms, gravel, June 2.

This species is one of the most abundant in the collection. It
is a showy form, and has quite a stout appearance, owing to t he
width of the branches and stem throughout, and the large gono-
thecai forming a double, close-set row along the distal third of the
stem add not a little to its showiness.

Thuiaria gigantea, sp. nov. Plate xvi., figs. 63, 64.

Trophosome. Hydrocaulus simple, erect, rooted by a creeping
stolon, stout, straight, divided by transverse joints into inter-
nodes of variable length, much and quite regularly branched ;
branches suberect, short, stout, usually unjointed, seldom branched
all in one plane, arranged alternately on opposite sides of the stem
from within an inch of the base to the very tip, constricted at the
base. Hydrothecse large, deeply immersed, curving outwards,
orifice large, somewhat elliptical, arranged subalternately upon
the stems and branches. Gonosome. Gonangia borne in two rows
on the upper sides of the branches and branchlets, usually occur-
ring towards the distal ends of the stems, sessile, obovate, with
an irregular outline, orifice terminal, large, discoidal.

Height of largest specimen, 165 mm.

Hab. St. Paul Island, Bering Sea. Hagmeister Island; beach.
Akutan Pass, near Unalashka. Kyska Harbor; 10 fathoms,
rocky, July 15.

The finest specimens consist of a dense cluster of about 350
shoots, averaging six inches in length, attached to a large barna-
cle; it is much the largest single specimen in the collection, con-
taining just about one million individuals, exclusive of the repro-
ductive zooids, and it can just be crowded into a two-quart jar.
The conditions for the existence of life must be very favorable
where such a luxuriant growth as this is obtained from a root-
stock that covers only a piece of an old barnacle shell.

Macrorhynchia Dallii, sp. nov. Plate xi., figs. 18, 19, 20.

Trophosome. Hydrocaulus erect, compound, very stout, black,
straight or gracefully curved at the distal end, not divided by

1870-] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 231

joints, the lower portion sometimes as much as the lower third,
bearing no pinnae, but give origin to two or three brandies which
often equal the main stem in size, and resemble the latter in every
particular, the upper portion bears a double row of closely set
pinnae. Pinna? arranged alternately on opposite sides of the stem
and branches, gracefully curved, more or less, towards each other,
giving off near their origin from one to three branches, which are
exact copies of the main pinnae, equal the latter in length, and lie
so closely upon each other, that they are not noticed in a casual
glance; both the pinnae and their branches are divided by trans-
verse joints into short internodes. Hydrothecae arranged uniserially
upon the pinnae and their branches, one to each internode, narrowest
at the base, rim entire and slightly flaring. Nematophores simple,
very large, the distal portion free, semicylindrical, very broad, one
on either side and at the upper edge of the hydrothecae, facing
inwards, one just below each lrydrotheca, and on the main pinnae,
sometimes two, one directly below the other, there are also two or
three near the base of the gonangia irregularly arranged.

Gonosome. Gonangia very large, quite regularly cylindrical,
tapering at the base, sessile, mouth discoidal and the full size of
the gonangia, rim entire ; scattered over the pinnae and their
branches.

Height of finest specimen 225 mm. Width of largest hydro-
caulus at base 5 mm. Length of largest gonangium 4 mm.

Hab. TJnalashka; beach. Akutan Pass, near Unalashka; beach.

This is one of the largest, stoutest, and b}r far the showiest and
most elegant species in the collection, and I take pleasure in
naming it after Mr. Dall, through whose untiring labor and skilful
care this fine collection has been made, and kept in a good state of
preservation.

In the mode of growth and external characters this species has
all the appearances of a true Aglaophenia, and the large cylindrical
gonangia partially hidden by the dark-colored pinnae are readily
mistaken for corbutae.

ATHECATA.

Tubularia borealis, sp. nov.

Trophosome. Hydrocaulus simple, erect, slightly annulated or
twisted at the base, largest at the distal end and tapering gradu-
ally to the base, smooth, not forming a collar-like expansion below

230

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1876.

Harbor, Sim gin Islands; beach. Eider village, Unalashka;
25 to 30 fatho s, sand}' mud, June 4. Hagineister Island, beach.
Unalashka; 6ithoms, Nov. 11. Kyska Harbor, Aleutian Islands.
Lituya Bay; fathoms, sandy mud. Akutan Pass, near Una-
lashka. St. Jul Island (Pribiloff group) ; 9 fathoms, in kelp,
July 24. Midleton Island ; 12 fathoms, gravel, June 2.

This specie is one of the most abundant in the collection. It
is a showy fon, and has quite a stout appearance, owing to the
width of the inches and stem throughout, and the large gono-
thecffi foi double, close-set row along the distal third of the

stem add not little to its showiness.
Thuiaria gigantt sp. nov. Plate xvi., figs. 63, 64.

Trophosom Hydrocaulus simple, erect, rooted by a creeping
stolon, stout traight, divided by transverse joints into inter-
nodes of vai >le length, much and quite regularly branched ;
branches subc ct, short, stout, usually unjointed, seldom branched
all in one plai arranged alternately on opposite sides of the stem
from within a inch of the base to the very tip, constricted at the
base. Hydroiecse large, deeply immersed, curving outwards,
orifice large, smewhat elliptical, arranged subalternately upon
the stems ancbranches. Gonosome. Gonangia borne in two rows
on the upper les of the branches and branchlets, usually occur-
ring towards le distal ends of the stems, sessile, obovate, with
an irregular ocline, orifice terminal, large, discoidal.

Height of lrgest specimen, 165 mm.

Eab. St. Pal Island, Bering Sea. Hagineister Island; beach.
Akutan Pass near Unalashka. Kyska Harbor; 10 fathom
rocky, July 1

The finest tecimens consist of a dense cluster of about
shoots, averagig six inches in length, attached to a 1
cle; it is muc the largest single specimen in t
taining just a>ut one million individuals,
ductive zooid and it can just be en
The conditioi for the existence of
where such a uxuriant growth as
stock that co1 s only a piece

Macrorhynchia Illii, sp. nov. Ph 18, 19, 20.

Trophosonii Hydro
straight or gleefully

1876.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPM .

joints, the lower portion sometimes as much as ho lower th
bearing no pinnae, but give origin to two or thrcebranoho*
often equal the main stem in size, and resemble tl latt<
particular, the upper portion bears a double ro of cUv=
pinnae. Pinnae arranged alternately on opposite idos of I
and branches, gracefully curved, more or less, towrds <
giving off near their origin from one to three br;
exact copies of the main pinnae, equal the latter
so closely upon each other, that they are not noee<
glance; both the pinnae and their branches arc cvulo
verse joints into short internodes. Hydrothecrc a 1
upon the pinnae and their branches, one to each int<
at the base, rim entire and slightly flaring. Nem:
very large, the distal portion free, semicylindric:
on either side and at the upper edge of the 1
inwards, one just below each hydrotheca, and on 3
sometimes two, one directly below the other, ther
three near the base of the gonangia irregularly

Gonosome. Gonangia very large, quite r< _
tapering at the base, sessile, mouth discoidal r.
the gonangia, rim entire ; scattered over the
branches.

Height of finest specimen 225 mm. Wk
caulus at base 5 mm. Length of largest gor.

Hab. Unalashka; beach. Akutan Pass, n«

This is one of the largest, stoutest, and by
most elegant species in the collection, a:
naming it after Mr. Dall, through whose unt.
care this fine collection has been made, and 1
preservation.

In the mode of growth and external
all the appearances of a true Aglaophe
gonangia partially hidden by the da
mistaken for corbutae.

the

to
• « | ni te a

t are de-
ice of the
own color,
irp-pointed
uch greater
? in number,
le end of the
nother circle
nnined only

ATHECA'

Tubularia borealis, sp. nov.

Trophosome. H- 1 nlus
twisted at the bas<
ally to the ba

|)ears around its

s delicate as the

togiher in the speci-

. an_ correct estimate

, the -xtremity of the

234 PROCEEDINGS OF TIIE ACADEMY OF [1S76.

proboscis, is very large. Length of head, 13 mm. Length of
swollen basal portion, 21 mm. Total length of perfect specimen,
68 mm.

The specimens from which the above description was written
were collected at St. Michael's, Norton Sound, Alaska, Oct. IT,
1875, by Mr. Lucien M. Turner, U. S. Signal Service, who appends
the following note: "These specimens were of a deep coral red
when found. They are not common. From the sea."

They are two in number, one of which is perfect — the other is
without a head, but bears at the distal end a thin chitinous mem-
brane surrounding the stem; its edges recurved and marked with
a few faint radiating lines.

From the appearance of the individual, T am of the opinion that
the head had been thrown off, and that another was about to be
developed.

The matted masses of delicate fibres about the basal portion
present a very peculiar appearance.

When cleared away so as to expose the pointed basal end of the
stem, that part has a close resemblance in miniature to a beet-root
with an unusual number of fibrous rootlets.

Under the microscope, each fibrous process appears to be de-
veloped from a small rounded papilla ; some papillae which bore
no fibres exhibited an opaque milk-white nucleus. The nature
and development of these processes is a matter of considerable
interest, but I think that little could be done even with a large
supply of only alcoholic specimens. The nature of the inner
verticil of aboral tentacles (?) is also a very interesting question.
From their position, and from their compound appearance, they
would naturally appear to be clusters of reproductive bodies. On
the other hand, the alcoholic specimens under the microscope do
not show the structure characteristic of such bodies. They appear
to be thin, flattened, branched tentacles, and have no swelled or
thickened portions such as would indicate anything like repro-
ductive organs. It is, of course, impossible to determine their
nature positively without further material.

This is certainly a very peculiar and very interesting form, on
account of its peculiarly shaped base, its apparently compound
tentacuhe, and the thread-like processes for attachment, which
seem, on account of the pointed base, to be necessary for its
secure anchorage.

187G.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 235

Okder LUCERNARIiE.

Family ELEUTHEROCARPIDyE, H. J. Clark.

Halyclystus auricula, H. J. Clark.

Twenty or thirty good specimens of this interesting form have
been collected at St. Michael's. They are in good preservation,
and represent various stages of development. In some of the
larger specimens the ovaries are very far advanced, much en-
larged, nearly filling the entire cavit}', and greatty distending the
body walls. In others the ovaries show no enlargement, and
between these two conditions all intermediate stages are repre-
sente 1.

The color is light brown, with a bluish tinge, which becomes
darker with the development of the ovaries. Three of the speci-
mens have ten arms and three have twelve, showing a marked
tendency to variation in this respect.

Geographical distribution: St. Michael's, Norton Sound, Alaska;
Mr. L. M. Turner, Oct. 17, 1875. Vardoe Islands, Norway ; Rathke.
Faroe Islands; Steenstrup. English coast ; Montague, Fleming,
Johnston, and others. South coast of Greenland; Steenstrup.
Anticosti; Hyatt, Yerrill, and Shaler. Massachusetts Bay; H.J.
Clark.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

The figures on plates vii. to xi., inclusive, are enlarged 30
diameters, with the exception of Nos. 16, 19e and 19gr; the extent
to which the latter are magnified is indicated on the plates.

The figures on plates xii. to xvi., inclusive, are magnified 20
diameters, with the exception of No. 33, which is enlarged 7
diameters.

Plate VII.

Fig. 1. Gonothyrea hyalina; a, hydrothecse; b, gonangium ; c,
extra-capsular medusoids with tentacles; d, ccenosarc, or fleshy
axis.

Fig. 2. The same ; portion of a branch, showing the arrangement
of the hydrothecse.

236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

Fig. 3. Campanirfaria circula ; showing, a, hydrotheca ; b. main

stem, and the verticillate arrangement of the pedicels around

the stem.
Fig. 4. Campanirfaria denticulata ; the hydrothecae, showing the

variation in shape and size. Specimen from Port Etches;

creeping on Lafo'ea.

Plate Till.

Fig. 5. Campanirfaria compressa ; a, gonangium ; r, rootstock

or creeping stem.
Fig. 6. The same ; showing the variation in size and form of the

hydrothecae.
Fig. 7. Campanirfaria urceolata ; a, hydrothecae ; 6, gonangium.
Fig. 8. Campanirfaria turgida ; a, hydrotheca ; b, gonangium ; r,

rootstock.

Plate IX.

Fig. 9. Campanirfaria inlegra ; showing the variation in the hy-
drothecae.

Fig. 10. The same; b, gonangium ; r, rootstock.

Fig. 11. Campanirfaria speciosa ; a, hydrotheca?; r, rootstock,
or creeping stem.

Fig. 12. Chjtia Johnstoni ; showing the variations in the stems
and hydrothecae.

Plate X.

Fig. 13. Halecium scutum; a, hydrothecae; b, gonangia; c, ova;

d, aperture of gonangia.
Fig. 14. The same; a, portion of a branch; b, portion of main

stem.
Fig. 15. Halecium muricatum ; gonangium.
Fig. 16. Halecium plumularioides ; «, portion of a branch; 6,

portion of main stem ; c, hydrothecae.
Fig. 17. The same ; a, branch ; 6, main stem; ?*, rootstock.

Plate XI.

Fig. 18. Macrorhynchia Dallii ; b, main stem ; a, pinnae ; c, hydro-
thecae ; d, nematophores.

Fig. 19. The same ; e, a cross section of main stem near the base ;
<7, gonangium; the other letters as in fig. 18.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 237

Fig. 20. The same ; the letters as before.

Fig. 21. Lafoea pocillum ?; a, hydrothecse; r, rootstock.

Plate XII.

Fig. 22. Lafoea fruticosa ; a branch with hydrothecse. Shuma-
gin Islands, 6 to 20 fathoms.

Fig. 23. Lafoea dumosa ; a, main stem; 6, hydrothecse.

Fig. 24. Lafoea gracillima ; a, main stem; b, hydrothecse.

Fig. 25. Calycella syringa ; a, hydrothecse ; 6, opercula; r, root-
stock.

Fig. 2G. Sertularella tricuspidata ; slender variety, from the
Seraidi Islands.

Fig. 27. The same ; stout variety, also from the Semidi Islands.

Fig. 28. Sertularella pinnata ; portion of a branch.

Fig. 29. The same ; a, portion of a branch ; b, gonangium ; c, inter-
nal chamber.

Fig. 30. Sertularia filicula ; a, main stem; &, branches.

Plate XIII.

Fig. 31. Sertularella rugosa; portion of a branch with hydro-
thecse, from the Shnmagin Islands.

Fig. 32. Sertularella robusta; portion of a branch; a, hydrothecse ;
6, opercula.

Fig. 33. The same ; gonangium.

Fig. 34. Sertularella poly zonias ; a, hydrothecse.

Fig. 35. The same; gonangium; r, rootstock.

Fig. 36. Diphasia mirabilis ; portion of a branch.

Fig. 37. Sertularia cupressoides ; a, portion of a branch; b, por-
tion of main stem.

Fig. 38. Sertularia thuiarioides ; a, gonangia ; 6, portions of
branches.

Fig. 39. The same; a, portion of a branch ; &, gonangium.

Plate XIY.

Fig. 40. Sertularia variabilis; portion of a branch.

Fig. 41. The same; a stouter form.

Fig. 42. The same ; a form in which the hydrothecse are more

elongated.
Fig. 43. The same; a slender form in which the hydrothecse are

arranged more in pairs ; a, the apertures where the gonangia

were attached.

233 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

Fig. 44. The same ; a, portion of a branch ; </, gonangia from same

colony.
Fig. 45. The same ; a stouter form, in which the hydrothecae are

quite divergent.
Fig. 46. The same ; the stoutest of the many varieties ; the three

pairs of hydrothecae are all from the same branch.
Fig. 47. The same; gonangia.
Fig. 48. The same; still another form, the divergent characters of

which are not constant ; not even in different portions of the

same colony.

Plate XY.

Fig. 40. Sertularia variabilis; the three pairs of hydrothecae are

all from the same stem.
Fig. 50. The same ; the most extreme of the many forms.
Fig. 51. Sertularia inconstant ; three gonangia which grew next

to each other, showing how variable they are.
Fig. 52. The same ; portion of a branch.
Fig. 53. Thuiaria robusta; a, portion of main stem, showing the

thickness of the perisarc or chitinous walls ; 6, side view of basal

portion of a brand) ; c, side view of portion of stem.
Fig. 54. The same ; d and <?, portions of branches.
Fisr. 55. The same; s;onano;ia.
Fig. 56. Sertularia similis ; portion of a branch.

Plate XVI.

Fig. 57. Thuiaria cylindrica; showing the unusual arrangement
of the hydrothecae and the mode of branching.

Fig. 58. Thuiaria turgida; gonangium.

Fig. 50. The same ; portion of a branch and branchlet.

Fig. 60. The same; portion of main stem.

Fig. 61. The same; portion of a branch.

Fig. 62. Thuiaria plumosa; &, portion of a branch; g, gonangia.

Fig. 63. Thuiaria gigantea; a side view of main stem; 6, gonan-
gia; c, hydrothecae.

Fig. 64. The same ; portion of a branch.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 239

ON THE EXTRUSION OF THE SEMINAL PRODUCTS IN LIMPETS, WITH
SOME REMARKS ON THE PHYLLOGENY OF THE DOCOGLOSSA.

BY W. H. DALL, SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.

In a paper published in the American Journal of Conchology,
Part III., 1871, 1 brought together a summary of the various details
published from time to time by various naturalists, upon the an-
atomy and physiology of this group. In that paper it was shown
that the manner in which the seminal products were freed from
the ovary and testis, and the passage by which they reached the
exterior, was unknown, and from the investigations of Lankester
and myself, that the existence of the oviduct figured by Cuvier
(Mem. snr les Moll., 15, 1817), if not actually disproved, was at
least a matter of grave doubt, and had not been confirmed by any
subsequent examination. Lankester (Ann. Mag., N. H., xx. p.
334, 1867) had suggested that the passage of the ova to the ex-
terior was made through two orifices first described by him and
termed " capitopedal orifices." These were said to open, " one
on each side of the head in the angle formed by its junction with
the muscular foot, and (internally) opening into the blood sinus
surrounding the pharyngeal viscera." He also described an open-
ing communicating between the "pericardium and the supra-anal
articulated sac," or accessory renal organ. The latter I have
never been able to demonstrate to my own satisfaction, but I do
not assume to dispute its possible existence. In the brief notice
of his work published by Mr. Lankester, which has not been fol-
lowed by any more detailed communication, the terms used were
somewhat misleading, or at least not clear. Instead of opening
externally in the angle formed by the head and the foot, the
"capitopedal orifices," if I have correctly identified them, are
situated on the back of the neck, so to speak, or more properly
on the transverse portion of the integument above the head and
in front of the main pericardial chamber in the angle formed by
the neck and the inferior surface of the mantle over the head.
Mr. Lankester found them in Patella vulgata, but I have never
been able to detect them in the few alcoholic specimens of that
species which I have been able to examine. In fresh specimens
of Acmeea patina and testudinalis, I have generally been able to

240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1876.

find them, and in the living animal the}r are of an orange color.
In Ancislromesus mexicanus, they are quite prominent in some
cases and almost imperceptible in others. They also differ in
character. In Ancistromesus (one of the Patellidae), they appear
as true orifices, in the acirmeas they present the appearance of an
elongate, narrow, glandular mass, from which, internally, a duct is
not always traceable. In some individuals they appear entirely
absent or abortive. My own opinion of their function is, that
they are aquiferous pores, such as are common to many mollusks,
through which water passes into the circulation directly in the
Patellidae and by a process of straining through the glandular
mass in the Acmseidse. Whatever their office, it can hardly be of
fundamental importance, or they would not be so frequently found
in an abortive condition. Whether in some cases they may be
indirectly in communication with the renal sac is of little conse-
quence, as, in the paper alluded to, I have shown that in some
genera the pericardium is so situated that there can hardly be any
such communication, and in so homogeneous a group as the limpets
it is unlikely that such an anatomical character, if important,
should be inconstant.

Moreover, through the intricate channels alluded to, the ova
which are of considerable size could hardly be propelled without
some special muscular arrangement which does not seem to be
present in any case examined. Anxious to set at rest a question
of so much interest, and which for so many years had puzzled
anatomists, I have lost no opportunity of dissecting animals of
this group, especially the large species in which the characters
might be supposed to be more evident. The opacity of the shell
and the impossibility of getting at even the external orifices of
the viscera without destroying the life of the individual, proved
effectual obstacles to the stud}' of these functions in the living
animal. While in the field, from 1871 to 1874 inclusive, 1 made
dissections of many hundreds of acmseas with no definite result,
except that of finding that the sexual products appeared ripe in
only a small portion of the ovary at any one time, and in the
acmseas the portion most usually in that condition was the ex-
treme right hand part of the anterior end, immediately below the
floor of the larger renal sac. No oviduct or opening was in any
case demonstrated.

Somewhat discouraged by repeated failure, on leaving the field-

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 241

work iii which I had been engraved, the matter was deferred until
a better opportunity should arise. Some time since, a large
number of specimens of the giant limpet of Central America,
Ancistromesus mexicanus, were obtained by the Museum of Com-
parative Zoology from the naturalists of the Hassler Expedition.
T$y the courtesy of Prof. Alex. Agassiz a number of these were
turned over to me for dissection.

In this species the right supra-renal sac is quite large, covering
the entire superior surface of the animal between the muscular
attachments. The viscera are coiled below it in the usual manner,
except that in ripe individuals the upper outer edge of the ovary
or testis extends rather more beyond the peripheral coil of the
intestine than in most species. A section then discloses the mem-
branes in the following order from above.

First, the external delicate layer of the mantle covering every-
thing else, and very intimately bound together by tough connec-
tive tissue with,

Second, the superior wall of the right hand (and only fully
developed) renal sac. By means of delicate, but tough columnar
walls of tissue, forming connected cellular cavities, overlaid with
semi-glandular tissue for the elimination of the renal secretions,
the upper wall of this sac is connected with,

Third, the floor of the sac, of similar constitution and tough-
ness. The two are readily separated owing to the greater delicacy
of the connecting tissues, but the upper wall and the mantle, and
the lower Avail and the tissues below it, are very intimately con-
nected by membranous fibres of such toughness as to render their
separation without injury very difficult.

A muscular band or mesentery of considerable strength, having,
in the specimens of Ancistromesus examined, a width equal to
nearly one-twent}7 -fifth of its length; extends completely around
the internal viscera which are compactly bound together by similar
tissue.

From the floor of the renal sac similar but short mesenteric
bands extend downward to the peripheral band, radiating from
the apex of the shell, and having, when in their natural position,
a somewhat triangular form; the short sides of the triangles cor-
responding to the distal ends of the radii, and their plane surfaces
being nearly vertical to the horizontal plane of the visceral mass.
In the specimen under consideration there were one posterior and

242 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP [1876.

ten lateral bands of this nature, five on each side. In details of
form and dimensions these vary in different individuals. Tiiey
widen at their junction with the tissues above and below, and send
off numerous fibres in all directions, and especially to the peripheral
band. We thus have as it were the entire visceral mass suspended
in the perivisceral cavity, free of the floor and sides of the latter
(except a delicate anchoring membrane, lying vertically in the
median line and connecting the median line of the visceral mass
with that of the muscles of the foot), but in contact or close con-
nection with its roof which is composed of the floor of the larger
renal sac. This sac opens externally b}r a prominent papilla to
the right of the anal papilla, while the smaller (and usually almost
abortive) left renal sac, opens by a proportionally smaller papilla
to the left of the anal.

The specimens were examined by cutting away the solid mus-
cular foot, and thus exposing the perivisceral cavity without in
any way lacerating its contents, sides, or upper surface. A number
of individuals were dissected without coming any nearer to the
object in view. At last, however, a specimen was taken up which
appeared to solve the difficulties and afford the long sought for
explanation. It was a male. The surface of the viscera with one
exception was perfectly normal. On the right-hand posterior portion
of the periphery of the testis, covered with its usual delicate invest-
ing membrane, for the space of an inch from the posterior end of the
median line, forward, the ducts were swollen and enlarged. They
projected in a marked manner from the smooth and evenly rounded
normal surface, like " varicose veins," except that the ducts are
nearly parallel. In the ripest portions the delicate investing
membrane of the testis had become ruptured or perforated, and
the seminal matter exuding from these punctures had been solidi-
fied b}r the alcohol in little rounded grains or particles, which had
not been disturbed b}' the careful manipulation of dissection.

At those points where the congested or enlarged ducts were in
mechanical contact with the roof of the perivisceral cavity, that
is to sa}r, the floor of the renal sac, numerous minute, but plainly
visible, oval perforations appeared. These were oblique to the
general plane of the membrane, the opening on the side adjacent
to the testis being usually directed somewhat backward instead
of vertically downward. They had also something of a funnel
shape, being larger on the side toward the testis, and some of them

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 243

were twice as lar^e as others. The largest had a diameter of .015
in., and would admit the passage of a fine bristle into the renal
sac. On applying slight pressure from above, the fluids con-
tained in the renal sac passed through in a minute jet. They were
irregularly distributed, corresponding in locality to the ripeness
of the duels of the testis. Except where the testis in its ripe
condition was in immediate proximity or actual contact with the
membranes of the renal sac, no such orifices or pores were to be
found. In the other specimens in which the testis or ovary showed
none of these signs of maturity, no such orifices could be detected.
The membranes in such cases presented a smooth and practically
impervious surface in every part.

It would seem as if these facts gave a final solution to the diffi-
culty as follows: —

When the ovary or testis is ready to discharge its products,
that portion of it which is ripe evinces its condition by an en-
largement of the ducts, continuing until dehiscence takes place.
Coincidently, the superincumbent membranes of the renal sac
(whether by sympathy with the congestion of the seminal organ
or otherwise) become lax and perforations make their appearance
immediately adjacent to the dehiscent ducts. Through these
orifices the seminal products make their way. A contraction of
the pedal muscles would be sufficient to cause the ejection. After
reaching the renal sac, the question of the extrusion of the ova or
semen presents no difficulties. The same agency which empties
the sac of its secretions through the renal papilla would suffice to
eject the seminal products, which floating in the water would cause
the fertilization of the ova as in the case of Chiton.

The rarity of individuals in a ripe condition in collections may
be due to their repairing below tide marks at such times, and
hence avoiding the collector.

The method above suggested is paralleled in numerous other in-
vertebrates, and even some fishes, with non-essential differences
of detail. The specimen referred to has been submitted to several
naturalists who agree as to the facts.

While additional evidence is desirable in corroboration, I feel
tolerably confident of the correctness of the inferences drawn from
the above facts, which furnish an explanation at once simple and
in accordance with experience in other cases, of a very puzzling
question.

244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

I may add, that the localized turgidity or swelling of the ripe
seminal ducts had been previously observed by me on other occa-
sions among specimens of Acmsea patina; but having dissected
them in most cases from above, removing the membranes not con-
nected by tissue with the ovary, and looking more particularly for
a permanent duct or passage, the perforations of the renal mem-
branes were likety to, and did, entirely escape my notice.

Additional notes on the genera of Limpets. — In the paper before
referred to, I was unable, for want of material, to obtain data in
relation to the dentition of the typical species of Helcion and
Scurria. The former I have lately obtained from a dry specimen
kindly communicated by Dr. Carpenter, and Mr. S. A. L. Bran nan,
of San Francisco presented me with an alcoholic specimen of
Scxirria scurra obtained b}7 him at Valparaiso.

The result of an examination of the two forms shows that
Helcion has the dentition of the typical Patellae such as P. vul-
gata, except that the third or outer cusp of the third lateral tooth
is obsolete. The gills are interrupted over the head as in Helcio-
niscus, from which it is suffieientl}7 distinguished by the dentition.

Scur?-ia scurra agrees in all essentials of branchiae and denti-
tion with Scurria mesoleuca described by me as above, so that
no change of the arrangement I then adopted is necessary. A
careful examination of the soft parts and dentition of some of the
typical scutellinas is still a desideratum.

Having now nearly complete data in regard to the principal
groups of the Docoglossa, a few observations may be permitted
on the relations of the different subordinate groups. I will pre-
mise, that, for reasons which I hope in a short period to publish
in extenso, I have come to the conclusion that the northwest coast
of America has been a great centre of distribution for molluscan
species; or of forms which, as they migrated south or east from
their original habitat, changed or added to their original char-
acters, until at present they are termed nearly related rather than
identical forms. In many cases their paths have become dry land,
and the track must be followed rather by organic relations than
continuity in distribution. Were the foregoing views correct, we
should look to find in this region— 1st, a maximum development
of the lower or parent forms of Docoglossa; 2d, a local abund-
ance and radiating distribution of the next higher genera; and
lastly, in the nearest region where conditions of temperature,
food, and station were most favorable (and the migrating organ-

187C] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 245

isms might be supposed to have been longer exposed to these
favorable conditions than those subjected to the vicissitudes of
more distant migration), we should expect to find instances where
the group had reached its highest form of specialization.

This is exactly the real state of the case.

"Whether we consider the dentition, the mechanism of respira-
tion, or the development of special organs, or the total bulk of
the organism, the Abranchiata are unquestionably the lowest forms
of the order. Without eyes, branchiae, or lateral teeth, sluggish in
their motions ; relying on buccal tentacular and the cuticular nerv-
ous s}-stem for outward impressions, and protected by the uniform
conditions of their deep water station, they stand at the foot of
the genealogical tree.

In the Alaskan region they are represented b}7 two or three
species, which reach a larger size than any of their congeners.

Pilidium and Lepeta have reached the east coast of America
and the Hebrides; the latter onby has penetrated to the Mediter-
ranean if identifications of Italian naturalists are to be accepted.

The rhachidian tooth, representing the type of a radula, and
disproportionately developed when compared with the uncini in
this group, may by natural selection have given place to the strong
subequal ranks of laterals characteristic of the Acmeeidse, and the
buccal tentacles, rendered unnecessary by the presence of eyes, dis-
appeared, or are only represented by the smooth frill of the muzzle
of Acmsea drawn down to a corner, while in the remainder of the
family they are totally absent.

The development of the radula, of a cervical branchia, of eyes,
and of general bulk, marks the progress of the group in the
Acmseidse. From uselessness the uncini become abortive.

In the northwest American region, more than in all the world
beside, is this group developed in species, in size, and in indi-
viduals. Strong in the possession of their new organs, they have
invaded the littoral zone, and only the smaller and weaker forms
tarry in deep water.

On the west they have, through favorable conditions, reached
Japan, China, and south to Amboyna. On the south, their un-
broken ranks stud the beaches from California to Tierra del Fuego,
and thence north on the east coast of South America to Rio de
Janeiro. The eastern barriers at the north are not so easily over-
come, and Acmsea testudinalii and virginea have alone reached
northern Europe.

24G PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [187G.

Iii the present state of our knowledge, it is easy to trace the
steps of development. Greater knowledge would doubtless in-
crease the complications.

In the warm waters of California Lottia g?-andis, having reached
an enormous size, is also enabled to develop an incomplete bran-
chial cordon in addition to its cervical plume.

Further south Scurria completes the cordon and apparently
reaches the highest stage of development short of a rejection of
useless parts. This soon occurs in the disappearance of the cer-
vical plume, whose office is abundantly filled by the development
of the cordon. This brings us to the Patellidse. Here the devel-
opment of the.radula has so far progressed that its median line,
in the highest type of the family, is now supplied with a rhachi-
dian tooth of properly proportioned size, and the abortive uncini
of the Acmseidee have given place to teeth which are capable of
fulfilling a useful purpose. At the same time, the plain muzzle
frill of Acmaea is replaced by a crop of arborescent tactile papilla?,
and in Ancistromesus, the highest development of total bulk known
to the order, is added to the greatest known specialization of the
other characters.

This occurs on the Mexican coast in the direct line of migration
from the northwest coast. So far as we yet know, the representa-
tives of this family in more distant regions have not yet rivalled
it in development. All want the median tooth; the other char-
acters, but with much smaller bulk, are developed in Patella vulgata
of Europe and some Indian species. Patina cannot complete its
cordon, inhabiting the British Isles. Nacella, an equally distant
traveller, in Patagonia, barely completes its cordon, while its asso-
ciate, Palinella, is more successful, and both sport a frill around
the foot.

Helcion and Helcioniscus of the African coasts, have the cordon
interrupted, and the dentition is less uniform and effective than in
Ancidromesus, which, however, they resemble in dispensing with
the foot frill. In the rich Indo-Pacific region it seems probable
that the higher types prevail more abundantly, and there is reason
to believe that Scutellina is a weakly offshoot from the acmean
stem.

Without verging greatly on the speculative, we may construct
a genealogical tree, which cannot greatly differ from the following
scheme: —

1876.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

247

West

North.
Lepetidse

Cryptobranchia

Lepeta

Pilidiuin

Acmrcidoe

Collisella

Acmsea

Collisellina

Lottia

Scurria.

Scutellina ?

Pate]

lidae.

Patella

Nacella

Patina

East

Patinella ITelcion

Ancistromesus

Helcioniscus

248 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME VERTEBRATE REMAINS FROM THE FORT UNION

BEDS OF MONTANA.

BY E. D. COPE.

Aublysodon lateralis, sp. nov.

Established on some teeth, one of which is of the size of those
of the A. horriduS) and which differ in some important particu-
lars. The posterior crenate ridge is as in that species, lateral in
position, separating a posterior face from the lateral at a right angle.
The posterior face is separated from that of the other side by a
very obtuse angle. The anterior aspect of the crown is without
crenate cutting edge, but the latter is present as a border to the
front, passing along the front of the side opposite to that which
bears the posterior angle. It is directed laterally, and projects
be3rond an open groove which follows its posterior base. The
base of the crown is broad elliptic in section. Enamel smooth.

A much smaller tooth was found with the preceding, and pre-
sented similar characters, excepting that the posterior face is not
so strongly truncate.

Measurements. M.

Length of crown preserved 025

TA- » r i c ( Ions; ..... .018

Diameter of base of crown \

(short 010

Width of posterior face 00G

Length of smaller crown Oil

Lonsr diameter of base of do. ...... .006

The apices of both crowns are considerably worn b}- use. Both
were found by Charles H. Sternberg of my exploring party.

Laelaps incrassatus, sp. nov.

Represented by two teeth, a larger and a smaller, which were
found near each other, but not sufficiently so as to warrant the
belief that they pertain to the same individual.

The characteristic feature of these teeth is, that the transverse
diameter of the base of the crown exceeds its anteroposterior, a
point in which it differs from all the other carnivorous dinosau-
rians yet known from the formation. Nevertheless, the posterior
cutting edo-e is median, and is denticulated. The anterior cutting
edge, which is also denticulated, is nearly median at the apex, but

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 249

continues along one side of the widening anterior face to the base
of the crown. The posterior cutting edge is nearly straight, while
the anterior is rather abrubtly curved at the apex.

The anterior and posterior edges are not lateral in position as
in Auhlysodon lateralis.

Measurements. M.

No. 1. No. 2.
Length of crown 025 .014

Diameter at base jantero-P°sterior

( transverse

.012 .006
.0135 .008

A large species. Discovered by Jno. C. Isaac.
Laelaps explanatus, sp. nov.

An abundant species, but as }'et represented only by teeth which
are about the size of those of the largest of living Varanidse.

The crowns are strongly compressed and curved; one side is
flat, the other gently convex; the posterior cutting edge is median
and concave. The anterior edge is not continued to the base of
the crown, and disappears before attaining the apex ; it is feebly
denticulate, and only at its convex curvature towards the apex;
its course is median. The flat face has a slight bevel to the pos-
terior edge. Surface smooth, without transverse undulations.

Measurements. m.

Length of crown 0110

t^. , , ( antero-posterior . . . .0066

Diameter crown at base < l

I transverse 0028

Laelaps falculus, sp. nov.

Represented by several teeth of about half the size of those of
the last described reptile. They differ in form in several respects,
being relatively shorter and stouter, and less sectorial in character.
The lateral surfaces are about equally convex, while the anterior
face is narrowly obtuse, and without cutting edge. The posterior
edge is concave and furnished with a serration of smaller denticles
than in the L. explanatus ; it is median in position.

Measurements. m.

Length of crown . • 0090

-r.. e -u e ( antero-posterior . . .0056

Diameter of base of croAvn \ l

\ transverse 00-10

Found by Jno. C. Isaac.

'250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1816.

Dysganus encaustus, gen. et sp. nov.

Char. Gen. — A large number of teeth exhibit the characters of
this genus, which is a peculiar form of herbivorous Dinosauria.
The crowns are compressed, so that the fore and aft diameter
much exceeds the transverse. The body of the crown is a flattened
shaft of dentine, one face of which is the denser, and produces the
cutting edge. This face is flat or weakly keeled, while there are
two other faces uniting at an open angle, thus giving a sub tri-
angular section. On each of these faces is adherent a shaft of
cementum-like material of a dense character, whose external face
is longitudinally concave. These inclose between them on the
median line a deep groove, which expands below into a wide con-
cavity, which appears to be enlarged as the age of the tooth in-
creases preparatory to shedding. The other parts of the base of
the crown below the cutting face, are inclosed in a rather thick
deposit of rugose cementum, which rises a distance on the sides
of the tooth.

The method of replacement of the teeth in this genus appears
to resemble that of Cionodon, except that there is no indication
of the existence of as many series in the transverse direction. The
longitudinal grooves in the anterior and posterior cement columns
are probably occupied by the borders of the apices of successional
teeth. The presence of these columns, etc , distinguishes this
genus from that and other allied genera.

Char. Specif. — The cutting face is more or less concave, and is
impressed or sunken, its lateral borders, and the cement of the
basis, projecting beyond it. The inferior border is also usually
oblique, that of one of the sides rising diagonally. In the same
proportion, a weak keel is also unsymmetrically placed, lying close
to the opposite border, and dividing the lace into a wide and a
narrow concavit}'. The oblique border is also incurved, the edge
of the posterior cement column curving round the cutting face of
the dentine. The latter is delicately rugose in unworn specimens.
The external basal cementum rises highest on the incurved border
of the crown ; its surface is minutely rugose, the rugosity being
generally punctilbrm. It is also of a different color from the
dentine in the specimens as preserved, and is occasionally found
nearly worn away. The edge of unworn teeth is not serrate.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 251

Measurements. m.

Length of basis of tooth 012

( antero-posterior 009

Diameter of crown | transverse _ _ _ 004

Transverse diameter below crown 008

The teeth are rather smaller than those of Hadrosaurus foulkei.
The borders present no indication of the crenation seen in that
and other species, either in worn or unworn specimens.

Dysganus haydenianus, nov. sp.

Represented by a number of teeth found in such relation that
they are supposed to belong to two individuals.

They differ materially in form from those of the D. encaustus,
and exceed any of them in size.

The base of the tooth possesses the thick investment of rough
cementum, and has a slope away from the base of the crown. The
form of the crown is peculiar in possessing a lateral face placed
at a strong angle to the usual face, and separated from it by a
strong protuberant angular ridge. This angular cutting face would
resemble that of the Diclonii were it not that the body of dentine
of which it is composed is a flat plate instead of a triangular seg-
ment of a subquadrate prism. Each face has a separate plate,
which is separated from the other by a suture. A solid mass fills
the angle between them, which is divided by a groove produced
by the pressure of the angle of the face of the succeeding tooth
which fits it. The wider of the "front" faces is divided by a low
longitudinal ridge. Both of the faces are bounded by an external
incurved ridge which cause them to have a concave surface.

A tooth of a size equal to that of the one just described was
found with it, has a form more nearly like that of D. encaustus, in
the less degree of prominence of the lateral angle. It displays but
a single posterior cementum-like mass, which presents considerable
lateral faces as well as a posterior one, as in the first described
tooth.

Measurements. m.

Length of base of crown 010

Elevation of remaining part of crown .

i antero-posterior
Diameter of crown 1 transverse, total .

' " dentine

Dedicated to Doctor F. V. Hayden, U. S. Geologist

.006
.015
.010
.00-1

252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1876.

Dysganus bicarinatus, <p- nov.

This dinosaurian is represented in the collections by some of the
teeth of three individuals. Two of the teeth represent immature
stages, while the others are worn ])y continued use. They all
present characters not found in the D. encaustus^ from which they
differ in a direction the opposite of that which characterizes the
D. haydenianus.

The crowns present a nearly flat face without incurved lateral
angles, nor prominent median keel. The basis is wide, projects in
a rim beyond the face, and is invested with rough cementum. The
face is peculiar in being divided into three planes by two low
angular ridges, and its surface is smooth. The dentinal column
is triangular, and there are two posterior columns separated by a
fissure, in mature teeth.

The absence of the lateral incurved angle, and the presence of
the two median ones distinguish this species from the D.encaustus.

Measurements. m.

Length of basis 000

Width " Oil

Length of worn face 00G

( anteroposterior Oil

Diameter of crown < . AA_

( transverse 007

Dysganus peiganus, sp. nov.

J n the typical tooth of this species the form approaches the
genus Palseoscincus, Leidy, in the compression of the crown, and
the contraction of the base; it is a limital species of Dysganus if
really properly placed in that genus.

The widest portion of the crown is above the base; from this
expansion it contracts in both directions, and in the unworn tooth
forms an angular median apex. This is not the casein D. encaustus,
which is regularly rounded. The margin of the crown is narrowed,
expanding but little towards the expansion, and is quite rugose.
From these rugosities low ridges descend on the face of the tooth,
whose surface is also minutely rugose. The face is divided by a
prominent median rib, which extends to the apex. No cementum
is visible on the basis, in the onby specimen in which this part is

preserved.

Measurements. m.

Length of crown .008

/transverse 005

Diameter of crown J antero.po8terior i at base . .008

I I greatest . . .011

18T6.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 253

Diclonius pentagonus, gen. et sp. nov.

Char. Gen. — Herbivorous dinosaurians, in which the teeth are
elongate and without distinct root, and present dense materia]
only on one side of the crown (the '"front"), whose section pro-
duces a cutting edge. The other face of the tooth (the " back")
is coated with cementum, and is absorbed during the protru-
sion of the succession^ tooth from below, which thus rises from
"behind." In the anteroposterior direction the teeth are pro-
truded alternately, and the lower parts of the crowns are con-
tracted to give space for the apices of the adjacent young teeth.
In the type of the genus there is but a single series of teeth.

In the known species of this genus, the dense face ("front") of
the crown presents a longitudinal keel, but this is not necessarily
a generic character. The terms "front" and "back" are not in-
tended to be accurate, as the faces so termed are either external
or internal, the direction being probably reversed in the two jaws.
Tins genus is allied to Hadrosaurus and Gionodon. From the
former it differs in the mode of succession of the teeth, which, as
determined by Prof. Leidy in that genus, is from the " front" of
the base of the tooth, whereas, in Diclonius, the succession is as
in Gionodon, from the "posterior" base of the tooth. This ar-
rangement allows of a more continuous use of the dense face than
in Hadromurus, where that face terminates as the young crown
rises into functional position. A species from the Fort Union
bad lands of the Judith River was described by Dr. Leidy as Tra-
chodon mirabilis. Specimens of this species from the locality
furnishing those of Diclonius, present the mode of succession
ascribed by that author to Hadrosaurus, to which genus he after-
wards referred the species under the name of H. mirabilis.

The dentition of species of this genus shows that but one
tooth in mature functional use existed in a line transverse to the
axis of the jaw at one time, and that alternating with these, one
partially protruded crown, and one stump of a crown, present
masticating surfaces in transverse relation. The formula for this
genus should then be written 2—1, while in Gionodon it is 3—3—2.
The type of this genus exhibits a mode of nutrition of the
young teeth similar to that seen in the genus Saurocephalus
among fishes. The bone is perforated by a series of foramina,
each of which combed an artery directly into the base of the
growing crown.

254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

Char. Specif. — The front of the crown is divided longitudinally
by a prominent median keel and the borders are not serrate. The
keel is onl}- moderately prominent at the lower part of the crown.
The back of the crown is divided into three faces by two straight
longitudinal parallel solid angles, and the crown is contracted near
the base by the lateral bevels for the adjacent growing teeth AH
these faces are covered by cementum, whose roughness is granulai
in character. The external surface of the jaw-bone has precisely
the same character, so that the apices of the teeth only appear as
prominences of its border.

The typical specimen is that of an individual of moderate dimen-
sions; measurements of a tooth of a gigantic individual are given
below.

Measurements. M.

Length of a series of five teeth 023

Protrusion of crown of largest tooth 006

Diameter " " " 00G

Length of crown above lateral apical facets of larger animal .013

_. „ . .(antero-posterior . . .011

Diameter ot crown at same point \ * nnn

(.transverse . . . .Out)

Width of median face of "back" 003

Diclonius perangulatus, sp. nov.

This abundant species of herbivorous dinosaur has left its shed
teeth in many localities of the Fort Union horizon, in company
with those of the Trachodon mirabilis, Palaeosdncus costatus,
and other large reptiles. Teeth with complete apices are rare.
The marked character of the species is seen in the prominence of
the median angular ridge which divides equally the cutting face
of the crown from apex to base. The prominence increases down-
wards so that the transverse diameter becomes greater than the
antero-posterior, in some cases being diamond-shaped in the trans-
verse direction. Its position is symmetrical, or nearly so. The
lateral borders are smooth, one specimen displaying a faint trace
of crenation near the apex. There is no shank or root in any of
the teeth preserved, and the basis is excavated on the side away
from the cutting edge for the apex of the successional tooth. A
band of roughened cementum extends round the base, and is con-
tinued upwards on each side opposite the cutting face. This side
presents three faces, a narrow median, and two wider lateral. The
latter are slightly concave, and are probably adapted to the apices

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 255

of the successional teeth; the former is often slightly concave,
and is the seat of most rapid attrition. The lateral facets disap-
pear at a distance below the apex, where the non-cutting side is
strongly convex, and covered with a coarsely rugose cementum ;
the rugosity including pits.

Measurements. >r.

Length of a shed tooth Oil

( antero-posterior 010

Diameter of crown < . „ir,

( transverse 012

Width of facet for successional crown 000

Width of posterior facet 005

Width of cutting face of another near apex . . . .008

Antero-posterior diameter of do. at do 010

The prominence of the median angle with other points distin-
guishes this species from the Gionodon arctatus. The size is larger
than that of the known specimens of that species, equalling that of
the largest of the order. (See Report of U. S. Geological Surv.
Terrs. II., 4to, for description of genus Gionodon.)

Specimens of this species have been referred b}' Dr. Leidy to his
Trachodon mirabilis.

Diclonius calamarius, sp. nov.

This species, as represented by teeth, is the smallest of the
genus, but the adult size is a point, however, not easi^ deter-
mined among extinct reptiles. The teeth are slender, and the
front has parallel borders and a median keel. The borders are
entire, and, in two of the crowns, twisted slightly round the long
axis of the tooth. The keel is thus twisted also, and towards the
base, when it becomes quite low, is nearer one border than the
other. The back of the tooth displays two lateral facets, sepa-
rated by a narrow median facet. The former have a thin, deli-
cately rugose, cement investment, with a minute rugosity; the
latter is smooth in the specimens, apparently from friction. The
characters of this saurian readily distinguish it from its congeners.

Measurements. m.

Length of portion of crown 012

^. „ ( antero-posterior 004

Diameter of crown \ . „_ .

( transverse C04

Monoclonius crassus, gen. et sp. nov.

Char. Gen. — Teeth with obliquely truncate face and distinct
root, which is grooved for the successional tooth on the front.

256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1S7G

No external cementum layer, caudal vertebrae biconcave, and brim
narrow. Fore limbs large and massive.

The teeth of this genus resemble those of Hadromnrus, and like
them, are replaced from the " front," an arrangement which pre-
cludes the possibility of more than one series of teeth being in
functional use at one time. The robust fore limbs and elongate
ilium distinguish Diclonius from Hadrosaurus. From Trachodon
it differs in the absence of the rough cementum layer on the back
of the tooth.

Char. Specif. — The faces of the teeth are acuminate oval in form,
and are divided by an elevated keel, which is median above, but
turns to one side at the base. Margin crenate, the grooves ex-
tending more or less on the convex " back," which is otherwise
smooth.

Sacrum with ten vertebrae, the last centrum much compressed,
the diapophyscs extending horizontally from the neural arch
above, and connected by a vertical lamina with the iliac supports;
length 27.33 inches. The bones of the limbs are robust, the hinder
the longer, but not so much so as in some other genera. Length
of femur 22 inches; width, proximally, 7.4 inches; distally 0 inches.
Length of tibia 20 inches; greatest diameter, proximally, S inches;
distally 7.25 inches. The three anterior dorsal vertebras are eo-
ossified, and the first exhibits a deep cup for articulation with the
preceding vertebra. The episternum is a T-shaped bone, thin and
keeled on the median line below. Length of transverse portion
21 inches.

Paronychodon lacustris, gen. et sp. nov.

Char. Gen. — The teeth which characterize this genus have the
general character of those of Plesiosaurus, Elasmosaurus^ etc.
The crowns are subconic, and the enamel is thrown into longitu-
dinal plicae. The special characters of the genus are seen in the
form of the crown, one side of which is convex, and the other side
plane, so that the section instead of being circular is semicircular.
It is also strongly curved in the direction of its plane face.

Char. Specif. — Both anterior and posterior edges are curved,
and are not acute nor denticulate. There are four plicae on the
flat face, only two of which approach the apex. There are six
keels on the convex face, all of which approach the apex. All
the carinse are rather obtuse, and the enamel is otherwise smooth.
The apex is very acute.

18*6.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 251

Measurements, m.

Length of tooth 0130

( antero-posterior 0040

Diameter at base < . nnnA

{ transverse 002 I

Length of crown 0100

It is probable that portions of skeleton of this reptile are in my
possession, but the means of positive identification are yet wanting.

Compsemys imbricarius, sp. nov.

This species, like the others of the genus, has the scutal sutures
well defined, and the superficial surface of the carapace sculptured.
The character of this sculpture distinguishes the species, and in
the present instance in a special manner. It consists, in the
G. imbricarius, of excavations bounded on the sides by a short
ridge each, which alternate with each other. Thus each bounding
ridge terminates abruptly at the fundus of one of the fossae, while
the other end of the fossa rises and contracts to another ridge.
The result is precisely that seen in the interior sculpture of Sara-
cenic domes or niches, and is one which is quite unique among
tortoises. The direction of the ridges is at right angles to the
costal dermal sutures. This species was about as large as the
snapping tortoise (Chelydra serpentina).

Measurements. m.

Thickness of a costal bone 0050

_ . c lengthwise 00G;">

Three fossae measure < . „„-„

( crosswise OOoO

Compsemys variolosus, sp. nov.

One of the most abundant, and the largest species of the Fort
Union beds. The carapace is convex and the plastron flat ; the
marginal bones are heavy and strongly convex on the inferior
side. The margin of the plastron is thickened and heavy, char-
acters which also belong to all parts of the carapace. The sutures
of the dermal scuta are deeply impressed, and the surface of the
bone is strongly sculptured above and below, and even on the
superior face of the thickened margins of the free lobes of the
plastron. The sculpture consists of round fossae, which are deeply
impressed and are arranged quincuncially, so that their borders
never form straight lines. The latter are also more or less angu-
late on the edge, so that the surface has a more than usually ru-
gose character.

258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

The typical specimen equals those of the large land tortoises
of the Eocene in dimensions.
Discovered by C. II. Sternberg.

Polythorax missuriensis, gen. et sp. nov.

Char. Gen. — Plastron with contracted fixed lobes and wide
bridge; carapace with well-developed marginal bones; mandibular
ramus narrow; alveolar face with acute external margin; the
symphysis neither produced nor recurved. Dermal scuta every-
where distinct, those of the plastron the usual ones, with the addi-
tion of the two marginal intergulars, and two large interhumerals.
The latter scuta are separated from the numerals by sutures run-
ning parallel with the humeral margin of the anterior lobe between
the gular and pectoral scuta.

In the possession of interhumeral scuta, Polythorax differs from
any known genus of Testudinata. The general structure is much
like that of Adocus and Baena, with nearer resemblance to the
latter in its double intergular scuta. It is impossible to ascertain
whether there are intersternal bones, as the plastron is cobssified
throughout. The presence or absence of intermarginal scuta can-
not 3ret be determined, although it is clear, that if existing, their
position is quite external.

This genus is interesting as connecting in its stratigraphical
position allied types of Cretaceous Xo. 5 (Adocus), with those of
the Wahsatch and Bridger Eocenes (Baena).

Char. Specif. — Carapace with openly dentate posterior border.
The surface is irregularly swollen, especially on the median line
near the margins of the vertebral scuta. The vertebral scuta are
wide, the costals short, and the marginals narrow. The anterior
lobe of the plastron is a little shorter and more contracted than
the posterior; its base is narrower than the antero-posterior extent
of the bridge. Its extremity is rounded, while that of the pos-
terior lobe is truncate with rounded angles. The gular and in-
tergular scuta are each wider than long, while the interhumerals
are much longer than wide. The humerala are narrow, while the
pectorals are wide from the anterior position of the pectoro.
humeral suture. Bach anal scutum is longer than wide.

The surface of the plastron is obsoletely but coarsely rugose;
the roughness greatest anteriorly, where it coirsists of short raised
lines irregularly disposed.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 259

Measurements. M.

Length of plastron 183

Length of anterior lobe
Length of bridge ....
Width of bridge ....
Width of extremity of posterior lobe
Thickness at inguinal region

.049
.076
.070
.035
.010

Hedronchus sternbergii, gen. et sp. nov.

Char. Gen. — The bone on which this genus reposes has the ap-
pearance of the crown of a young tooth. Its central cavity is large
and expands to the margin of the basis; its apex is unworn. It
appears to be too protuberant for the position of a dermal tubercle.
It may be distinguished as a short crown on a shorter slightly
constricted portion or neck. The crown culminates in three crests,
which together form a letter T, and which descend towards the
neck. There is no investment of enamel or cement, and the ma-
terial of which it is composed resembles dense bone.

Char. Specif. — The faces on each side of the stem of the T, are

concave and divided by an oblique crest, which descends from the

common apex. The other face is gently convex, and the inferior

part of each of its bounding crests projects ear-like. The base is

an oval.

Measurements. m.

Elevation of crown 006

Diameter of base {longitudinal 005

( transverse 004

Discovered by Charles H. Sternberg.
Ceratodus eruciferus, sp. nov.

A basal lamina separable from the dentigerous lamina. The
latter supports ribs which diverge from a single marginal rib
which extends along one side. The marginal rib is separated by
a deep groove from the radiating ribs, which is continuous with
the grooves between the latter. The ribs are of irregular diameter
and not perfectly straight; they are interrupted by weak trans-
verse ridges which project beyond the margins. The ridges rises
abruptly from their common base and are separated distally by
notches of the margin.

2C0 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [lSTJ'i.

Measurements. M.

Long diameter of dental surface Oil

Short diameter of dental surface 007

Thickness of plate 003

There are six ridges in the length.
Ceratodus hieroglyphus, sp nov.

This species is materially different from the List, and was more
abundant, judging from the occurrence of its remains.

The dentigerous plate is thin and dense, and has the appearance
of a short toothed comb with a handle. The tooth-like points are
the extremities of low ridges, which are arranged nearly at right
angles to a wide longitudinal elevated half of the osseous base.
They are separated by shallow grooves from each other, ami are
not continuous with the basis just mentioned, which rises abruptly
above them. They are smooth. The " handle" above alluded to
is triangular in section having two bevels on the side supporting
the tooth ridges. The lower face of the bone is smooth.

Measurements. M.

Total length 013

Length of dentigerous portion 010

Total width 0045

Width of dentigerous portion 0020

There are thirteen teeth in the length.
Myledaphus bipartitus, gen. et sp. nov.

Char. Gen. — Crowns of the teeth molar in character, truncate,
wider than long, standing table-like on the root. The latter par-
taking of the shape of the crown, short, straight, split equally and
at right angles to the greatest diameter of the tooth. The crowns
form a, pavement having a regularly hexagonal outline. Their
composition is different in the halves on each side of a line which
divides the crown equally, running in the long direction. On one
side the dentine is striate at right angles to the long diameter;
the structure is not distinguishable by the hand lens on the oppo-
site side of the line.

The affinities of this genus cannot now be stated, but the form
of the root recalls the Elosmobranchiii and that of the crown,
some of tlic rays.

Char. Specif. — The staining on opposite sides of the line that
divides the crown, is different, on the one paler than on the other.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 261

The face of the crown is nearly plane, and its border is vertical
and overhangs the root all round in a narrow ledge; it is vertically
striate, as is also the root. The antero-posterior diameter exceeds
the transverse, and the facets are subequal, and are continued less
perfectly on the root. The fissure of the latter does not reach the
base of the crown.

Measurements. m.

Length of tooth 0053

Diameter of crown { antero-posterior . . .0060

\ transverse 0045

Long diameter of root 0050

Length of root 0030

Discovered bv Charles H. Sternberg.

2G2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1816.

November 1.

The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair.

Twenty-five members present.

A paper entitled " Notes on American Cretaceous Fossils,
with descriptions of some New Species," by Win. M. Gabb, was
presented for publication.

On Conglomerate No. XII. — Mr. Young described the Con-
glomerate No. XII. as it appears upon the New River in West
Virginia.

The formation consists of alternate members of shale and sand-
stone; the latter numbering five, which are massive, but not con-
glomeritic, and form cliffs upon the sides of the hills which flank
the river.

The shaly members of the group contain workable coal-beds.
There are four beds, ranging in thickness from three to five feet.
Small seams are also present.

The total thickness of the formation is about one thousand
feet, half of which is represented in the sandstone cliffs.

The formation as above described extends from Hinton to
Hawk's Nest, the latter point being a bold cliff formed of one
of the sandstone layers of the formation.

The New River at Hinton falls over a barrier made by one of
the sandstone members.

The falls of the Kanawha are made by the upper plate of the
conglomerate.

The Australians. — Dr. Pickering, having recently made a
communication to the Academy on the sources of the native
population of New Zealand and Tasmania, now proposed to speak
of Australia.

The zoological character of Australia precludes the origin
there of a member of the human family, and the Australians are
intruding strangers ; but where they come from is a mystery.

The most prominent photographs at the Centennial Exposition
are unsatisfactory, with the exception of two life-sized heads of
clearly pure-blooded natives; while the many excellent small
photographs require closer inspection than is usually afforded to
visitors.

At the Fiji Islands, he had been informed by a chief of the
existence of "long-haired" people in the interior of the main
island; similar accounts are given of other large islands westward,
and there are inland people in the Malayan archipelago about
whom very little is known ; yet it does not seem probable that

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 2G3

any island in the whole series in question contains straight-haired
blacks resembling Australians.

Though unprepared to cancel the Australian as a distinct
physical race, he admits that affinity may possibly be found in
the Telingan or Black Hindu; and, notwithstanding the general
Caucasian features of Telingans, and the broad, flat nose and
darker complexion of Australians, a match could probably be
found of individuals not very dissimilar in personal appearance.

From eastern Hindustan, Telingans continue migrating by
thousands to the Malayan archipelago, but, being all males, make
very little impression on the resident population. He did not,
while among them, apply the Caucasian test of the divided carti-
lage at the nasal extremity.

On Sonomaite. — Mr. E. Goldsmith stated that he had found
among other undetermined minerals collected by Prof. F. V.
Hayden in Sonoma County, Cal., near the geysers, one for which
he proposed the name Sonomaite.

This is the composition of the first specimen —

'■M = 7.66 per cent. = 3.56 per cent, oxygen.

Fe = 2.01 " = 0.46

Mg = 7.14 " = 3.21 " "

§ = 38.78 " = 23.26 " "

H = 44.41 " = 39.55 " "

A second specimen from another spot probably, but from the
same locality, gave but a slightly different result, as the analysis
showed —

M = 8.36 per cent. = 3.89 per cent, oxygen.

Fe = 1.56 " = 0.34 "

Mg = 7.51 " == 3.00 " "

§' = 38.30 " = 22.98

H = 44.27 " = 39.35 " "

The oxygen ratios of both analyses are —

51 : Mg (Fe) : S : H.
3 : 3 : 18 : 33.

which result may be expressed in the formula —

XI S3, 3Mg S 4- 3311.

The alumina was in these analyses precipitated twice in order
to effect a complete separation of the magnesia. The water was
found by the difference.

In regard to the oxidation of the iron, he ascertained that, if
the watery solution of the salt was tested with a solution of
sulphocyanide of potassium and well mixed, no red coloration
appeared, but, on adding a few drops of diluted sulphuric acid, a
reddish coloration became visible. It seems reasonable to assume
that a small quantity of the iron was oxidized to sesquioxide, but
had no acid with which to form the sesquisalt. The truth of this
view becomes apparent if a few hundred milligrammes are dis-

204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1S76-

solved in much water, in which case a small quantity of scsqni-
oxide of iron drops to the bottom of the vessel; if, however, the
solution of the salt is concentrated, the separation of this oxide
seems not to take place. The iron in this mineral varies in
quantity, and he thought it might at times he entirely wanting,
for magnesia and protoxide of iron may substitute each other, and
for this reason he did not introduce it into the formula.

When he first determined the mineral, it was supposed to be
Picked n id te, because the general appearance, the reactions with
the blowpipe, its solubility, and all the elements contained in it
are the same; only the quantitative analysis showed the differ-
ences in the ratios of the constituents.

Sonomaite occurs in silky, colorless crystals.

Specific gravity in alcohol of 95 per cent. = 1.982 ; in water it
would therefore be = 1.604.

Klauer described (Gmelin's Handbuch der Chemie, 2, 315) a
salt which differs from this only in having 3 aeq. of water more.

Explorations in South America. — Prof. Cope stated that an
expedition had been planned in this city for the exploration of
the sources of the Madeira River, and of the eastern slopes of the
Andes in Bolivia. Prof. James Orton had taken charge of the
party, which included a corps of scientific assistants. As the
region in question is the least known in South America, important
results are anticipated. It was hoped that the Academy would
be able to avail itself of these in the increase of its collections,
etc. The expedition sailed on the 25th of October last.

November 14.

The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair.

Thirt3'-six members present.

A paper entitled "Note on a Cirripedc of the Californian Mio-
cene, with remarks on Fossil Shells," by T. A. Conrad, was pre-
sented for publication.

On Boussingaultite and other Mineral* from Sonoma County,
California. — Mr. B. GOLDSMITH stated that among the minerals
brought by Dr. P. V. Hayden from Sonoma County, Cab. was
one winch he thought proper to call Boussingaultite. Although
he had not been able to find in the current literature an analysis
of the mineral to which Bechi had given this name in 1804, still
he presumed that it might be that. It is stated, however, in
Dana's Descriptive Min., p. 635, that Boussingaultite is mascag-
nite with some sulphate magnesia; whereas the mineral which
.Mr. (J. analyzed seems to be sulphate magnesia ammonia. The

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 265

mineral occurs in irregular granular masses, is soft, and easily
rubbed to a perfectly white powder.

If heated in the tube, closed at one end, it affords water and a
white sublimate, which latter is sulphate ammonia; in the bottom
remained a white residue. On coal it gave, with solution of
cobalt and strong ignition, the reddish coloration indicating the
presence of magnesia. It is soluble in water. The solution
showed the presence of sulphuric acid, magnesia, and ammonia.

The quantitative determination of the sulphuric acid and the
magnesia was done with the air-dry substance ; the amount of
ammonium-oxide and water were calculated by means of those
obtained data stochiometrically.

§ = 38. 8G per cent. = 23.31 oxygen.

Mg = 15. 5G " = 6.22

AmO = 5.03 " = 1.54 "

H = 40.55 " = 3G.04 "

The oxygen ratios of the acid and bases are —

S : Mg : AmO : S.
15.13: 4.03 : 1 : 24.

'Here are evidently five equivalents of sulphuric acid, and also
the same number of equivalents of bases, hence the formulated
expression —

4Mg S, AmO S 4- 2411
may be proposed.

The substance is nearly insoluble in alcohol of .818 specific
giavity, at 10° F., it was therefore weighed in it, and its specific
gravity found to be = 2.037 ; in water it would have the specific
gravity = 1.666.

Mr. Goldsmith further called attention to the following minerals,
which were all collected by Prof. Hayden in the same locality as
those described above : —

Geyserite intermixed with a basic sulphate of iron and an oil,
which is probably petroleum.

Epsomite or native sulphate magnesia occurs there, sometimes
pure, occasionally mixed with ge3'serite.

Geyserite containing some sonomaite.

Mascagnite or native sulphate ammonia in white, irregular-
shaped fragments.

Nodular geyserite seems to have been ground by the action of
the motion of the geyser. Some of the nodules are nearly spheri-
cal; others spheroidal; a few in the collection are flattened, but
always smoothly rounded ; color white. They are nearly pure
silica.

Sulphur is also a product of the geyser region. This element
was noticed to be in very small crystals, which, when burned
away, left at first a black carbonaceous matter ; on heating to a
high temperature, the carbon disappeared and a white ash re-
mained.
18

2G6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

Iron ochre containing a small quantity of arsenic. The reddish-
brown powder lias a peculiar disagreeable odor.

Kaolinite in the form of a pale blue, soft powder; on heating,
the blue color disappears; if tins substance is heated in the glass-
tube, closed at one end, water is expelled which reacts alkaline ;
but on heating strongly, that is, to near redness, the reaction on
litmus-paper indicates the presence of an acid.

Earthy geyserite containing some gypsum, and, at least, the
flame-reaction of the presence of a minute quantity of potassa.

Although Mr. Gr. searched for chlorine or soluble chlorides,
which as usual are widel}- distributed over the globe, in these
cases, however, they seem to be absent. Whether in Sonoma
County no chloride of sodium is found cannot be said at present
with certainty; it is singular that none was noticed among those
minerals which he had the opportunity to determine.

Cretaceous Vertebrates of the Upper Missouri. — Prof. Cope
stated that he had recently returned from an exploration of the
Judith River beds of the Upper Missouri, which were discovered
by Dr. Hayden in 1855. Attention was given to the relation of
this formation to the underlying marine cretaceous beds, and to
the respective faunae of the two as compared with that of the
earl}" eocene period. The fauna was found to be terrestrial and
lacustrine, including great numbers of Unionidse, Lepidosteus,
Myledophus (a form probably of ra3rs) ; of tailed JJatrachia,
crocodiles, fresh-water turtles, Rhynclweephalia, and Dinosaurian
reptiles. The Dinosauria constitute the most abundant and cha-
racteristic form of life, eighteen species having been found, of
which eight were of the carnivorous (Goniopodous) and ten of the
herbivorous (Orthopodous) type. The predominant genus of the
former is Leelajix, and of the latter Dysga7ius, of both of which
several species were found.

The facies of this fauna is thus plainly mesozoic and cretaceous,
adding weight to the arguments already adduced to this effect.
But the change from the fauna of the underlying cretaceous num-
bers four and five is very striking, the genera and often higher
groups being quite different. The t3-pes of the marine beds were
ibund to be Pythonomorpha, Ulasmosauni*. a genus allied to
Polycotylus, Enchodus^ chiinserids, and sharks, with marine
Cephalopoda , etc. Nevertheless, the physical transition between
the marine and lacustrine formations appears to be complete, as
indicated by Prof. Hayden.

Dr. Le Conte read the following report from the committee
appointed, at the request of the Centennial Commission, to inves-
tigate and report upon the introduction of noxious insects and
plants through the medium of the foreign exhibits in the exhi-
bition : —

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 207

REPORT ON INSECTS INTRODUCED BY MEANS OF THE
INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITION.

On behalf of the Committee appointed by the Academy of Na-
tural Sciences of Philadelphia, at the meeting held October 10,
1876, "to investigate and report upon the introduction of new
species of insects and plants through the medium of foreign ex-
hibits at the Centennial Exhibition," I have the honor to present
the following report, with the desire that it ma}^ be forwarded to
the proper authorities of the Centennial Commission, at whose
instance the Committee was appointed.

The Committee is composed of the following members of the
Academy : —

Dr. Joseph Lekty, Dr. George H. Horn, Mr. Thomas Median,
Dr. J. Gibbons Hunt, and Dr. John L. Le Conte, Chairman.

It was apparent that while the labors of the botanists of the
Committee could not properly commence until next spring, when
careful observation will recognize any new introductions of plants,
the entomological investigations should be made as speedily as
possible. According^, Dr. Horn and myself, availing ourselves
of the admission cards which had, with great liberality, been sent
to the members of the Committee, went frequentl}' to the exhibits
in the Main Building and Agricultural Hall, and made collections
in all the agricultural products from foreign countries, which were
found to be infected.

Most of the species which we obtained have been already dis-
tributed over the globe by the ordinary channels of trade, and
nothing is to be apprehended from the addition of a few hundred
thousand specimens, to the incalculable millions of individuals of
the same kind, that we have now domiciled amongst us.

I am happy to add that the species found, which have not been
previously observed in the United States, will be innocuous ;
they are dependent for their support upon plants which do not
grow here, and which would be of no commercial value to us if
the}' were cultivated.

I may therefore announce, with moderate certainty, that no
evil result will occur to our agricultural interests, from any intro-
duction of foreign insects, by means of the Centennial Exhibits.

2G8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1ST6«

Before concluding this report, by a list of the insects collected
in the buildings, it is our duty to notice some remarkable differ-
ences between the exhibits from different countries, indicating the
care with which the specimens had been prepared, and the means
taken to prevent depredation by insects.

All those exhibits which had been moist when packed, or had
become moist or mouldy on the voyage or during the Exhibition,
abounded in Bruchus, Calandra, and Tineidae; while those which
were protected against moisture were unattacked. It stands to
reason, in fact, that insects dependent on a circulating fluid for
their vitality, and having, during their early stages as larva3, a
very soft and moist body, cannot obtain in properly dried grains
the requisite amount of moisture for their sustenance, and the
egg, if previously deposited, will remain, like an ungerminating
seed, for a favorable moment to develop, or if hatched, the larva
will die at an earty stage.

It was, therefore, with great pleasure that we recognized the
appreciation of this almost self-evident proposition by the De-
partment of Agriculture of Portugal. The exhibits in bottles
were entirely free from all mould and infection, and in each bottle
was a small quantity of caustic lime,1 wrapped in paper, which, by
its hygrometric power, had kept the specimens perfectly dry.

We do not intend to have it inferred, from what is above stated,
that all the other exhibits were in a condition inferior to that of
Portugal; on the contrary, many of them, as well as many from
our own States, were in most admirable order; but, so far as we
could learn, this good condition had been produced by great per-
sonal care, and the removal from time to time of the infected
parts; not by the use of a preventive agent.

While investigating the occurrence of a small species of Tineide
in the Italian exhibit of Leghorn straw, I learned that some im-
portations of straw goods, by Messrs. Albinola and Bailey, of New
York, had been attacked by insects. I immediately wrote to those
gentlemen, who, with great courtesy, sent me two collections of the
insects infesting a recent importation which had become mouldy
from being packed in a moist condition. The names of tlie species
contained in this set are appended ; they are all either carnivorous
or fungivorous, and can therefore do no harm ; some of them have

1 The nature of the powder waB suspected by the Committee, but the
determination was made through the analysis of Mr. Edward Goldsmith.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 209

not been before observed in the United States, or their habits
have not been noted. What is more important, however, is that
none of the straw goods were attacked by moths either on this
or previous occasions. It is therefore to be inferred that the
moth in the Italian exhibit was the grain-moth of the seed of the
grass which produced the straw used in the manufacture of the
Italian goods. What confirms this inference is that the moths
occurred in but one case, in which were exhibited several bunches
of the straw with the heads of grain still remaining.

Prof. C. V. Rile}r, in the Proceedings of the Academy of
Science of St. Louis, Oct. 2, 187G, has given a list of the species
which he collected at the Centennial Exhibition, with very useful
and suggestive remarks. We have obtained specimens of all the
species mentioned by him except one Crambide Lepidopteron,
from the Egyptian exhibit, for which we sought without success.
At an earlier period in the season, and with smaller attendance
of visitors, the number of species in our list would perhaps have
been larger, but no additional advantage would have been ob-
tained therefrom. The species, with the few exceptions noted,
are either innocuous or previously introduced.

J. L. Le Conte, Chairman,
Geo. H. Horn,
Joseph Leidy.

List of Species collected in the Centennial Buildings in

Foreign Exhibits.

COLEOPTERA.

Silvanus surinamensis.

Argentine Confederation and Brazil, in various materials.
Laemophlceus ferruginous.

In beans, Brazil. These two species lived upon the debris of
Bruchus, and were accompanied by a species of Psocus.

Bruchus pieturatus, Fahrams.

Argentine Confederation; in seeds of two Leguminous plants,
one of which produces a screw bean, resembling Strombocaiyus
of Arizona.

Bruchus, sp.

Allied to B. prosopis, of Arizona and New Mexico. Argentine
Confederation; also in the screw bean. These two Bruchi are
depredated upon by three small species of Ichneumonidse.

270 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1870.

Bruchus, sp.

Of larger size and more uniform color. Argentine Confederation,
in the seeds of another Leguminous plant, allied to Prosopis.

Bruchus, sp-
Of larger size and more mottled color; in the seeds of three
other Leguminous plants of the Argentine Confederation.

Bruchus scutellaris.

Venezuela, in beans.

Bruchus obsoletus.

In beans from various countries of both continents.
Bruchus pisi.

In peas ; Spain and Portugal.

Bruchus, sp.

A small broad species, with transverse prothorax ; % rather
uniformly clothed with gray-brown pubescence ; antenna? as long
as the body; 9 black, with a grayish-brown broad dorsal stripe
on the prothorax, and a small transverse white band on each
elytron, extending from the side margin nearly to the suture, a
little in front of the middle; thighs not toothed. Length .09
inch.

Brazil, in a bluish-gray variety of bean. I cannot identify this
species among those described in Schonherr's work; it is of the
same form, and belongs to the same division as B. pisi, but is
much smaller, and quite different in other characters. It is the
only one of the species here mentioned which is capable of being
introduced; and I have, therefore, given such a description as
will enable it to be recognized. The antennae are only feebly ser-
rate. This species is mentioned by Mr. Riley as B. granarius,
but it does not agree with the figure of Olivier.

Rhizopertha pusilla.

Victoria, Australia; in wheat. This insect has been previously
introduced into the United States in Persian wheat, distributed
by the Patent office. (Vide Lee. Class, Col. X. Am. p. 208.)

Calandra oryzse.

This destructive insect abounded in exhibits of corn (maize),
wheat, and rice from every part of the globe. I also observed it
in arrowroot from Brazil.

1870.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 271

Arseocerus coffeae.

Eating the thin shell of cacao-nuts from Brazil, but apparently
not attacking the interior of the nut. Previously introduced both
in the Atlantic and Pacific States.

LEPIDOPTERA.

The ordinary and well-known Tineidse, which affect wheat and
corn (maize) (Butalis cerealella, Ephestia Zese), abounded in ex-
hibits from various countries. There was a smaller form which
is mentioned above, as comino; from the crass seeds of the Le»;-
horn straw. Specimens have been identified by Prof. C. V. Riley
as the common grain moth, B. cerealella.

HYMENOPTERA.

Besides the three Ichneumonidse parasitic on the Bruchi in the
Argentine Confederation exhibit, I observed a small species of
Pteromalus parasitic on the Tinea, Bruchus obsoletus, or Calandra
oryzse which infested a small bag of Brazilian wheat.

List of the Species found in Mouldy Specimens of Straiv

Goods from Italy.

These species were collected by Messrs. Albinola and Bailey, in
New York. The}' are either carnivorous or fungivorous ; those of
the latter kind live upon the mould, which, as determined b}r Dr.
J. G. Hunt, is a species of Aspergillus, previously known in this
country.

Lathridius filiformis.
Lathridius striatus.
Corticaria, sp.

(Not identified.)
Holoparamecus singularis.

Has not been previously observed in the United States.
Silvanus surinamensis.
Silvanus advena.
Laemophlceus ferrugineus.
Murmidius ovalis.

Habits not previously observed in the United States, though its
occurrence was known.
Tribolium ferrugineum.

2*72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [18T6-

November 21.
The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair,
Thirty-six members present.

November 28.
The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair.
Fifty-three members present.

A paper entitled "Notes on Fishes from the Isthmus of
Panama, collected by Dr. J. F. Bransford, U. S. N.," by Theodore
Gill, was presented for publication.

Louis F.Benson and Walter H. Ashmead were elected members.

Dr. A. S. Packard, of Salem, Mass., W. H. Holmes, U. S. Geol.
Surv., and Laurenco Malheiro, of Lisbon, were elected corre-
spondents.

The following papers were ordered to be printed : —

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 273

NOTE ON A CIRRIPEDE OF THE CALIFORNIA MIOCENE, WITH
REMARKS ON FOSSIL SHELLS.

BY T. A. CONRAD.

BALANUS.

H. Estrellanus, Con.

This fossil of the Californian Miocene, Tamiosma gregaria, Con-
rad, I supposed at one time to he a member of the Jtudistze, and
I also described it as Balanus estrallanus; but not satisfied that,
as one of the Budistae, it should be in the Miocene formation, I
have further studied its characters, and now conclusively refer it
to the Balanidse. The only difference I can find to distinguish it,
except specificall}', from other species of the genus Balanus is
that its basis is filled the entire length with septa. These septa
do not essentially differ from those of Balanus laevis, Brug. In
the only specimens found, the opercular valves are wanting, but
a portion of the basis on which the}' rested is well preserved, and
shows the same kind of surface as in other Balani.

HELIX.

H. Strangulata, Adams.

A very perfect specimen of this species is in the collection of
the Academy of Natural Sciences, which I obtained at Yorktown,
Virginia, while collecting Miocene fossils at that locality, although
I do not recollect whether I found it in the marl or on the surface,
probably the latter. It cannot be proved to be a Miocene fossil.

INOCERAMUS, Sow.

This genus is distinguished from Haploscapha (Catillus,
Brong.) by a straight hinge line and the crenulations on the
hinge, partly internal ; while Haploscapha has an irregular or
waved hinge, the right valve being alate about the beaks and
having a sinus posteriorly, as represented in D'Orbigny's figure,
pi. 412, of his "Paleon. Franc." The ligament is wholly external,
situated in crenulations more numerous than in Inoceramus, and
often in an irregular line. Pictet describes Inoceramus as
" lamelleux," and says " La principale difference qui existe entre

274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1816.

ces coquillcs et celles des Inocerames consiste clans la structure
du test, qui cliez les Catillus est fibreux dans sa couche externe,
repellant presque celui des Trichites." Mr. Meek adopts
Catillus as a subgenus of Inoceramns without statins; a distin-
guishing character, but 1 cannot find one species of Catillus
among those he describes as species of it excepting I. deformis-
One characteristic difference between the two genera is the ex-
tremely thin shell of Catillus over the middle portion of the disk
and the gradual thickening towards the margin; indeed, the shell
of the two species I have described is so thin that it has only been
preserved entire by the adhesion of multitudes of Ostrea congesta
on the back. This thinness is not in consequence of any loss of
the original test, for the pearly layer is well preserved. Dr. C. A.
White has given a figure of I. deformis, Meek, which is a true
Catillus, as a section of the shell shows. " Report upon Geog.
and Geolog. Explor., pi. xv., fig. 1." Catillus attains a far larger
size than Inoceramns, and is known only in the chalk. Although
the interior of the valves is well preserved, no trace of a muscular
impression is seen. The laminated structure of Inoceramns^
where the shell is preserved, will readily distinguish it from the
coarsely fibrous structure of Haploscapha (Catillus).

The latter originated near the close of the chalk period, while
the former is found in the lias as well as in the chalk.

APHRODINA, Conrad.

Mr. Meek makes this cretaceous genus a subgenus of Callista,
which I think an error. Callista did not exist in the creta-
ceous period, nor Dosiniopsis.

IDONEARCA, Conrad.

I make the same objection to Mr. Meek's retaining this creta-
ceous genus as a subgenus of Cucullsea. It is a large group of
fossil shells, which can be instantly known by the hinge character,
and which disappeared entirely at the close of the cretaceous
period.

Ml "TELID.E.

IIAPLOTII^RUS.

This extinct genus was the forerunner of Columba, Lea (Leila,
Gray), to which it is nearly allied, the typical species having much

1870.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 275

resemblance in outline to Columba Blainvilleana, Lea, but wants
the cardinal tooth of that genus. The hinge more nearly resem-
bles that of Columba (Leila) castelnaudi, Ilupe, but the anterior
muscular impression is very different from that of C. castelnaudi.
Columba, Lea, takes precedence of Leila, Gray, according to
date of publication.

AXCHURA.

In the Geology of North Carolina, b}T Prof. Kerr, I have inad-
vertly referred Anchura pennata, Morton, to his Roatellaria ros-
trata, pi. 2, fig. 28. Arene Carolinensis of the same work is erro-
neously referred to plate 2, fig. 19. It should be pi. 1, fig. 19.

ETEA, Conrad.

To this genus must be transferred Crassatella monmouthensis,
Gabb; C. transve?sa, Gabb; C. Delawarensis, Gabb ; and G.
prora, Con.; all of which were described from casts without
knowledge of the hinge characters.

2?6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [18t6.

NOTES ON AMERICAN CRETACEOUS FOSSILS, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF

SOME NEW SPECIES.

BY W. M. GABB.

After fifteen years, during which I have been engaged con-
stantly at other geological and palrcontological labors, but have
not lost sight of my first love — the Cretaceous fossils of the
Atlantic region of the United States — I have spent much of the
past summer in reinvestigating them. In this work I have been
materially assisted by the constantly enriching collection of the
Academy, and have received a large suite of fossils from Dr.
Little, the State Geologist of Georgia. Besides these, Prof.
Cook, of New Jersey, has loaned me all of the specimens from his
survey collection that I required, so that I have it in my power,
while describing a number of new forms, to correct many of my
own juvenile errors, as well as similar ones of others, which must
result during the publication of a large number of small, isolated
papers. Many of the fossils of New Jersey are only known as
internal casts in the marls, and, while very unsatisfactory, require
names, if only provisional ones, to assist the field geologist in the
identification of strata. Some of these have from time to time
been rediscovered in the gray marl, commonly known as the
" Ripley group," and we may reasonably hope that all will
eventually be fully described. This Ripley marl is a deposit now
known to extend from New Jersey around through the coast
States to Tennessee. It has been found in all of these States
except Delaware, Maryland, Virginia, and South Carolina, that is
to say, it seems coextensive with the Atlantic Cretaceous. It is
a fine-grained, gray material, in which, unlike most of the rest of
the formation, the shell substance is preserved, and, although the
shells are often distorted, their specific as well as generic charac-
ters are beautifully preserved. It is especially favorablfe for the
study of the bivalves, since, in nearly all cases, the hinges can be
exposed. The fossils are extremely fragile, alike from the softness
of the inclosing material and from the fact that the animal matter
seems to have totally disappeared, without being replaced by any
other cementing substance. Still, with care, the greater part of
the fossils can be extracted and afterwards hardened with gum,

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 277

so as to fit them for study and preservation. In the following
paper I have enumerated all the recognizable species sent me by
Dr. Little, since very little is known of the fossils of Georgia, and
in that sense this is a geographical list: —

Nautilus, Linn.
N. Bryani, n. s.

Shell discoidal, sides flattened, nearly parallel ; dorsum regu-
larly rounded ; umbilicus small ; aperture elongate, emarginate
to about a third of its length by the preceding whorl ; siphuncle
central, small; septa slightly arched forwards, close to the um-
bilicus, and very gently backwards on the middle of the side of
the whorl. Surface unknown.

Greatest diameter 3.5 inches; width of aperture 1.9 inch; height
of mouth from umbilical margin 2 inches, from the dorsum of
included whorl 1.4 inch.

From the yellow Cretaceous limestone of Vincenttown, New
Jersey. Two fragments, one comprising half of a volution, well
preserved, showing seven septa; the other, a smaller fragment of
a larger specimen, useful only as confirming the specific deter-
mination.

This species is markedly distinct from N. Dekayi, the only
other described species in New Jersey. Its flattened sides are
entirely unlike the globose form of that species. It seems nearest
to N. Sowerbianus, D'Orb., resembling that species in the size of
its umbilicus and in the style of the septa, as well as in being-
compressed. But our species differs in having the sides more
parallel, in the whorls increasing somewhat less rapidly in size,
and in the septa being further apart and less sinuated throughout.
I take great pleasure in dedicating it to my friend, Colonel T. M.
Bryan, who has, by his assiduous collecting, added much to our
knowledge of the New Jersey fossils.

N. sp. indet.

1 have also received from Col. Bryan another form from the
dark marls of New Jersey, near Vincenttown. This is distinct
from either of the known species, having very sinuous septa. It
is represented by fragments too imperfect for description.

N. Dekayi, Morton.

Synopsis Cret. p. 33, pi. 8, f. 4 ; pi. 13, f. 4.

A distorted specimen from Pataula Creek, Georgia, from Dr.

Little.

278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

N. elegans, Sby.

It is not improbable that the shell referred by me (in the
Report of the Palaeontology of California, vol. 1, p. 59, pi. 9, fig.
3) to N. Texan us, Shumard, may prove to be Sowerby's speeies.
It seems to agree quite closely, not only in its outline and pro-
portions, but in the shape of the septa and in the ornamentation.
The only difference I can detect is that, in the Californian shell,
the ribs are a trifle larger and less numerous — a very unreliable
character in these shells. Dr. Shumard's species, onl}' known to
us by a description from imperfect specimens, may also have to
be put down as a synonym.

Ammonites, Brug.

A. placenta, Dekay.

Ann. N. York Lye. vol. 2, pi. 5, f. 2.

A large specimen from Pataula Creek, Georgia.

A. Trinitensis, Gabb.

A. Gibbonianus, Marcou, Geol. N. A. p. 35, pi. 2, fig. 2 ; not id., Lea,
Trans. Aruer. Philos. Soc, 2 ser. vol. 7, p. 254, pi. 8, f. 3.

In my paper on the fossils of South America, now going through
press (Journ. Acad. 187(5), I have pointed out the differences be-
tween the Texan fossil and that from South America, and I now
propose the above name. Marcou found his specimen on one of
the tributaries of the Trinity River, Texas.

Hamites, Park.

H. 1 torquatus, Morton.

Syn. p. 45, pi. 15, fig. 4.

A straight fragment, with the Ammonites placenta, some three
inches long. I have it also in my collection from Uniontown,
Ala., showing part of the septum.

Fusus, Lam.
ExiLIPUSUS. New subgenus.
Shell very long, slender, fusiform, spire high; aperture produced
into a long, slender, twisted canal.

This group differs from the true genus Fusus, as restricted, by
its twisted, slender canal. In this character it approaches some
of the Neptunese, but its high spire and strongly costate whorls
show that it is more nearly allied to the true Fusus. Exilm
of Conrad (Journ. Philada. Acad., 2 ser., vol. 4, p. 291) has a

1870.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 270

"beak perfectly straight," and may be only an extremely slender
Fusus. The author does not describe the shape of the outer lip,
and gives us no clue as to its family relations, whether it belongs
with the Fusinse or the Fleurotomidse. The lines of growth on
my shell are slightly sinuous on the upper part of the body whorl,
though not enough to be called the notch or sinus of a Surcula,
the genus which it most resembles in that family. I attribute
their shape to the generalh- curved outline of all of the body
whorl.

The figure of Fusas Fiaboli, Pal. Cal. v. 1, pi. 18, fig. 35, is a
very accurate reproduction of one specimen before me, the ex-
tremity of the canal being broken away. But I have another,
nearly of the same size, with the same character of the spire, in
which the aperture and canal are larger than the spire, the canal
being twisted exactly as in the present described species. In the
specimen figured, as above, the lines of growth are slightly
sinuous also, so that further research may prove that this is
really a member of the Pleurotomidae.

F. (E.) Kerri, n. s. PI. 17, f. 1.

Shell elongate, slender; spire high ; whorls about six or seven,
rounded on the sides and bordered on the upper margin by a rib
adjoining the suture. Surface marked by about a dozen oblique
heavy ribs, beginning on the top of the whorl adjoining the mar-
ginal thickening, most prominent on the upper angle of the whorl,
and disappearing a little below the middle. In addition to these
characters, their entire surface is covered by numerous closely
placed, fine, revolving ribs. Upper part of the aperture sub-
elliptical, continued below into the twisted canal, twice as long as
the upper portion. Columella thickened and marked by a com-
paratively prominent angle, similar to that of Busycon, where the
curved canal begins.

Length 1.25 inch; width 0.37 inch.

A single specimen in the Museum of the Academy, from the
Cretaceous of North Carolina (Ripley group). Named in honor
of Prof. W. C. Kerr, State Geologist of North Carolina.

Surcula, H. and A. Ad.
S. strigosa, n. s.

Shell very long and slender; spire and aperture of nearly equal
length; whorls broadly rounded, perhaps eight in number (apices

280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

broken), those of the spire marked by a peculiar revolving con-
striction just above the suture. Surface cancellated by numerous,
small, longitudinal ribs, somewhat smaller than their interspaces,
and crossed by still smaller revolving lines. These latter con-
tinue over the whole surface to the end of the canal.

Length 3 inches ; width O.G inch.

From a light-colored Cretaceous marl from Holradale, X. J.,
from the collection of the X. J. Geological Survey, kindly loaned
to me by Prof. Cook.

This is the most slender species of the genus with which I am
acquainted. The shell substance is entirely destroyed, but the
surface characters are preserved, all except the lines of growth.
I am consequently unable to describe the shape of the outer lip.
The groove above the suture causes an appearance, at first sight,
as if the top of the whorls was bordered by a thickening; but the
separation of the volutions is still marked by a slight fissure in
the suture, which is placed about a tenth of an inch below the
groove. This seems to have died out on the body whorl.

S. (Surculites) Mathewsonii, Gabb.

Fusm, id., G., Pal. Cal. v. 1, p. 83, pi. 18, f. 33.

S. (Surculites) io., Gabb.

? Fasciolaria, id., G., Pal. Cal. v. 1, p. 101, pi. 28, f. 214.

Both of these species, as seen from better specimens than I had
originall}*, have the broad, shallow sinus on the upper part of the
whorl, characteristic of Surcula. The first certainly belongs to
Mr. Conrad's subgenus; the latter, howrever, with its tuberculated
volutions, may have to be separated, though there is no named
division into which to remove it. Generically, or subgenerically,
they only differ in this character.

Drillia, Gray.
D. Georgiana, n. s.

Shell elongate, fusiform; spire elevated, longer than the mouth ;
whorls seven or eight, flattened, bordered by a thickened rim
adjoining the suture; below this is a groove followed by a series of
heavy longitudinal ribs, about 12 or 13 to a volution. These ribs
are not well defined beyond the middle of the body whorl. Cross-
ing the entire surface are numerous revolving lines, appearing as
small ribs on the upper whorls, and as narrow impressed grooves
on the last whorl. Notch narrow and shallow (as determined

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 281

from lines of growth), and corresponding to the groove below the
thickened upper margin of the shell. Canal moderately long ;
details of it and of the mouth unknown.

Length 1.5 inch; width 0.4 inch.

From the Ripley group, Pataula Creek, Clay Co., Georgia; Dr.
Little.

A pretty species, resembling Turris Bipleyana, Con. (Journ.
Acad., 2 s., v. 3, pi. 35, f. 21), in ornament, but more slender, with
a higher spire and shorter body whorl.

Tritonium, Linck.

Subgenus Lagena, H. and A. Ad.
T. (L.?) edentatum, n. s.

Shell thin, short, broadly subfusiform ; spire moderately
elevated ; whorls seven ; spire turriculated ; whorls of spire sub-
angulated and sloping above, terminated in a thickened, beaded
margin adjoining the suture, and constricted below this margin ;
bod}7 whorl regularly rounded. Upper whorls marked by nume-
rous longitudinal ribs, sometimes visible on the upper part of the
bod}r whorl, sometimes obsolete. These are crossed by revolving
lines, always distinct on the spire and on the anterior part of the
body whorl, but sometimes obsolete on the middle. Aperture
broad, subelliptical ; canal short, very slightly recurved. Outer
lip simple; inner lip lightly encrusted. No tooth on the posterior
part of the inner lip.

Length 1.4 inch ; width 1 inch.

A smooth, rounded shell, with ornamented spire, rather plain
body volution, and no varices. With the following species, to
which it is closely allied, it seems to form a distinct group in the
Tritons, nearest, however, to Lagena, to which I have referred it,
but differing in the absence of the tooth.

Common on Pataula Creek, Georgia; Dr. Little.

T. (L.?) interruption, Con. (sp.).

Chemnilzia, id., Con., Journ. Acad., 2 ser., v. 3, p. 333, pi. 35, f. 15.

With the preceding. Mr. Conrad describes the species as hav-
ing the " spire prominent ;" but my specimen, as well as his figure,,
shows that it is not so long as the mouth.

Ghemnitzia ? gloriosa, Roem. Kried. von Texas, p. 40, pi. 4.
f. 3. From the remarkable resemblance in the style of ornament
19

282 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [18T6.

of this shell to the two preceding, I have little doubt that it is sub-
generieally identical with thera. Roemer's fanciful restoration of
the anterior end of the mouth, of course, goes for nothing.

Nassa, Lam.
N. globosa, n. s.

Shell thin, subglobose; spire moderately elevated ; whorls six
or seven, the upper whorls costate, the ribs not reaching to the
suture; above the ends of the ribs is a narrow concave space ;
suture bordered by a slight thickening of the margin of the suc-
ceeding volution ; suture not impressed, although well marked —
partly obliterated by irregular lines of growth. Body whorl not
ribbed, but ornamented by small indistinct and sometimes almost
obsolete revolving lines. Aperture oblique ; outer lip simple ;
inner lip rather heavily encrusted by a narrow deposit, and termi-
nating in front in a heavy rib, hardly visible externally ; anterior
notch narrow and deep.

Dimensions of a small specimen : length 1.0 inch ; width 0.9
inch. Other specimens, too imperfect for measurement, indicate
a size nearly twice that given.

From the Riple}* group of North Carolina, Museum of the Aca-
demy, from Prof. Kerr, and from the same deposit on Pataula
Creek, Georgia, from Dr. Little.

Fasciolaria, Lam.

F. Slackii, Gabb.

Proc. Acad. 1861, p. 322.

Described from a single internal cast from New Jerse}-. The

longitudinal ribs are large, showing strongly on the cast. The

revolving sculpture, if it existed, is unknown. From the shape

and from the cast of the columellar fold it most probably belongs

to Meek's subgenus Piestochiliis.

■

Subgenus CnYPTORHYTis, Meek.
F. (C.) crassicosta, n. s.

Shell small, broadly fusiform; spire moderately elevated,
number of volutions unknown, suture well marked and undulated ;
body whorl subangulated, flattened above, convex in the middle,
and rapidly constricted in advance. Surface bearing about nine
large rounded longitudinal ribs, beginning near the suture,
strongly developed on the upper angle and disappearing with

18*76.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 283

the convextty in advance; the entire surface to the end of the
canal, is crossed bj' small but well-defined revolving elevated lines,
showing a slight tendency to alternation in size. Aperture
broad above, constricted into a moderately short twisted canal ;
inner lip encrusted terminating in advance in a single heavy
oblique fold.

Length about 1.0 inch ; width about .05 inch.

A single specimen from Pataula Creek, Georgia ; Dr. Little.

It is somewhat distorted in shape by pressure, and has lost
part of its apex ; but its heavj' ribs and strongly twisted columella
will distinguish it.

F. (C.) Kerri, n. s.

Shell small, subfusiform, spire shorter than the aperture,
whorls five, suture minutely channelled; upper whorls sloping
convexl}r ; boih' whorl regularly convex and gradually contracted
in advance into a moderately long and somewhat curved canal ;
surface marked by a few large square revolving ribs, five on the
convex part of the bod}7 whorl, and numerous smaller ones in ad-
vance ; these are crossed by faint longitudinal ribs, more closely
placed than the first. At the points of crossing, these two sets
of ribs develop well-marked little nodes or tubercles. On the
spire, the longitudinal ornaments do not appear, but each volu-
tion carries three revolving ribs, the upper of which is smallest
Aperture gradually narrowed in front; inner lip somewhat en-
crusted and bearing a small oblique fold on the angle.

Length .75 inch; width .4 inch.

From the Ripley of N. Carolina ; Prof. Kerr.
F. (C) obliquicostata, n. s.

Shell small, fusiform, spire not quite as long as the aperture ;
whorls about five or six, upper surface rounded, subtruncated ;
bod}- whorl widest above, top sloping, tapering in front. Surface
marked by a few large oblique ribs with broad concave inter-
spaces ; these ribs begin at the suture, are most prominent on the
angle of the whorl and disappear in front. The entire surface is
also crossed by numerous fine revolving stria3. Aperture gradu-
ally narrowing in advance ; inner lip sinuous, encrusted ; fold
small, very oblique ; canal moderately twisted.

Length .9 inch ; width .45 inch.

Locality ; with the preceding.

284 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

From F. (C) ci*assicosta, this shell differs in its much more
slender form, its higher spire, less twisted canal, and in the longi-
tudinal folds being much more compressed laterally and placed
obliquely instead of direct.

Pyropsis, Con.

P. Kichardsonii, Tuoiney, sp.

Pyrula. id., Tuomey, Proc. Acad. 1855, p. 1G9.
Perissolaxf id., Gabb, Syn. Cret. p. (59. '

Tudicla (Pyropsu) perlala, Con., J. Acad. 2 s., v. 4, p. 288, pi. 46,
f. 39.

This species is found in New Jersey, and is abundant in the
white limestone of Prairie Bluff, Ala. Dr. Little has sent me one
internal cast from Pataula Creek, showing that it grows to a dia-
meter of nearly two inches.

P. Bairdi, Si. & H. (sp.) Meek.
Pyrula Bairdi, M. & H.

With the additional information furnished by Mr. Meek's illus-
trations, especially b\^ the wood-cut, p. 371 of his admirable
memoir, I am convinced that there is no generic, or even subge-
neric difference between his species, and that of Mr. Conrad's
type, lying before me; unless it may be found in the end of the
canal of the Eastern species, and which has never yet been found.
P. Richardsonii has a slender canal, probably not umbilicated,
but this is not ground enough for a separation. The characters
of the inner lips of the two species are identical.

P. elevata, Gabb.

Papa, id., Gabb, Journ. Acad. 2 s., v. 4, p. 301, pi. 48, f. 12.
Tudicla, id., Gabb, Syn. Cret. 1801, p. 85, id. Meek, Check List Cret.
No. 750.

Described from the brown saiuty marl of Burlington Co., N. J.

But a single internal cast has ever been found and this corre-
sponds so nearly in size and shape with P. Bairdi, that I suspect
it of being identical. It is certainly not the same as P. Richard-
sonii (perlata Con.), as Mr. Conrad intimated in Journ. Conch.,
1868, p. 248.

' This arose from an error, I having confounded Tuomcy's two species,
and transposed them in their genera. I intended to put this under Tudicla,
and to put trochiformia, which is a round bodied shell, under Peripolar.
Even this, however, would have been wrong, since, as will be seen below,
on obtaining more material I am obliged to separate it.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 285

1 P. trochiformis, Tuomey (sp.).

Pyrula, id., Tuomey, Proc. Acad. Nat. Science, 1855, p. 109.
Tudicla, id., Gabb, Syn. Cret.,p. 85.

Shell moderately large, spire somewhat elevated ; body whorl
convex on the sides, sloping above, canal long and straight; sur-
face marked by prominent acute revolving ribs, about nine on the
body whorl and others pretty regularly placed, to the end of the
canal ; between these are concave interspaces, and those on the
body whorl are, in some specimens, crossed by faint longitudinal
ribs. The inner lip is encrusted, and, just where the mouth con-
tracts into the canal, bears a prominent bend like that in some of
the Fasciolarias, but without folds ; or better, resembling somewhat
Busy con.

Length 3.75 inches ; width 2.0 inches.

A fossil, common as casts in New Jersej', and in the white lime-
stones of Alabama. The above description is from a specimen in
the Museum of Yale College, from Uniontown, Ala. It is the
only one showing the entire surface, that I have ever seen, and
also the onl}" one retaining its entire canal.

I have long had doubts as to the generic relations of this shell,

and have referred it provisionally to Pyropsis, since that is the

nearest clearly defined genus. The columella of my specimen is

not perfect enough to warrant me in asserting that the inner lip

ma}' not be like that of Pyj-opsis, though I think, as described

above, it is more like that of Busycon. Should this eventually

prove to be the case, the species, with probably both the following,

must be separated as a distinct genus, for which the name Tro-

chifusus would not be inappropriate.

P. septemlirata, Gabb.

Cancellaria, id., Gabb, Proc. Acad. 1860, p. 94, pi. 2, f. 10.

A shell closely allied to the preceding, and also marked by
revolving sculpture, but differing in having a much lower spire,
less globose body whorl, tapering into the canal much more regu-
larly in front. The species was described from internal casts,
from the New Jerse}' marls, and in no case has the canal been
preserved. Enough, however, has been obtained to show the
peculiar curve of the columellar margin.
P. Alabamensis, Gabb.

Cancellaria, id., Gabb, Journ. Acad., 2 s., v. 4, p. 301, pi. 48, f. 14.

Also described from an internal cast, showing slight traces of
longitudinal ribs. Another, smaller specimen, from Mississippi,

2S6

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1816.

also a cast, shows that the surface had both longitudinal and
revolving ornaments. There were about 12 or 13 longitudinal
ribs, crossed by eight or ten smaller, revolving ribs. This also
shows part of a long, straight canal. The longitudinal ribs and
the high spire separate this from all other species yet known in
the genus. I also have it, but in a very imperfect state, from New
Jersey (Vincenttown, Col. Bryan).

Yolutid^e, Fleming.

Almost every author who has written on this family has sug-
gested a different grouping of the genera, and no two fully agree
in regard to the range of the genera themselves. Among the
more modern writers, H. and A. Adams proposed three sub-
families: Cymbiinse, Zidoninse, and Volutinse. Under the first,
the}'' place the genera Cymbium, J\Ielo, with the subgenus Ausoba,
and Aulica. In Zidoninse, the genus Zidonia =Volutetta ; and
in the last subfamily, genera Callipara, Gynxbiola, Scaphella,
with subgenus Aleilhce, Valuta, Harpula, Fulgoraria, with sub-
genera Aurinia, Lyria, with subgenera Enseta and Volutilithes.
In the appendix to their work these authors change the arrange-
ment, as follows : —

Genera Cymbium.
Melo.

SCAPHA.

Subfamily VOLUTINS.

Subgenera Aurinia (Livonia, Gray).
Aulica.
Cymbiola.
Alcithce.

Voluta.

fulgoraria.
Lyria.

Volutilithes.
Callipaba.

Z I DON A.

Chlorosina.

Harpula.

Harpella.
Enseta.

Ausnba ( Nobilia, Gray).
Ericusa ( Scaphella, G., not Sw.).

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 287

Subfamily SCAPHELLIX.E.
Genus Scaphella (Amo?'ia, Gray).

They also adopt Dr. Gray's subfamily Volulimitrinse for the
genus Volutimitra.

Dr. Gray, in the Guide to Systematic Distribution of Mollusca
in the British Museum (1857), proposed a somewhat different
arrangement, as follows : —

a. VOLUTINA.

fYETINA.
Genera 1. Yetus.

2. Cymbium.

3. Scapha.

4. FuLGORARIA.

5. Callipara.

6. YOLUTA.

7. Lyria.

Subgenera Lyria.

Enaeta.

8. YOLUTELLA.

•H-AMORIANA.

9. A MORI A.

b. YOLUTIMITRIX^E.
10. Volutimitra.

And finally the subfamily Porcellanina, made up of Porcel-
lana (= Marginella), Closia (=Volutella, Sw.), and Persicula.
This latter group must be thrown out.

In 1873, Dr. Theodore Gill proposed an arrangement of the
Families of Mollusca, in which he separates the family into two
groups : —

v , ,. ., . ( Yolutimitrina, Gray.

a. V olutimitrinse = < ' J

(Amoriana, Gray.

b. Volutin«=-}Volutina'Gray-
(Yetina, Gray.

This division, as I have been personally informed by the author,
is based on the dentition ; a character not always the most
reliable, though in this case it seems to be sustained by the others.

288 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

Reversing the position of the groups, as placed by Dr. Gill, it
seems to me that the following genera include all of the known
species, and are sufficiently clearly circumscribed : —

Subfamily VOLTTTIX.E.

Cymijium, Klein, Auct.

Yetus, Adams, Gray.

Melo, Humph.
l\ype Voluta melo.

Scapha, Gra}r (not Humph, nor Klein).

Subgenus Aurinia, H. and A. Ad.

Type S. dubia.

Aulica, Gray.

Ausoba, H. and A. Ad.

Type V. aulica.

Yolutella, D'Orb. 1839.

Zidona, H. and A. Ad.

Type V. angulata.

H. and A. Adams have renamed this genus because the name
Volntellawas preoccupied both by Perry and Swainson. But since
neither of their names stand, D'Orbigny's, being the oldest, must,
and Zidona becomes a synonym.

Callipara, Gray, 1847.
Type G. bullata.

Cymbiola, Sw. 1853.
Type C. ancilla.

Alcithce, H. and A. Ad. 1853.
Type V. fnlgetrum.

Voluta, Linn.

Harpula, Sw.

Type V. musica.

Although V. vexillum, Swainson's typical species, looks suffi-
ciently unlike V. musica to have warranted a separation, it only
requires a study of a large series of specimens, of the few species
in this group, to satisfy one that the division has not even a sub-
generic value. V. musica alone varies through half a dozen spe-

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 289

cific names, some of the extreme forms almost as round as vexillum.
I have fossil specimens from the Pliocene of Costa Rica, almost
exactly the shape of V. vexillum, without a tubercle on the angle
of the whorl, and marked with as many folds on the inner lip as a

Cyprsta.1

Fulgorarta, Schum. 1817.

Fulguraria, H. and A. Ad.

Type F. rupestris, Gin.

Yolutoderma, Gabb. New genus.

Shape similar to Fulgorarta, which it also resembles more or
less in surface sculpture; apex not papillate; inner lip marked
by from three to five well-marked folds, not very oblique, and of
pretty uniform size. This is a group of shells characteristic of
the cretaceous rocks, and, perhaps, peculiar to them. They are
all somewhat slender, and are marked by longitudinal ribs, not
always wrell defined, and by revolving ribs ; the columella is alwaj'S
straight or nearly so, and the folds are as isolated and distinct as
those of Turbinella. But the most strongby distinguishing cha-
racter is the entire absence of the irregularly rounded mass at the
apex of the shell, one of the best characters of Fulgorarta. The
species have been referred to Voluta, Volutilithes, Fulgoraria, and
even Fasciolaria. V. Navarroensis, Shum., Gabb, Paheontology
of California, vol. i., pi. 19, f. 6, may be taken as the type. The
genus includes such species as —

V. elongata, d'Orb. sp.

Voluta, id., d'Orb., Pal. Fr. Cret., v. 2, p. 323, pi. 220, f. 3.
Volutilithes, id., Stol., Sitz. Akad. Wien., lii. p. 74.
Fulguraria, id., Stol., Pal. Ind., p. 87, pi. 7, f. 1-9.
Voluta TricMnopolitensis, Fbs., Tr. Geol. Soc. Lond. v. 7, p. 133, pi.
15, f. 5.

This shell is very variable in height, and carries three equal
columellar folds. Specimens before me, sent to me by Dr. Stoliczka,
from Trichinopoly, show that the apex is as acute as in my Cali-
fornian shell.

Another shell, accompanying this, marked Fasciolaria rigida,
Stol., bi. cit., p. 109, pi. 10, f. 10-16 {Valuta rigida, Baily), evi-

1 For further remarks on this subject see Crosse, Journal de Conchy-
liologie, vol. 19, p. 271.

290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

dently also belongs to this genus, as well as do Fasc. carinata,
Stol., and F. assimilis, Stol.

Aurinia, II. and A. Ad. 1853.
T}'pe A. dubia.

Volutomorpha, Gabb. New genus.

Shell elongate, fusiform ; whorls cancellated by longitudinal
and revolving ribs. Columella with one very oblique fold, and
sometimes one or more smaller secondary folds. In shape this
genus is not unlike the two preceding genera, but it differs from
them all in having essentially a single large oblique fold. When
more than one occurs, the secondary folds are smaller than the
large primary.

T3rpe Volutili then Conradi, Gabb, Journal Acad. Nat. Sciences,
2 s., v. 4, pi. 48, f. 10.

V. cretacea, Con., loc. tit., pi. 47, f. 18, also belongs to this
genus, and V. Delawarensis, Gabb, Proc. Acad. 1861, p. 322.

Rostellites, Con. 1855.
Type R. Texana, Con., Emory's Report, Mexican Boundary Sur-
vey, p. 158, pi. 14, f. 2.

A curious genus, the most slender of the Volutes, with numer-
ous equal plaits on the columella, and with the outer lip somewhat
expanded anteriorly.

Yolutifusus, Con. 1866.
Type V. typus, Con., J. Conch., 1866, p. 67, pi. 3, f. 2.

Very characteristic of the Miocene.

Lyria, Gray, 1847.
Type L. Delessertii.

En^eta, H. and A. Adams, 1853.
Types L. Cummingii, harpa, etc.

Marked by a tooth in the middle of the outer lip, seems to lie but
a division of Lyria.

Volutilithes, Swains, 1831.
Type V. abyssicola.
A genus abundant in the Eocene rocks, perhaps found in the
Cretaceous, and represented in the living fauna by but a single
species.

18*70.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 201

Atiileta, Con., 1853.
Types A. rarispina and A. Tuomeyi, Con., J. Acad., 2 s. v. 4, pi.

47, f. 35.

A form separated by Conrad from Volutilithes on account of a
heavy callosity deposited on the spire above the aperture.

Leioderma, Conrad, 18G5, Proc. Acad., 1805, p. 184.
Type L. leioderma, Con., J. Acad., 2 s. v. 4, p. 292, pi. 40, f. 32.

Includes also Volutilithes cretacea, Con., loc. cit., v. 3, p. 333, pi.
35, f. 10.

Subfamily SCAPHELLIN.E, H. and A. Ad.

Volutimitrinse, Gill; Volutimitrina and Amoriana, Gray.

Scaphella, Swains., 1832.

Amoria, Gray.

Type S. Junonia.

Yolutifusus, Con., 1800.

Type V. tijpus, Con., J. Conch., 1800, p. 07, pi. 3, f. 2.

Yery characteristic of the Miocene, but does not include V.
Junonia, as Mr. Conrad intimates.

Volutimitra, Gray.
Types V. Grmnlandica.

In addition to the above, there are perhaps several other genera
among- the fossil Yolutes. V. 7'arispina, Lam., with which I am
only acquainted by published figures, may be an Athleta, or it may
be new. It certainly cannot be placed in any other genus.

The two shells, Athleta purpuriformis and A. scrobiculata, of
Stoliczka, were referred to that genus from a misconception on
the part of the author. They have not the characteristic callous,
are subglobular, instead of being subfusiform and angulated, and
the folds are very oblique, and on the anterior part of the columella.
The genus might be called Ptychoris.

Ficulojisis Stoliczka, Pal. Indica, p. 84, founded on Pyrula
Pondicheri'iensis, Forbes, is a Ficus, with folds on the columella.
I have just received from the Cretaceous of Georgia an allied form,
with a flattened columella and with a single fold. I cannot agree
with the Doctor in placing it in the Volutidse.

: 7"

-"~ '■:-
-

;
77 '." :■" ■ -. :

■ i g

JiiBSESHIE. ~y~Tr°L

- " — SHH

~ 1 -

~ ~~ ~ . _•!..

- -■ ...

= _ '_ " ' ■-

Trail -.: ■ . - . . . "

—i. .'- .- Inn - - ■ -

- : miaB ik5t

:■- ■'.-. i* j ixl I"- . - "

W- -■ —

~~ ITT -1''-

_. .. ._

. - ; -

!■ M unr gBBBOl -i-i.;- C ajrjt'-'-'a'ja-v " - / —'• : ..<-:.'-

nxr; ha* '. "- * ■• • nz -.:••- - Mat a u* n-id'.i*: •' ".■- v\':ti-

" :- . : . :

~ i r . :c 12
-

iftwfirffiffir*. M, It aeetrnm CSeac L._r- 7~:

Tike trpaeal species of lie *bsc- J icmnion. feed L
Jersey. I aai^ hoc seea. i-oai otter par:* :c" :nr Cieeaee : -

•fcposit? -leafier, fcafimMabeH. a _—_>r -i-a:-.- _z

=-.i;^. - -" - ^i-- r. _ _" - - : ■;..:_— _.::r~ :z. : _- : -re- -:i_- -■ - -

- - "" ."J. ine *l ie* :::i-r-:

1 -" ~iz .--. _ _t ;i^ __ •■":u-.:.ij;:.-;..:i r_: t-i -« .;:
obo:* f-:LL Samtitiaaes aae «r r*v *iflti seeso&iry 5:uLs
occur. The sargnte is Turai t y msmn ■: :

:r-;s^e; :_- 11. ;T :i -- ;_j..ri :t-:"i - -. _ _; ---- :- :'
:.^^r^:T-;i: iri « olie- hmar S*re oc s**c ■-' rfa»

toiy Vio-rl are hoc rarg. "col I "ia.-i je-r-±g seen zn-n. 1 :
preseTied — — fiFl a few d± - .3. Bmi hmjt m- 1

- :iio« wzzh. a «Med of ess ssrJEaee eswerei vita nfti as-
serted sftelL

r ::

ace of taas shell n at sn&a&wm. Tie e* . m

■es&iesiaeJa .-_-- oeai feiaV carries afe&tftree hhu-k -^ :

!-'-/,-,/..^iMtJi«aiaL;: - ^7- aft.::

294 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [18VG.

1 PvOSTELLITES, Coil.

R. nasutus, Gabb, sp., Meek, Check List, No. 692.

Volutilithes id., G., Journ. Acad., 2 s., v. 4, p. 300, pi. 48, f. 9.

This shell has normally three folds on the columella, hut I have
seen specimens with five or six. It is the most slender of all the
Volutidee of New Jersey, and can he distinguished, even in
casts, by the entire absence of longitudinal ribs or plications.
Prof. Geo. Cook, State Geologist of New Jerse}', who has loaned
me all the desirable specimens of the survey collection, has at last
obtained this shell, showing the surface. Unlike most of the marl
fossils, these specimens, of which there are several, are fossilized,
so that, while all shell structure is destroyed, being replaced by
marl, the surface characters are perfectly preserved. The species
is characterized by about 17 or 18 elevated, thin, revolving ribs,
those in advance placed very obliquely ; the interspaces are three
or four times as wide as the ribs. All the specimens are more or
less distorted, but enough remains to show that the outer lip was
broadly expanded, and, perhaps, even very slightly everted in
advance.

From Pataula Creek, Clay Co., Georgia, Dr. Little has sent me
some imperfect internal casts which seem to belong to this species,
but which are unusually large. Better material may prove them
to belong to a distinct species.

Ptyciiosyca, N. gen.

Shell like Ficus in shape ; surface smooth (or sculptured ?) •
inner lip bearing one very oblique fold on the anterior part of the
columella.

This shell fills in a gap in the series of genera, and connects
Stoliczka's genus Ficulopsis with the true Ficus. Ficulopsis has
the same general style of sculpture as Ficus, but bears several
plaits on the columella, so like some of the Volutes that Dr.
Stoliczka united it with them in the same family. The present
genus has a fold, but it is small and very oblique. The posterior
notch, which the author mentions as doubtfully a generic character
in his species, seems, from a study of ours, to be so. In Ficus,
the outer lip shows a very slight trace of it; in our genus it is
more marked, while in the Indian fossil it develops into a regular
Pleurotomoid sinus.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 295

P. inornata, n. s., pi. 17, f. 2, 3, 4.

Shell small, regularly convex; spire small; number of whorls
unknown (apex destroyed on the only specimen) ; suture nearly
obsolete; surface without other marks than faint lines of growth;
body whorl convex above, tapering in advance, slightly constricted
by a broad, shallow, revolving groove in advance; canal short,
notched in advance ; outer lip very slightly notched posteriorly,
immediately adjoining the suture ; inner lip thinly encrusted and
bearing one very oblique fold.

Length about 1.5 ; width about .15. The specimen is com-
pressed, so that, with the loss of the tip of the canal, the measure-
ments can be only approximate. The lines of growth, which are
distinct, enabled me to ascertain the details of the anterior end.

A single specimen from the Ripley group, Pataula Creek,
Georgia ; Dr. Little.

Gyrodes, Con.

G. abyssinis, Morton (sp.).

Natica id., Morton, Syn. Cret. p. 49, pi. 13, f. 13.
Gyrodes id., Gabb, Syn. Moll. Cret. p. 59.

Described originally from Prairie Bluff, Ala. We did not know
the surface of this shell, until now I have received from Dr. Little
specimens from the Ripley group, from Pataula Creek, Georgia.
The surface is perfectly plain, slightly flattened adjoining the
suture, and with the umbilical margin rounded. It is marked
only by lines of growth, and has none of the cremation of the
upper edge, characteristic of Conrad's species G. crenata. It also
occurs, though rare, in New Jersey.

G. petrosa, Morton, (sp.).

Natica id., Morton, Syn Cret, p. 48, pi. 19, f. 6.
Gyrodes id., Conrad, Journ. Acad., 2 s., v. 4, p. 289.
G. alveata, Con., loc. cit. p. 289, pi. 46, f. 45.

Originally described from internal casts from Prairie Bluff, Ala.
Mr. Conrad's species, from the Ripley group of Mississippi, was
described from shells retaining their surface. They are identical,
and we have the same species from Glassboro, N. J., from Colonel
Bryan, and from Mullica Hill, whence it was brought by Mr.
John Ford.

296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1876.

Amauropsis, Morch.

A. paludinaeformis, H. and M. (pp.)-

Naiica id., II. and M., Mem. Am. Acad., Boston, v. 5, p. 389, pi. 3,

f. 3.
A. id., M. and H., Proc. Phil. Acad. 1860, 185.

In the Academy's museum are half a dozen specimens of this
species, brought by Mr. Conrad from Haddonlield, X. J.

Lunatia, Lam.
L. rectilabrum, Con.

There is }7et some confusion about this species. Mr. Conrad
described it as a Natica in the Journal Phil. Acad. 2 ser. vol. 4,
p. 344, pi. 35, f. 28. In 1113^ synopsis of Cretaceous Mollusea, I
placed it as a synonym of Hall and Meek's concinna. In Hayden's
report, Mr. Meek refers it to H. and M.'s obliquata, and separates
concinna and obliquata on the ground that the latter has an oper-
cular groove, wanting in the former. This hardly seems to me to
be a valid specific difference, and I believe the synonymy should
stand as follows : —

L. obliquata, H. and M. (sp.), Meek, Cret. Check List, No. 672.

Natica. id., H. and M., Mem. Bost. Acad., v. 5, p. 389, pi. 3, f. 1.

N. concinna, H. and M., loc. cit., p. 389, pi. 3, f. 2.

N. moreauensis, M. and H., Proc. Acad., 1856, pp. 64, 282.

Lunatia concinna, Meek, Hayden's Rep., p. 314.

N. rectilabrum, Con., J. Acad., 2 s. v. 4, p. 344, pi. 35, f. 28.

N. acutispira, Shum., Trans. St. Louis Acad., 1860, p. 597.

It is common everywhere in the Ripley Group, and Dr. Little
now sends it from Pataula Creek. The altitude of the spire, and
the obliquity of the body whorl differ considerably in the eastern
shell, as is frequently the case with Naticas, and, consequently, if
there is no difference except the presence or absence of a groove,
and a slight one at that, made by the operculum on the pillar lip,
the difference is too slight to divide them. N. acutispira of Shu-
mard, of which I compared a specimen, some years ago, with the
Atlantic form, also comes into this synonymy.

Scala (Klein), Humph. 1797.

Scalaria, Lam., 1801.
S. (Opalia) Thomasi, n. s.

Shell slender, thin, subulate, whorls numerous, increasing gra-
dually in size, rounded, and curving abruptly to the suture; surface

187G.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 297

marked b}r numerous, small, very thin plates, and crossed by well
marked though small revolving* lines, base bordered b}r an angular
carina. From the white limestone of New Jersey, a single speci-
men given me by Prof. W. H. B. Thomas. Its nearest all}', S. (0.)
Sillimani, Morton, from Prairie Bluff, Ala., is a somewhat larger
shell, with a wider apical angle, the varices, instead of being
numerous thin plates, are fewer and thickened, and the revolving
sculpture is much finer. From S. annulata, Morton, found with it
in Xew Jersey, it can be at once distinguished by its much nar-
rower apical angle, very much smaller size, and in the ornaments.
In that species, in the adult stage, the ribs become rounded on
their edges ; in the young shells they are squamose, though not so
numerous, and the revolving sculpture is fine and closely placed.
From the following species it can be known by the plates being
smaller and thinner, by the revolving sculpture, which in this is
marked, while in that it is either very fine or wanting. Further,
in this species, the carina at the base of the whorls is merely a
strongly marked angle, over which the longitudinal markings cross
without change ; the plates veiy regularly decreasing in promi-
nence from the sides to the base of the whorls, and reaching the
lip as mere threads. In that species the carina is a strong rib,
and the longitudinal plates continue well elevated and thick to
the end. I have not described the mouth, because in the only
specimen it is in great part broken away. From a trace in the
umbilical region, it seems to have been bordered by the usual
thickened lip.

S. (0.) cyclostoma, n. s.

Shell smaller and slightly more slender than the preceding;
whorls seven, cross sections circular ; surface marked by numerous
prominent recurved ribs, one of which on each whorl is thickened,
showing a periodical arrest in growth ; between these ribs is very
minute revolving sculpture, a little more distinct on the earlier
whorls. Aperture circular, bordered by a very thick expanded
lip ; base of body whorl bordered by a strong rib.

Length .55 inch, width .25 inch.

In the large varices this is not unlike S. Sillimani, but it is

distinguished by its smaller size, narrower whorls, less thickened

longitudinal ribs, and by the base. In that species the base is

much flatter, the revolving carina is less evident, and each rib, on

298 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

the angle is reflexed back into a little lip or notch ; these ribs
also become much less distinct on the base.

S. (0.) annulata, Morton.

Scalaria, id., Morton, Synopsis, p. 47, pi. 3, f. 10.

A character exists in this shell which has never been mentioned.
It has a broad open umbilicus, bordered by an angle, as well
marked as that of Architectonica, though, of course, not so large.

I have yet another species from Georgetown, Georgia, from Dr.
Little, nearest to S. annulata in the character of its ribs, but ap-
parently more like S. Sillimani. in the shape of the shell. It
consists of only one whorl and a part of another imbedded in a
hard rock and too imperfect for description.

PUGNELLL'S, Coil.

Dr. Little has sent me from the Ripley marl of Pataula Creek,
Clay Co., Georgia, specimens of Conrad's original Strombus
densatus, Journ. Acad., 2 ser. vol. 3, p. 330, pi. 34, f. 6, which have
enabled me to discover that it is a very different shell from that
which the same author called Pugnellus densatus, in the 4th volume
of the same work, p. 284, pi. 46, fig. 31. It is more than twice as
large as adults of the latter species, the canal is straight, and the
outer lip is not so thickened. The first species, that from the 3d
volume, must retain the specific name, and that in the 4th volume
must be renamed. I, therefore, name it P. typicust since that
species was the one for which the genus was first founded. More
perfect material than I yet possess ma}' even prove that P. den-
satus may belong to my subgenus Gymnarus.

Anchura, Con.

A. arenarum, Morton, sp.

Rostellaria, id., Morton, Syn. Cret., p. 48, pi. 5, f. 8.

B. armarium, cTOrb., Prod. Pal., v. 2, p. 227.

Chemnitziit distans, Con., Journ. Acad., 2 s. v. 3, p. 333, pi. 35, f. 30.

With the preceding, from Dr. Little.

A. Texana, Roem., sp.

Scalaria, id., Roem., Kreid von Texas, p. 39, pi. 4, f. 11 a-b.
Chemnitzia, id., Meek, Check List, No. G38.

" " Gabb, Pal. Cal., vol. 2, p. 2G1.

Aporrhais, id., Stoliczka, Pal. India, vol. 2. p. 231.

Stoliczka says he examined, in the museum in Bonn, the original
of Scalaria Texana, "and found that it was based upon an imper-

1816.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 2!)'.)

feet specimen of an Aporrhais." On re-examining my own speci-
men of the species I see nothing incompatible with its belonging
to the genus Anchura, a view which is sustained by Roemer's
fio-ure, and doubtless Dr. Stoliczka found some remains of the
expanded lip, or of the terminal ascending suture line. He did
not understand the genus Anchura, restricting it to those species
in which the outer lip bears two points, one posterior, the other
running parallel with the canal. As I have shown elsewhere the
genus cannot be so restricted, and there are not even valid grounds
for retaining Meek's Drepanochilus as a subgeneric division.
Stoliczka called two species of Anchura by the name of Aporrhais,
and, therefore, I am satisfied that he meant this same group. The
long, slender spire of the species in question is very like many
species of Anchura, but is wholly incompatible with Aporrhais.

Aporrhais, Dillw.
? A. bicarinata, n. s.

Shell small, spire elevated, number of volutions unknown ; upper
whorls bearing an angle in the middle, from which the surface
slopes inward to the suture; below this angle it slopes very slightly
outwards to the sutures below; bod}^ whorl bearing two angles
on the middle, the upper slightly the largest; outer lip unknown,
inner lip lightly encrusted, expanded, and slightly reflected, pro-
ducing a groove which runs from the posterior angle of the aper-
ture, parallel with the mouth, down to the canal.

Width of body whorl, less the expanded lip, about 0.5 inch.
This species is described from two fragments from Pataula Creek,
Georgia, sent me by Dr. Little. They are so mutilated that I do
not know the outer lip, the canal, nor the upper whorls of the
spire. In fact, nothing remains except the body volution and the
one adjoining it. Both show the very remarkable character of the
inner lip, so that I am convinced it is not an accidental result of
crushing. The form of the body whorl is veiy similar to the little
shell described by Mr. Meek, from the Yellowstone region, under
the name of Aporrhais biangulata. It has the same two carina?,
and, like that shell, is smooth, unlike it, not showing, under a
magnifj'ing glass, any trace of sculpture. The most marked dif-
ference exists in size, our species being larger than Meek's magni-
fied figure (Hayden's Report, pi. 19, fig. 6 b). Another difference
occurs in the spire. In that all of the upper whorls are rounded,

300 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876

in this the upper carina of the body whorl is continued on the mid-
dle of the upper whorls, the suture following the lower carina. The
peculiar character of the inner lip is not mentioned in Mr. Meek's
description, as it certainly would had it been present. As to the
generic relations of the present species, it may belong to Apor-
rhais, and I have so referred it on account of its close speciflc
relation to the Northwestern species, or it may prove to be an
Audi ura. In this group the generic determination cannot be
certain until we have all of the parts of the perfect adult shell,
the classification resting almost entirel}* on the manner in which
the adult forms its mouth.

Turbinopsis, Con.

This genus seems t,o be not remote from Trichotrojns, resem-
bling the subgenus Iphince in form, but differing in having a thick
she'll, and in bearing a rather obscure fold on the inner lip close
to the anterior end. This fold is not visible externally, but can
be seen if the outer lip is broken away or on casts.

T. Hilgardi, Con., Journ. Acad., 2d ser., vol. 4, p. 259, pi. 46, fig. 29.
Gancellaria, id., Gabb, Syn. Cret. Moll., p. 42.
T. depressus, Gabb, Proc. Acad., 1861, p. 321.

Found in Xew Jerse}7, Delaware, Alabama, and Mississippi.
My name given to casts from Xew Jersey must stand as a synonym.

Gyrotropis. Xew genus.

Shell thin, resembling Trichotropis in form, spire elevated ;
umbilicus open like in Iphince and Tm-hinopsis; surface biangu-
lated like in the typical form of Trichotropis, but covered also
with numerous very thin foliated varices like Murex.

A peculiar genus, combining a series of characters which ally
it closety to Trichotropis, but markedly different in the presence of
thin plates covering the surface, and expanded to an unusual
decree.

G- squamosus, n. s., pi. 17, fig. 5.

Shell moderate in size, turbinate; spire about as high as the
length of the mouth, whorls eight, apex acute, body whorl bicari-
n ate, the carina high and very thin; outline sinuous in front to
the umbilical margin, concave between the carinae and above the
upper one to the suture; upper carina carried on the middle of

18T6.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 301

all the upper whorls to the apex; suture channelled, the channel
formed by the upper surface of the lower carina, the succeeding
whorl being soldered to the outer edge of the plate-like ridge;
umbilicus open, narrow, deep, bordered by the sharp, acute angle
of the base of the volution; surface ornamented by numerous
very thin, squamose, murex-like varices, most marked on the an-
terior part of the shell, these are all crossed by closety placed
revolving lines, somewhat alternated in size. Aperture broad,
outer lip thin, inner lip rather heavily encrusted.

Length, 1.1 inch; width, 0.9 inch.

From Snow Hill, North Carolina, from the Ripley marl. Col-
lection of the Academy.

Turritella, Lam.
T. encrinoides, Morton, Synopsis, p. 47, pi. 3, fig. 7.
Pataula Creek, Georgia, Dr. Little.

Laxisptra. New genus.

Shell spiral, dextral, whorls with a circular cross section, few
in number, and so rapidly descending as to form an open spiral;
aperture simple, lips thin.

A curious genus, the relations of which are not clear to me. I
propose it to receive some shells which have been long known as
internal casts in the marls of New Jersey, but of which the sur-
face was unknown until quite recently. In general form thejr
might be compared to a partially uncoiled Turritella. From that
genus they differ, however, in the whorls not being in contact, and
from Vermetus and the allied genera in being regular spirals, but
not having the apex either turritelloid or attached. Another
analogy, though perhaps only one of external resemblance, might
be adduced in such shells as Euomphalus circinalis, Goldf., or in
some of the Delphinulas.

L. lumbricalis, n. s., pi. 17, f. 6, 7.

Shell with a circular cross section, whorls about as far apart as
the diameter of the whorls, three or four in number; surface
marked by numerous small, closely placed revolving ribs.

This description is from a small specimen from the Ripley marl
from Haddonfield, N. J., presented to the Academy by -Mr. Con-
rad. Casts over two inches Ions; and about half an inch in diam-

302 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [187G.

eter of aperture are common in the glaaconite marl, and appa-
rently belong to the same species.

Bivonia, Gray.

IB. cretacea, n s.

Shell tubular, irregularly coiled in the young stage; curved,
straight, or irregular as it grows older; surface irregularly wrin-
kled by lines of growth; aperture circular, substance thick.

Average diameter of shell .25 inch to .3 inch.

I propose this name for a shell consisting of a contorted tube
common in the Ripley marls, and which shows so few characters
that it is hard to describe it. I have never seen any signs of at-
tachment, and no two specimens are of the same shape. Dr.
Little has sent me a good series from Pataula Creek, Georgia.

Endoptygma. New genus.

E. umbilicata, Tourney (sp.), pi- 17, f. 8, 9.

l'horus umbilicatus, Tourney, Proc. Acad., 1855, p. 169.

This shell was described by Tuomey from internal casts well
known in the Cretaceous of Mississippi and Alabama. It differs
from the typical Phorns, Montf. (Xenophora, Fisch.) in having a
strong revolving plate inside, nearly midway between the umbili-
cal and outer margin on the base, leaving a groove on the cast.
The irregularly pitted upper surface shows that the shell agglu-
tinated foreign bodies to its surface in the same manner as in the
genus from which I propose to separate it. Figure 8 shows the
position of the internal plate, as represented by a groove on the
cast; figure 9, a side view of a smaller specimen.

Ataphrus, Gabb.

Palaeontology of California, vol. 2, p. 171.
Additional material has enabled me to become better acquainted
with this genus, and obliges me to modify a little the generic
description. The inner lip is rounded above, on the body whorl,
and merges insensibly into the adjoining surface, covering up the
umbilicus; but, instead of being round all of the way down, as
described, it ends abruptly just at, or a very little in advance of,
the umbilicus, in a little tubercle, on the outer or front face of the
pillar, below which the lip is slightly grooved. The position I

187G.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 303

assigned it, associated with Oxystele and Photinula, is correct, it
differing from the former in having the tubercle and the anterior
groove, instead of being flattened; and in wanting the angular
termination of the latter.

The figure of A. crassus is incorrect, in that it makes the pillar
lip round all of the way down.

A. compactus, Gabb.

Littorina, id., G., Pal. Cal., v. 1, p. 131, pi. 20, f. 89.

This is a member of the genus, but the figure and description
are incorrect in the one character of the inner lip. Better speci-
mens than the original (which, like that of A. crassus, were
slightly weathered) show that the groove should only have been
represented as extending halfway up the inner lip, the upper half
being regularly rounded and terminating in the tubercle mentioned.
The anterior end of the mouth also is rounder than the figure.

In addition to the above, I have another species from the creta-
ceous of North Carolina. This shell, from the character of its
fossilization gives us another character, the pearly structure ; an
additional proof of its family affinities, and one which was not
attainable in its Californian congeners.

A. Kerri, n. s. PI. 17, f. 10.

Shell small, turbinate ; spire slightly elevated, whorls five, con-
vex above and below, and obscurely angulated in the middle ;
suture well marked, following the angle in all the upper whorls,
but in the adult shell, for the last fourth of a volution, descending
at a slightly increased angle. Entire surface covered by small
closely placed revolving ribs with acute interspaces. Aperture
circular, outer lip retreating very obliquely from the suture and
then regularly curving downwards on the middle of the upper half
of the whorl ; edge acute. Inner lip covering all of the minute
umbilicus and then truncated abruptly, a little in advance, as
described above.

Height 0.15 inch; diameter 0.21 inch.

A beautiful little shell, closely allied to A. compactus, but dif-
fering in being less elevated, in the subaugulated whorls, in the
more rapidly descending suture, near the mouth, and in the sculp-
ture. In compaclus the sculpture is a series of rather strong,
though small revolving ribs. In A. Kerri the ribs are so close
together, and the interspaces so small that in one case they be-

304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [18*76.

came nearly obsolete. In another, however, they are stronger,
approaching the Californian shell. A. C7~assus differs from this
species in the entire absence of revolving sculpture and of angu-
lation, and in its more sloping top.

Turn us, Gabb.

Subgenus Xylophagellat Meek.

T. (X.) contortus, Gabb.

Teredo eontorta, G., Proc. Acad., 1861, p. 323.

A study of the valve of this species shows it to be an allied

species to T. (X.) elegant ul a, but more oblique, and differing in

sculpture.

Martesia, Leach.
M. cretacea, Gnbb.

Pholas, id., Gabb, J. Acad., 2 s. v. 4, p. 393, pi. 68, f. 18 (tube). Id.,
G. Proc. Acad., 1861, p. 324 (shell).

Rare in the marls of New Jersey. The tubes are occasionally
found perforating wood, but replaced by pyrites. I have before
me an excellently preserved shell with both valves in contact, and
which shows clearly the generic characters.

M. cithara, Mort. sp.

Pholas, id., Morton. Syn. Cret., p. 68, pi. 9, f. 2.

P. pectorosa, Con., J. Acad., 2 s. v. 2, p. 293, pi. 24, f. 9.

Equally rare with the preceding. I have never seen but the two
respective types.

Leptosolen, Con.

L. biplicata, Con., J. Conch., v. 3, p. 15.

Biliquaria, id., Con., J. Acad., 2 s. v. 3, p. 324, pi. 34. f. 17.

Not rare on Pataula Creek, Clay Co., Georgia, Dr. Little.

Legumen, Con.
L. planulatus, Con. (sp.).

Solcmyit, id., Con., J. Acad., 2 s. v. 2, p. 274, pi. 24, f. 11.
Lerjimicn, id., Gabb, Syn. Cret., 1861, p. 133.
L. elliptiea, Con., Journ. Acad., 2 s. v. 3, p. 325, pi. 34, f. 19.
L. appressa, Con., loc. cit., p. 325.

A fine shell growing three inches long; several specimens from
Pataula Creek, Georgia. It is one of the most widely diffused
species in the Ripley marl. On comparing the various types of
the above names, I find that the names have been given to dif-

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 305

ferent ages of the same shell. The lines of growth at the same
age in all the forms have the same direction.

Periplomta, Con.

Leptomya, Con., Nat. Ad.

Plicomya, Stol.
P. elliptica, Gabb.

Anatina, id., Gabb, Proc. Acad., 1861, p. 324.

I place this shell under the above generic name, in accordance
with the opinion of Mr. Conrad, who has examined seven original
specimens, and recognized its generic relations. It is an extremely
rare shell.

Solyma, Con.
Not Solemya (as in index).
S. lineolatus, Con., Journ. Coneh., vol. 6, p. 75, pi. 3, f. 9.

Mr. Conrad has identified for me, under the above name, a little
shell out of the Georgia collection of Dr. Little, from Pataula
Creek. It is a little more than half as wide as long, the beak is
median, the two ends are very nearly equal, and the base is very
slightly convex. Although mine is a left valve, I am unable to
describe this part of the hinge, since, in cleaning away the marl,
the teeth were destroyed. These fossils are so fragile that, until
after being hardened hy gum, a breath will almost destroy them.
Mr. Conrad, who cleaned this hinge, saw the teeth just at the
moment of their destruction.

Pholadomya, Sby.
P. Littlei, n. s.

Shell very large, gibbous, beaks large, prominent, nearly in
contact, placed about a third of the length from the anterior end.
Base irregularly convex, most prominent a little behind the mid-
dle, from which it slopes up with a broad gentle curve to the
anterior end ; posterior end broader than the anterior and gaping.
Surface marked by about a dozen large acute ribs, with broad
concave interspaces. The anterior end is not costate, or very
faintly so; the first well-marked rib descends directly from the
front part of the umbone direct^ to the base, curving slightly
forward at its lower end. The strongest ribs are on the middle
of the shell, and they are somewhat more widely placed, and
become more oblique posteriorly.

30G PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

Length 6 inches, width from beak to base 4 inches, diameter of
both valves 3 inches.

This is the finest species of the genus with which I am ac-
quainted, and I dedicate it with pleasure to Dr. Little, State
Geologist of Georgia, who sent me three well-preserved specimens,
one retaining the greater part of its surface, from Pataula Creek,
Clay County. It can be at once recognized by its few large ribs,
increasing rather than diminishing in size posteriorly, and in
being less oblique than P. occidentalism Morton, the only other
large species known in America. It is twice the linear size of
that shell.

Cymbophora, Gabb.
C. lintea, Con. sp.

Cardium (Protocardia) linteum, Con., J. Acad., 2 s., v. 4, p. 278, pi.

46, f. 17.
Veleda, id., Con., Journ. Conch. 1871, p. 74.
Veleda, id., Con., Kerr's Geol. Rep. N. Car., p. 9, pi. 1, fig. 20.

Dr. Little sent me a good suite of this species, and on uncover-
ing the hinge, I cannot find an}' valid difference between it and
my typical form, on which to base a generic separation, unless it
be on a peculiar cross striation of the lateral teeth, which I did
not observe in the Californian shells. The species attains a large
size. One specimen measures: length 4 inches, width 3 inches,
depth of single valve 1 inch. In its young state it is thin, but
becomes quite thick as it grows older. I have ventured to asso-
ciate these large specimens with Mr. Conrad's species, although in
all of them the hinges are destroyed; but I can find no good
grounds either in form or surface markings for separating them.
My smaller specimens on which I identified the species are an
inch and a half long.

Schizodesma, Gray.
? S. appressa, n. s.

Shell small, subtriangular, flattened, thin ; beaks sub-central, a
little in advance of the middle ; anterior end rounded; posterior
end produced, sub truncated, cardinal margins sloping rather
rapidly from the beaks; base broadly convex ; a distinct umbonal
ridge runs from the beaks to the posterior basal angle ; and one
less marked runs nearly parallel with the posterior cardinal mar-
gin to the upper angle of the truncated posterior end. Surface
marked only by lines of growth. The hinge agrees better with

187G.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 307

the above genus than with any other described ; in the left valve
the F-shaped tooth is delicate, though well marked, and encroaches
slightly on the deep ligament pit ; the lateral teeth are very small,
short, and thin. The species can be at once distinguished from
the preceding by its shape.

Length 1.2 inch ; width 0.9 inch.

A rare species, from Pataula Creek, Georgia ; Dr. Little.

Tenea, Con.
T. pinguis, Con. (sp.)

Lucina, id., Con., Jonrn. Acad., 2 ser., vol. 2, p. 275, pi. 24, fig. 18.
Diplodonta parilis, Con., loe. cit., vol. 4, p. 278, pi. 46, f. 1G (not 8

as in text).
Mysia gibbosa, Gabb, loc. cit., vol. 4, p. 302, pi. 48, f. 17 (not f. 18 as

in text).
Tenea parilis, Con., Journ. Conch., v. 6, p. 73, pi. 3, f. 12, id., Con.,
Kerr's Geol. Rep. N. Car., p. 8, pi. 2, f. 25.

Mr. Conrad and I redescribed this species simultaneously in the
4th volume of the Academy's Journal, both of us overlooking the
fact that it had been previously described as a Lucina and with a
bad illustration. It does not possess the angular base given to
it in vol. 2.

Tellina, Linn.

Tellinella, Gray.
T. (T.) Georgiana, n. s.

Shell moderately large, elongate; beaks central, elevated, ante-
rior end produced, rounded ; base very slightly convex ; posterior
end subangulated below, arched above ; a strong umbonal ridge
runs from the beaks to the angle. Surface destroyed on the only
specimen I have seen.

Length 2.0 inches ; width 1.25 inch.

The impression of the hinge is preserved in the matrix, and the
shell is so strongly characterized by its form that I have not hesi-
tated to describe it. It is from Pataula Creek, Georgia, in a hard
calcareous marl.

Gari, Schum.
G. elliptica, n. s.

Shell moderately large, very thin, subelliptical in outline ;
beaks central, somewhat elevated ; anterior end prominent above
the middle, retreating below with a gentle curve to the base;

308 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [18T6.

posterior end rounded, broader than the anterior ; base most pro-
minent a little in advance of the beaks. Surface marked by
irregular lines of growth. Ligamental grove strongly marked ;
hinge consisting of two teeth in the right valve and one bifid
tooth in the left.

Length 2.4 inches ; width 1.5 inch.

This shell resembles in size and general shape G. tr.rln. Gabb,
of the Californian cretaceous, but is not so narrowed anteriorly ; is
less obliquely truncated posteriorly, and the beaks are more ele-
vated ; it also differs in the surface.

From the Ripley marl, Pataula Creek, Georgia.

Peron^eoderma, Poli.
P. Georgiana, n. s.

Shell small, thin, flattened ; elongate, beaks subcentral ; in one
case in the middle, in another a little posterior; cardinal margins
sloping about equally towards both ends. Anterior end promi-
nently and narrowly rounded ; posterior rounded, subtruncate ;
base broadly and regularly convex. Surface marked by fine,
regular concentric lines. Hinge composed of minute teeth.

Length 1.2 inch ; width 0.8 inch.

Intermediate inform and size between T.Hofmani and T longa
of the Californian cretaceous and differing from both in having the
posterior cardinal margin convex, instead of concave. In this
character and in the rounded base, it differs also from CEneplana,
Conrad, of the N. Carolina Cretaceous. Two specimens from
Pataula Creek, Georgia; Dr. Little.

Cyprimeria, Con.

C. depressa, Con., Kerr's Rep. Geol. N. C, p. 9, Paleontology.

Dosinia depressa, Con.. J. Acad., 2 s., v. 4, p. 278. pi. 40, f. 6.

Sanguinolaria cretacea, Con., loc. cit., p. 277, pi 40, f. 11.

C. Cretacensis, Con., J. Conch., 1*07. p. 9.

C. cretacea, Con., J. Conch., 1809, p. 98, not C. cretacea (Dosinia)

Zittel, Con., J. Conch., 1866, p. 102.
Dosinia Iladdoitjiddensis, Lea, Proc. Acad. 1861, p. 149.

Georgia specimens, from Doctor Little, differ only from those
from Alabama in being nearly twice the size.

C. torta, n. s.

Shell large, diseoidal, inequivalve, the right valve more convex
than the left ; beaks in advance of the middle ; anterior end and

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 309

base regularly rounded ; posterior narrowed, truncated and
strongly deflected to the left side, more so below than above.
Surface unknown.

An internal cast from Georgetown, Ga., from Dr. Little, measur-
ing : length 3.0 inches, width 2.5 inches, internal diameter of valves
1.0 inch.

From G. densata, Con., the present species can be at once dis-
tinguished by its being shorter and in having the posterior cardi-
nal margin nearly straight. From C. excavata, Morton (sp.), by
being more quadrate and longer. From C. Texana, Roem. (sp.),
in being narrower and more produced behind. I have casts from
Texas of another species approaching this, certainly a different
species, but too close to describe without more material than mere
internal casts.

Cardium, Linn.
Subgenus Pachyca?'dium, Con.

Stoliczka does not approve of Conrad's genus Pachycardium,
and is inclined to associate it with Pseudocardia. The type P.
Spillmani, if it does not stand as a separate genus, should rather
be placed with Lsemcardium than with Protocardia, since it has
no ribs on the posterior face and only half a dozen obsolete radiat-
ing lines on the umbonal angle. It is clearly not a Leevicardium,
from which it is separated by its very thick shell structure, its
elongate form, and b}' the irregular transverse corrugations follow-
ing the lines of growth. Most if not all of the Laevicardia are
thin, delicate shells with polished surfaces. Whether the East
Indian bisection belongs to this genus or not, C. Spillmani should,
in my opinion, be taken as the type of a separate genus, or sub-
genus.

Casts are not rare in a sandstone at Georgetown, Georgia.
They show that the hinge teeth were enormously developed,
especially the laterals ; the muscular scars are very deep and, in
advance of the posterior muscle, there is a thickening of the shell,
broad and rounded and occupying the position of the plate of
Gucullsea. The posterior portion of the internal margin is crenu-
lated, but more closely than the part corresponding to the ribs on
the umbonal ridge. The species is also found as casts in the
brown and black marls of New Jersey, and associated with them
I have a cast, more globose than any of the specimens that can be

310 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

referred to Conrad's species. It is of the same size, shows traces
of the same surface markings, but is broader, rounder, and has
the beaks much nearer and more incurved than the internal moulds
of either the other Jersey specimens, or those of Mr. Conrad from

Mississippi.

Subgenus Trachycardium, Morch.
C. (T.) Carolinense, Con., Kerr's Rep. Geol. N. C. Palaeont., p. 7, pi. 2, f. 1.

A larger shell than C. Eufaulense, Con., more circular in outline
and less angulated on the umbonal ridge. It is very closely
related, however, and requires care and good specimens to distin-
guish it.

Not rare at Pataula Creek, Georgia ; Dr. Little.

C. (T.) Eufaulense, Con.

Gardium {T.) id., Con., Journ. Acad., 2 s. vol. 4, p. 282, pi. 46, f. 12.

A single valve from Quitman Co., Georgia ; Dr. Little. This
shell is common in North Carolina.

C. (T.) Alabamen.se, Gabb.

Gardium multiradiatum, Gabb, Journ. Acad., 2 s., vol. 4, p. 395, pi.
68, f. 29 ; not id., Sby., Darwin's Geol. Obs. S. A., p. 251, pi. 2, f. 16.

All three of these shells differ from the typical form of Trachy-
cardium in having smooth ribs, in which character the}' approach
Cerastoderma, with which probably they might better be associated.

Granocardium, Gabb.
C. (G.) Tippanum, Con.

Gardium, id., Con., J. Acad., 2 s., vol. 8, p. 326, pi. 34, f. 8 b.
Ghranocardium, id., Gabb, Pal. Cab, vol. 2, p. 266.

Casts of this species are not rare in a hard brownish sandstone
at Pataula Creek, Georgia.

Crassatella, Lam.

C. pteropsis, Con., J. Acad., 2 s., vol. 4, p. 279, pi. 46, f. 5.

A rare shell at Pataula Creek, Georgia, though very common
in North Carolina.

C. vadosa, Morton, Syn., p. 66, pi. 1.3, f. 12.

0. Uipleyana, Con., J. Acad., 2 s., vol. 3, p. 327, pi. 35, f. 3.
C. lintea, Con , loc. cit., vol. 4, p. 279, pi. 46, f. 5.

C. Ripleyana of Conrad is the typical form of the species, pre-
viously described by Morton ; convex on its posterior cardinal
margin in the young state and straight or slightly concave below

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 311

towards the posterior angle. C. lintea is a shell of the same
speeies, having attained but half its full diameter. I am not sure
but that C. Carolinensis, Con. (Kerr's X. Carolina Report,
Palreontological Appendix, p. 6), should also be put down as a
synonym. I only know it from the figure in the report, but the
shape is very close to lintea, and the identity of this, I have
proven by a critical comparison of the original specimens.

C. sp. indet.

A cast in brown sandstone, sent by Dr. Little from Pataula
Creek, Georgia. The impression of the hinge is perfectly pre-
served, as well as most of the outline. It is two and a half inches
long by two wide and rather flat. The posterior cardinal line is
slightly arched throughout, and the posterior end broadly rounded.
I do not think it belongs to any described species, but refrain
from naming it until better material is found.

Anthonya, Gabb.

Scambula, Con.

Anthonya, G., Paleontology of Cal. 1864, p. 181, pi. 30, f. 2.36, a.
Scambula, Con., Journ. Conch., 18G9, p. 48, pi. 9, f. 7-8.

On comparing my types of A. cultriformis, with those of Mr.
Conrad's S. perplana, it proves that they are generically identical,
the hinges agreeing perfectly. There is or\\y one difference, and
that of minor importance ; my shell, which is very long, is slightly
twisted, while Mr. Conrad's, which is much shorter, is all on one
plane.

Opis, Dep. ?
0. Conradi, Gabb,

hocavdia, id., G., Journ. Acad., 2 ser., vol. 4, p. 393, pi. 68, f. 21.

LlTHOPHAGA, Bolt.

Lithodomus, Cuv., Lithopliagus, Muhlf.

L. Ripleyana, Gabb, Proc. Acad., 1861, p. 326.
L. nffinis, G., loc. cit., p. 327.
Arcopema Carolinensis, Con., Kerr's N. C. Rep., Pal., p. 5, pi. 1, f. 6.

I named L. affinis, a form shorter, more convex, and a little
curved, but I do not now believe that even a greater difference in
form in a boring shell can be made the basis of a specific distinc-
tion, unless repeated in a very large suite of specimens. Mr. Con-

312 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

rad's name must be placed as a synonym ; his figure agrees ex-
act^' with specimens of my species, which is not rare. I have
before me a large series, some showing the valves perfectly pre-
served, and others bedded partially and entirely in fossil wood.

Inoceramus, Sby.

I. Tippanus, Con. (sp.).

Pholadomya Tippana, Con., J. A., 2 s., v. 3, p. 324, pi. 34, f. 9.
I. codellatus, Con., loc. cit., p. 329, pi. 34, f. 12.

A rare shell; very thin and marked by both radiating and con-
centric sculpture. It is very inequi valve, as will be seen by the
figure 12 above quoted.

Trigonia, Brug.
T. Leana, Gabb.

Trigonia Gibboniana, G., Pal. Cal., vol. 1, p. P'O, pi. 17, f. 178; pi.
31, f. 2G2, not T. Gibboniana, Lea, Trans. Amer. P. Soc, 2 s., v. 7,
p. 255, pi. 9, f. 7, 9.

From the rather poor figure and imperfect description of Mr.
Lea, quoted above, I made a doubtful identification of the Cali-
fornian shell with the South American. Recently, while studying
some fossils from Peru, Mr. Lea kindly placed his types at my
disposal, and, among other errors I have been enabled to correct,
is this one. Our two species are of the same type, but they differ
very materially in the ornamentation. I have therefore renamed
the California!] species.

T. thoracica, Morton, Synopsis, p. 65, pi. 15, f. 13.

From the Ripley of Pataula Creek, Georgia ; Dr. Little.

T. angulicosta, n. s.

Shell small, elongate, curved; anterior end regularly convex ;
base broadly rounded in the middle, slightly concave posteriorly;-
posterior cardinal line concave; posterior end prolonged, truncate.
Surface divided by a ridge, separating the corselet from the
broader part; corselet crossed by transverse ribs, corresponding
in number to those below; towards the end these are directed ob-
liquely backwards. Outer surface divided into three parts; nearest
the beaks it is marked on the anterior half of the adult shell by about
ten or a dozen prominent ribs, most of which, after traversing
half the distance from the corselet to the base, suddenly bend
forward at a slightly acute angle, and terminate at the anterior

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 313

margin of the shell; posterior to these are about ten more ribs,
which traverse the entire width, from the corselet to the base.
On the anterior half of the basal margin are some short ribs,
parallel with those last described, and which arise abutting against
the lowest of the antero-posterior ribs, and reach the margin, be-
coming oblique forward until the most anterior becomes nearly
parallel witli the rib against which it originates.

Length 1.75 inch; width 1.3 inch.

From Pataula Creek, Georgia; Dr. Little.

This very peculiar shell has an internal cast not unlike T. tho-
racica, with which it is found associated ; but its surface sculpture
is unlike any other species with which I am acquainted. I have two
fragmentary specimens before me, showing part of the surface but
none of the antero-basal ribs described above. The details of the
description are drawn from the impression of an entire surface in
a hard sandstone.

Venilia, Mort.
V. Conradi, Morton, Syn. p. 67, pi. 8, f. 1-2.

A cast of this species occurs in the same block with one of the
casts of the preceding.

Idonearca, Con.

A genus represented in the Cretaceous of New Jersey alone by
about a dozen species. Some of these are as yet undescribed for
want of sufficient material, and most of them are known only
from internal moulds.

I. vulgaris, Morton (sp,).

Cucuttaia, id., Morton, Syn. Cret., p. 64, pi. 3, f. 8, and pi. 13, f. 5.

The commonest species. Casts (pi. 13, f. 5) are abundant in the
marls, and are known as ""squirrel heads" by the country boys.
The cast is recognizable by its oblique form and prominent remote
beaks. Dr. Morton described the shell from specimens from
Arneytown, N. J. (pi. 3, f. 8). It is variable in its obliquity and
convexity, the umbonal ridge being sometimes arched backwards
and sometime straight, as seen from the side ; the posterior face
is nearly flat. The area is large.
21

314 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

I. neglecta, Gal>b.

Cuculhea, id., Gabb., Proc. Acad., 1861, p. 326.

This species is not rare in the marls of New Jersey, and I have
seen casts from the white limestone of Prairie Bluff, Ala., appa-
rently belonging to it. Recently I have obtained from Prof.
Cook, State Geologist of New Jersey, specimens from the New
Jersey white limestone (Timber Creek limestone) in which the
shells are in a beautiful state of preservation. The valves are
subcompressed ; beak small, placed a little in advance of the
middle ; area narrow, about half as long as the shell, and marked
b}' very few impressed lines; hinge thin, median teeth few and
small, lateral teeth long, narrow, and few. Base and anterior end
regularly and broadly curved; posterior side convex and sloping,
not angulated at the base. No umbonal ridge; surface regularly
convex, sloping in a little, more abruptly on the posterior side
than elsewhere. Surface smooth, marked only by a few obscure
lines of growth.

Length 1.75 inch; width 1.4 inch; height of single valve 0.4.
inch.

I. Carolinensis.

Shell subquadrate, convex, hinge line just one-half the length
of the shell; beaks small, incurved, umbones prominent and
rounded ; posterior slope nearly vertical ; anterior end regularly
rounded, retreating obliquely below; base broadly convex, most
prominent in the middle. Surface in the adult marked only by
irregular lines of growth ; in the young crossed by very numerous
and very fine radiating lines ; hinge small. In the adult the mid-
dle (transverse) teeth show a tendency to irregularity, and even
partial obliteration. Lateral teeth perfectly parallel with the
hinge line ; area small. Internal plate thin and elevated.

Length 2.0 inches ; width 1.5 inch ; depth of single valves .75 inch.

This species grows about the size of /. vulgaris^ but is less ob-
lique, with rounder outlines and a more central beak. The area
is smaller, and the whole shell is more quadrate. The markings
of the young shell are as minute as those of Trigonarca Saffordi,
G., but of a different character, and the present species is propor-
tionally shorter, more oblique, and more convex than that. /.
capax, Conrad, is a heavy shell, remarkably thick, and will, I think,
prove to be identical with vulgaris. I referred it to antrusa by

187C.J NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 315

mistake in the Synopsis of Cret. Mollusca for that species. From
/. neglecta this species can be at once distinguished by the more
convex valves and by the umbonal angle.

From the Ripley Group, Snow Hill, N. Carolina.

I. Alabamensis, n. s.

Shell convex, oblique; area less than half the length of the
shell; very narrow ; beaks small, approximating; umbones small;
anterior end broadly rounded, not retreating below ; base convex
in front, straight behind ; posterior side oblique, uniting with the
base by a marked angle; umbonal angle rounded, but narrow and
abrupt ; posterior face truncated; hinge narrow.

Length 1.5 inch ; width 1.25 inch ; depth of single valve 0.6 inch.

The nearest ally of this species is the preceding. It can be
distinguished by the smaller beaks, much narrower area, the
broader anterior end, the base straight behind, instead of beino-
regularly convex, and by the strong umbonal angle and more
truncated posterior end.

I have not attempted to describe the surface, since although the
shell is well represented in all its details, except that, in the spe-
cimen before me, the shell substance has been replaced by a bor-
ing sponge (? Cliona) ; the shell itself has disappeared and the
sponge has taken exactty its form except a thin outer film. Even
two or three strong concentric lines of growth have left their im-
pression on the sponge. This unique specimen, which might well
serve as the type of two species of widely different organisms, is
from the white limestone of Prairie Bluffs, Ala.

? I. antrosa, Mort. (sp.)

Cucullaia, id., Morton, Synopsis, p. 68, pi. 13, fig. 6.

A very convex form, almost as short as an Axincea with central
beaks and a strong internal plate. The species is only known
from casts, although it was described over forty years ago. Its
hinge line is so curved that it may prove eventually to be a
Trtgonarca, and may even belong to Conrad's subgenus Brevi-
arca. I have placed it under the above genus in accordance with
the opinion of Mr. Conrad, with whom I have consulted on the
subject.

I. sp. ?

Associated with the casts of antrosa are some of a more elon-
gated and angulated form, evidently an undescribed species.

316 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

Besides the difference of outline, it has a remarkably thick internal
plate running far up into the cavity under the urabones. A
mashed shell from Haddonfield, found by Mr. Conrad, and evi-
dently of this species, .shows the surface to be plain, marked only
by lines of growth.

The Academy's collection contains also two other species of
this genus from New Jersey, represented by internal casts, but
which I refrain from describing, trusting that we ma}* obtain
more material in the future.

I. Littlei, n. s.

Shell very large, oblique, gibbous, beaks large, prominent,
remote, incurved ; area broad ; anterior end prominent, narrowly
rounded, retreating below ; posterior end obliquely sloping ; base
nearly straight, most prominent below the beaks ; internal plate
very large, prominent and continued up into the cavity under the
beaks. Surface marked by coarse lines of growth.

Length (of casts) 5 inches ; width 4.8 inches, greatest transverse
diameter 4 inches.

This enormous species, not surpassed in size even by Area
gremdis, is described from a nodular mass showing at the same
time the impression of the surface and the mould of the interior.
I take pleasure in dedicating this, the largest species of the
family, to the State Geologist of Georgia, despite the fact that the
name might be punningly suggestive ot a specific character, espe-
cially inappropriate. It is from Pataula Creek, Georgia.

Nemodon, Con.
N. angulatum, Gabb.

Leda, id., Gabb, Proc. Acad. 1860, p. 94, pi. 2, fig. 12.

A re-examination of this species shows it to belong to Mr.
Conrad's genus.

Trigonarca, Con.
T. cuneata, n. s.

Shell small, obligue ; beaks slightly in advance of the centre,
small, incurved, and approximated ; area very small and marked
by numerous transverse lines ; anterior end produced, narrowly
rounded, most prominent below ; posterior side very sloping, the
posterior end of the area being barely visible beyond the umbonal
ridge; below the posterior end is narrow and caudate, almost like
some Crassatellas ; base slightly convex in advance, nearly

1876.J NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 31*7

straight, or even a little concave and sloping upwards behind;
umbonal ridge strongly marked ; posterior face truncated ; sur-
face marked by obsolete radiating lines, and by stronger lines of
growth. Hinge broad and with numerous. radiately placed teeth.

Length 1.1 inch ; width 1.0 inch ; depth of valve 0.3 inch.

Very closely allied in generic character to T. Maconensis, Con.,
the type of the genus, but differs in its small size, the measure-
ments being given from the largest of a large series. In shape it
differs in being proportionall}' much larger, less produced in front
and more produced behind, and in having a less rounded base.

Of about the same size as Breviarca Carolinenxis, Con., it is a
more robust shell, with a stronger umbonal ridge ; is caudate
behind instead of being convex ; is less prominent in front, and is
altogether a much more triangular shell.

Abundant at Pataula Creek, Clay Co., Georgia.

Axincea, Poli.
A. hamula, Morton, sp.

Peetunculus hamulus, Morton, Syn. Cret., p. 64, pi. 15, f. 7.
? A. bellasculpta, Con., J. Acad., 2 s., v. 4, p. 295.

The posterior extremity is not angulated as described by Dr.
Morton. His description and figure would be unintelligible with-
out his types. His specimens are slightly truncated posteriorly
though very faintly, and others are equally round on both margins.
There seems to be a considerable difference in the amount of con-
vexity in the species, and, although I have not seen so many
specimens as I would like, I think fuller series will prove that
there is no difference between this and A. subaustralis, d'Orb. (P.
australis, Mort., not Quoy). The only character depended on is
the convexit}', and that certainly varies very much in Georgia
specimens sent me by Doctor Little. In fact, in some cases I am
in doubt whether to call them by one or the other name, with Dr.
Morton's types beside them. With about the same longitudinal
and transverse diameters, the deepness of the valve of Morton's
original hamula is .5 inch, while that of Australis is .25 inch.
All of the casts (there 'are no shells) from New Jersey', are of this
latter form, though Dr. Morton speaks of them as another species.
The character on which Mr. Conrad separated A. bellasculpta is
visible on some of the Georgia specimens, to a less degree than on
his types from Mississippi, and on comparing the whole series, I

318 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

can find no valid ground for a specific distinction between them
and A. hamula.

Xucula, Lam.
N. percrassa, Con.

Journ. Acad., 2 s., v. 3, p. 327, pi. 35, f. 4.

A fine species, common at Pataula Creek, Ga.

N. Slackiana, Gabb.

Leda, id., G., Journ. Acad., 2 s., v. 4, p. 307, pi. G8, f. 37.

This was described from casts in the marls of New Jersey ; the
surface characters have never been obtained, hut from its size and
shape I have little doubt it will prove identical with percrassa.

Nuculana, Link.
Leda, Schum.

It is doubtful if the names of Link should be regarded. To all
intents and purposes his book "was never published, although
printed, until the names were resurrected by Morch. 1, however,
under protest, follow H. & A. Adams, Stoliczka, Conrad, and
Meek in the use of this name, regretting the habit so common of
" reducing scientific nomenclature to a branch of archaeological
research."

N. protexta, Gabb (sp.), Meek, Check List, No. 204.

Leda, id., Gabb, Journ. Acad., 2 s., v. 4, p. 303, pi. 48, f. 23.

A single specimen from Pataula Creek, Georgia.

Cami>tonectes, Agas.

C. Burlingtonensis, Gabb.

Pecten, id., Gabb., Journ. Acad., 2 s v. 4, p. 304, pi. 48, f. 25.

One of. our finest Pectens. It was described from a very per-
fect mould in the brown sandy marl of New Jersey. Since then
Mr. Conrad has found the shell in the Riplej' marl of Haddon-
field, New Jersey. The right ear of the lower valve is long and
narrow, and has a very deep, narrow sinus. The surface is
marked by regularly placed thin subsquamose plates surmount-
ing each a email concentric ridge. Between these plates are
visible very minute radiating impressed lines. This radiating
sculpture is only visible on well-preserved specimens, and, while
it. takes the directions common in Agassiz's genus, it differs from
all the previously described species in its almost invisible
character.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 319

Sincyclonema, Meek.

S. simplicius, Con., Meek, Check List Cretaceous, No. 196.

Pecten, id., Con., J. Acad., 2 s. v. 4, p. 283, pi. 46, f. 44.

This little shell grows to a diameter of 0.0 inch, and is an
abundant fossil. In the older specimens, many are marked by
strong concentric squamose ridges, between which are microscopic
radiating lines.

Neithea, Drouet.
N. complexicosta, n. s.

Shell moderate in size ; lower valve deeply convex, upper valve
unknown. Surface marked by six large ribs, regularly distributed
at equal distances, between each pair of which are two smaller
ones. Each rib, large and small, is divided on its upper surface
into three thread like ridges ; the interspaces between the ribs are
regularly concave, and without longitudinal marking; entire sur-
face crossed by minute, regularly placed subsquamose lines.

Length one inch. Locality, Uniontown, Ala.

A very pretty species, of the typical shape of N. quinquecostata,
etc., but differing from all the described species in the character
of its ribs. It is probably nearest to D'Orbigny 's N. striato-costata,
but the large and small ribs are more nearly equal in size, and
they differ in the manner in which the ribs are ornamented. In
our species, the broad concave interspace rounds up to nearly the
full height of the rib, and only on the top does it show the two
grooves which divide it into three little linear ribs. N. alpina,
D'Orb., has the same number of large and small ribs, but they are
rounded and plain on top.

Anomta, Linn.

A. argentaria, Morton, Syn. p. 61, pi. 5, f. 10.

A. tellinoides, Mort., loc. cit., p. 61, pi. 5, f. 11.

A. sellceformis, Con., J. A., 2 s. v. 3, p. 330, pi. 34, f. 6.

I have compared large suites, including Dr. Morton's original
specimens, and conclude that all three of the above names must
go together. The differences depended on for the separation were
only those of outline, and there is no possible ground for the
second specific name given by Dr. Morton. Mr. Conrad's name
was given to a single specimen distorted by growing on an irregu-
lar surface. The species is common at Pataula Creek, Georgia,

320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [18*76

and grows to more than an inch in diameter. The most regular
form, before the shell becomes distorted, is nearly circular, with
a well-marked little beak, adjoining to, and sometimes overhang-
ing the cardinal margin. The surface is faintly squamose and
ornamented by microscopic radiating lines.

Accompanying these is another form, represented by no less
than fifteen specimens agreeing well with one another. Unlike the
typical A. argentaria, they are ornamented by a uniform pattern,
clearly not the impression of a surface, to which they were at-
tached. In form and size they do not differ from A. argentaria,
but the ornament is a series of radiating ribs, one set large, flat-
tened on top, and well defined ; between these are interpolated
from one to three smaller ribs. In most cases this alternation is
well defined ; though in two or three the large rihs are nearer in
size to the small ones. On the typical argentaria this radiation
is never observed, even in a rudimentary manner, and on some of
my specimens it begins at the very apex ; but on several the first
half inch in diameter, or less, of the shell does not differ from
argentaria, while after that the ribs begin, first on thread-like
lines, finally developing to full size. In consequence of this I feel
reluctant to separate the form as a distinct species, believing that
more material will merge the two. I therefore content myself
with proposing the name of A. argentaria, var. ornata.

Paranomia, Con.
P. Saffordi, Con., Journ. Acnd., 2 s. v. 4, p. 290, pi. 46, f. 21.
Several specimens from Pataula Creek, Georgia.

Ostrea, Linn.
0. subspatulata, Fbs , Quart. Journ. 6. Soc, v. 1, p fil.

Five miles north of Lumpkin, Stewart County, and near Fort
Gaines, Georgia ; Dr. Little. The species is characterized, even
when not two inches long, by a tendency to great thickening of
the upper half, the lower half being a thin tongue-like process.

0. larva, Lnm., A. S. V., v. 0, p. 216.

O.faleata, Morton, Syn., p. 50, pi. 3, f. 5.

Not common at Georgetown, Quitman Co., Georgia.

0. plumosa, Morton, Syn., p. 51, pi. 3, f. 9.

With the preceding.

1810.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 321

0. pusilla, Nills., Petr. Suec, p. 32, pi. 11, f. 7, a-c.

0. lecticosta, Gabb, Journ. Acad., 2 s. v. 4, p. 403, pi. 68, f. 47, 48.

From Georgetown, Pataula Creek, and five miles north of Lump-
kin, Stewart County, Georgia. Some of the specimens are much
larger and broader than those from Tennessee and Xew Jersey,
from which I described the species. I am convinced that not only
is this shell identical with the Swiss species, but, by looking over
Nillson's work, there ai*e nearly a dozen others that will probably
prove synonymous. Among these might be mentioned Gryphsea
lateralis and Ostrea larva, of which the broad form, called by
Nillson 0. lunata, also occurs in New Jersey.

0. Bryanii, n. s.

Shell moderate in size, subtrigonal, oblique, irregular in out-
line, rather thick. Lower valve deep, upper valve flat, or more
or less concave towards the basal margin. Shell usually free,
sometimes showing signs of attachment near the beak ; surface
irregularly squamose, more so as it grows older ; a few broad but
not very prominent radiating lines or ribs are visible usually,
though not always, on the most convex part of the lower valve.
I have never observed any on the upper valve. Hinge long, tri-
angular, deeply grooved in the middle, and strongly deflected to
the left side. Inner margin crenulated, though sometimes ob-
scurely, near the hinge. Muscular scar large.

Usual size about 1 inch to 1.5 in length ; I have one specimen
three inches long.

Found abundantly near Vincenttown, New Jersey, in the marl
at the top of the Cretaceous, by Col. Bryan. In a few minutes,
in company with that gentleman, I collected more than fifty speci-
mens on the marl heaps of the West Jersey Marl Co.

0. Littlei, n. s.

Shell small, irregularly elongate-falcate to subtriangular ; more
regular in the young state; thin. Young shell marked, at least
on the lower valve, by faint radiations, which become obsolete in
the adult; these are crossed by unusually faint lines of growth.
not squamose. Hinge elongate, triangular, deflected to the left.
Associated with the lower valves are some upper ones of corre-
sponding form and size, with the same surface markings except
that they are not radiated even towards the beaks. The margins
are crenulated, corresponding to the ends of the radii in the lower
valve.

322 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

Length of largest specimen 2.5 inch ; width 1.0 inch ; depth of
lower valves 0.5 inch.

From Pataula Creek and Georgetown, Georgia. I have also
found some valves of this species among the undetermined oysters
sent me in 1860 by Prof. Safford from the Ripley Marls of Ten-
nessee.

Nearly as smooth as 0. plumosa, Morton, this shell differs in
its more triangular form, elongate, and somewhat bent ; the lower
valve is subangular and deep, and the young shell has radiations
which point to a resemblance to some of the more triangular forms
of 0. larva. From that species it differs in being less falcate than
the shortest and broadest specimens, and in having a mere trace
of the radiations and none of the marginal plications.

0. exogyrella, n. s.

Shell subequivalve, nearly equilateral, elongate, more or less
quadrate ; sides subparallel, cardinal margins more or less slop-
ing; beaks usually nearly median, sometimes a little deflected;
base rounded ; surface marked b}r distant subsquamose lines of
growth not radiated at any stage; hinge broad, shallow, normally
triangular, varying to nearly subquadrate.

Length 1 to 2 inches; usual proportion a third longer than wide.

From Pataula Creek and Georgetown, Georgia; Dr. Little.

I have purposely omitted a very important point in the above
diagnosis, to mention it more in detail here. The shell shows an
additional character, which I have failed to discover in any other
true oyster, and which shows the transitional character from Os-
trea to Exogyra. Fortunately, I have a good series of specimens,
and every lower valve possesses a "nuclear whorl," if I may be
permitted to use such a phrase in connection with a bivalve. In
other words, up to a diameter of nearly a quarter of an inch, every
specimen has been a well-characterized Exogyra. After this the
direction of growth changed to a right line, and the spiral is par-
tially imbedded in the succeeding layers, or projects as a slight^
deflected tip or beak on an unusually symmetrical oyster. This
spiral is on the normal side of Exogyra, and under the deflected ,
beak there is a slight emargination, a corresponding convexity
existing on the opposite side.

This character is of the greater interest, since it is a transition
to the generic characters of the species variously known as Ostrea,
Grijphiea and Exogyra lateralis, Nillson, Petr., Suec, pi. 7, f. 9-

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 323

10. (G. vomer*, Morton, Syn. Cret. p. 54, pi. 9, f. 5.) This shell
is a well-marked Exogyra in its young state, but in some cases in
the adult the spiral beak is entirely covered up. Mr. Conrad
proposed for this group, although I think on insufficient grounds,
the subgeneric name of Gryjihostrea in the genus Ostrea. This
last species survived to the Eocene, where it is known in the Paris
Basiu as 0. eversa, and in Maryland as 0. sub-eversa.

Grypilea.

G. vesicularis, Lam. (sp.), Bronn, Leth. Geog. pi. 32, f. 1.

Ostrea, id., Lam., Am. Mns., v. 8, p. 160, pi. 22, f. 3.

Common at Georgetown, Georgia; Dr. Little.
G. Thirsae, Gabb, Proc. Acad., 1861, p. 329.

This is a rare species, and seems to be confined to the neighbor-
hood of Alabama and Georgia. I described it from the former
State, and now have it from near Fort Gaines, Georgia, whence it
was sent by Dr. Little. It is intermediate between the narrowest
forms of G. vesicularis and G. pitcherii. From the former it can
be distinguished by the sides being narrowed and sloping nearly
straight from the umbone, which is narrower and more prominent
than is Lamarck's species. From G. pitcherii, which it most re-
sembles, it can be distinguished 03- being less distinctly lobed
laterally; by the hinge area of the lower valve being broader and
flatter, and by the beak being very minute instead of being large
and incurved.

Exogyra, Say.

E. costata, Say, Journ. Phila. Acad., 1 ser., vol. 2, p. 43.

To the already long synonymy of this species must be added
E. interrupta, Con., Journ. Acad., 2 s. v. 3, p. 330, pi. 34, f. 15.

I have this latter, which is only an attached lower valve of E.
costata, of every size and of every degree of attachment from an
almost total obliteration of the ribs, to a perfectly free and typi-
cal costata. They are marked Georgetown, and five miles north
of Lumpkin, Stewart County, Georgia.

Discoidea occidentalis, Gabb.

This echinoderm was described by me as coming from the Cre-
taceous of Oregon. It was given me by a friend, who at the same

324 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [18V").

time tokl me that was the locality. Since then an extensive ac-
quaintance with the Cretaceous rocks of the west coast of North
America, including not a little with the geology of Oregon, renders
me doubtful of the accuracy of the information. The specimen
is preserved in a light-colored limestone, entirely unlike anything
I know of in our Pacific States, but which looks suspiciously like
some Cretaceous rocks I have seen from Peru. It may conse-
quently prove to be a South American fossil, though this is only
a conjecture.

Paliurtjs. New Genus.

A free serpuloid tube, usually with a triangular cross section
externally; circular internally; tube straight or slightly twisted
or bent.

P. triangularis, n. s., pi. 17, f. 11, 12, 13.

I propose this name for a common little annelid in the white
limestone, found especially abundant at Vincenttown, New Jersey.
It is free, and, as above described, has an external triangular cross
section; the two ends are open, and the apertures are circular.
The carinas are subangular or rounded, the sides more or less
deeply grooved, and the entire shell, usually about three-fourths
of an inch long, is slightly twisted or irregularly curved, though
varying little from a straight line. The diameter is about .06 or
.07 inch.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 325

December 5.

Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the chair.

Forty-two members present.

The following papers were presented for publication : —

u Our Sidereal System and the Direction and Distance of its

Centre." By Jacob Ennis.

" On some Extinct Reptiles and Batrachia from the Fort Union

and Fox Hills Beds of Montana." By Edw. D. Cope.

On Ozocerite. — Prof. Leidy remarked that the fine collection of
specimens of Ozocerite, and minerals with which it is found asso-
ciated, presented this evening by Mr. Paul Dobel, through Dr. F.
Migcrka, the Austrian Commissioner, were well worthy the atten-
tion of the members. The Ozocerite, Erdwachs or mineral wax of
the Germans, is found in association with clay, sand, and salt, at
Boiyslaw, in the Carpathians, Galicia. The collection consists of a
fine series of the Ozocerite of different varieties : the ordinary brown
resin-like kind ; a lemon-yellowT flaky form ; another lemon-yellow
but fibrous kind ; a black carbonaceous form, etc., with specimens
associated with rock salt, and others with clay and sandstone.
Besides these there are a number of specimens obtained from the
crude material ; a mass of chocolate-brown hue ; another nndistin-
guishahle in appearance from ordinary yellow beeswax, and a third
looking like white wax or like paraffine.

On Hyraceum. — Prof. Leidy remarked that the large, black
bituminous-looking mass presented this evening, through Mr.
H. C. Coates, Commissioner of the Colony of Cape of Good Hope,
is the substance called Hyraceum, and is said to be the inspis-
sated urine of the Hyrax capensin. The animal is reputed to
inhabit gregariously, rocky places at the Cape of Good Hope.
The accumulated urine in hollows of the rocks, gradually evapo-
rating, is supposed to give rise to the product in question. It is
reported as having been employed in medicine with the same effect
as castoreum.

Prof. Cope remarked that a material resembling the concretion
made by the urine of Hyrax was found in the fissures of the rocks
in New Mexico. It was probably the fecal and renal deposit of
the wild rat, Neoloma.

On Itacolumite. — Prof. W. P. Blake remarked that the Mineral
Department of the National Museum at the Centennial Exhibition
had recently received some specimens of flexible sandstone, re-

326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1870.

ported to be from Mariposa County, California, which are inter-
esting and worthy of note by reason of the new locality, and as
showing the peculiarities of this kind of sandstone in a marked
degree. The specimens are, also, unusually fine, some being over
thirty inches in length, and only two square inches in section.
The color and the structure appear to be the same as in flexiMe
sandstone from other localities. Thin and small scales of silver
mica are abundant. It bends with little resistance up to a certain
point, and without elasticity, but is rigid beyond that point.
When held up by one end and shaken, the motion is transmitted
in wave-like vibrations as in a cord, but the limit of movement is
sensibly felt like a blow or shock. A specimen thirty-two inches
in length may be bent seven and a half inches to one side or the
other of a straight line. The freedom of movement is greatest at
right angles to the plane of lamination. The specimens are also
capable of being sensibly extended when pulled. In a specimen
thirty-two inches long the extension amounted to about half an
inch. 2so examinations under the microscope have been made, as
they should have been, to show the structure. The freedom of
movement up to a certain point, and the rigidity beyond that
point indicate that there is a tolerably uniform distance between
the grains of sand -and a certain amount of movement possible
among them, and that by bending, the grains are brought into
contact with each other. The theory of the late Prof. C. M. Weth-
erill that the grains of sand are shaped like dumb-bells was referred
to with a doubt of its correctness. The part which the scales of
mica play can only be shown by the examination under a micro-
scope of carefully ground sections of the stone, which might per-
haps be prepared for cutting by solutions of soluble glass.

Prof. Leidy stated that he had examined Itacolumite micro-
scopically without being able to detect anything like the dumb-
bell structure described^by Dr. Wetherill. He supposed that the
intermingling of grains, differing in translucency and color, gave
rise to the impression of a dumb-bell arrangement. Thus a pair
of adherent translucent grains surrounded with smaller colored
ones would give rise to such an impression.

December 12.
The President, Dr. IU'sciienberger, in the chair.

Forty-four members present.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 327

December 19.
Mr. VaxJX, Vice-President, in the chair.
Thirty-five members present.

Mineralogical Notes. — Mr. Joseph Willcox said that the two
fine crystals of scapolite, which were presented this evening by
Mr. Vaux, were found at a new locality for this mineral, in St.
Lawrence County, N. Y., and that a specimen from the same
locality had recently been received in this city which weighs about
25 pounds, and is probably the largest scapolite crystal ever found.

He also referred to a specimen of quartz on the table from the
well-known locality of green quartz at Blue Hill, in Delaware
County, Pa. This specimen had been exposed to the weather for
a few weeks, and had lost nearly all its green color. This green
quartz is found in several veins of chlorite, much decomposed,
and each of different intensity in color. The quartz occurring in
each vein corresponds in color to the matrix.

Impurities in Drinking Water Mr. Willcox also stated that,

during the last eight j-ears, whenever the Schuylkill River has
been covered with ice, he observed that the water supplied by the
city possessed a disagreeable odor and taste, like chlorine. Large
quantities of chloride of lime are daily used at Manayunk and at
the Wissahickon for bleaching purposes, and the chlorine gas is
liberated from it by the application of alum and sulphuric acid.
A large portion of the chlorine gas subsequently escapes from the
water before it reaches Fairmount; but when the river is covered
with ice, this process of purification is retarded, and the offensive
element is practically conveyed, in a covered trough, from the
mills to the pumps that supply our city with water. He was not
competent to state if chlorine in this condition is prejudicial to
health. Being a powerful disinfectant it may be a providential
interposition for the prevention of disease that might be caused
by the foul material that is carried in such profusion through the
sewers into the Schuylkill River, and which, on account of the ice,
would otherwise be transported into our water-pipes in its original
impurity.

On Excrescences and Excentric Wood Growths in the Trunks of
Trees — Mr. Thomas Meehan said that on many trees Avere pecu-
liar excrescences, which, up to a few years ago, had been referred
primarily to insect origin. Cutting these through lengthwise
there was no appearance of this agency. There were layers of
wood of annual growth, just as in the normal parts of the tree.

328 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

Examining some oak knots of this character, and finding pulve-
rulent fungoid matter abundant on the surface, he said he had
introduced some of these to the Academy a few years ago, and
suggested this as a substitute for the insect theory, but subse-
quently Professor Farlow had kindly examined them critically
and found no trace whatever of fungoid matter in their structure.
This left us wholly in the dark as to the exact origin of these
stuctu'res.

It was worth noting that these excrescences were often of a
uniform character in each species of tree. In many cases, no
matter how large or how old they were, they would separate from
the parent stem easily by a short sudden blow. He had made
collections of these and in most cases found great uniformity. In
Querents obtusiloba they were depressed globose, in Fagus sylva-
tica (American beech) they were convex and oval, with the
narrow ends crosswise with the trunk. In the Acer rubrum (red
maple) they were oval but drawn out lengthwise. In the common
weeping willow they varied very much in size, sometimes being
as large as a bushel measure, but always knocking out easily as
in all named before. In the common cherry (Cerasus avium | and
the paper mulberry (Broiiasonnetia papyrifera) the excrescences
were also very irregular in form, and seemed to have a stronger
attachment to the parent stem than the others. The apple had
very small and numerous ones in some species ; and it was from
an examination of these, he said, that he had derived the key to
the whole subject. On the bark of some kinds of apple trees
numerous small pea-like projections would exist on the bark
within a space of a few inches. On cutting open, these were
found to be not vesicular, but to be filled with hard and perfect
wood. A careful examination showed that these woody masses
took their rise seemingly from the liber, to which, in the newly
formed cases, they would be found still attached by a small
thread-like vessel.

In order to understand their formation, it was necessary to
understand how wood was made. In man}- trees the annual layer
was so regular, and seemed to be placed so nicely, that one not a
botanist might be pardoned for believing that the sap was changed
to woody matter in the leaves, and the new formed matter sent
down, sliding over the old layer like the sections of a telescope;
but though the food was prepared by the leaves in a great meas-
ure, the actual growth was made by the germination of some of
the cells along the whole outside wall of last year's wood beneath
the inner bark. In his own observations of this process he had
taken the common cherry for his experiments. The germination
of the cells takes place here about the middle of June. He takes
a healthy cherry tree and strips it entirely of its bark to any
length desired. At that season a viscid liquid will lie found
covering the woody surface in abundance. The stripped part is

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 329

covered with a cloth to prevent evaporation, and in a few days
numerous dots, like needle points, will be seen about the sixteenth
of :ui inch apart all over the surface. These are the young cells
which have germinated from those of last year. They continue
germinating, one from the other, until they meet, when they unite
and form a complete surface. In the fall a layer of wood will be
found just as thick as in the part of the tree not disbarked, and
a single layer of liber, with its outer coat of cellular matter —
perfect bark — will have been formed over the whole. The entire
formation of wood and bark can thus be seen by the ordinary
observer, without the necessity of any nice microscopical work.
Other people have tried the experiment with other trees. He has
seen large apple trees that have had their bark peeled wholly off
from their trunks, at the season named, make an entire new layer
of bark and wood, not only with no injury to the tree, but to its
manifest enjoyment ; but his own experiments were confined ex-
clusively to the cherry.

By this experiment we learn that there is no difference pri-
marily in any part of the annual covering. The same cell may
become permanent tissue or generating tissue — and from the
generative tissue may come before the season of growth closes
every form of structure known to anatomists, from pure wood to
the outermost cuticle of the bark. How these cells become differ-
entiated may be passed over here. We know that cell-growth is
not always uniform in its operations. The law that changes the
outermost series of newly made cells into liber need not neces-
saril}- operate so exactly as to make them perfect to this end — a
few ma}r be thrown off into the liber as generative tissue — and,
granting this possibility, we see how the woody granules in the
apple bark are formed.

How cells usually of one character may be made to assume
others is shown in the formation of adventitious buds. Sachs (Text
Book, Eng. ed., p. 5G3) thinks that few dicotjledons produce
adventitious buds. The shoots that often spring from the bark
of the older stems of trees, he says, are probably from dormant
buds which have retained vitality, though buried from the first
growth of the stem. This sort of growth is true. In Gymno-
cladus the buds formed the first }rear in the axil of the leaves are
in a linear series of three or more, of which but one is generally
seen above the surface ; but after many years, if the bark be gently
shaved, these will be found just beneath the surface as they were
the first year, having kept along their hidden growth all that time.
In some magnolias (M. acuminata, M. tripetela), besides the axil-
lar}r bud one forms exactly horizontal to it, on the side opposite to
the direction of the spiral growth. This bud is rarely seen above
the surface, and has not been before made known to botanists as
I believe, but may always be found beneath the surface of the
stronger shoots when the bark is gently shaved, no mutter how
22

330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

great may lie the age, unless, as sometimes happens, some acci-
dent should favor its development to a perfect branch. These are
the sort of buds referred to by Prof. Sachs, and of course make
up their share of new branches when time conies to favor them.
He knew of no dicotyledonous tree that could not be made to
throw out numerous adventitious buds from any part of its sur-
face by sawing off. Jn our common street maples this was every-
day experience. A few inches below the cut generally died back
from evaporation of the juices; but when the shoots pushed out
they came by the dozens in the space of a few inches. Now in the
original shoot — the first year's growth — there would be found in
a vigorous specimen seldom more than six buds in a length of six
inches; but in a strong six year old branch of maple (Acer dasy-
carpurn) cut back he had seen as many as fifty shoots in that
spaee. He exhibited a one year shoot of Catalpa. where the nor-
mal buds were ten inches from each other. In old branches cut
back in early winter, so that the surface may harden a little
before spring, and thus the tree lose little of its juices by evapo-
ration, shoots will come out numerously from any part of the foot
space between these original buds.

It was interesting, however, to note that in no case that he
knew of would adventitious buds be produced between the nodes
from a one year old branch. Such a branch cut beneath the node
invariably died to the next. It would seem as if the demand on .
the nutritive powers of the plants for the axial elongation had
left the generative tissue with less power than in subsequent years
they may possess.

How cells which under some circumstances become permanent
tissue, or at best generative tissue, may become the parents of
adventitious buds and shoots was well shown in cutting down
horse chestnuts, some poplars, and some lurches. As before
said, during the season following the first year, no adventitious
buds will form between the nodes, when the branch is shortened ;
but in the older trees, the new cells from the generative tissue all
along the exposed part or surface of the stump form adventitious
buds and branches. The whole circle between last year's wood
and the bark produces a forest of branches. He had seen this
also, he said, in Cotyledons and other succulents under green-
house culture.

From these considerations there was no reason why cells, pre-
destined, under ordinary circumstances, to be merely bark cells in
their change from wood cells, should not occasionally retain
enough of growth force to carry on a feeble wood constructing
system of their own.

We thus come naturally to the origin of these woody excres-
cences. Imperfectly formed liber cells, still retaining their genera-
tive power, would make a growth the next season, forming a layer
of wood and making its own cortical layer, simultaneous with
the normal wood growth of the tree, assimilating from the same

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 331

store of reserve material that the normal growth does. The
proof of all this lies in the cutting through longitudinally of one
of these excrescences when it will he found to have made one
more annual layer from the point of its origin than the tree itself,
showing that the origin dated from a double set of germinating
cells in that one year.

Where, as in the weeping willow and cherry, the excrescences
are protruded much beyond the normal diameter of the tree, the
annual layers of wood are on the average thicker, through having:
assimilated a greater share of food ; as is generally the case with
cells situated above an obstruction, for instance, as when a wire
is fastened around a branch, a ring of bark taken off, or other means
employed to interfere with the connection between root and foliage.

Mr. Meehan further said that explanation of growth in connec-
tion with these excrescences, explained also much that was usually
inexplicable in the various excentricities of growth. He exhibited
a specimen of a trunk of a Bauhinia, presented to the Academy
by the Brazilian Centennial Commission, in which the wood
seemed a mere fasciculus of many separate stems, forming a sort
of ligneous mosaic work. The trunk was about six inches in one
direction, and two in the other. The first year's growth, round
the small pith, was circular; the subsequent ones irregular
through the varying powers of growth in the germinating tissue.
Very often, but a very small section of the previous }Tear's circle
of wood would germinate, in which case the whole growth would
be made from that point pressing round and over, with great
luxuriance, and enveloping the bark as well as wood of the pre-
vious year. Mr. Meehan thought it quite likely^ that the cases of
Wistaria with bark between some of the annual layers of wood,
might be explained in a similar way.1 The subject of the excen-
tricity of the annual layers of wood in trees could also be under-
stood, keeping in mind the generating tissue, and its varying
powers of life and transformation. Anything which favored
nutrition in one part of the mass of cells more than in another,
would increase their power of growth, and induce thicker layers
at that point than in others. A very hot sun on one side, or in
one season on one side, or on particular spots on one side, induc-
ing an inordinate evaporation from those parts, would weaken the
vital power of the cells just there. The germination would be
weak, and the woody layer thin. Cold winds on one side in very

1 Since making the above remarks I have had brought to my attention
that in 1873, M. Licopoli, of Naples, in some publication not known at
this writing, has suggested that the appearance of bark mixed with the
wood of Wistaria is due to the formation of woody matter by the bark,
which wood then continues to grow, and leaves the bark, as it were, behind
the wood, instead of being pushed steadily before, as in normal wood
growth. Although sure that my facts were as I detailed them, it is pleas-
ant to have the confirmation of my views of these abnormal wood growths
in this independent way.

332 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

cold weather would have the same effect in some cases. The con-
tinual blowing of trees always in one direction might favor
assimilation by the cells on one side more than on the other, or
even the closer proximity of some cells to healthy foliage or vigor-
ous roots, would give them a great advantage over others, and
the layer would thicken. In some plants there was pretty equally
divided power. The whole mass of tissue seemed equally and
regularly vitalized, and the generative tissue formed a new layer
ofwood of about equal thickness all round. But in other trees
some masses of cells seemed to easily draw from the others more
than their share, and the latter were correspondingly weakened.
This was beautifully illustrated in the Hornbeam (Carpinu*
Americana). Here the irregularities in the thickness of the annual
layers defied all system. They might be very thick at one point,
aiid yet at an inch or two above or below the same layer, be very
thin. The red cedar (Juniperus Virginiana) exhibited similar
characters, except that the loss of generative power in some of the
cells was more uniformly in a direction lengthwise with the stem.
In a section he had recently examined the annual layers %vere
tolerably regular for fifteen 'years. A young tree of the same
species had "then grown up close to it on one side, and the annual
layers became thinner, finally ceasing there. The other sides grew
on as before, the layers tapering, with the weakened vitality, to
where the tissue was wholly at rest. So in various parts of the
outline could be noted the' time when various parts of the gene-
rative tissue lost vital power. In one part of the section, in a
direct line from the centre, there was a continuous and nearly
regular annual layer for over fifty years ; but in many directions,
by counting the rings or layers, the time could be traced when
the tissue ceased to be generative or almost so, fifteen, eighteen,
twenty-eight, and so on. All the cases of peculiar excentricities,
Hedera, Toxicodendron, Ampelopsis, and the peculiar cases of
ordinary timber trees, could be explained by this, so far as to note
that the immediate law was a loss of generative power in the cells
of the annual layer. Of course, the indirect causes leading to this
would be very numerous, and left room for much more investi-
gation. The Remarks were made as much as possible in lan-
guage divested of botanical technicalities for the benefit of those
interested in the many other branches of science present; but
those who would pursue the subject of wood-growth, as described
here and applied to the explanation of excrescences and eccentri-
cities, are referred to Sach's Text Book of Botany.

.Mr. Martindale inquired if Mr. Meehan had noted the square
growth of a coniferous trunk from the Pacific coast, on exhibition
at the recent Centennial, and if that growth could be accounted
for on nis explanations?

Mr. Meehan replied that he had examined that trunk. It was
9qnare only at the lower end. It was of Picea amabilix. At the
four corners the annual layers were thicker than at the sides. He

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. oo3

had no doubt that in that case, and in similar ones if they were
repeated, four strong roots had grown out at nearly equal dis-
tances, and the mass of cells nearest to these roots had an advan-
tage in nutrition. We saw this in the trees of our own forests.
Just in proportion to the vigor of the l'oots below was the thick-
ness and irregularity of the trunk for a considerable distance
above. If these trees had but four main roots of equal strength
at equal distances, a portion of the trunk would be about square.

Mr. J. H. Hedfield inquired whether Mr. Meehan would class
cypress knees among the excrescences he had described ?

Mr. Meehan replied not, as they were an outgrowth from the
normal woody system of the roots of the tree, while the excres-
cences originated in the liber, or the tissue very closely allied
thereto.

Pickeringite from Colorado. — Mr. E. Goldsmith stated that he
has observed, in the Mineralogical Collection of the Academy, a
white mineral which had not been determined. His examination,
which was principally a chemical analysis, proved it to be the
above-named species. As Peru and Nova Scotia are localities
where this mineral has been found previously (see Dana's Descrip-
tive Min., p. 653), this seems to be the first observation of Picker-
ingite in the U. S. Dr. John LeConte collected it. The particu-
lar note on his label is, near Monument, near Colorado City, Col.
Terr.

The mineral is crystallized in very thin needles, which can only
be seen when it is broken ; these crystals keep within the mass
well. Externally it is apt to become powdery. Its taste is as-
tringent.

Hardness about = 1.

Specific gravitj' in oil of turpentine = 2.0105
" " " water = 1.7290

In the flame reaction he noticed the presence of sodium and
potassium. The last element has been noticed bj^ How in the
Pickeringite from Nova Scotia. Sodium seems not to exist in
the compound found in Nova Scotia or Peru.

The blowpipe reaction indicated water, alumina, and sulphuric
acid.

The qualitative analysis proved also the occurrence of a minute
quantity of proto and sesquioxide of iron, and magnesia was re-
cognized to be in the solution.

The quantitative anabysis gave this result : —

S = 38.69 per cent.

XI = 11.90 "

Mg = 4.89 "

(Ka) Na =0.68 "

Sand = 1.90 "

By difference H = 41.94 "

100.00

334 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [18T6.

lie was inclined to believe that the average sample had lost
some water of crystallization.

An attempt was made to separate the potassa from the soda,
which were both in combination with chlorine, but the reagent
applied failed to affect it. The chloride of potassium could have
been but a trace. Having also observed that the quantity of iron
in the mineral was small, it was considered useless to measure it.

Epsomite on Brick-walls. — Mr. Goldsmith remarked, with the
beginning of the cold season the brick-walls of Philadelphia often
become coated with a whitish incrustation. The supposition was
current, to some extent, that the incrustation was a mixture of
chloride and nitrate of sodium.

Mr. W. H. Dougherty, of this city, collected, in the beginning
of December, a sufficient quantity of it, and examined it chemi-
cally ; to his surprise he found that it reacted strongly on mag-
nesia and sulphuric acid. The gentleman handed to Mr. G. some
of the substance, which the latter redetermined. The result was
the same. The epsomite contained besides, as an impurity, a
small quantity of sodium, potassium, and chlorine.

Mr. Dougherty endeavored to trace out the origin of the ep-
somite, and analyzed some mortar which he collected from a wall
that had on its surface this soluble salt. The reactions obtained
proved that it was present. When fresh mortar was treated in
the same way the presence of magnesia was recognized, but sul-
phuric acid was not found in it.

The idea that sulphuric acid, in a free state, could be present in
bricks is improbable ; hence, a plausible hypothesis is offered to
explain its presence : The coal and gas used in the city contain
small quantities of sulphur, which, when burnt, is oxidized into
sulphuric acid, and this, being precipitated on the wall, will event-
ually also touch part of the mortar, out of which it will extract
the magnesia, and thus form epsomite. From this explanation it
may be inferred that the lime in the mortar cannot be any longer
caustic, for caustic lime will not permit the sulphuric acid to com-
bine with magnesia, as long as it is present in the mixture. The
lime in mortar is converted into silicate of lime, but whether the
magnesia is also changed into a silicate is, I presume, not known
at present.

December 26.
The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair.
Seventy-four members present.
The following papers were ordered to be printed: —

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 33

NOTES ON FISHES FROM THE ISTHMUS OF PANAMA, COLLECTED BY
DR. J. F. BRANSFORD, U. S. N.

BY THEODORE GILL.

The present article is devoted to an enumeration of fishes col-
lected by Dr. Bransford during a recent survey of the Isthmus.
Although small in numbers, the collection is of considerable in-
terest, inasmuch as there are in it several new species, and among
them representatives of two genera which have not before been
known to be represented in that country. These, for the Isth-
mus, new generic types, are Plalypcecilus, hitherto exemplified by
a single Mexican species, and Piabucina, previously known only
from two species found in Guiana and Venezuela.

I have adopted the formulas employed by Dr. Giinther, to
enable comparisons readily to be made with the descriptions of
the new species.

GOBIUS SOPORATOR.

Synonymy.
Gobius soporator, Guv. and Vol., Hist. Nat. desPoiss.,vol. xii. p. 56 ; Guich.,
Hist. Cub. por de la Sagra, Poissons, p. 127; Giinther, Cat. Fishes
B. M., vol. iii. p. 26; ib. Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. vi. p. 388
(" Atl. and Pac. Panama.")

One specimen was obtained at Washington Station.

CICHLASOMA CffiRULEOPUNCTATA.

Synonymy.

Acara ccernleopuiictata, Kner and Steindacher, Sitzurgsber, d. bayer. Akad.
dl. W., 1863, p. 222; ib., Abhandlungen d. bayer Akad. der W.,
II. CI., b. x., p. 16, tab. 2, fig. 3. 1864; Giinther, Trans. Zool. Soc.
London, vol. vi. p. 449, 1868.

A number of specimens were obtained from different localities,
viz, Empire Station, February, 1875; Rio Frijoli, March, 1875;
and Bahia Soldado, March, 1875.

PLATYPCECILUS MENTALIS.
D. 10. A. 9. V. 6. L. lat. 25. L. tr. 7.

Body regularly compressed backwards, and moderately ele-
vated ; its greatest depth being in advance of the dorsal fin, and
contained three and a half times in the total length, without the

336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

caudal ; head less compressed than the body ; the width of the
interorbital space is less than one-half the entire length of the
head ; the length is contained three times and a half in the entire
length without the caudal; the diameter of the eye considerably
exceeds the length of the snout, and equals one-third the length of
the head; the dorsal fin is moderate, higher than long, and its
origin is about midway between the snout and the middle of the
caudal fin ; anal fin small ; its origin is opposite the middle of
the dorsal fin ; caudal fin round, equal to the length of the head ;
its depth at base equals three-fourths the length of the head ; the
pectoral fin extends considerably beyond the root of the ventral ;
the ventral does not reach the origin of the anal. The color is a
uniform brownish-olive, with no caudal spot ; a linear band crosses
the chin parallel with the lip ; the dorsal has a deep, black, band-
like spot near the base crossing the anterior half.

A single female specimen, 65 millimetres long, was obtained
from a stream on the Atlantic side of the Isthmus.

Inasmuch as this species agrees with Platypcecilus maculatus
generically in the position of the ventral fins under the dorsal,
and thus differs from all related forms, it appears to be conge-
neric with it. It, however, differs much in the comparatively
elongated body and less number of rows of scales between the
dorsal and anal, as well as in other respects.

ASTYNAX .ENEUS.
Synonymy.
Tetragonoptoms neneus, Qunther, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, ISfiO, p. 319;
Hi., Cat. Fishes B. M., vol. v. p. 326 ; Kaev and Steindachner, Ab-
handl. k. bayer. Akad. Wt, II. CI., b. x. p. 46; Qunther, Trans.
Zool. Soc. London, vol. vi. pp. 394, 478.

Numerous small specimens, which would at least have been
referred by Mess. Kner and Steindachev to this species, were ob-
tained from Empire Station, Bahia Soldado, and the Rio Frijoli.

PIABUCINA PANAMENSIS.
D. 10. A. 12. L. lat. 3D. L. trans. 8.

The height of the body equals one-fourth of the length, exclud-
ing, and one-fifth of the total, including the caudal ; the head
enters a little less than three and a half times in the length, ex-
clusive of the caudal ; the lower jaw projects slightly beyond the

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 337

upper ; the supramaxillary extends below the anterior half of the
eye; the diameter of the eye equals about three-fourths of the
interorbital space, is somewhat greater than the length of the
snout, and about one-fourth the length of the head ; the middle
postorbital about as high as long ; the dorsal fin commences
nearer the snout than the sinus of the caudal fin, and behind the
vertical from the ventrals ; caudal emarginated, scaly at its base ;
the pectoral fin equals about one-fourth the length of the head,
and its point is about intermediate between its upper axil and the
ventral ; ventrals decidedly shorter than the pectorals. The color
is yellowish-brown, with a dark lateral band extending from the
post-humeral spot to a dark area at the base of the caudal ; the
dorsal fin has a black spot near the base, which crosses the ante-
rior rays.

Three specimens — an old and young — were collected in the Rio
Frijoli, and an adult in another stream emptying into the Atlan-
tic. The two adults were 82 millimetres lono-.

This species is interesting on account of its western and north-
ern habitat, Piabucina erythrinoides having been discovered in
Lake Maracaibo, and Piabucina unitaeniata in British Guiana.
The present species is most nearly related to the former, but dif-
fers in the smaller scales and otherwise.

RHAMDIA BRANSFORDII.
D. I. 6. A. 12.

The head is covered with soft skin above; the adipose fin is
long, and enters two and two-thirds times in the total length
without caudal; its distance from the dorsal is only equal to half
the length of the dorsal; the maxillary barbels extend behind the
anus, or the origin of the adipose dorsal, and the outer ones of
the mandible beyond the inner axil of the pectorals ; the height
of the body below the dorsal equals nearly one-fifth of the total
length without the caudal ; the head forms less than one-fourth
of the length without the caudal; the lower jaw is considerably
the shorter ; the band of intermaxillary teeth is about six times
as wide as deep; the C3res are nearly midwa}r between the snout
and subopercular margin ; and the diameter is contained two and
a half times in the width of the interocular space; the dorsal fin
is scarcely higher than long; its first spine is quite slender, and
equal to about three-fourths of the head's length ; the pectoral

338 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

spine is half as long as the head ; a minute poms axillaris is de-
veloped ; the posterior rays of the anal fin, when depressed, fall
some distance short of the end of the adipose fin; the free por-
tion of the tail is somewhat higher than long; caudal fin forked,
with both lobes rounded ; the length of the lower is contained
five and a half times in the total ; the color is a uniform purplish-
brown ; the dorsal fin lightened by the usual basal cross-band.
A single specimen was obtained at Camp Marie Caretta, January,
1875.

The specimen is distinguished from those of B. Wagneri de-
scribed, by the proportions, although it is possible that it may be
conspecific with them.

LORICARIA TJRACANTHA.

Loricaria uracantha, Kner and Steindachner, Abhandl. bayer. Akad.
Wiss., II. CI., b. x., p. 56, taf. G,fig. 3 ; Gunther, Trans. Zool. Soc.
London, vol. vi. pp. 393, 478.

Eight specimens were obtained at Empire Station.

LORICARIA BRANSFORDI.
D. 1, 7. A. 6. V. 1, 5.

Snout (probably broad? — broken off); eye small, its vertical
diameter being about equal to half of the width of the interor-
bital space ; the space itself is flat, and the orbits are surmounted
by slight crests ; the posterior portion of each orbit has a slight
notch tending upwards ; (teeth probably small, and numerous in
both jaws?); lower side of the head naked; opercula and the
marginal scutes of the head with a broad, dense band of nearly
equal erectile bristles ; scutes of the neck with two obsolete
caiinae; L. lat. 28; there are six lateral scutes between the pec-
toral and ventral fins ; the scutes of the thorax are polygonal
and in irregular rows ; those of the belly scale-like — i. e., with
convex margins — and arranged in transverse rows, somewhat
arched forwards; the two lateral ridges coalesce on the eighteenth
lateral shield; the origin of the dorsal fin is nearly above the
middle of the base of the ventral fin ; the caudal fin is slightly
emarginated, with its upper lobe somewhat produced, and with
the upper spine somewhat swollen at its basal half, the lower lobe
obliquely truncated. The color is 3'ellowish-brown ; the fins
with their rays only banded or spotted.

18*76.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 339

A single specimen, somewhat over 130 millimetres long, was
obtained at Empire Station. The snout and jaws have been lost,
and consequently some important characters require to lie as-
certained. The species is, however, evidently nearly related to
the Loricaria lima of Kner, but is distinguished by differences in
proportions. I take pleasure in connecting with it the name of
the discoverer, Dr. Bransford.

CH.ET0STOMUS CIRRHOSUS.

Synonymy.
Hypostomus cirrhosus, Vol., Voyage Amt'r. Merid. par cTOrbigny, Poiss.,

pi. 7, fig. 3 ; Guv. and Vol., Hist. Nat. Poiss., t. xv. p. 511.
Ancistvus cirrhosus, Kner and Steindachncr, Abhandl. bayer. Akad. Wiss.,

II. CI., b. x. p. 61.
Chsetostomus cirrhosus, Giinther, Cat. Fishes B. M., vol. v. p. 247; ib.,

Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. vi. pp. 393, 478.

Two specimens were obtained, one at Camp Marie Caretta,
March 27, 1875, and the other at Empire Station.

340 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [187G.

ON SOME EXTINCT REPTILES AND BATRACHIA FROM THE JUDITH
RIVER AND FOX HILLS BEDS OF MONTANA.

BY E. D. COPE.

LJELAPS, Cope.
Proceed. Acad., Phila., 1806, p. 275. Extinct Batr. Rept. N. Amer., 1869, p. 100.

Two species of this genus were described in the latter memoir
above cited, the L. aquilunguis, Cope, and L. macrojms, Cope, both
from the greensand or Fox Hills group of the cretaceous of New
Jersey. A considerable portion of the skeleton of the former
was described, including the peculiarities of the ankle-joint, which
led me to the conclusion, previously unsuspected by naturalists,
that the Dinosauria present affinities to the cursorial birds. The
teeth of this species were described and figured, but in the L.ma-
cropus they were, and still remain, unknown.

In a preliminary report on the extinct vertebrata obtained by
the writer on the Upper Missouri the present year, three addi-
tional species were referred to this genus, viz.: the Lselaps
incrassatus ; L. explanatus, and L. falculus. Their characters
were ascertained from teeth alone, so that their pertinence to the
genus Lselaps is not fully assured. A fourth species of carniv-
orous dinosaurian was described under the name of Aublysodon
lateralis.

One of the most valuable specimens obtained by my expedition
of 1876, is the nearly entire left dentary bone of the Lselaps incras-
satus, which exhibits the teeth of its two extremities. The different
forms of the teeth of the carnivorous Dinosauria graduate into each
other by such easy stages, as to have given rise to question in ref-
erence to their proper interpretation ; whet her they indicate differ-
ent species or only different positions in the dental series. In de-
scribing the Aublysodon horri<hts, the first known of the species of
the Judith River beds, Dr. Leid}- expressed the suspicion that a cer-
tain form characterized the teeth in the position of incisors, another
those in the position of* canines, and another form the remainder
of the series. The teeth of the last kind have the form of those
of Lselaps; in others the posterior serrulate cutting edge is

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 341

latero-posterior, the posterior aspect being thickened, and either
transverse or convex in section. In the supposed canines the
anterior serrulate edge is wanting, or represented by a second
posterior edge parallel with the original one, thus forming a com-
pressed chair-shaped crown. Numerous specimens of all these
forms were obtained by the expedition.

Examination of the dental series of the Lselaps incrasmtus
shows that the antero-posterior diameter of one or two teeth
in the position of canine, becomes oblique in the curved long
axis of the dentary bone. The transverse diameter is also greatly
increased so as to equal or even exceed the antero-posterior ; the
serrate edges are opposite to each other. A tooth of this type
was the first of this species which 1 observed, and the name has
reference to its peculiar form. A tooth in the position of first or
anterior incisor, differs in having the anterior serrate crest re-
moved to the middle of the inner aspect of the apical portion of
the crown, while tbe posterior edge retains its usual position.
Further posterior transfer of the anterior cutting edge and a
grooving of the posterior face, would produce a tooth of the form
suspected by Leidy to be the canine of Aublysodon horridus,
while the canine just described is different from any tooth refer-
red by Leidy to the same species. But a large tooth found in
immediate association with the jaw, but separated from it, has the
posteriorly truncate form described by Leidy as typical, and is very
probably the tooth of the maxillar}- bone, near the position of the
superior canine of a mammal.

It may be observed in conclusion, that if the teeth suspected
by Leidy to be canines of Aublysodon horridus, but which I sup-
pose to be incisors, are realty such, Aublysodon must be regarded
as a genus distinct from Lselaps ; while, on the other hand, should
such determination prove to be inadmissible, and the two genera
be the same, the name Lselaps must be preserved as the older ; it
was published in 1866, while Aublysodon bears date 1868.

In examining the very numerous teeth discovered by the expe-
dition, I find four species in addition to those already named. A
list of all the species is now given.

Laelaps inorassatus, Cope, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci.1876, Oct.

The dentary bone of this species, above alluded to, is of com-
pressed form, and becomes thin and plate-like in its posterior por-
tion. The latter is excavated on the inner side, where it is proba-

342 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

bly applied to the opercular and surangular bones, if they exist,
and a large foramen is continued from the concavity into the
remaining part of the dentary, as a tubular canal. Above the
foramen there originates a groove which runs parallel to the inner
alveolar border to the posterior edge of the symphysis. The
latter is short, and scarcely distinguished from the other surfaces;
the attachment of the rami was evidently ligamentous and more
or less movable. The anterior alveolar portion of the ramus is
produced, so that the symphysis slopes backwards below. The
inferior border of the dentary bone is gently concave behind its
middle. It is throughout convex in the transverse direction.

The external alveolar wall is an inch higher than the internal.
The inner portions of the septa are apparently subject to exfolia-
tion and subdivision in connection with the renewal of the teeth
as a groove which is continuous with the inner alveolar borders,
cuts them off from the other interior surface of the dentary bone.
The external face of the dentary is in general plane, but is vari-
ously excavated along its superior border. An inch below the
latter there extends a series of large foramina, each one of which
is situated opposite to an interalveolar septum. They are more
numerous anteriorly, a foramen being opposite each alveolus as
well, and each foramen is connected with the border by a shallow
groove. Similar foramina extend down the outer side of the
symphyseal border, and along the inferior border of the dentary
for two-thirds of its length. The same proportion of the external
face is obsoletely rugose through the presence of delicate lines of
growth. Such lines extend on the lower part of the interior face
obliquely upwards and backwards.

There are alveolae for fifteen teeth in the dentary bone. Of
these only the second, third, fourth, fifth, twelfth, and fifteenth
contained teeth capable of functional use at the time the jaw was
inclosed in the lacustrine mud. Successional teeth occupy the
first, tenth, and twelfth, but no two teeth are in an identical stage
of protrusion. The section of the crown from and including the
fourth to the last is nearly equilaterally lenticular. Their surface
is smooth.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 343

Measurements. M.

Length of entire dentary bone . 525

Depth at posterior border of symphysis .

" " last tooth

" to internal groove ......

" " " foramen

Length of crown of second tooth ....

( antero
Diameter of second tooth at base < .

( transverse

antero-posterior

Length of crown of twelfth tooth

antero-posterior

.110
.192
.000
.07-1
.02!)
.013
.018
.043
.025
.017
002
.028

( an

Diameter at base of twelfth tooth < .

^ tl tlllo Vcl oL-

Length of crown of superior ?canine
Antero-posterior diameter of do.

As compared with the Laslaj^s aquilunguis, of which a portion
of the dentary bone is known, this species differs in the greater
diameter of its inferior bonier anteriorly, in the presence of the
internal groove, in the greater elevation of the external alveolar
wall, and, if the character be constant, in the greater robustness
of the form of the dental crowns. The individual here described
is rather larger than the tj\je of L. aquilunguis, but it is probable
that the species were not very different in dimensions.

Laelaps hazenianus, sp. nov.

Seven teeth from different localities present constant charac-
ters which readily distinguish them from all other species of the
genus. Their size is less than those of the two species above
mentioned, and is greater than in the species enumerated below.

The crowns are short and robust, and are abruptly terminated
by the strong recurvature of the anterior cutting edge. The apex
has, therefore, a more posterior direction than in the L. incrassa-
tus, while the anterior cutting edge is shorter. The latter is short-
ened below also, not extending to the base of the enamel, but ter-
minating in a short lateral curvature. At the base, therefore, the
anterior border is rounded, while the posterior is acute. The
denticulations are of medium size, measuring M. .00033.

Measurements. m.

Length of crown 014

_. „ (antero-posterior 011

Diameter ol crown < . „„„

(transverse 007

Both sides are convex, but not equally so, and the surface is
smooth, and without facets.

344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

This saurian is dedicated to General Hazen, now in command at
Fort Bufordj Dakota, as a token of respect for his qualities as a
man and his services in the interest of science.

Laelaps laevifrons, sp. nov.

A tooth half the size of those referred to the L.hazenianus, and
exceeding by a little the largest of those of L. explanatus, pre-
sents such characters as induce me to believe that it belongs to a
species distinct from either. It is of the elongate acuminate form
of some of those referred to the L. incrassatus, and both sides are
convex, but not equally so. A shallowly concave plane occupies
the middle of the more convex side. The posterior cutting edge
is denticulate to the base, but the anterior, though of the same
form as in the other species, and unworn, is absolutely smooth.
In this respect it differs from the other species, excepting L.fal-
culus. The denticulations are finer than those of any other spe-
cies, measuring M. .00020 ; in L. explanatus they measure M.
.00022.

Measurements. M.

Elevation of crown 015

_. „ c antero -posterior 007

Diameter of crown \ . A„.

( transverse 004

Laelaps explanatus, Cope, Proceedings Academy, October, 1876.
Laelaps falculus, Cope, loc. cit.
Laelaps cristatus, Cope, sp. nov.

Another small species well distinguished by the form and
coarse denticulation of the teeth, approaching the genus Troodon.

The crowns of the teeth are short, stout, compressed, and
curved. Both sides are convex, and neither is facetted. The
denticles are large, those of the posterior cutting edge the largest,
and measuring M. .0005. A characteristic feature is the full devel-
opment of the denticulate anterior cutting edge of the crown.
This extends to the base, becoming more prominent as it descends.
Surface smooth.

Measurements. m.

Elevation of crown 011

T>. „ < anteroposterior 006

Diameter ot crown { . „ _._

( transverse 008

ZAPSALIS, Cope.
The teeth of this genus are intermediate in form between those
of Lselaps and Paronychodon. They have one flat and one con-

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 345

vex side, whose junctions form the anterior and posterior edges
of the crown, as in the latter genus ; and like the latter, there is
no anterior cutting edge, but instead, a solid angle. But the pos-
terior edge is denticulate as in Lselaps, and the plica? or keels of
Paronychodon are here only recognizable in low angles. Some
light may be cast on the aflinities of the latter genus by the dis-
covery of Zapsalis.
Zapsalis abradens, sp. nov.

This reptile was apparently about the size of the Lselaps
Isevifrons. The best preserved tooth is that of a probably adult
animal, as it displays considerable attrition, especially on the
flat side. Here three worn lines indicate the former existence of
as many low longitudinal angles of the surface, of which the
median is basal and short. The convex side exhibits four low-
angles of nearly equal length, all stopping short of the apex.
The facets between them, excepting the anterior two, are slightly
concave. The denticles are of moderate coarseness, measuring

M. .00033.

Measurements. M.

Elevation of crown 0120

( antero-posterior 0065

Diameter of crown { . ,„„„„„„ nnon

( transverse ..... .OUdU

URONAUTES, Cope.

Genus novum Sauropterygiarum. Cervical vertebrae, like the
dorsals and caudals, short and transverse, and distinct from each
other. Neural arches and transverse processes coossified at ma-
turity. Transverse processes of the cervicals simple and depressed.
Extremities plesiosauroid.

This genus might be referred to Pohjcotylus, Cope, were it not
for the distinctness and greater abbreviation of the cervical ver-
tebra?. From Gimoliasaurus, Leidy, it differs in the coossifica-
tion of the caudal diapophyses and the much greater abbreviation
of the cervical vertebrae. The centra are amphiplatyan in Cimo-
liasauriix, biconcave in Uronautes. From Pliosaurus^ Owen,
which resembles the present form in the shortness of the cervical
vertebroe, the coossified transverse processes of the cervicals sepa-
rate it. The present is pre-eminently a short-necked genus of the
order.

The remains on which it reposes are the cervical, dorsal, and
caudal vertebrae, with portions of limb and rib bones.
23

346 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

Uronautes cetiformis, Bp. nov.

The cervical vertebra of this species is of unusual form, being
short and transverse, and not wider than deep. In Polycotylus
latipinnis this vertebra is much wider than deep, and as long as
wide. The neuropophyses are compressed so as to be antero-
posterior, and the}' inclose a rather wide neural canal. The para-
pophyses are directed equally downwards and outwards, occupy-
ing the position of the angle of a subquadrate outline, since the
sides are nearly vertical. The articular faces are slightly concave,
and the centrum is perforated vertically by the usual two fora-
mina.

A dorsal vertebra found in immediate proximity to the cervical
just described is much like that of the Polycotylus latipinnis.
That is, it is exceedingly short antero-posteriorby, and has con-
cave articular faces, the concavity with flat fundus, and marked
with a few obscure concentric grooves. The sides are also slightly
concave, and are pierced with a foramen at the superior portion.
The vertical foramina are also present. The neural arch is in
this specimen separated from the centrum, not having become
coossified. This circumstance misrht lead to a doubt as to the
proper reference of the specimen to this animal, but such doubt
has little foundation. In one of the caudal vertebrae one of the
diapophyses is coossified, and the other is not. The suture of the
surface thus exposed is of a very fine texture, and evidently not
like that seen in the genera where it is to act as a permanent
articulation. In the case of the dorsal vertebra, the suture for
the neuropophysis has the same character. This vertebra is
much larger than the cervical, but does not much exceed the
proximal caudal in size ; preserving the relations seen in the
Polycotylus latipinnis. Adjoining the border of the fossa of the
neuropophysis is a small parapophysial tuberosity.

A proximal caudal vertebra has a very small fore and aft diame-
ter, and the vertical exceeds the transverse diameter. The dia-
pophyses spring from the middle of the sides of the centrum,
while the inferior face is separated from the inferior lateral faces
by an obtuse longitudinal angle. In general, the form is that of
a transverse hexagon. The chevron facets are very slightly de-
veloped. Another probably distal caudal vertebra considerably
resembles that in the corresponding part of the skeleton of a
cetacean. It is without neural arch, transverse, flat below, and

1876.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

347

with the two lateral faces of unequal length, the superior being
the longer. The vertical perforating foramina join at the neural
canal, and there is a short subquadrate plane on each side of the
latter. There are no indications of chevron facets. These verte-
bras are different from any of those yet known in Polycotylus.

Measurements.

, antero- posterior
Diameter of a cervical centrum J vertical

( transverse
/ antero-posterior .
Diameter of a dorsal 1 vertical ....
'transverse ....
/ antero-posterior
Diameter of a proximal caudal 1 vertical

'transverse .

! antero-posterior
vertical
transverse
Diameter of neural canal of the proximal caudal above

sured

Do. of diapopliysis of do. at base

.016
.026
.029
.030
.055
.056
.022
.040
.062
.015
.017
.038

mea-

. .012
. .018

ke the corre-

The distal end of a proximal limb bone is much
sponding part of Polycotylus latipinnis. It is relatively of large
size, flat, and strongly convex at the extremity, which is not
transversely truncate. A portion of another limb bone, perhaps
belonging to the distal segment, is symmetrical. The shaft is
broken off, and displays a large medullary cavit\-, with thin walls,
which soon terminates towards the articular end, in a fundus with
a fissure in the bottom. The proximal portion of a rib has a
truncate head of an oval outline. The inferior border presents a
low tuberosity, which may represent the capitulum.

Measurements. m.

Width of distal end of proximal limb bone . . . .109
Thickness of the same 032

„. * . , , „ ( longer 030

Diameter of proximal end of a rib < , , AOO

(shorter . . . .028

The bones above described were found together by the writer,
on a slope of the cream-colored soft sandstone, which lies above
the black shales of Cretaceous No. 4, near Amell's Creek, .Mon-
tana. I suppose the formation to be the No. 5, or Fox Hills
group of Meek and Hayden. Near them were found shark's teeth

348 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1ST''.

of the genera Otodus and Lamnrt. and a species of Enchod'is.
Above them I found lying loose a fragment of a Baculites.

CHAMPSOSATJRTJS, Cope.

Genus novum. Vertebra? of more than a hundred individuals
referable to several species, which I obtained from the Judith River
beds of the Upper Missouri region, present characters -which de-
mand the establishment of a new genus for their reception.

The characters presented b}- the vertebral column are the fol-
lowing: The ribs have a single head, which articulates with a
prominent tuberculum, excepting those of the cervical vertebrae.
On these there is a small capitular tubercle below the diapophysis.
It commences very small, and inferior in position, being removed,
in fact, but a short distance from the inferior middle line in the
first vertebra in which it appears. It rises rapidly in the suc-
ceeding centra until it is merged in the tuberculum of the diapo-
physis. The latter projects from the neural arch, which is free
from the centrum, but in none does the base of the diapophysis
rise from a point above the floor of the neural canal. On the dor-
sals it is vertically compressed. One of the anterior cervicals,
probably the axis, is obliquely truncated below its anterior articu-
lar face, for a free hypopophysis or oh odontoideum. This vertebra
has no parapophysis, and the articular faces for the neuropophysis
are superior. The few vertebrae in each of several series, probably
from the sacral region, are more depressed than the others, and
the facets for the diapophyses present a greater anteroposterior
extent, but none are coossified. The caudal vertebrae are distally
quite compressed. In all, except the anterior ones, the neural
arch is coossified with the centrum, and in such there are no dia-
pophyses. In those with free neural arch, the facets for the
neuropophyses turn down on the sides of the centrum.

The articular extremities of the centra are plane, those of the
caudal series slightly concave. There arc no hypapophyses be-
hind the axis, excepting a longitudinal carina, which ceases to
exist on the dorsal vertebrae. The zygapophyses are simple. The
chevron bones are free.

The relations of the atlas and axis, though not fully elucidated
by my specimens, are peculiar. The former has separate neura-
pophyses, which have nearly the shape of those of the Strepto-
stylicate Brptilia, resembling much those of the Pythonomorpha.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 349

Although I procured numerous cervical vertebrae, there are but
few which exhibit the anteroinferior facet for supposed hypapo-
physis, already described. The position of this vertebra was in
front of the first cervical which displays a parapophysis, and is,
on this account, likely to be the axis or the third cervical vertebra.
It is the more probably the axis, as there is no other among the
large number of vertebra? in my collection which can be referred
to that position. Its anterior articular face is smooth and like
the posterior, showing that the odontoid bone was not coossified
with it. Now in the Grocodilia the odontoid bone is united with
the anterior extremity of the axis by suture, which may become
coossified with age, while the free hypapophysis is wanting. In
the streptostylicate orders the hypapophysis is present, and the
odontoid is above it, but united to the axis by suture. On the
other hand, in the JRhynchocephalia, the axis is coossified with both
odontoid and hypapophysis, and a few succeeding vertebra? possess
free hypapophyses. Thus it is possible that I am yet unacquainted
with the axis of Ghampsosaurus.

One entire rib and the heads of several others are all that were
obtained. The former is from the anterior part of the dorsal
series, and is stout and short. The head is truncate and com-
pressed, its articular face is contracted, forming a narrow figure
eight. The shaft is obliquely flattened. The extremities are sepa-
rated from the lateral surfaces by a narrow angle, as though capped
with cartilage in life, as in the Pythonomorpha.

Bones of the extremities are very rare. One fragment resem-
bles the proximal end of a crocodilian tibia, and another is like
the distal half or more of the tibia of the same type.

There is considerable resemblance between the vertebra? of this
genus and those of Hyposaurus, Ow., from Cretaceous No. 5, of
New Jersey, but the relations of the axis and atlas in that genus
are as in other Grocodilia, and not like those seen in Ghampso-
saurus. The absence of sacrum precludes the possibility of regard-
ing this form as dinosaurian. It rather seems to share some
rhynchocephalian characters with general amphiplatyan crocodi-
lian resemblances. The shortness and robustness of the thoracic
ribs is a feature quite unique, and reminds one of the Batrachia.
The teeth are unknown in their true relations, but there are several
types in the collections which may be found to belong here. These
are of the rhizodont character.

350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

As a summary of the preceding, I propose to refer the genus
Champsosaurus to the order Rhynchocephalia, provisionally. It
differs very much from the typical genus of that order, Sphenodon,
in the non-codssification of the sacral vertebrae, and non-union of
the neural arches of the vertebra? with their centra, and the absence
of the chordal perforation of the latter. It diners from the ex-
tinct genera Glepsydrops and Cricotus, Cope, in the last men-
tioned two characters. On these grounds it ma}' constitute a dis-
tinct suborder, under the name of Ghoristodera.

It is possible that the tooth, which I referred to a new genus
and species, under the name of Paronychodon lacwtris (Proceedings
Academy, 18T6, October), may belong to one of those of the pre-
sent genus. In that case the older generic name takes precedence
of the later. I may add that some vertebra? of this genus have
been figured and described by Dr. Leidy in the Transactions of
the American Philos. Society, 1800, without name.

I recognize four species among the vertebras, chiefly by charac-
ters observed in the cervical region. There is a great discrepancy
of size among them, and the small ones may be immature.

Champsosaurus profundus, sp. nov.

This species is chiefly known from a series of vertebras found
together, and having every appearance of pertaining to the same
animal. It consists of a cervical, three dorsal, and a sacral ver-
tebra?. Other isolated vertebra? of several individuals present
similar characters.

The primary feature is the great vertical diameter of the dorsal
vertebra? as compared with the transverse measurement. This is
occasioned by the great development of the inferior keel, to which
the sides of the centrum converge, without concavity. In corre-
sponding centra of the G. annectens the inferior face is merely
angulate. Another character is the obliquity of the articular
faces to a vertical plane drawn at right angles to the long axis of
the cent rum. This is most strongly marked on posterior dorsals,
where the inferior keel is less prominent. The sacral vertebra has
a depressed form.

An anterior caudal vertebra may belong to this or an undescribed
species. It has rudiments only of the chevron-facets, and having
a large neural arch, is doubtless from the anterior part of the
series. It is more compressed than the corresponding one in G.

1ST6'.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 351

annectenS) and has an acute inferior angle, which is

wanting in

the latter.

Measurements.

No. 1.

r longitudinal .

.020

Diameter of cervical centrum < vertical

.020

'transverse .

.018

r antero-posterior

Diameter of anterior dorsal centrum -? vertical

' transverse

.020

.022

.019

No. 2.

r antero-posterior
Diameter of posterior dorsal centrum < vertical

'transverse

.023

.019

Champsosaurus annectens, Cope, sp. nov.

The greater number of vertebras obtained belong to this saurian,
which may therefore be looked upon as the type of the genus.

The cervical which bears the hypapophysial facet presents a
carina below, which is only prominent between the articular faces.
One such cervical in the collection is rounded below, and may be
anterior in the series, or may belong to another species. The in-
ferior keel is strong on the other cervicals, but soon disappears
on the anterior dorsals. The remaining centra are rounded be-
low. The parapophyses where present are knob-like, and the
corresponding part of the transverse process is similar in the
anterior dorsal vertebne. The base of the neural arch is nearer
the anterior than the posterior articular face. These faces are
nearly round in the anterior caudal centra, but soon become ver-
tical ovals, with the compressed form. There is a fossa below
and in front of the parapophysis, which continues to beyond the
anterior dorsals. The dense layer of the surface of the centrum
is smooth, except some delicate striations near the articular
borders. These are most marked along the median inferior face
of the caudal vertebrae, which is flat, grooved, and distally acute.

I cannot certainly connect the vertebra? of a series as those of
a single individual.

Measurements.

No. 1. M.

/ antero-posterior .023

Diameter of a cervical with liypapophysis < vertical . . .021

(transverse . .020

352

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
No. 2.

[1876.

anteroposterior

Diameter do. -without hypapophysis J vertical

(tn

^ai
lysis .' vi

rausverse

No. 3.

/ antero-posterior
Diameter do. without hypapophysis -; vertical

Itr

ansverse

No. 4.

i antero-posterior
Diameter of an anterior dorsal \ vertical

'transverse .
No. .1.

Santera-posterior
vertical
transverse

No. 6.

! antero-posterior
vertical
transverse .

No. 7.

antero-posterior

Diameter of an anterior caudal •? vertical

Santero-
vertica
transverse

No. 8.

t antero-posterior

Diameter of a median caudal •! vertical

Urn

Diameter of a

Santero
vertict
transv

ansverse .
. 9.
antero-posterior

ca
ers

.017

.0105

.017

.011

.0105

.011

.023
.023
.023

.008

.0072

.0075

.010
.009
.009

.083
.053

.058

.017
.011
.011

.014

.0086

.007

A vertebra not distinguishable from the corresponding one of
tins species was found near Amell's Creek, on a bank of deposit
of the Fox Hills group (No. 5), with the bones of the Uronautes
cliformis, supra. I cannot account for this circumstance, as it
is the most abundant fossil of the Judith River beds (Xo. G).

Champsosaurus brevicollis, sp. nov.

On one occasion the writer discovered a number of vertebra'
of tins genus close together, and in sucli relation as to induce the
belief that some of them belonged to the same individual. Tarts
of several were obtained, however, adding another evidence of the

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 353

manner in which the fossils of this formation have been dislo-
cated and scattered. The evidence for the existence of this
species must be allowed to rest at present on a cervical vertebra,
with free hypapopbysis. This body differs from the corresponding-
one in the C. annectens in its greater brevity as compared with
its length. The vertical and transverse diameters exceed the
longitudinal in the G. breuicollis^ while in the G. annectens the
length exceeds both. The inferior aspect of this centrum is
broadly rounded, not carinate as in G. annectens. The value of
this character is uncertain, but a centrum similarly rounded be-
low (above alluded to) has the more elongate form of the C. an-
nectens.

Measurements. m.

Santero-posterior 013
vertical 014
transverse 015

Champsosaurus vaccinsulensis, sp. nov.

This reptile is indicated by a posterior dorsal vertebra in which
the common base of the neural arch and diapophysis is decurved
to below the middle of the side of the centrum. This surface has
somewhat the outline of the section of a T-rail, the inner portion
being on the superior face of the centrum. The centrum is shorter
than the corresponding ones of the G. annectens and C. profundus,
so that the basis of the neural arch approaches near the borders of
the articular faces above. The centrum is perforated by two ver-
tical foramina as in most Sauropterygia. The osseous tissue of the
bone is quite dense, and the surface is smooth.

Measurements. m.

/ anteroposterior 02G

Diameter of centrum < vertical 029

(transverse 045

Besides the much larger size, this species differs from those
previously referred to this genus in almost all details of propor-
tion, etc.

SCAPHERPETON, Cope.

Genus novum Batrachiarum. Vertebrae deeply biconcave,
with opposed, but not continuous, foramina for the chorda dor-
salis. Neural arch with zygapophyses, and well-developed neural
spine. Centrum with vertically compressed, short diapophysis

354 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

near the posterior extremity, a prominent hypapophysial keel,
and prolonged neural spine. Supposed proximal limb bone with
a branch-like trochanter. Supposed teeth in several rows, at-
tached in shallow alveoli, those of the marginal series larger; the
crowns obtusely conic and simple.

In the above diagnosis are expressed the general characters of a
»enus of probably tailed Batrachia which has left remains of seve-
ral species in the Judith River beds of the Upper Missouri region.
Although the vertebras resemble no little those of clepsydrops,
Cope, a rhynchocephalian lizard from supposed triassic or permian
formations, the atlas is that of a batrachian. The limb bone pro-
bably belonging to it, is unlike that of an}' genus of the Proteida
or Trachystomata, differing also from that of Menopoma, but
approaching nearly that of the typical salamanders. The diapo-
physes are different in form from those of the Trachystomata
Proteida and Amphiumidse, but resemble in their vertical com-
pression those of Ilenopoma. They are generally broken in the
specimens, but where preserved, are much shorter than in that
genus, being even less produced than in most of the recent sala-
manders. The prominent keel of the median line below is not
found in salamanders, and it has no posterior prolongation resem-
bling the structure seen in Amphiuma and Gaeciliidse. The
produced neural spine is a character not found among tailed
Batrachia. and the posterior direction which it takes reminds one
of the Dinosauria more than anything else, and is not like the
form seen in Lacertilia. It is a prolongation of the root-like
extension of the neural arch seen in some of the tertiary sala-
manders of France.

The structure of the proximal limb bone, and the form of the
diapophyses of the vertebra refer this genus with much proba-
bility to the Urodela. The produced neural arch, and the pro-
bably complex disposition of the teeth, indicate a family different
from any of those now living. The biconcave centra place it
nearest to the Amblystomidse.

The teeth above mentioned are attached to a fragment of a jaw-
bone. The crowns are all imperfect, and mostly broken off. There
are three series of smaller teeth and a marginal series of teetli of one
half greater diameter. They exhibit a moderate pulp cavity, and
the superficial investment of the crowns is not inflected. It has a
minute granular rugosity, and the bases of the teeth are rugose

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 355

with impressed punctse. The teeth are described here because it
is not known to which species they belong. It is, indeed, not
certain, but only probable, that the\r belong to this genus.

Four atlases preserved indicate two species ; one being more
depressed than the other three, and the anterior cotyli therefore
more transverse.

The vertebrae indicate four species. It is probable that they
present some pecularities at different points in the same column,
the caudals at least differing in some degree from the others. The
characters of the species are quite well marked.

Scapherpeton tectum, sp. nov.

Represented by a vertebra which is one of the best preserved
in the collection. The most prominent specific character is seen
in the entire roofing over of the neural canal between the anterior
zygapophyses, and in the downward production of the inferior
median line of the centrum, and accompanying downward pro-
longation of the articular cups. The chordal perforation is at the
superior fourth of the vertical diameter of the cups. The neural
spine is produced backwards and curved upwards, and is narrowed
between the posterior zygapophyses, and is striate grooved on the
under surface. About half of the posterior zygapophysis projects
beyond the edge of the cup of the centrum. Immediately below
the anterior edge of the posterior zygapophysis, the diapophysis
begins. It is vertical, of an irregular figure 8 in section, and is
directed outwards and backwards. A foramen passes under its
middle, emerging a little before the middle of the same horizontal
diameter of the centrum. It is joined by another which strikes it
from below at right angles. There is a deep notch embraced be-
tween the superior part of the diapophysis and the posterior
zygapophysis. The neural canal is wider than deep.

A fragment accompanied this vertebra when found, which resem-
bles the articular portion of the mandible. There is no angle
projecting behind the quadrate facet, which is oblique, truncating
the extremity of the ramus. The lower edge is acute, behind
roughened, and a thickening; extends alonor the middle of the inner
side of the ramus so far as preserved. The character is that of a
Urodele Batrachian.

356 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

Measurements. m.

/ anteroposterior 0875

Diameter of centrum < vertical 0750

' transverse 0500

Vertical diameter of diapopkyses 0500

Transverse diameter of neural spine between posterior zyga-
pophyses 0500

Depth mandibular ramus at front of quadrate cotylus . .0800

Scapherpeton laticolle, sp. nov.

Vertebrae of several individuals of smaller size than those
referred to the S. tectum differ in the less extensive development
of the roof connecting the anterior zygapophyses, and the greater
compression of the centrum, in consequence of the downward pro-
duction of the inferior keel. The neural arch is openly notched
between the anterior zygapophyses, but the notch is bounded by
a recurved lamina distinct from the zygapophyses. The dia-
pophyses are much as in S. tectum; the ridge from the inferior
portion of it is quite prominent, and includes with the base of the
neural arch a deep fossa.

Accompanying a dorsal vertebra like those of this species, and
probably belonging to the same skeleton, is an atlas of a more
depressed form than those presumably belonging to the other
species. The median tuberosity is well developed, constricted at
the base, and much flattened. The condyloid facets are narrow
and transverse.

Measurements. m.

/ antero-posterior . . . .070
Diameter of dorsal centrum < vertical 050

'transverse 030

Width of the neural canal 020

Vertical diameter of base of diapophysis .... 030

If it should appear that the dorsal vertebrae do not represent a
species distinct from the iS. tectum, the S. laticolle may rest on
the atlas described.

The limb bone above mentioned is associated with the neural
arch of a vertebra of the character ascribed to this species. Both
extremities are eroded so as not to display the forms of the con-
dyles, though almost the entire length is preserved. The tro-
chanter is imperfect, but its base is that of a subcylindric process.
The head of the bone is subtriangular. and the section of the

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCE* OF PHILADELPHIA. 357

distal end an oval with a flat side. The diameter contracts
gradually to the middle.

Measurements. M.

Length of bone 0150

Sproximally 0036
medially 0019
distally 0037

This bone is plainly that of a urodele salamander.
Scapherpeton excisum, sp. nov.

This salamander is represented in the collection of the expedi-
tion by vertebra? of three individuals of different sizes. They all
agree in having the anterior zygapophyses separated by the con-
cave excavation of the roof of the neural canal usual in ordinary
salamanders, and in the moderate development of the hypapophy-
sial keel. As a result, the articular extremities of the centra are
not produced so far inferiorly as in S. laticolle. The longitudinal
ridge from the inferior part of the diapophysis is pronounced, and
separates a deep fossa above it from another below it. The longi-
tudinal perforation of the base of the diapophysis issues in the
superior fossa, while in the two smaller specimens a vertical per-
foration joins it from the inferior fossa. As in the preceding two
species, one articular face is a little deeper than the other.

Measurements. m.

/longitudinal 009

Diameter centrum No. 1 < vertical 006

'transverse 005

Width of neural canal do 003

Depth " " 0015

{longitudinal 0060
vertical 0033
transverse 0030

Specimen No. 1 is as large as the corresponding portion of an
Amphiuma means.

Scapherpeton favosum, sp. nov.

The vertebra which I select as typical of this species is more
distinct in character from those of the three species above
described, than they are from each other. Although the centrum
presents a strong inferior keel, its border is not horizontal or con-
vex, but concave, and the articular cups arc proportionally little
elongated downwards. The diapophyses have at their bases a

358 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF T1876.

relatively small vertical diameter, and the longitudinal perforation
enters below and before the base and not behind it. The longitu-
dinal ridge from the inferior part of the latter is very prominent
and horizontal, bridging over the vertical perforation, which enters
the superior lateral fossa. It is separated below from the posterior
perforation by a short oblique bridge. The neural arch is lost
from this specimen.

There are other vertebrae which display a slightly developed in-
ferior keel, and articular cups little produced downwards, but the
fossae are less developed than in the one described.

Measurements. m.

r antero-posterior 006

Diameter of centrum < vertical 004

' transverse 003

The typical individual was about as large as the Menopoma.

HEMITRYPUS, Cope.

Represented by a vertebra of the general character of those of
the genus Scapherpeton, but which lacks the foramen chordae
dorsalis of the posterior half of the centrum, and is not carinate
on the inferior surface. The diapophysis is directed backwards
just below the posterior zygapophysis, inclosing with it a notch
into which the anterior zygapophysis is received. Anterior zyga-
pophyses connected by a prolongation of the neural arch.

I had suspected that this vertebra might be one of those of the
cervical region of a species of Scapherpeton, but the position of
the foramen chordae dorsalis renders this highly improbable. The
only position to which it could be assigned in the column of this
o-enus would be that of the axis. But the foramen is present in
the posterior half of the atlas and thus probably in the axis in
Scapherpeton, as in vertebrae from all other regions of the column,
so that such an exception as is presented by the present centrum
is not to be looked for. The absence of the carina, and the cylin-
dric form of the centrum, add to the belief that the species does
not belong to Scapherpeton.
Hemitrypus jordanianus, Cope, pp. nov.

No emargination between the anterior zygapophyses ; neural
spine directed upwards and backwards. The diapophyses verti-
cally compressed, directed downwards, inwards, and backwards,

187G.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

350

and not giving origin to a strong ridge on the side of the cen-
trum, as is seen in the species of Scapherpeton. Neither is there
any fossa on the side of the centrum as in that genus. There is a
.-small longitudinal foramen which enters the inner base of the in-
ferior half of the diapophysis. There is a low ridge on each side
of the neural arch, which extends backwards and inwards. The
anterior articular face is a wide oval somewhat contracted below,
and is pierced by a foramen at a point within the superior third
of the vertical diameter. It is not so deeply excavated as in the
species of Scapherpeton. The posterior articular face is a regular
vertical oval, is concave, but not excavated, as is seen in the centra
of the genus just mentioned. The inferior face of the centrum is
rounded, with some feeble lateral ridges.

Measurements.

/longitudinal .
Diameter of centrum < vertical .

'transverse

. .0070

. .0050

. .0040

Total elevation at middle ....

. .0090

Expanse of posterior zygapophyses .

. .0070

" " " diapophyses

. .0095

About the size of the Menopoma allegheniense.

This batrachian is dedicated to Prof. D. S. Jordan, of the North-
western Christian Universe, author of the Manual of the Ver-
lebrata of the Eastern United States.

360 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

OUR SIDEREAL SYSTEM, AND THE DIRECTION AND DISTANCE TO ITS

CENTRE.

BY JACOB ENNTS.

I. The Form of our Sidereal System. — Before we can find
the centre of an object, we must have a knowledge of its form.
The form of our sj-stem is determined by the ring of the galaxy;
because it is computed to contain eighteen millions of stars, while
all the other stars situated around and within that ring are sup-
posed to number only about two millions. The hest observers
declare that they can look fairly through the galax}', and see be-
yond only the black ground of empty space. Its ring form is fur-
ther proved by the fact that the great mass of its stars are of the
same small magnitudes, from the 9th to the 12th. If it were
merely the appearance of a stratum of stars extending outward from
our own vicinity, it would contain many more stars of large mag-
nitudes, and these magnitudes would regularly and gradually de-
crease in size from their increasing distances. But no such ap-
pearance is presented. Therefore, as Sir John Herschel announces,
" it is not a stratum, but an annul us."

In the general direction of the galax}-, though situated far be-
yond, there are very many easily resolvable nebulae, which are
unique among all nebulae, from their very irregular forms and
aspects. From their appearances and positions, and resolva-
bility, they must be members of our own sideral system, and
they occupy the same relative position to the galaxy, as the
systems of Jupiter, Saturn, and Uranus hold to the ring of the
asteroids.

In some places observers cannot apparently see through the
galaxy; stars, or rather nebula?, appear beyond one another in-
definitely. These appearances are explained by the resolvable
nebulae just mentioned, which are the extremely distant members
of our system, and by the irresolvable nebulas in the same direc-
tion, though far beyond, which are independent sidereal systems.
The two seem to make a continuity of stars. Mere vision in such
cases fails to distinguish these distant sidereal svstems from the
outlying members of our own system ; the same as Saturn and
Sirius when side by side, seen by mere vision, seem to be equally
distant. IrresolvabiHty is at present a decisive test between the

1870.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 3G1

outlyers of our own system, and other independent sidereal
systems.

That our sidereal system has definite bounds, we may believe
from the definite boundaries of other distant sidereal systems.
Often they are regularly round or elliptical; and even those with
irregular contours may have their stars to revolve in nearly cir-
cular orbits ; the same as our solar system must appear to distant
observers to be extremely irregular in contour, although its revo-
lutions are nearly circular.

Neither is our opinion of the definite boundary of our system
disturbed by the appearance of new stars with every new power
added to the telescope. These newly-discovered stars may be its
smaller members, and comparatively near, and visible only by
high powers.

Nor is it an argument against the ring form of the galaxy, be-
cause it is broken by a slight transverse rift in the southern hem-
isphere. My recollections are distinct that this rift is exceedingly
narrow, hardly observable, and smaller by far than the longitu-
dinal rifts in both hemispheres.

Therefore all objections are easily answered, and we have solid
grounds to conclude that our sidereal system is round, and in the
main, disk-like in form, with the vast majority of its stars in or
near the plane of the galaxy. The ring form of the chief mass
of our system, is confirmed by the existence of other rings of
stars, as the annular nebulse, the ring of the asteroids, and the
rings of Saturn, composed, there is good reason to believe, of
very little stars, the majority not larger than meteorites.

II. The Position of the Centre of Gravity.— From the form
of our sidereal system the conclusion is clear and irresistible that
the centre of gravity of the system must lie in the plane of the
galaxy. It is also equally clear that this centre must be situated
in the centre of that plane. Because the stars in general are
equally numerous, and equally large and bright in all extended
regions of that ring. They appear a little brighter towards the
southern pole; but this seems an indication that our own position
is a little nearer that side of the galactic ring.

III. All TnE Stars of our Sidereal System Revolve with
high Velocities around its Centre of Gravity. — It was for-
merly supposed that the vast distances between the stars cut off
this intergravitating force. Newton, in his Principia, uses this

3G2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [18T6.

language : " The fixed stars, therefore, being at such vast dis-
tances from one another, can neither attract each other sensibly.
nor be attracted by our sun." This opinion was generally hold
ainono- his followers, one of whom has remarked : " So remote
are the nearest of the fixed stars, that it may be doubted whether
the sun has any sensible influence on them." It is remarkable that
the thought occurred to no astronomer to calculate the force of
gravity from our sun on the fixed stars, until more than a quarter
of a centuiy after the distances of some of these stars had been
approximately discovered. Then this was first done by myself,
and the amount of this force was found to be surprisingly large.
To present an impressive and graphic view of that amount, I
brought it out in terms of the velocity around our sun required
for gaining a centrifugal force so great as to prevent a revolving
body from falling in the sun. I employed two methods of de-
monstration quite independent of each other, and by both the
same results were obtained. As these methods have already been
stated in the " Origin of the Stars," they need not be repeated
here. By them it was proved that our sun acts so powerfully on
Alpha Centauri that, if there were no other influence, Alpha Cen-
tauri would have to revolve around our sun at the rate of 145
miles an hour to gain a counterbalancing centrifugal force. That
star, judging from its distance, and its amount of light, must be
two and a third times greater than our sun. Therefore its power
of gravity alone on our sun is such that, without any other influ-
ence, our sun must revolve around it at the rate of 222 miles an
hour to gain a counterbalancing centrifugal force. Judging from
its distance and its light, Sirius is at least sixty times greater
than our sun. Therefore our sun would have to revolve around
Sirius at the rate of 5S0 miles an hour to avoid falling into its
flames. In all these instances, the gravity of a single star has
alone been calculated, and not the combined force of the two.

These velocities impress strongly on our minds the greatness of
the force of gravity between the stars of our sidereal system.
How inconceivably mighty must be the united force between the
twenty millions of stars. How strongly must they all be im-
pelled toward this common centre of gravity. And how swift
must be their velocities around that centre to gain a centrifugal
equal to the centripetal force. Now, first, we understand the ne-
cessity of such high velocities as those of Gl Cygni, and of

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 363

A returns, and of other stars ; that is, veloeities from nearly 2000
to nearly 3000 miles per minute, veloeities about double ai^ of
those seen among the planets of our solar system.

It is evident that the stars of the galaxy must all move in the
same direction around in the plane of the galactic ring, otherwise
they wound fly oft", and soon there would remain no ring.

It is also evident that such rings of stars revolving with high
velocities, both in our own and in other sidereal systems — annular
nebulae — coincide perfect^7 with the nebular theory which teaches
the absolute necessity of ring formations abandoned by centrifu-
gal force in high velocities of revolution.

IV. The Direction from our own Position to the Galactic
Centre or to the Centre of Gravity of our Sidereal System.
— Our own position is certainly on the north side of the galactic
plane; that is, on the same side with Ursa Major, and not on the
side on which Orion appears. The median line of the galax}7, or its
plane, does not coincide with a parallel great circle. Between the
two, as projected on the heavens, there is a distance of about 2°,
the precise distance being not yet determined within half a degree,
more or less. This appears as follows: The median line of the
galaxy is distant about 32° from the north pole; but on the op-
posite side of the heavens it is distant from the south pole only
about 27°. Other measurements in other regions, not polar, cor-
respond. This difference of five degrees must be equally divided,
and there remains about 2^° as the distance in arc between the
median line of the galaxy and a parallel great circle. Our own
position therefore is situated, as measured by our great circle,
about 2i° away from the galactic plane, and on its north side.
We are further confirmed in this conclusion because it explains
the fact that more stars are seen in the southern galactic hemis-
phere than in the northern. Many of these southern stars are really
on the north side of the galactic plane, but being ourselves so
much further north, they are projected on the southern galactic
hemisphere. At first view this seems unlikely, but forthcoming-
proofs are convincing.

Now, being on the north side of the galactic plane, and if we
were equally distant all around from the galactic ring, then the
conclusion would be certain that the direction of the centre of
the galactic plane, or the centre of gravity of our system, would
be precisely toward the south galactic pole, that is, at about 119°

304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

N, P, J9, and a little east of the equinoctial colure. In such case

there could be no other decision. But because the galactic ring

appears a little brighter in the southern regions, it seems probable

that we are situated a little nearer towards the southern side of

that ring; consequently the galactic centre must be projected on

the heavens a little to the north — the geographic north — of the

south galactic pole, sa}r in the tail of the constellation Cetus. This

northern projection of the galactic centre may

be illustrated as follows: Let N be a point in N

the geographic northern side of the galax}-, S

the opposite point in the southern side, A the B

south galactic pole, and the dot at c the centre c

of the galactic plane or centre of our S3rstem. D •'"' A

Then our position at D being a little nearer the

southern side of the ring at S, the centre c

would be projected on the heavens at B, that is, S

geographically north from the south galactic

pole A. In the figure there is an exaggeration in the position of

B to render the principle plain.

Therefore we may affirm, without pretending to absolute preci-
sion, that the direction of the centre of our sidereal system, and
consequently its centre of gravity, must lie a little east of the
equinoctial colure, and a few degrees north geographically of the
south galactic pole ; that is, in the tail of the constellation Cetus.
It remains now to demonstrate —

V. The Distance from our own Position to the Galactic
Centre, or Centre of Gravity of our Sideral System. — To
find this we have the following data: First, that the median line,
or plane of the galaxy, is distant from a parallel great circle 1\0 ■
second, that the distance of the galactic ring from our own posi-
tion is such as to require -2000 years for its light to reach us.
This latter is Sir John#Hcrschel's estimate of its nearest stars of
the (.)th magnitude. Struve computes that light requires 3400
years to reach us from the galactic stars of the 12th magnitude.
In this demonstration the 9th magnitude galactic stars, with the
distance for light travel of 2000 years, will be taken. In the
figure S represents the position of our sun or our own position.
The dotted circles are the distances of the stars of the several
numbered magnitudes. A B is the plane of the galaxy, and C its
centre. D E is the plane of a parallel great circle. S O is the

18(0.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

3G5

distance from ourselves to the
galactic centre, or the centre of
our sidereal system. S F is a
line perpendicular to the galac-
tic plane. Our position S is made
a little nearer to the geographi-
cal southern side of the galaxy
at B, for the reason already
stated. D A is the arc, and D
8 A the angle between the ga-
lactic plane and a parallel great
circle, at present assumed at 2^c.
S A F = D S A. Light re-
quires 2000 years to travel from
A to S, or from A to F nearly.
Here we have a right-angled tri-
angle with three known ele-
ments, namely, A F = 2000 ;
S A F = 2£° ; S F A = 90°.
From these elements it follows
from the most simple of all trig-
onometrical processes that S F
equals 87. Therefore it re-
quires light 87 years to pass
between ourselves and the plane
of the galax}r, or about the same
to reach the galactic centre at
G. But according to the esti-
mates of astronomers, light re-
quires 85 years to reach us from
the stars of the 5th magnitude;
therefore the centre of our side-
real system is distant from our
own position about as far as the
stars of the 5th magnitude.

But the amount of the arc D
A or the angle S A F is not yet
precisely determined. If it be
only 2°, then the distance from
the plane of the galaxy is such

366 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

that light from there requires 70 years to reach us, and it must lie
beyond the stars of the 4th magnitude, as it is drawn in the ac-
companying figure. If the angle S A F equals 1^°, then the light
from the region of the galactic plane requires 52 years to reach
us, and that plane must lie be3Tond the stars of the 3d magnitude.
And so on, after the following table, where the third column ex-
presses the number of years required for light to reach us from
the stars of the several magnitudes, according to Struve, and also
from the galactic plane, when the first column expresses the dif-
ferent values of the arc D A or the angle S A F.

Angle S A F. Star magnitudes. Distances in years.

1 .... 15
|° 17

2 .... 28
1^ 35

3 .... 43
1J° 52

4 .... 01

2 o 70

0 • • • . o*>

2£° 87

3 o 104

6 .... 120

4 o 140

We have now discovered approximately both the direction and
the distance to the centre of our sidereal system. I need not at
this early day be precise in 1113- statements of either of these ele-
ments : these will require the careful observations and measure-
ments of many years. When Copernicus had announced the centre
of our solar system, his discovery was not vitiated nor rendered
the less valuable because he made such an enormous error about
the distance of that centre. Even 3'et, after the studies of 10
generations, that is, of 333 years, astronomers are still endeavoring
to find more nearly the distance to the centre of our solar system.
These round numbers just named measure the long flight of time
which has intervened between the discoveries of these two centres,
the centre of our solar and the centre of our sidereal system. In
attaining precision in the distance to the centre of our sidereal
Bystem, the first element to be determined is the arc D A, or the
angle S A F. Its nearest value seems to me at present to be 2°,

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 367

and the figure is drawn on that supposition, locating the sidereal
centre between the stars of the 4th and 5th magnitudes.

In addition to the data contained in the five sections already
given, our present determination of the direction and distance is
confirmed by the observed movements of the stars. Hitherto, the
proper motions of the stars, amounting to nearly 2000, have pre-
sented the most wild and disorderly confusion. Nothing can be
more hopeless and forbidding than an attempt to find our sidereal
centre from the study of these motions. But our present deter-
mination of that centre shows the causes of this apparent confu-
sion. It is because we are situated on one side of our system,
far outwardly and away from the centre, with some stars interior
and other exterior to us ; precisely the same reason why the mo-
tions of the planets seemed so tangled before the discoveiy of
the centre of our solar system. I will here point out the opera-
tions of this cause in detail, along with other causes of this
apparent disorder.

1. In our figure the two stars within the dotted circles, marked
with arrows at 2 and 7, move in the direction of the arrows. On
the face of the heavens, or on a celestial globe, the}7 seem to move
around in contrary directions, the same as they seem to move in
our figure in contrary directions around our position at S. But
in realit}r they both move in the same direction around our side*
real centre at C.

2. The stars at 7 and 8, marked with arrows, seem, from our
position at #, to move in contrary directions, but in truth they
both move in the same direction around the sidereal centre at G.

3. Our sun's motion must give apparent motions to many stars,
and some of these may be contrary to their real motions, the same
as our earth gives retrograde motions to the planets. To separate
these apparent from their real motions will be a task of many
years, even after we learn the true direction of the sun's motion.

4. As our sun is on the north side of the galactic plane, and
nearly equidistant from the galactic ring all around, it follows that
the plane of his orbit is nearly, perhaps quite, at right angles to
the galactic plane. It is evident also that thousands of other
stars move in planes either at right angles, or highly inclined, to
the galactic plane. Hitherto all this has been a source of per-
plexity, but now we may begin to lay down the lines of their nodes

368 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1876.

on the galactic plane, and make real progress in sidereal astro-
nomy, evolving beautiful order out of this apparent confusion.

5. In a system like our solar system, with a large central orb,
and all the stars nearly in the same plane, it is generally conceded
that the revolutions of these stars must be around in the same
direction ; contrary motions being incompatible Avith stability.
But this cannot be affirmed of our sidereal system, which has no
large central and controlling orb, where the stars are very far
apart, and where their orbits are highly inclined in opposite di-
rections, nearly or quite at right angles to the galactic plane, and
so have come to move in opposite directions around the sidereal
centre. This has occurred to thousands of stars in our sidereal
system. It has occurred also in other far distant sidereal systems,
for they are globular in shape. If only a few appeared round we
might suppose them discoid, with the planes of their disks per-
pendicular to their lines of sight. But such large numbers of round
sj-stems argue globularity of form.

6. My discovery of the intergravitation among the members of
our sidereal system, as stated in Section III. of this paper, aids to
prove that collisions must be impossible, or very rare between
the members of our system, even when they move in opposite
directions. When two stars are meeting from opposite directions,
they are under the influence through gravity of all the neighbor-
ing stars, drawing them from the line toward each other's centres
of gravity, and therefore the chances are infinite against their
moving towards each other's centres of gravity. They must ap-
proach each other, not directly, but obliquely ; they may pass so
near to each other as to remain forever under the power of their
mutual gravitation, revolving around their common centre of
gravity, and becoming a double star. Hence, the wonderful spec-
tacle in the heavens of ten thousand double ami multiple stars,
with many more still to be discovered. A pair of stars ma}'
attract a third, and a fourth, and indeed a larger group like the
Pleiades and Coma Berenieis, and the clusters in Hercules. A
considerable cluster by their united gravity might draw to them-
selves all or nearly all the neighboring stars, leaving nearly vacant
spaces around the clusters. Whenever Sir William Ilerschel. in
his sweeps of the heavens, came upon one of these vacant spaces
poorly furnished with stars, lie was sure to look out for a cluster,
or nebulous looking mass, consisting of the stars collected to-

1870.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 369

gether from the nearly vacant spaces. We know that binary
systems of stars may have proper motions, and so may larger
groups.

1. In constellations like Ursa Major, and Cassiopeia, and others,
the motions of their individual stars around the centre of gravity
of the constellation, may obscure or hide their motions around the
centre of our sidereal system. The revolutions of the satellites of
Jupiter and Saturn and Uranus have more rapid velocities around
their primaries than the velocities of those planets around the
sun. A like state of things, though not so extreme, may exist in
a constellation. According to Struve and others, the distance
of second magnitude stars is such as to require their light 28
years to reach us. If in a triangle we take this number for each
of the two sides, and for the included angle the divergence between
two adjacent stars in Ursa Major, we are surprised on computing
the third side of our triangle, to find how near those stars must
be together. Therefore knowing the gravitation of our sun on our
neighboring stars, we must conclude that in a cluster like Ursa
Major, the revolutions around its centre ma}T greatly modify and
perhaps reverse for a time, the proper motions of those stars
around the centre of our system.

8. As our sun's motion may give apparent retrograde motions
to some of the stars, it is of the first importance in sidereal astro-
nomy to learn the point to which our sun is tending. Ifl our
search for this we may now confine our endeavors to a narrow
zone in the heavens. The sun's motion must be nearly at right
angles to the line drawn to the centre of our system. This motion
therefore must be toward some point in the zone of the galaxy.
The method hitherto employed to ascertain the direction of our
sun's motion, is very deceptive. As we travel through a wood
the trees appear to grow wider apart in front of us, and closer
together behind us. The same principle has been applied to the
stars, comparing them with the trees. But how could such ap-
pearances, wider and closer, occur among the trees, if those trees
were all in motion as rapidly as ourselves ? The other stars are
moving like our sun. Therefore this tree method of learning our
sun's motion, is liable to grave objections.

9. The zone of the galaxy varies in breadth on the face of the
heavens, but on an average it is from eight to ten degrees wide. If
we be 2^° from its median line or plane, then this wide band

370 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1870.

stretches not only over our own position, but over all the stars of
the first and second magnitudes in the direction away from the
galactic plane, and also on the other side of that plane far beyond
the stars visible to the naked eye. Where the zone of the galaxy is
8° wide, then, calculating from its distance, light requires 280
years to cross that zone. And where it is 10° wide, light requires
350 years to cross it. When we look at right angles away from
the plane of the galaxy to the distant stars of the sixtli magnitude,
and also in the opposite direction on the other side of the galaxy
to the distant sixth magnitude stars, and then look up at the
galaxy itself, we see apparently a narrow milky band, but it is
broader than the entire distance between the opposite stars of the
sixth magnitude.

The other dimension of the galaxy at right angles to this, that
is, the distance from its nearer to its further or outer surface, is
probably four or five times greater. Its nearer stars, those of the
ninth magnitude, require 2000 years for their light to reach us,
but its more distant, those of the twelfth magnitude, require 3400
years. Therefore the difference of 1400 years is required for the
passage of light from its more distant to its nearer stars. Con-
sidering the wide space existing within these dimensions, we can-
not say that the galactic stars are nearer together than our sun
and its neighboring stars. Moreover the specific gravity of the
four outer planets of our solar system is many times less than
that of the four inner planets. Saturn, for instance, is nine times
lighter than Mercury. In like manner the galactic, or the outer
stars of our sidereal system, ma}' be many times lighter than our
sun and his neighboring inner stars. From both these causes,
distance apart and lightness, gravitation between the galactic
stars may be less than that between our sun and his neighboring-
stars. This aids to understand why, from their apparent nearness
together, the galactic stars are not brought by gravity in contact,
or in very closely revolving S3,stems, like binary stars.

10. By assuming with Herschel that the nearest part of the
galaxy requires 2000 years for its light to reach us, we may then
calculate its circumference, orthe orbits of its stars, and the time
required for those stars to make one revolution in their orbits.
A star moving at the rate of 3000 miles per minute, about like that
of A returns, must require 50,000,000 years for a single revolution
around the sidereal centre. A star revolving at the rate of 2000

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 371

miles per minute, about like that of 6 Cygni, requires 75,000,000
years. And a star moving at the rate of 1000 miles per minute,
about like that of our earth around the sun, requires 150,000,000
3'ears for one revolution around the sidereal centre !

Assuming the very probable estimate of 2° between the galactic
plane, or median line, and a parallel great circle, then 70 years are
required for the passage of light from our sidereal centre to our-
selves, and the following table gives the times for a single revolu-
tion of our sun, around that centre, at the three different veloci-
ties above recorded.

3000 miles per minute, 1,760,000 years for one revolution.
2000 " " " 2,640,000 " " " "

1000 " " " 5,280,000 " " " "

These almost endless periods teach some practical lessons.
One is that the direction of our sun's motion for two or three
centuries must be sensibly toward the same point in the heavens,
or very nearly. If a star in the galaxy performs a revolution in
50,000,000 years, that is, with the velocity of 3000 miles per
minute, then about 40 years are necessary for it to move through
one secondof arc, the smallest quantity measurable in astronomy.
That is, if the position of a galactic star be taken and recorded
with the most refined accuracy, then it will not be until the next
generation of astronomers that the movement of the star can be
recognized. If the velocity of the star be 2000 or 1000 miles per
minute, then the time required to move through one second of
arc must be in one case 60 and in the other case 120 years ! No
wonder that we cannot tell in which direction the Milky Way
revolves. From the well-established intergravitation of the stars,
we are sure that it must wheel around in its mighty circle, but
we know not which way the wheel turns. This want of apparent
motion in the galactic stars is proof positive of their vast
distance. It confirms the same conclusion of astronomers
founded on the smallness of this magnitude. We now see in a
strong and clear light the importance of having portions of the
galaxy mapped out, and their positions determined with the
closest exactness, so that coming generations of astronomers may
learn which way around the great Milky Way revolves.

372 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

The following reports were read and referred to the Publication
Committee : —

REPORT OF THE PRESIDENT.

Several events in the history of the Academy have occurred
during the year just closed which arc worthy of notice or record.

On the 4th of January, 1876, the Society met in its hall at the
northwest corner of Broad and Sansom Streets for the last time.
It had been domiciled there since February 18, 1840, a period of
very nearly thirty-six }^ears. It held its first meeting in the north
wing of the new edifice on Tuesday evening, January 11th. Pos-
session of the old building was transferred to the purchaser the
next day.

At the close of the sixty-fifth year since its foundation the
Society maj^ be justly congratulated on the progress it has made,
in the extension of its museum and library, on the work recorded
in its publications, and on the value of the real estate which it
has acquired through the generosity of very many friends. It
possesses a commodious fire-proof building (which is the north
wing of the proposed structure), and a plot of ground upon which
it can be extended. The Academy is free from debt, and its set-
tled policy is to incur no pecuniary obligation before means to
cancel it have been provided.

It seems not unreasonable to conjecture that the Society may
be found occupying this same locality at the close of the second
century of the nation, still endeavoring, under the benevolent
precept non sibi sed omnibus, to acquire knowledge of the sensible
creation and to diffuse it by all means at its command.

The propriety of representing the Academy through an exhibit
of its publications, etc., in the International Exhibition, was sug-
gested February 15th, and the committee then appointed — Dr.
John L. LeConte and Messrs. Charles E. Smith and "Win. S.
Vaux — reported substantially, March 7th, that it was inexpedient,
and was discharged from further consideration of the subject.

The formal transfer of the building and site upon which it
stands by the trustees of the building fund, in accordance with
their suggestion, was postponed for the time, by a resolution
adopted March 14th.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 373

Under authority of a resolution of May 9th, an invitation to
visit the museum and library as frequently as might be agreeable
to them during their sojourn in the eity was given to the commis-
sioners accredited to the International Exhibition as well as to
members and delegates of societies and associations which met in
Philadelphia in the course of the year.

On specified conditions it was agreed, November, 1875, that the
American Entomological Society should be received into the
Academy, and on the 16th of May the report that the Entomo-
logical Section of the Academy had been organized, was made, in
pursuance of a provision of the by-laws.

May 30th an application of members of the Society to form the
Botanical Section of the Academy was approved, and the report
that its organization had been completed was made June 20th.

The association of members occupied in a special branch of
study into sections, besides being a source of gratification to them,
is useful to the Academy. The collections placed in charge of the
sections receive their particular care, and the Curators of the
Academy are so far relieved from the necessity of giving special
attention to their preservation and arrangement.

At present the Academy includes four sections, namely: —

The Biological and Microscopical Section.1

The Conchological Section.2

The Entomological Section.3

The Botanical Section.4

All members and correspondents of the Academy have the
privilege of being present at the stated meetings of the sections.

August 31, 1875, the Council was requested to examine the by-
laws and report such changes as may be necessary for the better
government of the Academy. The Council deliberated long on
the subject and recommended several important modifications.
The series of amendments proposed by the Council were considered
and debated at several meetings of the Academy, altered in many
particulars, and finally adopted May 30th of the present year.

In conformity to one of these laws, on the 16th of May, twelve

1 Stated meeting on the first Monday evening of every month.

2 Stated meeting on the first Thursday evening of every month.

3 Stated meeting, second Thursday evening of every month.

4 Stated meeting, second Monday evening of every month.

374 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1870.

councillors were elected, four for three years, four for two 3rears,
and four for one year.

Since the adoption of the new laws sufficient time has not 3-et
elapsed to test satisfactorily their practical working. Some of
the elder members of the Society doubt whether the changes made
will prove to be better in practice than the displaced legal require-
ments. Perfection in by-laws of a societ}' cannot be reasonably
expected. The ordinary progress of events ami changed condi-
tions renders a modification of them from time to time desirable;
and there is always ground for honest difference of opinion. Even
the Constitution, the organic law of the United States, formed by
the wisest and most judicious minds in the country, has been
found, during the experience of a century, to require amend-
ments.

In reference to one important feature of the new by-laws, I
venture to make a few comments which I hope may not be con-
sidered out of place.

To the extent of its means the Societ}' endeavors to diffuse
information of what is known within the field of its labors, to
increase the popular taste for natural science, ami to assist those
engaged in original investigations by granting to them the free
use of its libraiy and museum, and by publishing the results of
their labors, in its Journal and Proceedings.

The Academ}' desires to extend the usefulness of its library and
museum in this direction, and to project paths among the unknown
things of the earth which men may pursue and retrace, always
bringing back a revelation of some fact not previously known. It
is believed that there are many men eminently qualified in all
respects to engage in original research, whose scientific work is
greatly restricted because almost all their time is necessarily spent
in gaining a livelihood, who, like the Davys, Faradays, Huxlej^s,
and Tyndalls of the Royal Institution, would gladl}* accept a
moderate support of assured continuance, and in return for it
devote all their energies to scientific investigations and teaching.

In the hope of increasing the number of original investigators
by providing places for men of this character, and of securing
systematic elementary and popular instruction b}r courses of lec-
tures and otherwise, the Academy has modified its by-laws in such
manner as to authorize the appointment of professors and assis-
tant professors.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 375

The plan is commendable, and its realization should be encour-
aged by the friends of scientific progress ; but to realize it com-
pletely in all its details requires in the aggregate a very large
sum of money.

In the present condition of the Academy's resources, the objec-
tion to this scheme is that to appoint professors before providing
a laboratory in which they may pursue their investigations ; or a
lecture-room for the accommodation of those who would listen to
their teachings; or means for their permanent and entire support,
would be merely to bestow complimentary titles, without advanc-
ing the interests of original research in any manner or degree.
Gentlemen elected to professorships without income would not
find in the title of professor alone the means of living. Such title
would not relieve them from the necessity of giving their time and
labor to some exacting vocation in exchange for daily bread, nor
afford them more leisure than they may possess without it. Those
devoted to original investigation who are pecuniarily independent
of secular employment do not need the assistance which hoped-for
endowments are designed to give. As the library and museum
are accessible to all for the purpose of study, the}7 are in condition
to pursue their scientific labors without acquiring the title of pro-
fessor from the Academy.

The by-laws indicate that each professor will have exclusive
control of such collections as may be assigned to his care, and be
responsible for their arrangement, increase, and preservation. For
partial or entire neglect of this very important duty, there seems
to he no remedy of easy administration as long as it is confided
to any one who has no right to compensation for his time and
labor from the Academy. Where pecuniary consideration for
services to be rendered is in any manner contingent upon their
performance, there is an obvious and efficacious remedy for neglect.

If such objections have any force, the}' suggest that the interests
of the Academy, and of science, will be best served by postponing
the election of professors until after substantial endowments for
their support have been secured. Until these are acquired the
collections may be still properly confided, as they always have
been, to the custody of the four curators, under whose care they
have attained their present condition and magnitude, and in the
mean time the Academy may continue its efforts to develop and
make useful its resources.

376 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

The Emperor of Brazil, who is distinguished as much by his
varied learning as by his high political position, was present at
the stated meeting of the Society, held June 27.

On the evening of July 7, the gentlemen officially connected
with the International Exhibition, and many others, were received
and entertained in the Academy, the entire expense being borne
by several generous members of the Societj'.

In August, Professor Huxley was invited, in anticipation of his
coming to Philadelphia, to be present at the meetings of the So-
ciet3-, but he regretted his inability to accept the invitation. He
arrived in the city about two o'clock P. M. of Thursday, Sept. 14,
and spent two or three hours of the afternoon in the museum.
The next afternoon he departed for New York.

At the instance of the Centennial Commission, a committee
was appointed Oct. 10, "to investigate and report upon the intro-
duction of new species of insects and plants through the medium
of foreign exhibits at the Centennial Exhibition."

The report in relation to the introduction of insects, by Drs.
J. L. Le Conte, Geo. H. Horn, and Joseph Leidy, was made
Nov. 14. The labors of the botanists of the committee are neces-
saril}' deferred until the ensuing spring; the results of their
observations cannot be expected until some time next year.

The stated meetings of the Society in the new locality, contraiy
to the anticipation of some of the members, have been more
numerously attended than those in the old hall, and have been no
less interesting.

In behalf of the council I have to report that its stated meet-
ings have been regularly held, and the matters submitted to it
have been carefully considered.

Respectfully, etc.,

W. S. W. IvUSCriENBEROER.

REPORT OF RECORDING SECRETARY.

During the twelve months ending Nov. 30, 1876, ninety mem-
bers and nineteen correspondents have been elected.

Announcement was made of the death of two members — J. S.
Phillips and Geo. Washington Smith.

Twenty-seven papers have been presented for publication, as
follows: Wm. II. Dull, three; Win. M. Gabb, three; Edw. D.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 377

Cope, two; Geo. A. Koenig, two; Mariano Bareena, two; and
J. A. Allen, H. C. Chapman, Chas. A. White, D. S. Jordan and
H. E. Copeland, Geo. Hay, Harrison Allen, Isaac Lea, Wm. G.
Mazyck, Herman Strecker, Chas. Pickering, Wm. G. Binney, J
A. Ogden, Jos. Leidy, T. A. Conrad, and Theo. Gill each one.
Dr. Lekly's paper and one of those presented by Mr. Gabb were
accepted for the Journal ; the others were ordered to be published
in the Proceedings.

The verbal communications have been much more numerous
than heretofore, scarcely a meeting having been held at which
some subject of scientific interest was not discussed. These com-
munications have been for the most part reported by their authors
for publication in the Proceedings.

Reports of the meetings continue to be published in two of the
evening papers with, it is believed, the good effect alluded to in
my last report.

During the year the ninety-five concluding pages of the Pro-
ceedings for 1875, and two hundred pages for 1876, with ten litho-
graphic plates, one of them colored, have been issued. No portion
of the Journal has been published, but artists are employed on
plates illustrating papers by Dr. Leidy and Mr. Gabb, and it is
hoped that the next part may be completed during the coming
year.

All of which is respectfully submitted,

Edward J. Nolan,
Recording Secretary.

REPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN.

The Librarian respectfully reports that the additions to the
library, during the twelve months ending November 30, 1876,
amount to 2491. This is in excess of the increase for any other
year of which we have a record, except that for 1850, when the
late Dr. Thos. B. Wilson, and his brother Edw. Wilson, contri-
buted a larger number of books than at any previous or subse-
quent period.

Of the additions during the past year G83 were volumes, 1784
pamphlets and parts of periodicals, and 24 maps, photographs,
etc.; 18S9 were octavos, 508 quartos, 44 folios, and 26 duo-
decimos.
25

378

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1876.

The}r were derived from the following sources :-

Societies 1034

Editors 400

I. V. Williamson Fund . . . 350

Bequeathed by John S. Phillips 221

Authors 142

Wilson Fund 71

Brazilian Centennial Commis-
sion 35

Department of the Interior . . 19

Dr. Jos. Leidy 15

Isaac Lea 12

Geological Survey of Canada . 12

Geological Survey of Spain . 12

Publishers 9

Smithsonian Institution ... 9

M. Lavoinne 9

Adolph Sutro 8

Geological Survey of India . . 7

Geological Survey of Sweden . 7

Geological Survey of Penna. . 7

Alfonso Herrera 7

J. A. Ryder 5

Engineer Department, U. S. A. 5

Dr. F. V. Hayden 5

New South Wales Centennial

Commissioner 5

Treasury Department ... 4

Thos. Meehan 4

C. W. Williamson .... 4

J. Laidlaw 4

Wisconsin Centennial Commis-
sion 4

Dr. F. A. Hassler 3

Minister of Public Works,

France 3

J. E. Cook 3

G. W. Tryon, Jr 3

Michigan Centennial Commis-
sion 3

J. H. Redfield

War Department

Louis Godey

East Indian Government . .

James Hall

Wm. S. Vaux

Angus Mackay

H. H. Higgins

Joshua Lindahl

Dr. James Hector

West Virginia Centennial Com-
mission

Mexican Commission . . . .
Chinese Commission . . . .
Japanese Commission . . .
Austrian Commission . . .
Ward B. Haseltine . . . .

T. R. Peale

J. S. Newberry

Edw. Stabler

Mr. Davies

Lorin Davenport

Chas. Dury

Chas. S. Rand

D. S. Sheldon

Mrs. E. P. Gurney . . . .

G. M. Levette

K. Kuroda

Saml. Davenport

Isaac Burk

Rev. Dr. Honey man . . . .

W. C. Stevenson

T. A. Conrad

J. B. King

Alex. Agassiz

Geological Survey of Illinois .

Navy Department

Surgeon General, U. S. A. . .
Department of Agriculture . .

The}' were divided as follows : —

Journals 1745

Geology 177

General Natural History . . 159

Conchology 129

Botany 55

Entomology 28

Anatomy and Physiology . . 26

Ornithology 24

Physical Sciences 24

Anthropology 17

Helminthology 16

Useful Arts 15 Antiquities

Voyages and Travels .... 10

Chemistry
Ichthyology .
Berpetology .
Mineralogy .
Medicine .
Encyclopaedias
Mammalogy .
Bibliography
Geography .
Education
Agriculture .

3
2

2
o

10
9

8
7
7
6
5
5
4
3
1
1

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 379

One hundred and seventy-one volumes have been bound during
the year, and 55 volumes are now in the hands of the binder. These
include all the unbound books which have been credited to the
Wilson and I. Y. Williamson Funds, together with such journals
received in exchange for the Academy's publications as are in
constant use and likely to be damaged if left unbound. The
volumes of other exchanges have been tied up, to remain in this
condition on the shelves until the Academy is able to bear the
expense of binding.

The earl j' months of the 3'ear were occupied in transferring the
library from the old building, and roughly placing the books in
the new cases prepared for them. With the assistance of .Mr.
Russell Hill and Mr. J. A. Ryder, this work was accomplished in
less time than it was supposed it would be necessary to devote to
it, and the more careful classification and arrangement of the
various sections have since proceeded as rapidly as circumstances
would permit. The catalogues which were completed before the
removal, have been revised so as to accommodate them to the
new disposition of the books, and the current additions to the
library have been added to the card catalogue. Special attention
has been given to the arrangement of the journals and periodi-
cals. The greater portion of this department has been carefully
examined, all deficiencies have been noted, and fifty letters apply-
ing for parts required to complete sets have been written. The
answers to these applications have been such as to warrant the
belief that a much larger return will be secured by written
requests to societies and editors than could be hoped for in
answer to printed circulars, no matter how urgently they may be
worded.

Various plans for the re-arrangement of the library in the
present building have been suggested and considered, but the
simplicity of the system of consecutive numbering of the volumes,
adopted before removal, and the readiness with which, by means
of it, any given book may be found, has caused the Library Com-
mittee to authorize its contiuuance. It will, however, be supple-
mented by a shelf or alcove catalogue of the recent additions to
each department until they accumulate sufficiently to permit of
their being numbered.

An examination of the library in April showed that it con-
tained at that time 22,440 bound and 621 unbound volumes, and

380 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

1 255 unbound pamphlets, which would probably form 125 volumes,
making 23,186 volumes in all, exclusive of duplicates and the
libraries of sections. If these be added the total will reach 25,495
volumes.1

Portraits in oil of Jacob Gilliams, M.D., and John Speakman,
two of the founders of the Acaderaj', were presented by Dr. Jas.
S. Gilliams and Thos. Say Speakman respectively.

It will be seen by reference to the annual list of additions to
the library how deeply the Academy is indebted to Mr. Isaiah V.
Williamson for his munificent gift. Many of the most valuable
publications of the last two or three }-ears have been obtained by
means of this fund, and the library is consequently better sup-
plied with the recent literature of natural history than it has been
since the death of Dr. Thos. B. Wilson. Much, however, remains
to be added before the library in many of its sections can be con-
sidered as approaching a state of completeness, and it is earnestly
desired that specialists will furnish the titles of such works as
may be lacking in their departments. A catalogue of current sci-
entific books already begun for the use of the Library Committee
will be continued and kept as complete as possible. It is hoped
that the means at the disposal of the committee are now sufficient
to enable it to authorize the ordering of all approved books, while
the titles of those works which it is not thought desirable to pur-
chase immediately, will yet be kept for reference in the future.
All of which is respectfully submitted,

Edw. J. Nolan, Librarian.

REPORT OF THE CURATORS FOR 1876.

The removal of the Museum of the Acadeni}- from the former
building to the one now occupied, was completed before the close
of the last year; the removal of the library immediately followed,
and was completed in the first week of January of the present
year. The first meeting of the Academy was held in the new
building on the 11th of January-

Through the able superintendence and incessant labor of my
colleagues, Messrs. Try on and Parker, aided by Dr. James A.
Ogden, Miss Sarah P. Monks, John A. Ryder, Mussel Hill, and
others, the different collections were so far arranged in their

1 The increase of the year makes the aggregate of the library November
30, 187G, ahout 2G,:3oG volumes.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 381

respective places that the Museum was opened for exhibition to
the public on the first of May. From that time to the present it
has been open to visitors daily except on Saturday and Sunday.
Since then, also, the regular and systematic arrangement of the
collections of the Museum has continued in the usual manner.

Those departments of the Museum under the charge of special
sections of the Academy have been equally well attended to in
the arrangement of their appropriate collections. On the condi-
tion of these and the additions thereto during the year, I refer to
the reports of the Conservators of the Sections.

In July, I regret to say, Mr. Try on resigned his position as
Curator. Dr. H. C. Chapman was appointed to fill the vacancy.
Since that time the Museum has been mainly under the super-
intendence of Mr. Parker, whose services have proved so valuable
that I hope the Academy may secure their continuance.

Mr. John A.Ryder has arranged the mammalian collection, and
affixed labels when required. The crania of mammals are par-
tially arranged and labelled.

The collection of human crania has been rearranged. (Mr.
Parker reports the following skulls as missing: Nos. 210,215,
223, 224, 227, 232, 401, 568, 719, 736, 843, 872, 878, 898, 981,
1039, 1042, 1050, 1067, 1236, 1246, 1282, 1348, 1414, 1479, 1485,
1557— in all 27.)

The collection of mammalian and bird skins has been thoroughly
examined.

The ornithological collection has been arranged in the cases by
Dr. James A. Ogden, Miss Sarah P. Monks, and Mr. Russel Hill.
Miss Monks has identified, labelled, and catalogued the species of
twenty -three families; and, in addition, has arranged and attached
the generic and family names to those identified by her the previ-
ous year. Mr. Spencer Trotter has identified the species of the
family Sylvicolidre.

Mr. W. G. Freedle}r is arranging and labelling the collection of
bird's eoo-s.

The alcoholic specimens of the Museum have received due
attention.

The cretaceous vertebrate fossils have been carefully gone over
and placed in a condition to prevent their destruction through the
decomposition of the sulphide of iron with which they are im-
pregnated.

382 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876'

The invertebrate fossils have been partially arranged by Mr.
Russel Hill, under the supervision of Mr. Win. M. Gabb.

Most of the specimens donated, deposited, and purchased dur-
ing the year have been labelled and arranged in their appropriate
places.

(Several valuable specimens of minerals are missing from the
collection.)

The contributions to the Museum during the year are as
follows: —

Mammals. — A mounted skeleton of the Giraffe, 18 feet high,
a fine specimen from Africa, purchased in London in 1ST5, pre-
sented b}r Wm. S. Vaux and Henry C. Gibson.

A Dugong, in alcohol, presented by Mr. John Ching, Wide
Bay, Queensland, through Mr. Angus Mackay, Commissioner of
Queensland.

Two skeletons of Marmoset, presented by Dr. Ed. Hartshorne.
A squirrel, from Mexico, presented by the Zoological Society. A
monke}', Semnopithecus entellus ; a leopard, F. pardus ; a Sun
bear, Helarctos enryspilus ; and a Zalophus Gillespii, deposited
by 0. B. Gross.

The following were also presented : a foetal pig, by John Krider;
a foetal kitten, by C. F. Parker; a mouse with fungus growth, by
P. F. "Wells ; a hydrocephalic skull of a calf, by Mrs. A. A. Craw-
ford ; and an irregular osteo-dentinal growth from the tooth of a
sperm whale, by S. Powel.

Birds. — A black-throated quail, Ortyx virginianus var. Hoopesii,
and a Trumpeter Swan, Cygnus americanus, presented by John
Krider. A Massena partridge, Cyrtonyx massena, from Neuces
R., Texas, presented by Lieut. A. C. Marklej', U. S. A. A young
heron, from New Jersey, presented by John Majs. An albino
King bird, from Xew Jersey, presented by George W. Earle. Four
bird skins, presented by John Wagner, through the Zoological
Society.

Ten specimens, five species of bird skins, from Demarara, pre-
sented by Col. P. Figgelmes}r, U. S. Consul, Demarara.

A finel}' mounted American eagle, from Arkansas, presented by
Dr. George W. Lawrence, Commissioner.

The following were also presented : Five eggs of the Sage fowl,
by Dr. J. Van A. Carter; three eggs of the Jew bird, Crotophaga,
from San Domingo, by Wm. M. Gabb; three eggs of Larus argen-

18V 6.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 383

tatus, by C. Mann ; a nest of the Oriole, by Thos. L. Cernea ; and
a nest, by S. S. Halcleman.

A Cygnus olor was deposited by 0. B. Gross.

Reptiles, Amphibians, and Fishes. — Fourteen jars of reptiles
from British Guiana, presented by Mr. Gilbert, of Demarara,
through Mr. A. A. Outerbridge, Commissioner for British Guiana.
Eight species of reptiles, from Trinidad, presented by Col. P.
Figgelmesy. There were also presented a small collection of
reptiles, from San Domingo, by Wm. M. Gabb ; and another from
Port au Prince, Hayti, by Thomas Bland. Two snakes, from
Pocono, by T. Wagner and R. Fulmer. Several salamanders,
from Brush Mt., by Rev. H. C. McCook. A terrapin, by Mr.
Mather ; and several turtle eggs, by J. A. Ryder.

Forty-two specimens, forty-one species of fishes, from South
America, collected by the Hassler Expedition, and forty-five
specimens of twenty-six species, from the United States and West
Indies, were presented by the Museum of Comparative Zoology
of Cambridge, Mass.

Forty-eight specimens of thirty-six species of fishes, mostly
from the U. S. Atlantic coast, presented by E. P. Cope.

Six species of fishes, from Janira R., San Domingo, and one
Flying-fish, were presented by Wm. M. Gabb.

The following were also presented : A salmon trout, from
Hobart Town, Tasmania, by the Tasmanian Salmon Commisson;
several viviparous fishes, from Vancouver Isl., by A. C. Engard ;
two shad and an alligator Gar, from Ouchita R., Ark., by Dr. G.
W. Lawrence ; a Lucioperca and an Amia, by E. D. Cope ; a
Platyrostra edentula and Uegalojis t?'issoides, by the U. S. Fish
Commission ; a Lump fish, from Barnegat Bay, by D. M. Yost ; a
Tunney, from off Atlantic City, by R. Buckman ; a Saury, from
the same locality, by Geo. W. Bugbee & Co. ; Selene argentea,
Alutera cuspidata and Carangus, Squan R., N. J., by W. H.
Dougherty ; three species of fishes from the same river, by Jos.
Willcox ; Mustelis canis and Anguilla, Atlantic City, by Geo. W.
Tryon, Jr. ; Engraulis, by T. P. Parker ; palatine teeth of drum
fish, by J. F. Learning ; jaws of a fish, by Mrs. A. A. Crawford ;
and photograph and scale of the Tarpum, by R. Bridges and S.
Powel.

A small collection of reptiles and fishes from South America,
was presented by Dr. C. Hering, and another collection from vari-
ous localities was presented by Dr. F. B. Stevenson, U. S. N.

384 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1816.

Articulates. — A small collection of insects, etc., from Port an
Prince, Ilayti, was presented by Thomas Bland; a small collec-
tion of crustaceans and spiders, by Dr. F. B. Stevenson, U. S. N.;
a small collection of crustaceans, from San Domingo, by Wm. M.
Gabb; a small collection of myriapods, from Iowa, b}- D. S.
Sheldon through Dr. II. C. Wood; three Scolopendra, from Trini-
dad and Demarara, by Col. P. Figgelmesy ; seven species of spiders,
from Costa Rica, by Wm. M. Gabb; Calappa convexa, by Capt.
L. D. Barrett ; Platyonychus ocellatus, by G. W. Tryon, Jr. ; Alans
occulatus, E. S. Whelen ; Polydesmus, by J. 0. Shimmel ; a grass-
hopper, from Gua3raquil, b}' C. S. Rand; larva of Cuterebra, from
the skin of a rabbit, by Prof. J. Lawrence Smith ; a beetle with
fungus growth, by T. Pennington Conrad ; and a hornet nest, by
W. R. Jones.

Radiates and Protozoans. — A superb collection of thirty-seven
corals, from Ke}- West, Florida, presented by Wm. S. Yaux.

A fine collection of seventeen corals, presented by Clarence S.
Bement.

Seventeen species of Echini, and a large Neptune's cup sponge,
presented by Dr. Isaac Lea.

Six corals, from Samoan Islands, and one coral from Alaska,
presented b3r J. M. Emanuel.

A Gorgonia and an Ophiura, and one hundred bottles of marine
dredgings, etc. (including protozoans, radiates, annelides, crusta-
ceans, mollusks, etc.) from the Pacific, presented by Dr. Wm. H.
Jones, U. S. X.

A small collection of echinoderms in alcohol, from various
localities, presented b}r Dr. F. B. Stevenson, U. S. X.

A coral, from Bermuda, presented by J. P. Hand; and an
Echinus, Hipponoe esculenta, Caribbean Sea, presented by A.
Duer, through Mr. Dougherty.

A fine large specimen of Madrepora pal mala, from Turk's Island,
was purchased.

There were also presented three sponges, from Turk's Island.
by Win. M. Gabb; and a Halicondria, from I<]gg Harbor Bay, X.
J., by W. H. Dougherty.

Fossils A fine series of fossil foot tracks in slabs of red sand-
stone, together with a collection of remains of fishes, from the
valley of the Connecticut, presented bj' Dr. Isaac Lea. To the
same donor we are indebted for teeth and other remains of Mas-
todon, of Ichthyosaurus, etc.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 385

A collection of fossils from the phosphate beds of Ashley R.,
S. C, consisting of vertebrae of squalodonts and cetaceans, the
beak of a ziphioid cetacean, teeth of sharks, etc., was presented
by Clarence S. Bement.

Portion of the femur of Megatherium, vertebra of Squnlodon,
teeth of Equits major, and dental plate of Mylidbates, from the
Ashley R. phosphate beds, presented by Mr. George T. Lewis.

Teeth and vertebrae of 31osasaurus, from Lnmberton, Burling-
ton Co., N. J., presented by Thomas Moore through Col. T. M.
Bryan.

Three different small collections of shark's teeth and other
remains of fishes and of reptiles, from the vicinity of Vincent-
town, N. J., presented by Col. T. M. Bryan.

There were also presented the following: cetacean vertebra,
from Ashley R., S. C, by S. Thayer Abert ; tooth of Maxtodon
andium, from the Amazon, by Dr. Isaac T. Coates ; cast of the
lower jaw of the Cohoes Mastodon, presented by Prof. James
Hall ; remains of Sphenosaurus clavir-ostris, by S. S. Haldeinan ;
do. of fishes from the mesozoic red shale of Montgomeiy Co., Pa.,
by Prof. Joseph Leidy ; Emys ivyomingensis, from Ft. Bridger,
Wyoming, by Dr. J. Van A. Carter; tooth of Garcharodon
megalodon, from Chesapeake Bay, by J. 0. Schimmel ; and copro-
lites, from Cambridgeshire, England, by Joseph P. Hazard.

Other fossils received by the Academy consist main!}- of inver-
tebrate remains.

Mr. Wm.M. Gabb, always a liberal donor to the Academy, as
well as an active contributor to geological science, has presented
the following collection: —

Sixty species of cretaceous fossils, mostly original tj-pes ; 42
eocene fossils, from Texas, all original tj^pes; 31 miocene, 23 plio-
cene, and 85 post-pliocene fossils, of California, many original
types; 42 species of post-pliocene fossils of San Domingo, and 72
pliocene fossils of Costa Rica. Mr. Gabb also presented 45 species
of cretaceous fossils, most of which are described in his paper of
November 7th.

Mr. Gabb further presented 225 specimens of 114 species of
cretaceous fossils of India, being duplicate types of the " Palaeon-
tologia Indica," and labelled by Dr. Stoliczka.

Our venerable friend, member, and ever zealous student of
natural history, Dr. Isaac Lea, has presented a collection consist-
ing of 250 species of secondary and tertiary fossils, American

386 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

and European, and 14 South American cretaceous fossils, types
of bis paper in the Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, 2d ser., vol. vii. He
has also presented a collection of 40 species of American and
foreign palaeozoic cretaceous and tertiary fossils.

A collection of forty-seven lower carboniferous fossils, and five
others from the lower coal measures from Jefferson Co., Ala-
bama, were presented by Dr. Win. Gesner.

Three fine specimens of Eurypterus remipes, from the AVater-
lime group, near Buffalo, N. Y., presented by Tobias Witner,
Esq., through Prof. S. S. Haldeman.

Twenty palaeozoic brachiopods, from Huntingdon Co., Pa., were
presented by John M. Hartman.

Forty-four devonian and Silurian fossils, comprising brachio-
pods, corals, and a large slab of shale with a multitude of trilo-
bites, etc., from Ontario, Canada, presented by Thos. Burnett.

Twenty species of cretaceous fossils, from New Jersey, and a
collection of minute fossils, comprising many specimens and
species, from the cretaceous limestone of Vincenttown, N. J.,
presented by Col. T. M. Bryan.

Of other invertebrates, the following were presented : a collec-
tion of shells from the Paris basin, etc., and encrenites, by Dr.
Isaac Lea; a collection of marl fossils from Vincenttown by Col.
Bryan; cobble stone with Scolithus linearis, from drift, Wash-
ington, D. C, by Prof. Wm. B. Rogers; numerous Amnicola gal-
bana, Sussex Co., N. J.; Inoceramus and another cretaceous
fossil, from Texas; and Inoceramux barabeni, Selma, Alabama,
by Prof. Haldeman; Ammonites obiusus, England, by Miss Mary
Haig; coral, Luzerne Co., Pa., by E. K. Bryer; Gryphsea vesi-
cularis, New Jerse}', by W. II. Dougherty; Avicala, Munroe Co.,
Pa., by C. F. Parker; two Orthoceratites, Arkansas, by Dr. G.
W.Lawrence; anew species of Nautilus from Vincenttown, N.
J., by Col. Bryan; seven fossils from Hayti, by Thos. Bland;
several from New Jersey, by Mr. Gabb; and a Gryphrea and an
Ammonite from Ilemstead Co., Ark., by Dr. Geo. W. Lawrence.

Of fossil plants, Dr. George W. Lawrence, Arkansas Commis-
sioner, presented two large silicified trunks, measuring each up-
wards of four feet in length and a foot in diameter, from Hot
Springs Co., Arkansas. Dr. Isaac Lea presented nine fossil
pi ant 8, and Dr. Lawrence one coal plant from Arkansas.

Jlinerals. — Among the most interesting of the minerals

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 387

given to the Academy, is a collection of fifty-six specimens of
Ozocerite and the associated rock strata, from Boryslaw, Carpa-
thian Mountains, Galicia, presented hy Paul Dobel through Dr.
F. Migerka, Austrian Commissioner.

A crystal of Barytes, sixty pounds weight, from Dufton, Cum-
berland, England, was presented by Wm. S. Yaux. The follow-
ing were also presented by the same gentleman: a large crystal
of Apatite, from Burgess, Canada; Anglesite, Phoenixville, Pa.;
Brown Tourmaline, Governeur, N. Y.; Apophyllite with Anal-
cime; and Datholite, from Bergen Hill, N. J.

Dr. Isaac Lea presented the following: one hundred specimens of
rocks from Scotland ; thirty-seven do. from a coal shaft, England ;
fort}' do. from the route from Cruces on Chagres R. to Panama;
eight additional rock specimens; thirty-five coprolites and septa-
ria from near Edinburgh ; a mass of mesozoic conglomerate, Ply-
mouth, Montgomery Co., Pa.; Clinochlore in Chlorite, from
Chester Co., Pa.; Magnetite, from Tilly Foster Mine, N. Y.; and
a specimen of silicified wood. Dr. Lea also deposited an iron
meteorite, weight two hundred and fifty-four pounds, from the
mountains of East Tennessee.

Mr. Joseph Willcox presented collections consisting of two
Rutiles, Georgia; two Apatites, Canada; Sulphur, Nevada; four
Houghite, Strontianite, all St. Lawrence Co., N. Y.; Emerylite,
Cyanite, N. Carolina; Pyrophyllite, S. Carolina; Tremolite, Conn.;
Hornblende, N. J. ; Tourmaline, three Anthophyllite, Del. Co.;
two Actinolite, Fibrolite, Deweylite, Chester Co. ; Mesolite, Nova
Scotia; Zoisite, Ducktown, Tenn. ; Py rite, Columbia Co.; Tachy-
lite, Nova Scotia; and Pyrophyllite, N. Carolina.

A fine specimen of Fire Opal, from Zimapan, Mexico, was pre-
sented by Prof. Mariano Barcena.

A collection of minerals from Arkansas, consisting of Quartz
and its varieties, Arkansite, Rutile, Schorlamite, Garnet, Mag-
netite, etc., was presented by Dr. Geo. W. Lawrence.

Fifty-nine rocks and minerals of Brazil, presented by Dr. J. M.
da Silva Coutinho, Secretary of the Brazilian Commission.

A collection consisting of Sussexite, Jeffersonite, Rcepperite,
and Calamine, from Franklin, Sussex Co., N. J.; Unakite, North
Carolina; Copper, Lake Superior; Dendrites in shale; and
eight Hematites and Limonites, Michigan, presented by John M.
Hartman.

388 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1876.

Two Satin-spars, England ; Gypsum, Michigan ; a collection of
rocks, mostly fragments of boulders , eleven other rocks; two
calc-tufas, and five fragments of glacial polished rocks, from
Niagara, presented by Thomas Burnett.

Of other minerals, there were presented the following: —

Manganite, Ihlfeld, Ilartz ; Aragonite, Herrngrund. Hungary;
two Arkansites,and a Untile, Magnet Cove, Ark., presented by C.
S. Bement. Vivianite, from Yincenttown, N. J., by Col. T. M.
Bryan. Diaspore, from near Unionville, Chester Co., by T. F.
Seal. Cassiterite, Durango, Mexico, by S. C. Bruce. Peat, Ire-
land, by Mary Mulholland. Two phosphatic nodules, Ashley R.,
S. C, by Geo. T. Lewis. Mullicite, Mullica Hill, X. J., by T. D.
Rand. Native Mercury, Cab, by Dr. T. H. Streets. Strontianite,
Mifflin Co., Pa., by H. C. Lewis. Serpentine, Harford Co., Mil.,
by Win. Struthers. Four topazes, Bass' Straits, b}- Miss Hull.
Copper, Lake Superior, by B. A. Hoopes. Eleven iron ores, Ala-
bama, by Dr. Wra, Gesner. Sixteen iron ores, Bohemia, by W.
Nedwied & Son, through Dr. F. Migerka. Magnetic iron, Costa
Rica, by W. M. Gabb. Three Graphites, Canada, by the Plum-
bago Co., Ottawa, Canada. Stibnite, Blende, Galena, Chalcopy-
rite, etc., Arkansas, by W. E. Powell. Gypsum and Kaolin. Ark.,
by Thomas Essex. Sphene and casts of crystals, Chester Co.,
Pa., by W. II. Forwood, M.D. Two Calcites, Montana, by Y. E.
Cline and P. Barhite. Celestine, Blair Co., Pa., by Rev. H. C.
McCook. Four auriferous Quartzes, Chalcopyrite and Garnet, Si-
beria, by Dr. S. H. Linn. Halloysite, Indiana, by Mr. Dougherty.
Halloysite, X. Y., by E. Goldsmith. Fichtelite, Bavaria; and
four rocks from Lehigh and Delaware Co., by Dr. Lcidy. Seven
minerals, Australia, by J. M. Emanuel. Rose chalcedom}-, Cali-
fornia, by W. H. Dougherty.

There were also purchased : Hornblende, from Edwards, X. Y.,
Ileulandite, Iceland ; Garnet, Chester Co., and a fine crystal of
Amazon stone, Pikes' Peak, Colorado.

Ethnological and Miscellaneous. — A collection of American In-
dian stone relics, from Arkansas, was presented by Dr. G. W.
Lawrence.

A collection often pieces of pottery, etc., from Nicaragua, was
presented by Dr. J. n. Bransford, U. S. X.

Twelve pieces of pottery, from Peru, and three pieces of tapa
cloth from Hawaii, etc., presented by Dr. W. S. W. Ruschenberger.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 389

111 addition, the following were presented: —

A fossil tooth of Garcharodon magalodon, artificially shaped
into an Indian implement, taken with stone relics, etc., from a
shell heap at Cedar Keys, Florida, by 11. M. Smith. Rope, mat,
and paper, from the Samoan Island; native sword, fans, etc., from
Fiji Isle, and opium pipe, from China, by J. M. Emanuel ; several
arrowheads and chips, from shores of Delaware; an arrowhead
from Tennessee, and a pestle from New Jersey, by Dr. I. Lea. An
Eskimo ice-pick, by Prof. S. S. Haldeman ; stone hatchet and ar-
rowhead, Glassboro, N. J., by Charles Berry ; an arrowhead from
Ohio, by T. C. Heighway; and a peculiar stone relic, by Mr.
Trimble.

Dr. R. M. Bertolet deposited a collection consisting of one hun-
dred and eighty-two arrowheads, two axes, one chisel, etc., besides
forty-six specimens consisting of axes, pestles, pottery, carved
pipe bowl, etc.

Respectfully submitted by

Joseph Lejdy,
Chairman of Curators.

REPORT OF RECORDER OF BIOLOGICAL AND
MICROSCOPICAL SECTION.

The extraordinary demands upon the time, attention, and
resources of Philadelphia physicians, throughout the centennial
year, consequent upon the meeting in this city of the Interna-
tional Medical Congress, the American Medical Association, and
the Pennsylvania State Medical Society, have seriously interfered
with the prosecution of scientific research among our members
during the past twelvemonth. On the other hand, however, by
way of compensation, the presence of representative scientists
from all parts of the world in attendance upon these conventions
and on the Centennial Exhibition itself, lias not only rendered the
discussions at our meetings of the section more interesting and
instructive, but has enabled us to give on the 16th of October last,
bjr far the most successful microscopical exhibition and conversa-
zione that has ever been organized in this city.

As remarked by the editor of a well-known Journal of Micro-
scop3r in concluding his account of the exhibition : "Altogether
the meeting was a most pleasant and instructive one. It brought

390 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

together face to face a large number of men who had known
each other by reputation for years, but who had not previously
met, and it afforded such an opportunity for comparing the diffe-
rent forms of microscopes as does not often occur."

During the year communications have been presented by Dr. J.
Gibbons Hunt, "On the Potato Fungus," "On the Study of
Embryonal Tissue," "On Aleurone," "On The Lasso Cells of
Physalis Caravella;" hy Dr. J. H. McQuillen, "On Sporendonema
inusca;" by Dr. Carl Seiler, "On an Economical Heliostat," " On
a New Cement for Glycerin Mountings," " On a Novel Method of
Silver Staining with the Iodine and Bromine Compounds;" by
Prof. T. G. Wormley, of Columbus, Ohio, " On Improved Double
Slides of Red Blood Corpuscles ;" by Dr. H. Allen, " In regard to
Microscopic Changes in Mucous Membranes after Topical Medi-
cation ;" by Mr. J. Zentmaj-er, " On the Improved Large American
Microscope;" by Mr. W. H. Walmsly, " On the Double Staining
of Vegetable Tissue;" by Mr. D. S. Holman, " On a New- Form
of Life Slide ;" and by Dr. J. G. Richardson, " On the Amphiuma
(or Muranopsis) tridactylum.'n

All of which is respectfully submitted,

Jos. G. Richardson,

Recorder.

REPORT OF THE RECORDER OF CONCHOLOGICAL

SECTION.

The Recorder of the Conchological Section respectfully reports
that the malacological papers accepted by the Academy, and pub-
lished in its Proceedings during 1876, aggregate 26 pages, as
follows : —

Wm. G. Binncy, 10 pages. C. A. White, 7 pages.

Wm. H. Dall, 4 " T. A. Conrad, 2 "

R. E. C. Stearns, 2 » W G. Mazyck, 1 "

A valuable paper entitled "Description of a Collection of Fossils
made by Dr. Raimondi in Peru," by Win. M. Gabb, and fully
illustrated, is also in course of publication in the Journal of the
Academy.

For a list of donations to the library, see report of the Libra-
rian of the Academy.

The principal donation to the museum was the fine collection of

187G.J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 391

the late John S. Phillips by bequest. Of this valuable acquisition,
2584 specimens have been labelled and mounted in 938 trays.
Few of these are specific novelties, but they add either to the
varieties or the geographical suites. It is estimated that an equal
number may be added from portions of this cabinet not 37et ex-
amined. The aggregate of specimens labelled and mounted
during the year is 2913 specimens in 1104 tra}rs.

At its November meeting the Section appropriated $235.00 for
fitting glass sashes in the drawers beneath the shell cases. "When
this work is completed, the collection will occupy a total space of
47G5 square feet, or more than two and a half times as much as
that occupied in the old building.

The officers of the Section for 1877 are —

Director W. S. W. Ruschenberger.

Vice-Director . . . William M. Gabb.

Recorder . . . . S. Raymond Roberts.

Secretary . . . . E. R. Beadle.

Treasurer . . . William L. Mactier.

Librarian. . . . Edward J. Nolan.

Conservator . . . Geo. W. Tryon, Jr.

The following is a list of donations to the Conchological Cabi-
net, taken from the Report of the Conservator of the Section: —

Avicula, from the South Sea Islands. Presented by Dr. W. H.
Jones, U. S. N.

Physa gyrina, Say. From Watkins Glen, N. Y. Presented by
John H. Cooper.

Eleven species of Unio, Anodonta, Etheria, Tridina, and Mono-
condylcea. From Cambodia, the Nile, and New Caledonia. Pre-
sented by S. S. Haldeman.

Helix Van Nostrandi, Augusta, Georgia, and six species of
Bulimus and Gylindrella. Presented by Thos. Bland.

Group of Eggs of Ampullaria depressa, Say. From Florida.
Presented by Joseph Willcox.

The collection of shells of the late John S. Phillips, comprising
about 2500 species, together with the cases containing the same.
Bequeathed by him.

Oyster shell with eggs attached. Presented by C. M. Hyatt.

Twenty-seven specimens of Helix rareguttata, Mouss. Java.

392 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

Four specimens of Helix puella, Brod. ; five II. pulcherrima,
Sowb. ; and six II. argillacea, Fer., Timor, Philippines. Presented
by Mr. Gregory.

Fii'tv species of European shells, and thirty-eight types of
Miihlfeldt's Genera of Mollusca. From Dr. I. Lea.

Helix asnigma, Dohrn. From New Granada. Presented by
Thos. Bland.

Six species of shells. From Samoan Islands. Presented by
J. M. Emanuel.

Two specimens of Viviparalineata, Yal. ; Pupa contr acta, Say ;
P. armigera. Say ; and Conulus chersina,8ay. From Davenport,
Iowa. Presented by D. S. Sheldon.

Several specimens of Cyprsea moneta. From Rutgers College
in exchange.

Eggs of Luligo punctata, DeKay ; specimens of nidus of Natica;
Ilyanassa obsoleta, Say ; Natica duplicata, Say; My a arena r ia,
Lin.; Mactra solidissima, Ch., and seven other species. From
Atlantic City, N. J. Presented by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr.

Eight specimens of Hemimaclra solidissima, Chemn. From
Atlantic City, N. J. Presented by Geo. W. Ti^on, Jr.

Ten specimens of Helix terreatris, Ch. From Charleston, S.
C. Presented by G. Mazyck.

Three specimens of Microph.ysa Ingersolli, Bland, Animas
Valley, So. Colorado. Two Pupilla alticola, Ingersoll, Howards-
ville, Colorado. Presented by Ernest Ingersoll.

Two specimens Dsedalochila avara, Say. From St. John's
River, Fla. Two Liostracus Dorrnani,\\ . G. Binney, from Florida.
Two Helix Cumberlandiand, Lea. From University Place, Frank-
lin Co., Tenn. Presented by Chas. Due}'.

Fifteen species of Marine Shells, from Santo Domingo and Turks
Island, W. I. Presented by Win. M. Gabb.

Respectfully submitted,

S. R. Roberts, Recorder.

REPORT OF THE CONSERVATOR OF ENTOMOLO-
GICAL SECTION.

In presenting this, the first annual Report of the Entomological
Section of your Academy, the conservator of the same feels that
it is difficult to render full justice to the Section at this time. The

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 393

Section as yet is in its childhood, and some time will be required
to fully develop its vigor.

The American Entomological Society constitutes in its relation
to the Academy of Natural Sciences the Entomological Section of
the latter. Though working under different titles, they are essen-
tially one and the same.

Under the terms mutually agreed upon by the two societies, the
American Entomological Society held its first meeting in the build-
ing of the Academy on Feb. 14, 1876. After that meeting, the
members of the Entomological Society took such action as was
deemed necessary, culminating in a meeting held May 12, at which
the Entomological Section of the Academy of Natural Sciences
was fully organized, and entered upon the transaction of business
as such. The American Entomological Society thereupon passed
resolutions, directing that only two meetings should be held by it
each year, said meetings to be held in June and December, for the
transaction of business strictly belonging to it, and that all other
stated meetings were to be those of the Section.

Under the above rule the Section has held thus far seven meet-
ings, with an average attendance of seven members.

The meetings of the Section are held on the second Friday of
each month.

During the past seven months, nine entomological papers have
been presented for publication in the Transactions of the Society ;
seven of which have been reported upon affirmatively, and two
are yet in the hands of committees.

Two members of the Academy have been elected members of
the Section in addition to those originally constituting the same.

The conservator would report that the specimens in the collec-
tion of the Section are in good condition. He is not prepared to
state at this time the actual number of specimens in the collection,
the large number of undetermined specimens making it impossible
for him to do so.

At a meeting of the American Entomological Society, held
December 11th inst., the following was presented: —

"Resolved, That the sum of one hundred dollars from the funds

of the Society be donated to the general fund of the Academ}' of

Natural Sciences," which resolution passed by a unanimous vote.

In accordance with the above resolution, an order on the treasurer

394 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1870.

of the American Entomological Society for $100 is herewith pre-
sented to the Academy.

The following have been elected to fill the several offices of the
Section for the year 1817: —

Director John L. LeConte, M.D.

Vice-Director .
Secretary
Recorder
Treasurer
Conservator .
Publication Committee

. Geo. H. Horn, M.D.

. C. A. Blake.

. J. IL Ridings.

. E. T. Cresson.

. James Ridings.

. E. T. Cresson,

J. L. LeConte, M.D.,
Chas. A. Blake,
Geo. H. Horn, M.D.,
Chas. Wilt.
James Ridings, Conservator.

REPORT OF THE CONSERVATOR OF THE BOTANICAL

SECTION.

The Conservator presents this first report since the organiza-
tion of the Botanical Section, upon the condition of, the additions
to, and the needs of the Academv's Herbarium. The Section has
been so recently established, that such a report may be expected
to be but imperfect, and to be regarded rather as preliminary
than otherwise. But as much work has been done during the
year by the Committee on Botany, appointed under the old b}T-
laws of the Academy, aided by the volunteer efforts of other
members, who will, it is hoped, continue to co-operate with the
Section, it will be proper to embrace a retrospect of what has
been done during the whole year.

And first, the Conservator would congratulate the members of
the Section and of the Academy, as well as the scientific public,
that the botanical treasures of the Academy have been exhumed
from the dusty and dingy den in which thc}r were entombed in the
former building, and that they are now made really accessible to
students. The removal was accomplished at the beginning of the
year. Before attempting to re-arrange the collection, the leading
Herbaria of the country were visited, and the details of their

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 395

arrangements examined. For very valuable suggestions in this
regard we are indebted to Prof. Gray, of Cambridge; and also to
Prof. Eaton, of New Haven ; and to P. V. Leroy, the Curator of
the Torrey Herbarium, at Columbia College, New York. Our
own Curators, availing themselves of these and other suggestions,
have spared no pains or expense in fitting up for our department
a series of shelves and cases which fully meet our present wants,
and which are in every way suitable to the careful preservation of
the plants, and for facilit3r of comparison and study. It is due to
Mr. Tryon to say that, fully appreciating our needs in this respect,
he entered heartily into the plans, and, as Curator, gave them his
careful supervision.

These cases were completed about the 1st of May, and the labor
of transferring the plants from the old unwieldy portfolios to the
new shelves was carried on and completed during the summer
mainly by the aid of Messrs. Meehan, Burke, and Parker. Among
the packages removed from the old building were enormous piles
of duplicate specimens which had been accumulating for 3'ears,
some of which had lain buried, suffering from the ravages of in-
sects, and few of which had been carefully examined. These, by
the labors of Messrs. Burke, Meehan, Schimmel, Leffman, and
others, have been examined, the ruined plants thrown out, and the
remainder brought into some kind of partial arrangement, which,
when completed, will enable us to select from these stores such
specimens as may be desirable for the Herbarium, and to render
the remainder useful for purposes of exchanges. This labor our
Committee on Duplicates will doubtless continue and complete.

The Committee on the Herbarium, at its last meeting, decided
on the general arrangement of the collection on a plan similar to
that adopted at the Kew Gardens, and at Dr. Gray's Herbarium
at Cambridge. The Conservator is now preparing the necessary
tablets for displaying the names of the Natural Orders, and the
lists of the Genera in each order. When this work is completed,
the ease of consulting the Herbarium will be vastly increased,
and any one of the 9000 known genera may be turned to, as
readily as to a word in the dictionary.

During the past year the following donations have been re-
ceived for the Academy's Herbarium : —

185 lots of cones of Conifers, and acorns of Oaks. Presented
by Josiah Hoopes.

39C PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [1S76.

31 species of Plants, collected near Peking, China, b}' Rev. S.
Wells Williams, 1868-9. Presented by John H. Redfield.

171 species of Plants, from Norwegian Mountains, collected by
Prof. Willhelm Bork. Presented by Dr. H. C. Wood.

Leaves of Argyroxiphium Sandivicence, from the volcanoes of
Kileau, Hawaii, Sandwich Islands. Presented by J. A. Ryder.

Branch of Pinas pungens, bearing cones. Presented by Dr.
Isaac Lea.

Specimen of Gaylussacia brachycera, Gray, from Millsborough,
Sussex County, Delaware. Collected and presented b}r W. M.
Canby.

Specimen of Rice Grass, Paspalum, from prairies, Sedgwick
County, Kansas. Presented by Atchinson, Topeka, and Sante
Fe Railroad Company.

Sample Alfalfa, raised by W. H. Egan, Sedgwick County,
Kansas. Presented by Atchinson, Topeka, and Sante Fe Rail-
road Company.

Specimen of Habenaria rotnndifolia, from N. Vermont, a new
localit}r. Presented by Dr. A. Gray.

Several specimens of Salix longifolia, with abnormally devel-
oped buds, produced by the sting of an insect. From the banks
of the Pecos River, Texas. Presented b}^ Lieut. A. C. Markley.

Specimen of Onoclea sensibilis,h., Var. obtusifolia, Torr., from
near Germantown. Presented by Isaac C. Martindale.

Bark from which Tapa cloth is made. From Samoan or
Navigators' Islands. Presented by Dr. Ruschcnberger.

Specimens of Leonurxis glaucus, collected near the mouth of
Wissahickon Creek. Presented by I. C. Martindale.

Hydnum- ? Presented by Mr. Whelen.

Cone of Pinus coulter 7, Oupressus% n. sp., and Pinussabriniana.
From California. Presented by Mr. Begg.

A collection of Woods, Coffee, Cotton, Fibres, Bark, Seeds,
Resins, India-rubbers, Leaf Tobacco, Sarsaparilla, Cone of Auro-
caria, etc. From Brazil. Presented by Dr. Jose de Saldanha da
Gama, of the Brazilian Commission.

Cypress Knee, from Arkansas. Presented hy Dr. Lawrence.

Specimens of Cotton, Millet, etc., from Arkansas. Presented by
Dr. Geo. W. Lawrence.

Four species of Ferns: Asplenium pinnatifidum, A. tricho-
manes, A. montanum, and Trichomanes radicans. Collected at

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 397

Rock Castle Springs, Kentucky. Presented by Miss G. II. Rule,
through J. C. Martindale.

Cone of Pinus Torreyana, Parry, from Southern San Diego
County, California (Pallner Collection, No. 3G8). Presented by
John H. Redfield.

As regards the future needs of our Herbarium, both as to ar-
rangement and as to perfecting the collection, the Conservator
has but too recently entered upon his duties to speak fully. It
is sufficient now to say that there is already apparent the need of
an enormous amount of labor, both scientific and mechanical, and
of considerable expenditure, to make our collection what it
ought to be. The completion of the Order tablets, and the ar-
ranging of the plants in the new genus covers, will absorb much
labor, but will require little expenditure beyond what has already
been incurred. But we must look forward to the day when the
whole of our large collection shall be properly mounted upon
paper, as the only way to preserve the specimens from injury in
handling, and from a still greater danger, that of confusion arising
from misplacing of labels. There is great reason to believe that
we have suffered very greatly from such misplacement in times
past, and that many type specimens of Nuttail and others have
become subjected to doubt, and thus deprived of value. But
before this consummation can be properly reached, there is a vast
amount of careful, conscientious, and critical scientific work to be
done, especially in the general Herbarium, in the re-elaboration
of the determinations, culling out of rubbish, and replacement of
inferior specimens by better, and in cataloguing with reference to
the supply of our deficiencies.

In all these departments there is plentiful room for the labor of
all the young botanists of the Academy, and for all the knowledge
of the older ones.

John H. Redfield,

Conservator.

The election of Officers for 1877 was held in accordance with
the by-laws with the following result: —

President . . . W. S. W. Ruschenberger, M.D.

Vice-Presidents . . Win. S. Vaux,

J. L. LeConte, M.D.

398 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1876.

Recording Secretary . Edw. J. Nolan, M.D.

Corresponding Secretary Geo. H. Horn, M.D.

Treasurer . . . "Win. C. Henszey.

Librarian . . . Edw. J. Nolan, M.D.

Curators . . . Jos. Leid}', M.D.,

Win. S. Yanx,
Chas. F. Parker,
H. C. Chapman, M.D.

Councillors to serve three J. S. Haines,
years Geo. Yaux,

Win. H. Dougherty,
Aubrey H. Smith.

Councillors to serve an an- Jos. Wharton,
expired term of two years Chas. P. Perot.

Finance Committee . . Wm. S. Yaux,

Aubrey H. Smith,
Edw. S. Whelen.

ELECTIONS DURING 1876.

MEMBERS.

January 25. — Rev. W. Q. Scott, Dr. Henry M. Fisher, Dr.
Alfred Whelen, Dr. W. F. Waugh, U. S. N., Edwin H. Fitler,
Charles L. Sharpless, Charles H. Rogers, Dr. Wm. R. Cruice.

March 7. — Wm. Harris Kneass, James 11. Windrim, Crozer
Griffith, Jesse W. Starr, Wm. L. Abbott, Robert Wood, Thomas
S. Root, Howard Spencer, James Ridings, Jas. W. McAllister,
Charles Wilt, Wm. S. Pine, John Meichel, Charles A. Blake,
James H. Ridings, Geo. B. Dixon, Geo. Biddle, Horace F. Jayne,
J. Sergeant Price.

March 28 John Akhurst, Theo. L. Mead, Stuart Wood, Dr.

John Eckfeldt, Edward Tat nail, Jr., Benj. H. Smith, James M.
Rhodes, John T. Lewis, Jr., John S. Martin, Henr}' Pemberton,
Charles W. Trotter, Charles Roberts, Edward K. Tryon, Edward
Potts, Pierre Munzinger, Dr. Washington Hopkins Baker, Rath-
mell Wilson.

1876.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 399

May 2. — William Nelson, Rev. Charles A. Dickey, Dr. Robert
Hess, George A. Piersol, John Wister, Oliver Bradin, Dr. Win. B.
Brewster, Dr. J. Henry C. Simes, Pliny E. Chase.

June 6. — Dr. Chas. E. Slocum, Edward Taylor, Maxwell Som-
merville, Henry M. Laing, William Wharton, Jr., C. H. Cramp,
Charles H. Rogers, A. R. Justice, Mrs. Gertrude A. Quimby,
J. S. Helfenstein, Thomas J. Audenreid, Edward P. Borden.

June 27. — John Russell, Isaac C. Martindale, Arthur Erwin
Brown, Dr. A. C. Lambdin, Geo. A. Wright, Harvey Fisher.

July 25. — E. 0. Thompson, Dr. Albert E. Foote.
September 26. — Dr. Isaac T. Coates.

October 31.— H. F. Whitman, Edwin A. Barber, Dr. W. H. For-
wood, U. S. A.

November 28. — Walter H. Ashmead, Louis F. Benson.

CORRESPONDENTS.

March. 7. — M. Alphonse Pinart, Paris ; Edward T. Stevens,
Salisbury, England.

March 28. — Baron Ferdinand von Mueller, of Melbourne, Aus-
tralia; Prof. Austin Flint, M.D., of New York.

June 6. — Prof. Wentzel G ruber, of St. Petersburg, Russia.

July 25. — Jose de Saldanha da Gama, of Rio Janeiro; Dom
Pedro II., Emperor of Brazil; Capt. Luiz de Saldanha da Gama,
of the Imperial Brazilian Na\y.

August 29. — Dr. S. H. Linn, of St. Petersburg, Russia; Prof.
Paul Groth, of Strassburg; Dr. James Hector, of New Zealand.

September 26. — Don Alvaro de la Gandara, of Madrid, Spain;
Col. Juan J. Marin, of Madrid, Spain; Signor Alessandro Castel-
lani, of Rome.

October 31 Col. W. L. Ludlow, Eng. Corps, IT. S. A.

November 28. — Dr. A. S. Packard, Salem, Massachusetts ; W.
H. Holmes, U. S. Geol. Surv. ; Prof. Laurenco Malheiro, of Lisbon,
Portugal.

400 CORRESPONDENCE.

CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ACADEMY.

1876.

January. — H. M. Hull, in reference to donations from the Tasmania!!
Commission.

Societa Toscana ell Scienza Naturali, Pisa, requesting exchanges and
transmitting publications.

American Association for the Advancement of Science ;

Astronomischen Gesellschaft, Leipzig;

Natural History Society of Northumberland, Durham, and Newcastle-
upon-Tyne; severally acknowledging receipt of publications.

Senckenbergische Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Frankfurt a. M.;

Royal Academy of Amsterdam ; severally acknowledging receipt of, and
transmitting publications.

Belfast Museum;

Observatory of Madrid ;

Naturforschende Gesellschaft zu Emden ;

L'Academie Royale des Sciences Suedoise de Stockholm ;

Geological Survey of India. Calcutta ;

Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien ;

Royal Meteorological Institute, Utrecht ;

Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft zu Chemnitz;

Aertzlichen Verein, Frankfurt;

University Catholique dc Louvain ; severally transmitting publications.

February. — Naturhistorisch.es Verein in Augsburg;

Senckenbergische Naturforschende Gesellschaft; severally acknowledging
receipt of, and transmitting publications.

Royal Society of Edinburgh, acknowledging receipt of publications.

Naturhistorisches Verein in Passau ;

New York State Library ;

Konigliche Norwegische Uuiversitat zu Christiania ; severally transmit-
ting publications.

Smithsonian Institution, thanking the Academy for the privilege of stor-
ing its plates.

University Observatory, Oxford, inviting contributions to the library.

Commission Geologique dc l'Empire du Bresil.

University of Norway, notice of the death of Dr. "Win. Boeck.

CORRESPONDENCE. 401

March. — SociSte Hollandaise des Sciences, a Harlem ;

Geological Survey of India, Calcutta ;

Gesellschaft Naturforschende Freunde ; severally transmitting publica-
tions.

Naturforschende Gesellschaft zu Freiberg, acknowledging receipt of pub-
lications.

Dr. Alfred Giinther, acknowledging receipt of diploma.

Jas. P. Holmes, Minneapolis, Min., recpiesting names of members collect-
ing plants with a view to exchange.

April. — Dr. A. Flint, Jr. ;

R T. Stevens, Esq., Salisbury, Eng. ; severally acknowledging election as
correspondents.

Gesellschaft zur Beforderung der gesammten Naturwissenschaften, Mar-
burg ; acknowledging receipt of, and transmitting publications.

A. J. Phillips, in reference to Mr. Jno. S. Phillips' bequest to the Academy.

Societe Imperiale des Naturalistes de Moscou, acknowledging receipt of
publications.

Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Danzig.

Naturwissenschaftliche Verein fiir das Fiirstenthum Liineburg.

Mannheimer Verein fiir Naturkunde ; severally transmitting publications.

May. — Archaeological Society of Ohio, inviting the Academy to partici-
pate in the International Convention of Archaeologists.

Smithsonian Institution ;

Buffalo Society of Natural History ;

Bergen Museum ; severally acknowledging receipt of publications.

Sammlung fiir Kunst und Wissenschaft, Dresden, transmitting publica-
tions through the German Embassy at Washington.

Musee Teyler; a Harlem;

K. k. zoologisch-botanische Gesellschaft Vienna; severally acknowledg-
ing receipt of, and transmitting publications.

F. W. Hutton, acknowledging receipt of exchanges for Moa skeleton from
Otago Museum.

Robt. J. Stevens, Clerk of the House of Representatives, in refereuce to
a memorial to Congress by the Academy.

A. Bohatta, Vienna, in reference to a proposed device in telegraphy.

Jesse W. Starr, acknowledging election as a member.

June. — Kaiserliche Mineralogische Gesellschaft zu St. Petersburg;

Konigliche Sachsische Gesellschaft, Leipzig; severally transmitting pub-
lications.

Canadian Institute;

New York Academy of Sciences ;

Yale College Library; severally acknowledging receipt of publications.

Baron F. von Mueller, Melbourne, Australia, acknowledging election as
correspondent.

402 CORRESPONDENCE.

Museum of Comparative Zoology, presenting a collection of fishes.
Lyceum of Natural History of New York, announcing change of name
to New York Academy of Sciences.

Chas. E. Slocnm. in reference to election as member.
J. T. Audenried, acknowledging election as a member.

July. — Joseph Menges, Frankfurt a. M., in reference to being sent on an
expedition.

Boston Society of Natural History, acknowledging receipt of publications.

A. E. Brown, acknowledging election as a member.

Chas. H. Stubbs, M.D., in reference to models of stones marking Mason
and Dixon's line.

August. — E. T. Stevens, Esq., presenting work on Stonehenge.

M. C. Cooke, in reference to publication of a paper in journal.

Zoological Society of Philadelphia, acknowledging the receipt of two green
snakes.

Akademie Royale de Lisbonne ;

University Library, Cambridge, Eng. ;

Belfast Natural History and Philosophical Society ;

Edinburgh Geological Society ; severally acknowledging receipt of publi-
cations.

Belfast Naturalists' Field Club ;

Yerein zur Yerbreitung Naturwissenschaftliche Kentniss in Wien ; seve-
rally transmitting publications.

September. — Leyden Astronomical Observatory ;

Academie Royale des Sciences des Lettres et des Beaux-Arts ;

French Minister of Public Works at the Exposition;

Naturforscheude Gesellschaft zu Emdeu ; severally transmitting publica-
tions.

Royal Geological Society of Ireland ;

K. Hof und Staatsbibliothek, Munich ;

Naturforscheude Gesellschaft zu Bamberg;

Statistical Society, London ; severally acknowledging receipt of publica-
tions.

Mexican Commission at the Exposition, in reference to publications.

Jno. Hitz, Consul-General, Switzerland, in reference to donations from
the Swiss Commission.

October. — La Societe des Sciences de Finlande ;
L* Academie Royale Suedoise des Sciences de Stockholm ;
Schweizerische Gesellschaft fur d. gasammtcn Naturwissenschaften, Bern ;
Socie^ Zoologii|iic de France;

Die Naturforscheude Gesellschaft in Berlin; severally transmitting publi-
cations.

Canadian Institute ;

CORRESPONDENCE. 403

Yale College Library;

Mus6e Teyler, a. Harlem; severally acknowledging receipt of publications.

Soci6t6 Nationale des Sciences Naturelles de Cherbourg, in regard to
exchanges.

Dr. Isaac Lea, giving duplicate copies of his works on conchology to the
Academy.

Dr. Isaac Lea, accompanying specimens.

Dr. Isaac Lea, in reference to depositing a meteorite, with analysis of the
same.

Prof. TVentzel Gruber ;

Prof. Alphonse Pinart ; severally acknowledging election as correspondents.

C. B. Dyer, in reference to the disposal of his collections.

November. — Societa Toscana di Scienza Naturali, Pisa, in regard to ex-
change of publications.

Prof. W. G. Farlow, Boston, asking for the loan of a specimen of ./Ecidium
pyratum.

Leeds Philosophical and Literary Society, stating inability to supply
deficiencies.

Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, transmitting photograph
of Professor Agassiz.

E. A. Barber, acknowledging election as a member.

A. A. Outerbridge, in behalf of Mr. Gilbert, of Demarara, in regard to
a collection of reptiles.

Dr. R. M. Bertolet, in reference to depositing a collection of stone imple-
ments.

December. — SenorCarvalho de Borges, Brazilian Minister, acknowledging
receipt of letter announcing the election of Dom Pedro II. as a corre-
spondent.

404 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.

ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY 1876.

Adams. A. Leith. On a Fossil Saurian Vertebra (Arctosaurus Osborni),
from the Arctic Regions. Dublin. 1875. The Author.

A damson's Histoire Naturelle du Senegal, 1757. J. S. Phillips.

Agardh. Jacobo Georgio. Species genera et ordinis Algarum. Vol. III.
Wilson Fund.

Agassiz, L., large Photograph of. Alex. Agassiz.

Aguas Potable de Mexico. Prof. Alfonso Herrera.

Altum, Dr. Bernhard. Forstzoologie. I., II., and HI. 1872-73. I. V.
AVilliamson Fund.

Annual Beport of the Librarian of Congress for the year 1875. The Author.

An Outline of Japanese Education, prepared for the Philadelphia Interna-
tional Exhibition 1876, by the Japanese Department of Education.
1876. The Japanese Commission.

Bailey, L. W. and Edw. Jack. The Woods and Minerals of New Bruns-
wick. J. Laidlow.

Bancroft, H. H. The Native Races of the Pacific States of North America.
Vol. V. New York, 1876. I. Y. Williamson Fund.

Barcena, Mariano. Noticia Geologica de una parte del Estado del Aquas-
calientes. Mexico, 1876. The Author.

Baxter, J. H. Statistics, Medical and Anthropological, of the Provost-
Marshal-General's Bureau. 2 Vols. AVashington, 1875. The Author.

Belleville, E. La Rage au Point de Yue Physiologique. The Author.

Bentham, Geo. et J. D. Hooker. Genera Plan tar am. Yol. II. Pars II.
Londini, 1876. I. V. AVilliamson Fund.

Bernardino de Souza, C. F. Para e Amazonas pelo encarregado dos Tra-
balhos ethnographicos. 3a Parte. The Brazilian Centennial Com-
mission.
Lembrancas e Curiosidades do Yalle do Amazonas. The Brizilian Cen-
tennial Commission.

Bernstein, Julius. The Five Senses of Man. New York, 1876. I. V.
Williamson Fund.

Berzelius, lithographic portrait of. Dr. J. Lindahl.

Bianconi, G. La Theorie Darwinienne et la Creation dite Independante.
Review. The Author.

Billings, E. Palaeozoic Fossils. Vol. I. and II. Part I. Geological Sur-
vey of Canada.

Binkerd, A. D. Mammoth Cave, Kentucky. Cincinnati, 1869. John A.
Ryder.

Binney'sTerrestrial Mollnsca. 3 vols. 4to. J. S. Phillips.

Binney, W. G. Notes on American Land Shells. Vol. II. Part IV. The
Author.

Blainville's Manuel de Malacologie. 2 vols. 1825. J. S. Phillips.

Blanchard, E. Les Insectes. Nos. 1-4. Paris, 1876. I. V. AVilliamson
Fund.

Blanford, W. T. Eastern Persia. Arol. I. The Geography and Narra-
tives by Majors St. John Lovett, and Euan Smith, and an Introduc-
tion by Major-General Sir Frederic John Goldsmid. Vol.11. Zo-
ology and Geology. By AV. T. Blandford. 1. \r. AVilliamson Fund.

ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 405

Bleeker, P. Atlas Ichthyolotrique des Tndes Orientales Neerlandaises.

Livr. 28, 29, and 30. Wilson Fund.
Blytt's Norges Flora. Christiania, 1801-74. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Bock, H. H. Kreiiter Bach. Strazburg. 1551. J. H. Kedfield.
Bois-Rcymond, Bmil du. Gesammeltc Abhandlangen zur allgemcincu Mus-

kel- und Nervenphysik. ler Band. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Bolton, H. Carrington. Index to the Literature of Manganese, 159G to

1874. The Author.

Borre, A. Preudhonrme de. La Possibility de la Naturalisation de la Lcp-

tinotarsa decemlineata. The Author.
Bosanquet, R. H. M. On a new form of Polariscope. The Author.
Botelho de Magalhses, B. C. Theoria das Quantidades Negativas. The

Brazilian Centennial Commission.
Botella y de Hornos, D. F. de. Descripcion Geologica-Minera de las Pro-

vincias de Murcia y Albacete. Madrid, 1860. The Geological Sur-
vey of Spain.
Boucard, Adolphe. Monographic List of the Coleoptera of the Genus Plu-

siotis of America. North of Panama.
Notes sur quelques TrochilidSs.
Notes sur les Trochilid£s du Mexique.
Catalogus Avium hucusque descriptorum. Londini, 1876. The

Author.
Bouvier, A. Afrique Occidentale. Catalogue Geographique des Oiseaux.

Paris, 1875. The Author.
Bowerbank, J. S. A Monograph of the British Spongiadse. Yols. L, II.,

and III. I. V". Williamson Fund.
Bradley, F. H. Geological Chart of the United States. The Author.
Brandegee, T. S. The Flora of Southwestern Colorado. The Author.
Brauns, Dr. D. Der mittlere Jura in nordwestlichen Deutschland. Cassel,

1869. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Brazil. The Empire of Brazil at the Universal Exhibition of 1876, in

Philadelphia. The Brazilian Commission.
Breve Noticia sobre a Provincia do Maranhao. The Brazilian Centennial

Commission.
Brewer, W. H., Senero Watson, and Asa Gray. Geol. Surv. Cal. Botany.

Vol. I. Polypetalae and Gamopetalaj. Cambridge, 1876. I. V.

Williamson Fund.
Brewster, Win. Some Additional Light on the so-called Sterna Portlan-

dica, Ridgway. The Author.
Briosi, Prof. Giovanni. Sulla Phytoptosi della Vita. Palermo, 1876. The

Author.
Bronn, II. G. Klassen und Ordnunaren des Thier-Reichs, 6er Band I. Abth.

1 Lief. II. Abth. 8, 9, 12, and 13 Lief. Y. Abth. 11 and 12 Lief. 7er

Band Y. Abtheil 9 and 10 Lief. Wilson Fund.
Brown, Robert. The Races of Mankind. Four vols, in two. I. Y. Wil-
liamson Fund.
Brlihl, C. B. Zootomie aller Thierklassen. Atlas, Lief. 4 and 5. Wien.

I. Y. Williamson Fund.
Brusina, Spiridione. Secoudo Saggio dalla Malacologia Adriatica.
Fossile Binnen-Mollusken aus Palmatien, Kroatien und Slavonien.
Contribuzione pella Fauna dei Molluschi Dalmati.
Contribution a la Malacologie de la Croatie. The Author.
Bruylants, Gustave. Recherches sur les Hydrocarbures. Catholic Univer-
sity of Louvain.
Biichner, Dr. L. A. Uber die Beziehungen der Chemie zur Rechtspflege,

1875. The Author.

406 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.

Buckle}-, S. B. Second' Annual Report of the Geological and Agricultural

Survey of Texas. The Author.
Buonanni, Recreatioue dell' Occhio, 1681. J. S. Phillips.
Bursian, Dr. Conrad. Uher den religiosen Charakter des griechischen Mr-

thos. 1875. The Author.
Button, F. T. List of the California Land and Marine Shells for exchange.

Oakland, Cal. The Author.
Canimhoa, L. Relatorio sobre Zootechnia. The Brazilian Centennial

Commission.
Capron, Horace. Reports and Official Letters to the Kaitakushi, by Horace

('apron and his Foreign Assistants. Tokei, 1875. K. Kuroda.
Carpenter, Horace F. A Catalogue of the Shell Bearing Mollusca of Rhode

Island. The Author.
Carpenter, A\rm. B. Introduction to the Study of the Foraminifera. By

Win. B. Carpenter, assisted by Win. K. Parker and T. Rupert Jones,

I. V. "Williamson Fund.
Castro, Don Alanuel Fernandez de. JEtobatis Poeyii. Madrid, 1873.

The Author.
Catalogue delle Conchiglie componenti la Collezione Pigacci. Parte prima

della Conchiglie vicenti. Roma, 1866. T. A. Conrad.
Catalogue of II. C. Roeters van Lennep's Collection of Shells, 1876. The

Publishers.
Catalogue of the West Virginia State Exhibit. W. Virginia Centenuial

Commission.
Catalogue of the Chinese Imperial Maritime Customs Collection. Chinese

Centennial Commission.
Catalogue of the Austrian Department, Philadelphia Centennial Exhibition

of 1876. The Commission.
Catalogue of recently added books, Library of Congress, 1873-75. The

Librarian.
Catlow's Conchologist Nomenclator. Interleaved. 1845. J. S. Phillips.
Census of the Town of Madras, 1871. Madras, 1873. The Indian Govern-
ment.
Centennial Exhibition, Philadelphia, 1876. Dominion of Canada, Province

of Ontario. Catalogue of Exhibits in Education Department, lb76.

J. Laidlaw.
Educational Institutions. Province of Ontario. J. Laidlaw.
Chemins de Per de la Province de St. Paul. Brezil, 1875. Brazilian Cen-
tennial Commission.
Clark, S. F. The Hydroids of the Pacific Coast of the United States,

south of Vancouver Island. The Author.
Clark, W. B. Mines and Mineral Statistics of New South Wales. N. S.

Wales Centennial Commission.
Cole, Jas. E. The Mechanical Construction of AVater. New York, 1876.

The Author.
Conrad's New Fresh Water Shells. John S. Phillips.
Conrad's Unionid;e. Vol. I. J. S. Phillips.
Conrad's American Marine Conchology, 1831. J. S. Phillips.
Conrad's Tertiary Fossils. J. S. Phillips.

Cooke, M. C. Mycographia seu Icones Fungorum. Part I. Wilson Fund.
Cope, Edw. D. Article on Osteology.

Descriptions of some vertebrate Remains from the Fort Union Beds of

Montana. The Author.
On the supposed Carnivora of the Eocene of the Rocky Mountains.

The Author.

ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 407

Cortazar, Daniel de. Memorias de la Comision del Mapa Geologico de E*.
pafia. Descripeion de la Provincia de Cuenca. Madrid, 1875. The

Author.
Description fisica, geol6gica y AgrolSgica de la Provincia de Cuenga.

The Geol. Survey of Spain.
Cotton Manufacture in the United States. J.S.Phillips.
Coutinho, J. M. da Silva. O Cacao na Exposicao universal de 1867. The

Brazilian Centennial Commission.
Cox, E. T. Seventh Annual Report of the Geological Survey of Indiana,

made during the year 1875. Indianapolis. 1876. G. M. Levette.
Cozzen's Geology of New York, 1843. J. S. Phillips.
Crepin, Francois. Materiaux pour servir a l'Histoire des Roses. Troisieme

Fasc. Gand, 1874-75. The Author.
Croft, Thomas. The Self-Propagating Nature of Centrifugal Force. Papeete,

1875. The Author.

Crosby, W. 0. Report on the Geological Map of Massachusetts. Boston,

1876. The Author.

Cuences Carbonil'er de Asturias. Geol. Surv. of Spain.

Curioser Botanicus, oder Soiulerbahres Krauterbuch. Dresden and Lipzig,

1745. Louis Codey through C. F. Parker.
Cuvier's Regne Animal. Twelve Numbers of Fishes and Mollusks. 3

Vols. Mollusks and 2 Vols. Zoophytes. J. S. Phillips.
Cuvier's Legons d'Anatomie Comparee. 2d Ed. 1837. J. S. Phillips.
Cyon, E. Methodik der Physiologischen Experimente und Vivisectionen.

1 Vol. and atlas. I. V. Williamson Fund.
DaCosta's Elements of Conchology. 1776. J. S. Phillips.
Dale, T. Nelson. A Study of the Rhaetic Strata of the Val di Ledro in the

Southern Tyrol. 1876. The Author.
Dana, Jas. D. Cephalization. PartV. The Author.
Davila's Catalogue._ Vol. I. J. S. Phillips.
Dawson, Geo. M. Keport on the Geology and Resources of the Region in

the vicinity of the 49th Parallel. Montreal, 1875. Geol. Surv. of

Canada.
Dawson, J. W. The Fossil Plants of the Devonian and Upper Silurian

Formations of Canada. 1871. Geol. Survey of Canada.
Report on the Fossil Plants of the Lower Carboniferous and Millstone

Grit Formations of Canada.
Figures and Descriptions of Canadian Organic Remains. Decades 2 to

4. Geol. Survey of Canada.
Descriptive Notices of the Models, Maps, and Drawings collected under the

Auspices of the Ministry of Public Works. M. Lavoinne.
Descriptive Catalogue of a collection of the Economic Minerals of Canada.

J. Laidlow.
Detailed Census Returns of the Bombay Presidency. Part III. Bombay,

1874. Indian Government.
Die Industrie des Konigreichs AVurtemberg. Prag, 1873. The Author.
Dillwyn's Catalogue of Shells. Vols. 1 and 2. J.'S. Phillips.
Douayre, D. Felipe Martin. Bosquejode una Description fisica y geologica

de la Provincia de Zaragoza. The Geological Survey of Spain.
Douglass, J. W. and Jolin Scott. The British Hemiptera. Vol. 1. Hem-

iptera-Heteroptera. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Drechsler, A. Der Arabische Himmels— Globus. Katalog der Sammlung

des K. mathem-phys. Salons zu Dresden. Royal Museum at Dresden.

408 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.

Danker and Zittel. Drs. Palseontographica ; 21er Band, 7c and 8e Lief.;
22er Band, Te Lief.; 23er Band, 8e and 9e Lief'.; 24er Band, 2e
and 3e Lief, and General Register, les Heft. Cassel, 1870. Wil-
son Fund.

Ecole dea Ponts et Cbaussees. Cours Preparatoires ;
Klevcs Externes;

Catalogue des Livres compnsant la Bibliotheque ;
Catalogue des Modelles, Instruments, <icc. ;
Collection de Dessins ;
Programmes de l'enseignemcnt interieur. From M. Lavoinne.

Edwards. A. Mead. Tlie Microscope in Gynaecology. Newark, 1875.
The Author, through Biol, and Micr. Section.

Emerson, Geo. B. A Report on the Trees and .Shrubs growing naturally in
the Forests of Massachusetts. Vols. 1 and 2. Second Edition.
Boston, 1875. I. V. Williamson Fund.

Encyclopedia Methodique. Mollusca. Vols. 1 and 2. J.S.Phillips.

Encyclopedia Britannica. Vols. III. and IV. I. V. Williamson Fund.

Engelmann, Geo. Notes on Agave.

The Oaks of the United S.tates. The Author.

Erlenmeyer, Dr. E. Ueber den Einfluss des Freihern Justus von Liebig
auf die Entwicklung der reinen Ohemie. The Author.

Esper's Pflanzenthiere. 1791. J.S.Phillips.

Faber, Carl. Der Bau der Iris. Leipzig, 1876. I. V. Williamson Fund.

Falkeuberg, Dr. P. Vergleichende Untersuchungen liber den Bau der
Vegetationsorgane der Monocotyledonen. Stuttgart, 1876. I. V.
Williamson Fund.

Featherstonhaugh, G. W. Geological Report of an examination made in
1834 of the elevated Country between the Missouri and Red Rivers.
8vo. Washington, 1835. I. V. Williamson Fund.

Ferussac's Histoire Naturelle des Mollusques. 5 Vols. Folio. J. S.
Phillips.

Fialho, Anfriso. Don Pedro II. Empereur du Br6sil. Notice Biograph-
ique. Bruxelles, 1876. The Brazilian Centennial Commission.

Figuier, Louis. The Human Race. New York, 1872. Geo. W. Tyron, Jr.

Fischer, M.,et H. Crosse. Mission Scientifique au Mexiqne et dans I'Ame-
rique Centrale. RecherchesZoologique, 7me Partie. Etudes sur les
Mollusques terrestres et fluviatiles. Paris, 1875. The Authors.

Fitzinger, L. J. Der llund and seine Raoen. le, 2e, aud 3e Lief. Tubin-
gen, 1876. I. V. Williamson Fund.

Fleming's History of British Animals. 1842. J. S. Phillips.

Foote, A. E. The Naturalist's Agency Catalogue. Part First. Minerals.
The Author.

Freiesleben, J. C. Geognostischer Beytrag. 4 Volumes in Three. Frey-
berg, 1807. I. V. Williamson Fund.

Fries. E. Icones Selects Hymenomycetum Hangariae. II. and III. Hun-
garian Academy of Sciences.

Fromentel, E. Etudes sur les Microzoaires. 3me Fasc Paris. I. V.
Williamson Fund.

Galvani, L. Collezione delle Opere. 2 Vols. 4to. From Acad, of Sciences
of the Inst, of Bologna.

Gastinet, Mr. Memoria sobre a cultura do Cafezeiro no Yemen. The Bra-
zilian Centennial Commission.

Geinitz, H. B. Die Urnenfelder von Strehlen and Grossenhain. Royal
Museum at Dresden.

Geinitz and Marck, Drs. Zur Geologie von Sumatra. Royal Museum at
Dresden.

ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 409

Geol. Surv. of Canada. Report of Progress 1866 to 1875. 6 vols.
Gentry, T. G. Life-Histoiries of the Birds of Eastern Pennsylvania. Vol.

I. Phila. 1876. The Author.
Gervais, Paul. Zoologie et Paleontologie Generates. 2me Serie. Livr's

14/15 and 16. Paris, 1876. Wilson Fund.
Giebel, C. G. Thesaurus Oruithologia;. 5er llalbband. Leipzig, 1876.

1. V. Williamson Fund.

Gill, Theo. Arrangements of the Families of Mammals, Fishes, and Mol-
lusks. 3 copies of each. Smithsonian Institution.

Gillmore, Parker. Prairie and Forest : a description of the Game of North
America. London, 1874. I. V. Williamson Fund.

Giudice, F. del. Dell Instituzione de Pompieri.

Universalita dei Mezzi di Previdenza, difesa e salvezza per la Calamita
degl' Incendi. Academy of Bologna.

Goode, G. Brown. Classification of the Collection to illustrate the Animal
Resources of the United States. Washington, 1876. The Author.

Gould's Report on the Invertebrata of Massachusetts. J. S. Phillips.

Gould, John. A Monograph of the Trogoimhe. Parts III. and IV. Lon-
don, 1875. Wilson Fund.
The Birds of Asia. Parts 26 and 27. London, 1875. Wilson Fund.
The Birds of New Guinea and the adjacent Papuan Islands, including
any new species that may be discovered in Australia. Parts 1 and

2. London, 1875-76. Wilson Fund.

Gray's Conchology of the Voyage of the Blossom. J. S. Phillips.
Greenhow's Oregon and California. 2d Ed. 1845. J. S. Phillips.
Grote, A. R. Check List of the Noctuidas of America, North of Mexico.
I. Bombyciae and Noctuelitse (Nonfasciatre). Buffalo, 1875. The
Author.
Gruber, Dr. Wenzel. Monographie liber das Corpusculum triticeum. St.

Petersburg, 1876. The Author.
Gumaelius, Otto. Om Malmgrens Ahlersfoljd och deras Anv'andande siisom

ledlager. Geol. Surv. of Sweden.
Gunther, Albert. Description of the Living and Extinct Races of Gigantic
Land Tortoises. Parts I. and II.
Contribution to the Anatomy of Hatteria (Rhynchocephalus, Owen).
Description of Ceratodus. The Author.
Gurney, J. H. Rambles of a Naturalist in Egypt and other Countries.

London. Mrs. E. P. Gurney.
Guthrie's Universal Geography. London, 1795. J. S. Phillips.
Haeckel, Ernst. Die Perigenesis der Plastidule. Berlin, 1876. I. V.
Williamson Fund.
History of Creation. Vols. 1 and 2. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Ziele und Wege der heutigen Entwickelungsgeschichte. Jena, 1875.

I. V. Williamson Fund.
Arabische Korallen. Berlin, 1876. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Haldeman's Fresh Water Univalve Mollusca. 2 Vols. 1842. J. S.

Phillips.
Half Hours with Modern Scientists. Second Series. New Haven, 1873.

John A. Ryder.
Hall, Chas. E. On Glacial Deposits in West Philadelphia. The Author.
Hanley, Sylvanus and Win, Theobald. Conchologia Indica. Part 8. Lon-
don. Wilson Fund.
Hauley's Young Conchologist. 1840. J. S. Phillips.

Harcus, Win, South Australia : its history, resources, and productions.
London, 1876. Samuel Davenport.
Same. Lorin Davenport.
27

410 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.

Hartley, Walter Noel. Air in its relations to Life. I. V. Williamson

Fund.
Hartmann. Dr. Robt. Die Nigritier. ler Theil. Berlin, 1S76. 1. V.

Williamson P'und.
Haughton. Rev. Samuel. On the Tides of the Arctic Seas. The Author.
Hayden, F. V. Report of the United States Geological Survey of the

Territories. Vols. IX. and X. Department of Interior.
Another Copy or Vol. IX. F. V. Hayden.
Annual Report of the United States Geological and Geographical

Survey of the Territories for 1874-1876. Department of the Interior.
Hector, Jas. Geological Sketch. Map of New Zealand. The Author.
Heer, Oswald. Flora Fossilis Helvetia?, le Lief. Die Steinkohlenflora.

Zurich, 1876. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Hemsley, U. 13. Handbook of Hardy Trees, Shrubs, and Herbaceous Plants.

1873. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Hess. W. Bilder aus dein Aquarium. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Heude, R. P. Conchyliologie Fluviatile de la Province de Nanking.

Fasc. 1. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Hewitson, Win. C. Illustrations of Diurnal Lepidoptera. Parts IV. and

VI. Lycenidae. Wilson Fund.
Exotic Butterflies. Part 97, 98, and 99. London. Wilson Fund.
Hidalgo, J. G. Moluscos Marines de Espana, Portugal y las Baleares.

Catalogo iconografico y descriptivo de los Moluscos, Terrestres de

Espana, Portugal y las Baleares.
Moluscos del Viaje al Pacifico verificado de 1862 a 1865 por una

comision de Naturalistas enviada por el Gobierno Espahol. Parte

Ira.
Univalvos Terrestres. Madrid, 1869. The Author.
Higgins, Henry H. Synopsis of an arrangement of Invertebrate Animals

in the Free Public Museum of Liverpool, with Introduction. 1874.

The Author.
Higgins, Thos. Sponges: their Anatomy, Physiology, and Classification.

IT. 11. Higgins.
Hofmann. Karl B. Lehrbuch der Zoochemie. les Heft. Wien. l^Tii.

Wilson Fund.
Hooker, J. 1). The Flora of British India. Part IV. London. The

Author.
Hooker, Sir Wm. Jackson, and John G. Baker. Synopsis Filicum.

London, 1868. J. H. Redfield.
Houston, Edwin J. The Elements of Physical Geography, for the use of

Schools, Academies, and Colleges. Philadelphia, 1876. The Author.
Hoysradt, Lyman II. Catalogue of the Pluunogamous and A erogenous

Plants, growing- without cultivation within five miles of Pine Plains,

Duchess Co., N. Y. Torrey Botanical Club.
Hugo, M. le Comte Leopold. Extraits de deux lettres addressees a D. B.

Boncompagni. The Author.
Hugo^ Leopold. Astronomie geometrique. The Author.
Hummel, David. Sveriges Oeologiska undersokning Nos. 54, 55, 56. Om

Sveriges Lagrade nberg jemforda med Sydvestra Europas. With

Maps. Geol. Surv. of Sweden.
Hunt, T. Sterry. Chemical and Geological Essays. Boston, 1875. I. V.

Williamson Fund.
Ilutton, F. \Y, and G. H. F. Ulrich. Report on the Geology and Gold

Fields of Otago. Dunedin, 1875. The' Author.
Huxley, T. II. The Oceanic Hydrozoa. 1. V. Williamson Fund.

ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 411

Icones Fossilium Sectiles. Pp. 1-4, and Plates I.-XIX. Mr. Davis of the
British Museum.

Ingersoll, Ernest. Special Eeport on the Recent Mollusca of Colorado.
Department of Interior.

Jackson, W. H. Photographs of the Principal points of interest in Colo-
rado, Wyoming, Utah, Idaho, and Montana. From Negatives taken
in 1869, '70, '71, '72, '73, '74, '75. Folio. 1876. Dr. F. V. Hayden.

Jan, Prof. Iconographie generate des Ophidiens. 47me Livr. Wilson
Fund.

Jay's Catalogue of Shells. 3d ed. 1839. Same, 4th ed. 1850. J. S.
Phillips.

Jeffreys, J. Gwyn. On some new and remarkable North Atlantic Brachi-
opoda. Geo. W. Tryon, Jr.

Jenney, Walter P. The "Mineral Wealth. Climate, and Rain-fall, and
Natural Resources of the Black Hills of Dakota. Department of
Interior.

Johnson's New Universal Cyclopedia. Yols. II. and III. I. V. William-
son Fund.

Jolis, Auguste C. De la Redaction des Flores locales au point de vue de la
geographie botanique. The Author.

Jordan, David Starr. Manual of Vertebrata of the Northern United States.
Chicago, 1876. I. V. Williamson Fund.

Jos6 de Franca, Bacharel Joacpiin. Relatorio sobre a Pintura e Estatuaria.
The Brazilian Centennial Commission.

Kerr, W. C. Report of the Geological Survey of North Carolina. Vol. I.
1875. The Author.

Kidder, J. H. Contributions to the Natural History of Kergulen Island.
II. Washington, 1876. The Author.

Kiener's Species General ct Iconographie des Coquilles Vivantes. 8 vols.
J. S. Phillips.

King, Clarence, and J. D. Hague. U. S. Geol. Explor. of the 40th Parallel.
Mining Industry, by James D. Hague. With Geological Contri-
butions, by Clarence King. Washington, 1870. 1 vol. 4to. and folio
atlas. Eng. Dept. U. S. A.

Klein's Echinodermatum. Gedani, 1734. J. S. Phillips.

Knauer, F. K. Fang der Amphibien und Reptilien und deren Conservirung
fur Schulzwecke. Wien, 1875. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Beobachtungen an Reptilien und Amphibien in der Gefangenschaft.

Wien, 1875. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Amphibien und Reptilienzucht. Wien, 1875. I. V.Williamson Fund.

Kobelt, Dr. W. Rossmassler's Iconographie der Europaischen Land und
Susswasser-Mollusken. IV. Band, 2-4 Lief. Wilson Fund.

Koehler, August, Practical Botany. New York, 1876. The Author.

Kokscharow, Nikolai v. Materialien zur Mineralogie Russlands. Vol. A7 1,
pp. 345, to VII. 224. Atlas plates 83-87. I. V. AVilliamson Fund.

Kolliker, Albert. Entwickelungsgeschichte des Menschen und der Hoheren
Thiere. Zweite Auflage, le Hiilfte. Leipzig, 1876. I. V. William-
sou Fund.

Kramer, Franz. Phanerogamen Flora von Chemnitz und Uneregend. 1875.
The Author.

Kuster, H. C. Systematisches Conchylien Cabinet von Martini und Chem-
nitz, ler Band, Heft 81 ; 2er Band, Heft 20 ; 3er Band, Heft 37 ;
4er Band, Heft 18, 19, and 20 ; 9er Band, Heft 31 ; 248e, 249e,
250e, 251e, and 252e Lief. Nurnberg, 1876. Wilson Fund.

Lacordaire and Chapuis. Collection des Suites a Buffon. Insectes Col6op
teres. Tome XII. Planches, 13 Livr. Wilson Fund.

412 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.

Lamarck's Animaux sans Yertebres. 2me ed., tome 5rne, 8me, 1838. Same.
3me ed., tome 3me. 1844. J. S. Phillips.

Lamarck's Species of Shells. 1843. J. S. Phillips.

Lanza, Dr. Ft. Elementi di Mineralogia accompagnati da pratiche appli-
cazione economiche industriali per uso dei iunaisi e delle scuole
reali. 3d ed. Trieste. 1864. The Author.
Yiaggio in Inghilterra e nella Scozia. Trieste, 1860. The Author.
II progresso industrial e Agronomico del Secolo applicato ai bisogni
patri con illustrazioni intercalate nel testo per il Prof. Dr. F. Lanza
de Casalanza. Trieste. 1870. The Author.
Dell' Antico Palazzo di Diocleziana in Spalato. Trieste, 1865. The
Author.

Law, James. Principes de l'elevage des Animaux domcsticpies. The Au-
thor.

Lawrence, Geo. N. Descriptions of Five New Species of American Birds.
Description of a New Species of Jay of the Genus Cyanocitta ; also of

a supposed New Species of the Genus Cyanocorax.
Descriptions of four New Species of Birds from Costa Rica.
Descriptions of two New Species of Birds of the Families Tanagridoe
and Tyrannidae. The Author.

Lea, Isaac. A Catalogue of the published Works of Isaac Lea, LL.D.
Further Notes on Inclusions in Gems, etc. The Author.

Lea's Contributions to Geology. J. S. Phillips.

Naiades, etc., from Philosophical Transactions. 1 vol. 4to. J. S.
Phillips.

Leakin, Geo. A. The Periodic Law. 12mo. New York, 1868. The
Author.

Le Maout, Emm, and J. Decaisne. A General System of Botany. Trans-
lated and arranged by Mrs. Hooker and J. D. Hooker. London,
1876. I. V. Williamson Fund.

Les Voyages d'Etudes autour du Monde. Paris, 1876. The Author.

Lesley, J. P. Second Geological Survey of Pennsylvania, 1874, '75, '76.
Reports A, C, K. M, D. and I. The Commissioners.

Letourneau, Chas. Bibliotheque des Sciences Contemporaines. La Biologic.
Paris. 1876. I. V. Williamson Fund.

Liniueus. lithographic portrait of. Dr. J. Liudahl.

Little, Geo., 1st and 2d Reports of Progress of the Mineralogical, Geo-
logical, and Physical Survey of the State of Georgia, 1874-75. The
Author.

Lockyer, J. Norman, and W. Chandler Roberts. On the Quantitative Ana-
lysis of Certain Alloys by means of the Spectroscope. The Author.

Lommel. Dr. Eugene. The Nature of Light. New York, 1876. I. V.
Williamson Fund.

Lowe, Richard Thomas. A Manual of the Flora of Madeira. London,
1868. I. Y.Williamson Fund.

Lucas, M. Felix. Etude Bistorique et Statistif|iie sur les Yoies de Com-
munication de la France. Paris, 1873. M. Lavoinne.

Mackay, Angus. The Native Grasses. The Author.

Maestri, Don Amalio. Descripcion Geologica industrial de la Cuenca Car-
bonifera de San Juan de las Abadessas en la Provincia de Gerona.
Descripcion fisica y geologica de la Provincia de Santander. The Geo-
logical Survey of Spain.

Malezieux, M. Note sur les Elfeves externes de l'Ecole des Ponts et Chaus-
sees. M. Lavoinne.

ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 413

Marrat, F. P. On the Variations of Sculpture exhibited in the Genus

Nassa. George W. Try on, Jr.
Mastodon, four photographs of limbs and teeth of. C. W. "Williamson.
Materials for the Geology of Russia. Vols. 1-5. 1869-73. St. Petersburg.
Marsh, O. 0. Notice of a new Sub-Order of Pterosauria. Notice of a new
Odontornithes. The Author.
Principal Characters of the Dinocerata. Part I. The Author.
Principal Characters of the Brontotheridae. On some Characters of the
genus Coryphodon, Owen. The Author.
Maury, W. F., and Wm. M. Fontaine. Resources of West Virginia. W.

Virginia Centennial Commission.
McQuillen, J. H. Einfiuss von Temperatur-Wechsel und Feuchtigkeit
auf die Z'ahne.
Ueber die Parasiten in der Mundhohle und in den Z'ahnen.
Ein Beitrag zur Chirurgie. The Author.
Introductory Lecture to the Winter Course of the Philadelphia Dental

College, Session 1875-76. 1876. The Author.
Eroffnungs-Rede zum Winter-Semestre, 1875-76, am Philadelphia
Dental College. The Author.
Meehan, Thos. Are Insects any Material Aid to Plants in Fertilization ?

The Author.
Meinicke, Dr. Carl E. Die Inseln des Stillen Oceans. 2er Theil. Leipzig.

1876. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Menke's Synopsis Molluscorum. 1828. J. S. Phillips.
Metric System of Weights and Measures. The Authors.
Michigan. The State of Michigan.

Catalogue of the Products of Michigan.

Chart and Key of the Educational System of Michigan. Michigan
Centennial Commission.
Middendorff. Dr. A. v. Sibirische Reise. Band IV., 27 Theil. St. Peters-

burg, 1875. Wilson Fund.
Miller, Phillip. The Second volume of the Gardener's Dictionary. 2d ed.

London, 1740. Isaac Burk.
Milne Edwards, M. LeQons sur la Physiologie et PAnatomie compare de
l'Homme etdes Animaux. Tome 11, 2e Partie. 1875. Wilson Fund.
Mitchell's New General Atlas, 1876. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Miscellaneous Pamphlets. Incomplete Volumes of Periodicals, etc. J. S.

Phillips.
Miscellaneous Publications of the U. S. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. of Terri-
tories, No. 4. F. V. Hayden.
Mivart, St. George. Lessons from Nature, as manifested in Mind and Mat-
ter. New York, 1876. I.V.Williamson Fund.
Mollusca of the Voyage of the Sulphur. J. S. Phillips.
Montagu's Testacea Britannica, 1803. J. S. Phillips.
Monterosato, Msc. Di. Notizie intorno ai Solarii del Mediterranea.
Poche Note sulla Conchiglie Mediterranea.

Notizie intorno alle Conchiglie fossile di Monte Pellegrino e Ficarozzi.
Nuova revista della Conchiglie Mediterranea. The Author, through
John B. King.
Moreira, Nicolau J. Brazilian Coffee.

Historical Notes concerning vegetable fibres. From Brazilian Centen-
nial Commission.
Morelet's Mollusques du Portugal, 1845. J. S. Phillips.
Morton's Cretaceous Fossils of the United States. J. S. Phillips.
Mueller's Synopsis Testaceorum. J. S. Phillips.

414 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.

Mueller, Ferdinand us de. Fragments Phytographiae Australia?. Yols. 7,8,
9. Melbourne, 1869-75. The Author.
Same. Parts 5 to 10. I. V. Williamson Fund.

M'uller, Albert. Ueber das Auftreten der Wanderheuschrecke am des
Bielersee's. The Author.

Murray, Andrew. The Pines and Firs of Japan. London, 1863. 1. V.
Williamson Fund.

Netto, Dr. Ladislau. InvestigaQoes historicas e scientificas sobre o Mu-
seo Imperial e Nacional de Rio de Janeiro. The Brazilian Centen-
nial Commission.

Neville, G. & H. Descriptions of new Marine Mollusca, from the Indian
Ocean. The Authors.

Newberry, J. S. Report of the Exploring Expedition from Sante Fe, N.
M., to the junction of the Grand and Green Rivers of the Great
Colorado of the West in 1859. "With Geological Report. "Washing-
ton, 1876. Eng. Dep., U. S. A.
Anothor copy. The Author.

Report of the Geological Survey of Ohio. Yols. TI. Geology and
Palaeontology. Part II. Palaeontology. Columbus, 1875. J. S.
Newberry.
The Structure and Relations of Diuichthys. Columbus, 1875. The
Author.

Newcomb, Simon. Reports of Observations on the Total Eclipse of the
Sun, Aug. 7, 1869.
An Investigation of the Orbit of Uranus. Dr. F. A. Hassler.

New South Wales. Mineral Map and General Statistics of New South
Wales.
New South Wales, its progress and resources.

Official Catalogue of the natural and industrial products of New South
Wales, forwarded to the International Exhibition of 1876 at Phila-
delphia. N. S. Wales Centennial Commission.

Notes on Portugal. By E. A. G. W. C. Stevenson.

On the Forms and Structure of the Atoms and Molecules of Bodies.
The Author.

Orsoui, Francesco. Ricerche Elettro-Dinamische. Noto, 1876. The Au-
thor.

Orton, James. Comparative Zoology. I. V. "Williamson Fund.

Owen's Extinct Gigantic Sloth. 1842. J. S. Phillips.

Pabst, G. Cryptogamen Flora Flechten und Pilze. I. Y. Williamson Fund.

Packard, A. S. Our Common Insects. I. Y. Williamson Fund.
Monograph of the Geometrid Moths. F. Y. Hayden.

Paleontologie Franchise. 2d Serie. Vegetaux. Terraiu Jurassique. Livr.
20-21. Wilson Fund.

Parana, 1875. The Brazilian Centennial Commission.

Parkinson's Organic Remains. 3 Vols. 4to. J. S. Phillips.

Peale, Franklin. Specimens of the Stone Age of the Human Race. Phila-
delphia, 1873. Titian R. Peale.

Penna, D. S. F. Noticia geral das comarcas de Gurupaemacapa. The Bra-
zilian Centennial Commission.

Pfaff, Friedrich. Die Theorie Darwin's und die Thatsaohen der Geologic.
Frankfurt-am-Main, 1876. Wilson Fund.

Pfeiffer, L. Symbols; ad Historian) Pelicorum. 1841. J. S. Phillips.
Novitates conchologicse. 48 and 49 Lief. Cassel. Wilson Fund.
Monographia Ileliceorum vivcntium. Yol. 7. Fasc. III. and IV., 1875.
Vol. 8, Fasc. I. and II., 1876. Lipsae. Wilson Fund.

ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 415

Monographia Pneumonoporutn Viventium. Supplementum Tertium.

Fuse. I., altera. Cassellis, 1875. AVilson Fund.
Philadelphia Centennial Exhibition, 1876. Victoria. Australia. Official

Catalogue of Exhibits, Essays, etc. Melbourne. 1876. J. H. Ryder.
Philippi's Abbildungen und Beschrcibungen neuer oder wenig gekenuter

Conchylien. ler Band. 1845. J. S. Phillips.
Photograph of prepared Indian Head. Chas. S. Rand.
Pickering, Chas. The Geographical Distribution of Animals and Plants.

Part II. Plants in their Wild State. 1876. The Author.
Pisani, M. F. Traite elementaire de Mineralogie. Paris, 1875. Wm. S.

Vaux.
Piatt, Franklin. Second Geol. Surv. of Pennsylvania. Report of Progress

in the Clearfield and Jefferson District of the Bituminous Coal Fields

of Western Pennsylvania. 1875. The Commission.
Poey, Don Felipe. Enumeratio Piscium Cubensium. The Author.
Powell, J. W. Dep. of Int. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Surv. of the Territories,

2d Div. Report on the Geology of the Eastern Portion of the Uinta

Mountains and region of country adjacent thereto. With Atlas.

The Author.
Prado, Don Casiano de. Descripcion fisica y geologica 'de la Provincia de

Madrid. The Geological Survey of Spain.
Prantl, Dr. K. Untersuchungen zur Morphologie der Gefasskryptogamen.

1 Heft. Die Hymenophyllaceeu. Leipzig, 1875. I. V. Williamson

Fund.
Raddius, Josephus. Plantavum Brasiliensium Nova Genera et Species

Nova?, vel minus cognitaa. Florentias, 1825. J. H. Redfield.
Rafinesque's Shells of the River Ohio, 1832. 2 copies. J. S. Phillips.
Ramsay, E. Purson. Catalogue of the Australian Accipitres. Sydney,

1876. The Author.
Rang's Manuel. 12mo. Atlas, 1829. J. S. Phillips.
Rauber, A. Ueber die Stellung des Hlihnchens im Entwicklungsplan.

Leipzig, 1876. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Rau, Chas. Early Man in Europe. New York, 1876. I. V. Williamson

Fund.
Reeve, Lovell. Conchologia Iconica. Part 324-329. Wilson Fund.
Regel, E. Alliorum adhuc cognitorum Monographia. I. V. Williamson

Fund.
Reglement du College Sadika. Tunis, 1875. J. B. King.
Relham, Richardi, Flora Cantabrigiensis. Editio Tertia. 1820. John E.

Cook.
Report of the Commission to Investigate Affairs at the Red Cloud Indian

Agency, 1875. From the Department of the Interior.
Reports on the Meteorological, Magnetic, and other Observations of the

Dominion of Canada, 1875. The Meteorological Office.
Reuisch, P. F. Contributiones ad Algologiam et Fungologiam. Yol. I.

Lipsiae, 1875. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Riley, C. V. Notes on the Yucca Borer. St. Louis, 1876. The Author.
Rio, Dr. Martinez del. El ilustre Doctre Louis. Noticia Biografica. The

Author.
Robinson, Chas. New South Wales ; the oldest and richest of the Austra-
lian Colonies. N. S. Wales Centennial Commission.
Roehl, E. von. Fossile Flora der Steinkohlen-Formation Westphalens.

Cassel, 1869. I. Y. Williamson Fund.
Rolleston, Geo. Address to the Department of Anthropology (Biological

Section) of the British Association. On the People of the Long

Barrow Period. The Author.

416 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.

Bominger, C. Geol. Surv. of Micliigan. Palaeontology, Fossil Corals.

New York. 1876. The Author."
Bossm'assler'a Iconographie der Europ'aischen Land und Siisswasser Mollus-
ken. IV. Hand, le Lief. Wiesbaden. 1875. Wilson Fund.
Iconographie der Land und Siisswasser Mollusken. 1835. J. S. Phillips.
Rostafinski, J. Beitr'age zur Kenntniss der Lange. Heft I. Leipzig, 1875.

B. Westerman & Co.
Buss, Dr. Karl. Die frcmdlandischen Stubenvb'gel. 4e Lief. Hannover,

1876. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Rutimever, L. Ueber Pliocen und Eisperiode auf beiden seiten der Alpen.

Basel, 1876. Wilson Fund.
Saldauha da Gama, Dr. Jose de. Apostillas para o estudo dos Systemas
cristallinos de Naumann escriptas. The Brazilian Centennial Com.
Notes in regard to some Textile Plants of Brazil.

Catalogue of the Products of the Brazilian Forests. Brazilian Cen-
tennial Commission.
Sandberger, Dr. Die prahistorische Zeit im Maingebiete. The Author.
Sands, B. F. Reports of the Total Solar Eclipse of Dec. 22, 1870. U. S.

Naval Observatory. Washington, 1871. Dr. F. A. Hassler.
Say's American Cohchology. J. S. Phillips.
Schimper, W. Ph. Synopsis Muscorum Europa?orum. Vols. 1 and 2. Edi-

tio Secunda. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Schlegel, H. Museum d'Histoire Naturelle des Pays-Bas. 12me Livr.

1876. Wilson Fund.
Schmidt, A. Atlas der Diatomaceen-Kunde. les-lOes Heft. Ascherslaben,

1875. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Schmidt. H. D. Synopsis of the Principal facts elicited from a series of

Microscopical Researches upon the Nervous Tissues. The Author.
Schulz, D. Guillermo. Descripcion Geologica de la Provincia de Oviedo.

The Geol. Survey of Spain.
Schutzenberger, P. On Fermentation. New York, 1876. I. V. William-
son Fund.
Scudder, S. H. Extract from the Bulletin of the Geol. and Geogr. Survey
of Territories. Vol. II., No. 3.
A Cosmopolitan Butterfly.
Entomological Notes, V.
Synoptical Tables for determining N. A. Insects. Orthoptera. The

Author.
Fossil Coleoptera of the Rocky Mountain Territories.
Fossil Orthoptera of the Rocky Mountain Territories. The Author.
Now and Interesting Insects from the Carboniferous of Cape Breton.
The Author.
Secchi, P. Angelo. Sulla Relazione dei Fenomeni Meteorologici colle vari-
azione del Magnetismo terrestre. 2a Edizione.
Misura della Base trigonometrica esequita sulla Via Appia del P. A.

Secchi. Rome, 1858.
Sulla Grande Nebulosa di Orione. Firenze, 1868.
Studii intorno ai diametri Solari. Roma. Is74.

Bnlletino meteorologico dell' Osservatorio itel Collegio Romo. Vols.
VI.-XV1. Roma, 1867-1875. Bev. Angelo Secchi.
Semper, Dr. C. Reisen im Archipel der Philippinen. 2er Theil. Wissen-
schaftliche Resultate. 2er Band, X. Heft. 3er Band, III. Heft.
Wilson Fund.
Seven Topographical Maps of Brazil. The Brazilian Commission.
Sharp, R. B. Catalogue of the Birds in the British Museum. Vol. II.
Catalogue of Striges. London, 1875. 1. V. Williamson Fund.

AUDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 411

Sibthorp, Johannes. Florae Grseeae Prodromus; sive plantarum omnium

enumeratio quas in Provinciis aus Insulis Graeciae. 2 vols. 8vo.

Londini, 1813. Jolin E. Cook.
Siebke, H. Enumeratio Insectorum Norvegicorum. Fasc II. University

of Norway.
Simpson, J. H. Engineer Depart, U. S. A. Report of Exploration across

the Great Basin of the Territory of Utah in 1859. Washington,

1876. The Department,
Smith, Geo. The Chaldean Account of Genesis. New York, 1876. Ward

B. Haseltine.
Souverbie, Dr. et R. P. Montrouzier. Description d'especes nouvelles de

l'Archipel-Caledonien. The Authors.
Sowerby's Conchological Illustrations. 1841. J. S. Phillips.
Sowerby's Thesaurus Conchyliorum. Parts l.-XI. J. S. Phillips.
Special Catalogue of the Mexican Section of the International Exhibition,

1876. The Mexican Commission.
Spencer, Herbert, The Study of Sociology.
Principles of Biology, 2 vols.
Principles of Psychology, 2 vols.
Essays, 1 vol.

First Principles of Philosophy.

Descriptive Sociology, Nos. 1 and 2. I. V.Williamson Fund.
Squier's Aboriginal Monuments. 1849. J. S. Phillips.
Sterne, C. Werden und Vergehen. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Stewart, Balfour. The Conservation of Energy. New York, 1874. J. A.

Ryder.
St. John, 0. Notes on the Geology of Northeastern New Mexico. De-
partment of Interior.
Another copy. Dr. Hayden.
Stoppani, l'Abbe Antoine. Paleontologie Lombarde. Livr. 51-53. Wil-
son Fund.
Strecker, Herman. Lepidoptera, Rhopaloceres, and Heteroceres, No. 13.

Reading. The Author.
Stuart, James M. The History of Free Trade in Tuscany. London, 1876.

The Cobden Club.
Sturm's Deutschlands Fauna. VI. Abth. Die Warmer. 1-8 Heft. N urn-
berg, 1806. J. S. Phillips.
Supplement to Wood's Index Testaceologicus, 1828. J. S. Phillips.
Sutro, A. Five Pamphlets on the Sutro Tunnel. Adolph Sutro through

W. H. Dougherty.
Lectures on Mines and Mining.
Report of the Commissioners and Evidence in regard to the Sutro

Tunnel. Washington, 1872.
The Bank of California against the Sutro Tunnel. 1874. A. Sutro,

through Dr. Franklin Stewart.
Tatton, J. W. Plans of the Province of Nelson (New Zealand), showing

the Mineral Deposits. Dr. James Hector.
Taunay. A. D'Escragnola. La Retraite de Laguna. Rio Janeiro, 1871.

The Author.
Tavares, J. P. Memoria sobre a Sericicultura no Imperio do Brazil. The

Brazilian Centennial Commission.
The Empire of Brazil at the Universal Exhibition of 1876 in Philadelphia.

Same in German. Brazilian Centennial Commission.
The Medical and Surgical History of the War of the Rebellion. Part II.

Vol. .II. Surgical History. Washington, 1876. Surgeon General

U. S. A.

418 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.

The Penny Cyclopedia. Parts 07 and 80. J. S, Phillips.

The Photographs of the Cohoes Mastodon. Rev. Jas. Hall.

Thompson, C. G. Skaudinaviens Hymenoptera. 4e Delen. I. X. Wil-
liamson Fund.

Thorpe's British Marine Conchology. 1844. J. S. Phillips.

Todaro, Augustino. Hortus Botanicus Pauonnitanus. Folio Tract, 1875.
I. V. Williamson Fund.

Topinard, Dr. Paul. Bibliotheque des Sciences Contemporaines. L'Anthro-
pologie. Paris, 1876. I. Y. Williamson Fund.

Tbrnebohm, A. E. Geognostisk Beskrifning ofver Persbergets Grufvef'alt.
Geol. Surv. of Sweden.

Trabalhos da commissao Scientifica de Exploracas. IntroducQao, Seccao Bo-
tanica, lo Folheto. The Brazilian Centennial Commission.

Trafford, F. W. C. Amphiorama ou la Vue du Monde. Lausanne, 1875.
The Author.

Tremaux, P. Principe Universel du Mouvement et des Actions de la Ma-
ture. The Author.

Troschel, F. H. Das Gebissder Schneckeu. 2en Bandes, 4e Lief. Berlin,

1875. Wilson Fund.

Turton's Conchological Dictionary. 1819. J. S. Phillips.

U. S. international Centennial Exhibition of 1876. Catalogue of the Arti-
cles and Objects Exhibited by the U. S. Navy Department. 1876.
The Navy Department.

Van Beneden, P. J. Animal Parasites and Messmates. New York, 1876.
Wilson Fund.

V^an Lennep, H. C. Roeter. Catalogue Alphab6tique des Cones. B.
Westerman & Co.

Vilanova y Piera, D. Juan. Essayo de Pescxipcion geognostica de la Pro-
vincia de Feruel. The Geol. Survey of Spain.

Vodges, A. W. A Monograph of American Trilobites. Part I. The Au-
thor.

Vollenhoven, S. C. Snellen van. Pinacographia. Part 2, Afl. 2. Part 3,
Afl. 3. 'S. Gravenhage, 1876. I. V. Williamson Fund.

AVallace, A. R. The Geographical Distribution of Animals. 2 vols.
London, 1876. I. V. Williamson Fund.

Wareg-Massalski, Urbain. Recherches sur les Acides Chloro-Bromo-Pro-
pioniques Glyceriques. Lovain, 1875. Cath. Univ. of Louvain.

Wedekund, Dr. Ludwig. Studien im Bin'aren Werthgebiet. Carlsruhe,

1876. The Author.

Wheeler, Geo. M. Annual Report upon the Geographical Explorations and

Surveys West of the 100th Mer. in California, Nevada. Nebraska,

Utah, Arizona, Colorado, New Mexico. Wyoming, and Montana.

1875. Washington. The Author.
Same. Report. Vol. III. Geology. Vol. V. Zoology. Engineer

Department. U. S. A.
Whitney, Henry M. The Hawaiian Guide Book. John A. Ryder.
Wiedersheim, Robt. Salamandiina perspicillata und Geotriton fuscus. I.

V. Williamson Fund.
Wilder, Burt G. Note on the development and homologies of the Anterior

Brain-Mass in Sharks and Skates. The Author.
AVilliamson, Wm. C. On Recent Foraminifera of Great Britain. I. V.

Williamson Fund.
Wilson's American Ornithology. Vols. 1-3, Svo. Phildelphia, 1828. J.

S. Phillips.

ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 419

Wisconsin, the State of.

Normal School System of "Wisconsin.
College of Wisconsin.

History of Education in Wisconsin. Wisconsin Centennial Com.
Wood's Index Testaceologicus, 1828. J. S. Phillips.

Worthen, A. H. Geol. Surv. of Illinois. Yol. VI. Geology and Palaeon-
tology. 1875. The Director.
Wulsten, Carl. The Silver Region of the Sierra Mojada. Denver, 1876.

The Author.
Wundt, Wilhelm. Ueber den Einfluss der Philosophic auf die Erfahrungs-

wissenschaften. Leipzig, 1876. Wilson Fund.
Zacharias, Dr. Otto. Zur Entwicklungstkeorie. Jena, 1876. I. V. Wil-
liamson Fund.
Zittel, Karl A. Handbuch der Palseontologie. 1 Band, 1 Lief. I. V.
Williamson Fund.
Fauna der Aeltern Cephalopoden Fuehren den Tithoubildungen. Text
and Atlas. I. V. Williamson Fund.

JOURNALS AND PERIODICALS.

NORWAY AND SWEDEN.

Christiania. Nyt Magazin for Naturvidenskaberne. 21de Binds, 1 and 2
Hefte, 1875.
Fordhandlinger i Videnskabs-Selskabet i Christiania, Aar 1874. Uni-
versity of Norway.
Stockholm. Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademiens Handlingar. Ny
Foljd, Bandet 9-12. 1870-73.
Ofversigt of the same. 28-32. 1871-75.
Bihang of the same. Vols. 1 and 2 ; Vol. 3, Hafte I.
Lefnardsteckningar of the same. Band 1, Heft 3. The Society.
Trondhjem. Det K. Norske Videnskabers Selskabs Skrifter i det 19de.
Aashundrede. 1875.
Aarsberetning, for 1874. The Society.

DENMARK.

Copenhagen. Memoires de 1'Academie Royale de Copenhagen. 5me Serie.

Classe des Sciences. Vol. XL, No. 2 ; Vol. XII., No 2. The Society.
Oversigt over der K. D. Videnskabernes Selskabs Forhandlinger, 1874,

No. 3 ; 1875, No. 1. The Society.
Memoires of the same. 5me Serie. Vol. X., Nos. 1-9 ; Vol. XL, No.

1 ; Vol. XII., No. 1. The Society.
Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra Naturhistorisk Forening, 1874 and

1875. The Society.

RUSSIA.

Dorpat. Sitzungsberichte der Dorpater Naturforscher Gesellschaft. 4er
Band, ler Heft, 1875. The Society.
Archiv fiir die Naturkunde Liv-Ehst- and Kurlands. Heransgegeben
von der Dorpater Naturforscher Gesellschaft. 2e Serie. 5er Band.

1876. The Society.

Helsingfors. Bidrag till Kannedom af Finlands Natur och Folk utirifna af
Finska Vetenskaps Societeten. Tjugondefjerde Hllftet. 1875.
Ofversigt of the same. XVII. 1874-75.

420 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.

Observations Meteorologiques publiees par la Societe des Sciences de

Finland. Annee 1875. The Society.
Acta Societatis Scientiarum Fennicie. Tome X. 1875. The Society.
Moscow. Bulletin de la Soci6te Imperiale des Naturalistes de Moscou.

Annee 1875, Nos. 1-4. The Society.
St. Petersburg. Tableau General methodique et alphabetique des Matieres

contenues dans les publications de l'Acad. Imp. des Sciences. Ire

Partie, 1872. The Society.
Bulletin of the same. Tome XX., No. 3, to tome XXI., No. 5, inc.
Memoirs of the same. Tomes XXII., Nos. 4 to 10 ; tome XXIII. ,

No. 1. The Society.
Verhandlungen der Kaiserlichen Gesellschaft fur die gesammte Miner-

alogie. Jahrg. 1862 and 1803. 2e Series, ler-Der Band, 1867-

1874. The Society.
Kepertorium fur Meteorologie. Herausg. von der K. Akad. der Wissen.

Band V., Heft. 1.. 1876. The Society.
Annalen des Physikalischeu Central Observatoriums. Jahrgang 1874.

The Observatory.

HOLLAND.

Amsterdam. Verslagen en Mededeelingen der K. Akademie van Weten-
schappen. Afd. Natuurk. Deel XV. ; Tweede Reeks, Deel VIII. and
IX. Afd. Letterk. Tweede Reeks. Deel IV.
Jaarboek, 1873 and '74.

Catalogus van de Boekerij, len Deels. le Stuk.
Processen-Verbal. Afd. Naturerk, 1873-75.

Verhandelingen. 14 and 15 Deel. Afd. Letterk. 8e Deel. The

Society.

Haarlem. Naturkundige Verhandlingen der Hollandsche Maatschappij der

Wetenschappen. 3de Verz. Deel II., Nos. 3 and 4, 1874. The

Society.

Archives N6erlandaises. Vol. X., Livr. 4 and 5 ; Vol. XI., Ire Livr.

1875-76. The Society.
Archives du Musee Teyler. Vols. 1 and 2, Vol. 4, Fasc. ler, 1867-76.
The Society.
Leiden. Annalen der Sternwarte in Leiden, 4er Band, 1875. The Obser-
vatory.
Utrecht. Nederlandsch Meteorologisch Jaarboek voor 1871. Uitgegeven
door het K. Nederlandsch Meteorologisch Instituut. 23cr Jahrg. 2e
Deel. 1875. The Institute.

GERMANY.

Augsburg. Dreiundzwanzigster Bericht des naturhistorischen Vereins in

Augsburg, 1875. The Society.
Bamberg. Ueber das Bestehen und Wirken des naturforschenden Vereins.

2er-4er Bericht 1854-59.
Flinfter, Neunter und Zehnter Bericht der naturforschenden Gesells-

chaft, 1860-61, 1870-74. The Society.
Berlin. Monatsbericht der K. P. Akademie der "VVissenschaften zu Berlin.

Juli, 1875-Juli, 1876, inc. The Society.
Mathematische Abhandlungen tier K. Akademie der VVissenschaften zu

Berlin. Aus dem Jahre 1874 and 1875. The Society.

ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 421

Sitzungs-Berichte der Gesellschaft naturforschender Freunde zu Berlin.

Jahrg 1875. The Society.
Monatschrift des Vereines zur Bcforderung des Gartenbaues. 18 Jahrg.

Jan.-Dec. 1875. Katalog der Bibliothek. 1875. The Society.
Botanischer Jahresbericht. Herausgegeben von Dr. Leopold Just.

2er Jahrg. le-3e Abth., 1874. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Zeitschrift der Deutschen geologischen Gesellschaft. XXVII., 2-4

Heft XXVIIL, 1 Heft, 1876. The Society.
Zeitschrift flir die gesamniten Naturwissenchafteu. Neue Folge, Band

XI. and XII. The Editor.
Archiv flir Naturgeschichte. 39er Jahrg. 5er Heft, 41er Jahrg. 3er,

and 4er Heft. 42er Jahrg, ler Heft, 1876. The editor.
Deutsche entomologische Zeitschrift, 1875, 2es Heft ; 1876, les Heft.

The Publishing Society.
Bonn. Verhandlungen des naturhistorischen Yereins der Preu9sichen

Rheinlande und Westphalens. 31 er and 32er Jahrg. 1874. The

Society.
Archiv fur mikroskopische Anatomic, 12er Band, les-4es Heft. 13er

Band, les Heft, 1876. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Braunschweig. Archiv fur Anthropologic. 8er Band, 3es-9er Band, 3es

Vierteljahrshaft. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Bremen. Abhandlungen herausgegeben von naturwissenschaftlichen Ye-

reine zu Bremen. 4 Bd., 4 Heft ; 5 Bd., 1 Heft. Beilage No. 5.

The Society.
XIX. Jahres-Bericht des Schwedischen heilgymnastichen Institutes,

1876. The Director.
Briinn. Verhandlungen des naturforschenden Vereins in Brttnn. XIII.

Band, 1874. Ratal, der Bibl. The Society.
Buda Pest. A Magyar Tudomanyos Akademia Ertesitoje. Hetodik Evfo-

lyam 8 Szam ; Nyolezadik Evfolyam, 17 Szam, 1873-75.
M. Tudom. Akad. Almanach, 1864-76.
Mathematikai 6s Termeszettudomanyi Kozlemenyek vonatkozolag a

hazai viszonyokra. VII.- X. Kotet, 1869-72.
Ertekezesek a Mathematikai Tudomanyok Korebol. II. Kotet, 3 Szam ;

VI. Kotet, 6 Szam.
Jegyzeke a M. Tud. Akad. altat kiadott Kbnyveknek jelentekenyen

leszallitott Arakon, 1875.
Nev-es Targymutato a M. Tud. Akad. Erteseto jenek, I. VIII., 1867-74.
A. M. T. Akad. Evkonyvei XIV. Kotet, IV. and V. Darab.
Cassel. Malakozoologische Blatter. Bd. 22, Bg. 13 et seq., Bd. 23, Bg. 1

and 2, pp. 33-144. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Chemnitz. Fiinfter Bericht der naturwissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft, 1875.

The Society.
Danzig. Schriften der naturforschenden Gesellschaft. Neue Folge. 3en

Bandes, 4es Heft. The Society.
Darmstadt. Notizblatt des Vereins flir Erdkunde. I.— III. Jahrg, inc.

The Society.
Dresden. Sitzungs-Berichte der naturwissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft Isis

in Dresden. Jahrg. 1875. The Society.
Nova Acta Academic Csesareae Leopoldino-Carolinre Germanics; Naturae

Curiosorum. Tome 37, 1875. The Society.
Leopoldina. lOes Heft, 1874. The Society.
Mittheilungen aus dem K. zoologischen Museum. 1 Heft. Royal

Museum at Dresden.

422 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.

Mitthcilungen liber die Sammlung der K. mathem-pbysikalischen Sa-
lons. Royal Museum at Dresden.
XII. Jahresbericht des Vereins fllr Erdkunde, 1875. The Society.
Emden. 61er Jahresbericht der naturfbrschenden Gesellschaft, 1875.

Kleine Schriften of the same. XVII. Hannover. The Society.
Erlangen. Sitzungsberichte der physikalisch-medicinischer Societal. 7

Heft, 1875. The Society.
Frankfurt a M. Jahrsbericht uber die Verwaltung des Medicinalwesens
Stadt Frankfurt a M. Herausgegeben von dem aerztlichen Verein.
XVI1T. Jahrg. ] 874. The Society.
Der Zoologische Garten. XVI. Jahrg. No. 7, 1875. No. G, 1876.

XVII. Jahrg. Nos. 1-6. The Society.
Bericht uber die Senckenbergische naturforschende Gesellschaft, 1873-

75. The Society.
Abhandlungen, herausgegeben von der Senckenbergischen naturfbrs-
chenden Gesellschaft. 9er Band. 3es and 4es Heft, lb74-5. lOer
Band, 1-4 Heft, 1876. The Society.
Freiburg. Berichte uber die Verhandlungen der naturforschenden Gesell-
schaft. Bd. VI. Heft 4, 1876. The Society.
Gb'ttingen. Nachrichten von der K. Gesell. der Wissenschaften und der

Georg-Augusts-Universifats aus dem Jahre 1875. The Society.
Hamburg. Verhandlungen des Vereins fur naturwissenschaftliche Unter-
haltung. 1875, II. Band. The Society.
Journal des Museum Godeffroy. Het'ts IX., XI., and XII. I. V. AVil-
liamson Fund.
Heidelberg. Verhandlungen des naturhistorisch-medicinischen Vereins.

Neue Folge. ler Band, 3es Heft, 1876. The Society.
Jena. Jenaische Zeitschrift fur Naturwissenschaft. Vols. 8, 9. aud 10.

The Society.
Konigsberg. Schriften der physikalisch-iikonomiscken Gesellschaft zu Ko-
nigsberg. 14er Jahrg. 1 and 2 Abth. 15er Jahrg. 1 and 2 Abth.,
1873-74. The Society.
Leipzig. Abhandlungen der math.-phys. Classe der K. Siichsichen Gesell-
schaft der Wissenschaften. X. Band, No. 7. XI. Band No. 5,
1874-75.
Bericht iiber die Verhandlungen of the same. Math.-physische Classe

1873, III. 1875, I. The Society.
Zeitschrift fur Anatomie und Kntwickelungsgeschichte. les Band 3es-

6es Heft. 2es Band, 1 and 2 Heft, 1876. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Archiv flir Anatomie, Physiologic und wissenchaftliche Medicin. Jahrg.

1875. Heft III.-VL, 1876. I.-III. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Morphologische Jahrbuch. Von Carl Gegenbaur. ler Band 3 and 4ea
Heft, 1875. 2er Bandes and 2es Heft. L876. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Preisschriften gekont und herausgegeben von der Furstlich Jablonowski-

Bchen Gesellschaft. XVIII. 1875. The Society.
Zeitschrift fur wissenschaftliche Zoologie. 25er Band, 2 and 3. and
Supplementheft. 26er Band 2es-4es Heft ; 27er Band. les-3es Heft.
I. V. Williamson Fund.
Journal fur Ornithologie. 23 Jahrg. Heft. I.— II. I. V. Williamson

Fund.
Jahrbiicher der wissenschaftliche Botanik. lOer Band, 3es Heft. 1876.
1. V. Williamson Fund.
Luneberg. Jahreshefte des naturwissenschtlichen Vereins flir das Flirsten-

thum Luneburg. VI. 1872-73. The Society.
Luxembourg. Publications dc PInstitut Royal Grand Ducal de Luxem-
bourg. Tome XV. The Society.

ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 423

Mannheim. 3Ger-39er Jahresbericht der Mannheimer Vereins flir Natur-

kunde, 1870-76. The Society.
Marburg. Schriften der Gesellschaft zur Befdrderung der gesammten Natur-
wissenschaften zu Marburg. Band 10. 12e Abth.
Supplement. Heft I. zu Baud X. Sitzungsbericht. Jahrg. 1874-75.
The Society.
Metz. Bulletin de la Societe d'Histoire Naturelle du Department de la
Moselle. 5e-10e, 13e. Cahier, 1848-1874. The Society.
Memoires de l'Academie de Metz. 55e Annee, 1873-74. The Society.
Miinchen. Sitzungsberichte der mathematisch-physikal. Classe der K. B.
Akad. der Wissenchaften zu Miinchen, 1874, Heft III. ; 1875, Heft
I. and III.
Abhandluugen der historischen Classe of the Same. 12er Bandes, 3e

Abth. ; 13er Bandes, 2e Abth. The Society.
Annalen der K. Sternwarte bei Miinchen. XX Band. The Observa-
tory.
Almanach der K. B. Academie der Wissenschaften fiir das Jahr, 1876.
The Society.
Neubrandenburg. Archiv des Vereins der Freunde der Naturgeschichte in

Meklenburg. 29 Jahrg., 1875. The Society.
Passau. Zehnter Bericht des naturhistorischen Vereins in Passau fiir

die Jahre 1871 bis 1874-1875. The Society.
Prague. Astronomische, magnetische, und meteorologische Beobachtungen
an der K. K. Sternwarte zu Prag im Jahre 1875. The Observatory.
Regensburg, Flora. Herausgegeben von der K. B. botan. Gesellschaft,

1875. The Society.
Stettin. Entomologische Zeitung. Herausgegeben von dern entomolo-

gischen Vereine zu Stettin. 36er Jahrg., 1875. The Society.
Stuttgart. Wurttembergisches naturwissenschaftliche Jahreshefte. 22er
Jahrg. The Editors.
Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, Geologie, und Palaeontologie. Jahrg
1875, 7es-9es Heft; 1876, les-3es Heft. The Editor.
Wien. Sitzungberichte der K. Akademie der Wissenschaften. Mathemat.
naturwissen. Classe. 70 Band, le Abth. III., IV., und V. Heft;
2e Abth. III., IV., und V. Heft; 3e Abth. III., IV, und V. Heft;
71 Band, le Abth. I. und V. Heft ; 2e Abth. I.-V. Heft ; 3e Abth.
I. und II. Heft.
Denkschriften of the same. 34er Band, 1875. The Society.
Verhandlungen der K. K. geologischen Reichsanstalt. Nos. 1-18. 1875.
Jahrbuch of the same, 1875. 25 Band, Nos. 3 and 4 ; 26 Baud, Nos.

1 and 2.
Abhandluugen of the same. VI. Band, 2 Heft ; VIII. Band, 3 Heft,

1875. The Society.
Festschrift zur Feier des fiinfundzwanzigj'ahrigen Bestehens der K. K.

zoologisch-botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien, 1876. The Society.
Verhandlungen of the same. 25er Band. The Society.
Schriften des Vereines zur Verbreitung naturwissenschaftlicher Kennt-
niss in Wein. 14er Band, 1873-74 ; 16er Band, 1875-76. The So-
ciety.
Mittheilungen der anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wein. VI. Band,
Nos. 1-4. The Society.
Wurzburg. Arbeiten aus dem zoologisch-zootomischen Institut zu Wiirz-
burg. 2er Band, 2-4 Heft, 1875; 3er Band, les Heft. I. V. Wil-
liamson Fund.
Verhandlungen der physikal-medicin Gesellschaft in Wlirzburg. Neue
Folge, 9 Band, 1-4 Heft ; 10 Band, 1-2 Heft, 1876. The Society.

424 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.

SWITZERLAND.

Verhandlungen der Schweizerischen naturforschenden Gesellscliaft.

57 and 58 Jahrsversammhing. 1873-75. The Society.
Basel. Memoires de la Societe Paleontologique Suisse. Vol. II. (1875.)

I. V. Williamson Fund.
Verhandlungen der naturforschenden Gesellscliaft in Basel. 6erTheil,

2es Heft, 1875. The Society.
Bern. Mittheilungen der naturforschenden Gesellscliaft in Bern aus dem

Jahren. 1874-75. The Society.
Geneve. Bibliotheque Universelles et Revue Suisse. Archives des Sci-
ences Physiques et Xaturelles. Nos. 85, 88, 94, 135, 136, 157-168.

1865-71. The Editor.
Memoires de la Societe de Physique et de d'Histoire Naturelle. Tome

XXIV., le Partie, 1874-75. ^ The Society.
Lausanne. Bulletin de la Societe Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles. Xos.

44, 45, 46, 48, 75 and 76. 1859-1876. The Society.
Neuchatel. Bulletin de la Societe des Sciences Naturelles. Tome X., 2d

Cahier, 1875. The Society.
St. Galleu. Bericht liber die Th'atigkeit der St. Gallischen naturwisseu-

schaftlichen Gesellschaft w'ahrend des Yereinsjahres, 1874-75.

BELGIUM.

Bruxelles. Bulletins de l'Academie Royal ties Sciences, des Lettres et des

Beaux Arts de Belgique. 2me Serie. Tomes 38, 39, and 40, 1874-75.

Memoires couronnSs et autres Memoires. Collection in 8vo. Tomes

24, 25, and 26. Collection in 4to. Tome 39, 1876. Ire Partie.
Memoires. Tome 41, Pts. 1 and 2, 1875-76.
Annuaire, 1875 and 1876. The Society.
Annales de la Societe Malacologique de Belgique. Tomes 1-4 and 8,

and Tome 9, Fasc. 1 ; Tomes 14iik\ 17me. and 18me.
Compte Rendu of the same. Serie II., Nos. 16-30. The Society.
Proces-Verbaux des Seances of the same. Tomes 3, 4, and 5. The So-
ciety.
Liege. Memoires de la Societe Royale des Sciences de Liege. Tome 14me,

1859. The Society.
Lourain. Societe litteraire de rUniversite Catholique de Louvain Choix de
Memoires X., 1869.
Annuaire of the same. 1840. 1844-46, 1850, 1851, 1875, and 1876.
Twenty-eight Theses. The University.
Mons. Memoires et Publications de la Society des Sciences, des Arts et des
Lettres du Hainaut, 1857-60 and 1870. The Society.

FRANCE.

Amiens. Societe Linneenne du Nord de la France. Nos. 1-42. 1872-75.

Memoires of the same. Annees 1866-69, 1872-73. The Society.
Angers. Memoires de la Societe Academique de Main,e-et-Loire. Tomes

29-32. 1874-75. The Society.
Auxerre. Bulletin de la Societe des Sciences Historiques et Xaturelles de

rYonne. Ann6e 1875. Tables Analytiques, 1875-76. The Society.
Besancon. Academic des Sciences, Belles Lettres et Arts. Seances pub-

liqucs de 1874-75. The Society.
Bordeaux. Memoires de la Soci6te des Sciences Physiques et Xaturelles.

Tome X. Title, index, etc. Tome 1, 2e Serie, 2e Cahier, 1876.

ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 425

Extrait des Proces-Verbeaux des Stances, 1874-5, pp. 13-28. The

Society.
Caen. Memoires de l'Academie Rationale des Scieuces, Arts et Belles-

Lettres. 1864, 1865, 1869, 1872-75. The Society.
Cherbourg. Memoires de la Societe Nationale des Sciences Naturelles.

Tome 19, 1875. The Society.
Lyons. Annales de la Societ6 Linneenne. Tomes 21 and 22. 1874 and 1875.

The Society.
Annales de la Societe d' Agriculture, Histoire Naturelle et Arts Utiles.

4me Serie, Tome 6me and 7me, 1873-74. The Society.
Memoires de l'Academie Imperiale des Sciences, Belles-Lettres et Arts.

Classe des Lettres. Tomes 8 and 16. Paris, 1859-74. The Society.
Nancy. Bulletin de la Societe des Sciences de Nancy, ^erie II., Tome I.,

6e Annee, 1873, Fasc. III.; Tome II., Fasc. IV. Paris, 1876.

The Society.
Orleans. Memoires de la Societe d'Agriculture, Sciences, Belles-Lettres et

Arts d'Orleans. Vols. 1-9; Vol. 10, I.; Vol. 11, IV.; Vol. 12, III,

and IV.; Vol. 13, III.; Vol. 15, I.-IV. ; Vol. 16, I.-IV. ; Vol. 17,

No. 4; Vol. 18, Nos. 1 and 2, 1876. The Society.
Paris. Comptes Rendus des Seances et Memoires de la Societe de Biologic.

4me Serie, Tomes II. -V. ; 5me Serie, Tome 1-3, 1867-73. The So-
ciety.
Comptes Rendus hebdomadaires des Seances de l'Academie des Sciences.

Tomes 57-78. Juillet, 1865, Juin, 1874. Tables Generates, 1851-65.

The Society.
Supplement to the same. The Society.
Nouvelles Archives du Museum. Tome lOme, Nos. 1-4. Paris, 1874.

The Society.
Bulletin de la Societe Zoologique de France. Ire Partie, Ire Annee.

The Society.
Bulletin de la Society Botanique de France. Tome 21me, 1874, pp.

1-117; 22me, 1875, Nos. 1, 2, and 3. Revue Bibl., B.-E. Tome

23me, 1. The Society.
Bulletin de la Societe Geologique de France. 2me Serie, Tome 8me,

1850, to 3me Serie, Tome 4me, No. 2, 1876.
Lists of the members of the same. The Society.
Annales des Sciences Naturelles. 6me Serie. Zoologie, Tome II., No.

1-6; Tome III., Nos. 1-4; Tome IV., No. 3. Botanique, Tome I.,

Nos. 4-6 ; Tome II., Nos. 1-6. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Annales des Sciences Geologiques. Tome 6me, Cahier, 2me ; Tome

7me, ler Cahier. The Editors.
Annales des Mines. 7me Serie, Tome IX., Ire. Minister of Public

Works, France.
Archives de Zoologie Experimentale. Tome 4me, Nos. 3 and 4; Tome

5me, No. 1, 1876. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Journal de Zoologie, par M. Paul Gervais. Tome IV., Nos. 5 and 6 ;

Tome V., Nos. 1-4. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Bulletin Mensuel de la Societe d'Acclimatation. 3e Serie, Tome II.,

Nos. 5-12 ; Tome III., Nos. 1-9.
Journal de Conchyliologie. 3e Serie, Tome XV., Nos. 3 and 4 ; Tome

XVI., Nos. 1 and 2.
Revue Scientifique. 5me Ann6e, 2e S6rie, Nos. 20-51 ; 6me Annee,

Nos. 1-20. The Editors.
Toulouse. Bulletin de la Societe d'Histoire Naturelles. 9me Annee, 1874-

75. The Society.
28

426 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.

Memoires de l'Academie des Sciences, etc. Tome VII., 7me Serie,
1875. The Society.

ITALY.

Bologna. Rendiconto delle Sessioni dell' Academia delle Scienze dell' Is-
tituto di Bolosjna, 1850-51 to 1*72-74. Xovi Commentarii. Vols.
1-10, 1S34-1849. Memorie. Vols. I.-XIL. 1850-1861 ; Serie III.,
Tomo n., Fasc. 3-4; Tomo V.. Fuse. IV. The Society.

Cagnola. Atti della Fondazione Scientifica Cagnola. Vol. VI , Parte I.
1872. The Society.

Catania. Atti dell' Academia Gioenia di Scienze Naturali di Catania.
Serie 3, Tomes VI. and IX. The Society.

Lucca. Atti della Reale Academia Lucehese di Scienze Lettere ed Arti.
Tomes I., II., IV, XII.. XIV.. XVI., and two supplementary vol-
umes, 1845 and 1861. The Society.

Milan. R. Istituto Lomhardo di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti. Atti, Vol. 1,
Fasc. 11-20, 1858-60.
Memorie, Vols. I.-V., Vol. XII., Fasc. 6; Vol. XIII.. Fasc. 1.
Rendiconti. Serie II.. Vol. VI., Fasc. 6-20; Vol. VII., Fasc. 1-16;

Series III., Vol. IV., Fasc. 7. The Society.
Atti della Societa Italiana di Scienze Naturali. Vols. XVI., Fasc. 3
and 4, 1874. The Society.

Naples. Atti del Reale Istituto d'Incoraggiamento alle Scienze Naturali
economiche e technologiche. Seconda Serie, Tom. II. and IV. 1865
and '67. Tome VIII., Pt. 1, 1871. The Society.
Dei Lavori Accademici del R. Istituto dTncorag»iamento alle Scienze

Naturali, etc.. de nell' Anno 1875. The Society.
Societa Reale di Napoli. Atti dell' Accademia delle Scienze Fisiche e
Matbematicbe. Vol. V., 1873. Rendiconto, Vols. 9, 10, 11, 1870-

•)

The Society.

Pisa. Atti della Societa Toscano di Scienzes Naturali. Vol. l,Fasc. 1 and

2, 1875. The Society.
Torino. Bolletino Meteorologico ed Astronomico del Regio Osservatorio

della Regia Oniversita. Anno VII I., 1*75. The Society.
Atti della R. Accademia delle Scienze. Vol. X., Disp. la-8a, 1874—

75. The Society.
Trieste. Bollettino della Societa Adriatica di Scienze Naturali. Nos. 1 and

6. Annata II.. 1876. The Society.
Venezia. Atti del Reale Instituto Veneto di Scienze. Lettere ed Arti.

Serie 5, Tome I., Disp. 1-6 ; Tome II., Disp. 6-10 ; Tomo III. The

Society.

SPAIN.

Madrid. Anuario del Observatorio de Madrid, Ano XT., XII.. XIII., XIV.

Observaciones Meteorological efectuadaa en el Observatorio de Madrid.
1870-73.

Resumen de las Observaciones Meteorologicas efectuadas en la Penin-
sula, 1870-73. The Observatory.

GREAT BRITAIN.

Belfast. Proceedings of the Belfast Natural History and Philosophical
Society, for the session 1874-75. The Society.
Annual Report and Proceedings of the Belfast Naturalist's Field Club.
1874-76. The Society.

ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 427

Dublin. Transactions of the Roval Irish Academy. Vol. 24. Antiquities

Part 9 ; Science Vol. 24, Part 14 to Vol. 25, Part 20. 1870-75.
Proceedings of the same. Vol. I., Ser. II., Nos. 1, 3-10, Vol. II., Ser.

II., Nos. 1, 2, and 3, 1869-75. The Society.
Journal of the Royal Dublin Society. No. 44, Vol. VII., 1875. The

Society.
Journal of the Royal Geological Society of Ireland. Vol. IV., Part

2, 1875. The Society.
Proceedings of the Dublin University Biological Association. Vol. I.

1875. The Society.
Edinburgh. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinbugh. Session 1874-

75.
Transactions of the same. Vol. 27, Pt. 3. The Society.
Transactions and Proceedings of the Botanical Society. Vol. XII.,

Part 2, 1875. The Society.
Glasgow. Proceedings of the Philosophical Society of Glasgow, 1875-76.

Vol. X., No. 1. The Society.
Leeds. Leeds Philosophical and Literary Society. Annual Reports for

1850-51, 1866-67, and 1874-75. The Society.
Liverpool. Proceedings of the Literary and Philosophical Society of Liver-
pool, No. 29, 1875. The Society.
Second Supplement to the Catalogue of the Liverpool Free Public

Library. Reference Department, 1876. The Library.
London. Proceedings of the Zoological Society, 1832-36, 1840, 1843, and

1844. John S. Phillips.
Same. 1864, Pt. 3 ; 1871, Pts. 2 and 3 ; 1875, Pt, 2 to 1876, Part 3.
Transactions of the same. Vol. 9, Pts. 1, 5-9. The Society.
Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society. Vol. 20, Nos. 1-6.

The Society.
Journal of the Chemical Society. Aug. 1875. to Jan. 1876. The Society.
List of Officers and Fellows of the same. The Society.
The Quarterly Journal of the Geological Societv. Vol. 27, Part 2. and

Vol. 29, Part 4 to Vol. 32, Part 3. The Society.
The Journal of the Linnean Society. Vol. XV., Nos. 81-84, Botany;

Vol. XII., Nos. 60-63. Zoology.
Additions to Library, 1874-75.
Proceedings, 1874-75.
Transactions, Second Series, Botany, Vol. I., Parts 2 and 3 ; Zoology,

Vol. I., Parts 2 and 3.
General Index to Transactions. Vols. 26 to 30. The Society.
The Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland.

Vol. VIII., Part I. and II. The Society.
Palaeontographical Society. Vol.29. Issued for 1875. Wilson Fund.
The Journal of the Society of Arts. Vol. 23, 1875. The Society.
Proceedings of the Royal Institution of Great Britain. Vols. VII.,

Parts V. and VI. 1875. The Society.
The Journal of the Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and

Ireland. Nos. 1-15. London, 1875-76. Dr. Jos. Leidy.
Ornithological Miscellany. Edited by Geo. Dawson Rowley. Parti,

No. 2, and Part 2, No" 2. Parts 3 and 4. I. V. Williamson Fund.
London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine. 4th series.

Vol. 50, Nos. 333 and 334. 5th series, Vol. 1, Nos. 2-11. I. V.

Williamson Fund.
The Journal of Anatomy aud Physiologv. Vol. X., Parts 2, 3, and 4;

Vol. XL, Part I.

428 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.

The Journal of Botany, British and Foreign. Nos. 155-166. I. V.
Williamson Fund.

Cnrtis's Botanical Magazine. 3d Series. Nos. 373-382. I. V. Wil-
liamson Fund.

The Geological Magazine. Nos. 137-148. I. V. Williamson Fund.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Nos. 96-107. I. V.
Williamson Fund.

The Gardener's Ghronicle. Nos. 98-102-105-150. The Fditor.

Nature. Nos. 307, 316-318, 321-346. 348-367. The Editor.

Hardwicke's Science Gossip, 1875. Nos. 131-142. I. Y. Williamson
Fund.

The Popular Science Review. Nos. 58-61. I. Y. Williamson Fund.

The Ibis. 3d Series, Vol. 5, Nos. 20, 21, and 22. July.

Notes and Queries. 5th Series, Parts 22-34. The Editor.

Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science. New Series, Nos. 61-64,
1876. I. V. Williamson Fund.

The Monthly Microscopical Journal. Nos. 84-95. I.V.Williamson
Fund.

Zoological Record. Yol. XL, 1874. Wilson Fund.

The Geological Record for 1874. I. Y. AVilliamson Fund.

Trubner's American and Oriental Literary Record. Nos: 113-118.
The Publishers.
Manchester. Twenty-fourth Annual Report of the Manchester Free Libra-
ries, 1875-76. The Trustees.
Newcastle-upon-Tyne. Natural History Transactions of Northumberland

and Durham. Yol. 5, Part II., 1875. The Society.
Watford. Natural History Society, 1876, List of Members, etc.

Transactions of same. Yol. I., Part 2, 1875. The Society.

UNITED STATES.

Albany. Transactions of the Albany Institute. Yols. YII. and YIIL,
1876.
Proceedings of the same. Yol. I. and Yol. II., Part 1. The Society.
University Convocation, 1873-1874. Trustees of the University.
57th Report of the X. Y. State Library, 1875.

26th Report of the X. Y. State Museum of Natural History, 1872.
The Trustees of the University.
Baltimore. Procceedings of the Maryland Academy of Sciences. May 3,
1876. Newspaper slip. Edw. Stabler, Jr.
First Annual Report of the Provost of the Peabody Inst, of Baltimore,

1S57. The Institute.
Ninth Annual Report of same, 1876.
Buffalo. Bulletin of the Buffalo Society of Xatural Sciences. Yol. III.

Nos. 2 and 3. 1876. The Society.
Boston. Memoirs of the Boston Society of Natural ITistorv.

Proceedings of the same. Yol. 18, Parts I.-I1L, pp. 129-336. The

Society.
The American Naturalist. Yol. X., Nos. 2-11.

Proceedings of the American Pharmaceutical Association, 1875. The
Society.
Cambridge. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Yol. I.,
Nos. 3, 4, 7, and 8; Yol. 111.. Xos. 11-16, 1876.
Memoirs of the same. Vol. IV., Xos. 9-10. 1876.
Illustrated Catalogue of the same. Xo. VIII. The Director.

ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 429

Ninth Annual Report of tlie Trustees of the Peahody Museum of
American Archaeology and Ethnology, 1876. The Trustees.

Quarterly Journal of the Nuttall Ornithological Club. Vol. 1, Nos.
1-4. The Society.

Psyche. Vol. 1, No. 22. The Editor.
Chicago. Engineering News. Vol. III., No. 3.

Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Chicago Academy of Sciences,
1875. The Society.
Cincinnati. Proceedings of the Cincinnati Society of Natural History.
No. 1, Jan. 1876. The Society.

Same. Charles Pury.
Davenport. Proceedings of the Davenport Academy of Natural Sciences.
Arol. I., 1867-1876. D. S. Sheldon.

Same. The Society.
Hanover. Botanical Bulletin. Vol. I., Nos. 3-12 ; Vol. HL No. 1. The

Editor.
Hartford. Fancier's Journal. Vol. 3, Nos. 3-24. The Editor.
Lansing. First published Transactions of the Lansing Scientific Associa-
tion, Nov. 1875. The Society.
Milwaukee. Jahresbericht des naturhistorischen Vereins von Wisconsin

fur das Jahr 1876. The Society.
New Haven. The American Journal of Science and Arts, Dec. 1875.
Vol. X., No. 60 ; Vol. XL. Nos. 61-71. The Editor.

Transactions of the Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences. Vol.
III., Part I., 1876. The Society.
New York. Proceedings of the American Geographical and Statistical
Society. Vol. I., No. 2, to Vol. II., No. 4.

Journal of the same. Vol. II., Part 2, and Vols. III.- VI., No. 4.

Bulletin of the same from 1856 to 1874. No. 1, 1875-6.

Annual Record of Science and Industry, 1871-1874. I. V. William-
son Fund.

The Popular Science Monthly. Nos. 46-56. The Editor.

The American Chemist. Vol. 6, Nos. 4-12; Vol. VII., Nos. 1 and 2.
The Editor.

Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club. Vol. VI., Nos. 3-22.
Supplement to Botanical Dictionary, 1876. The Society.

New York Medical Journal. Vol. 22, No. 6 ; Vol. 23, Nos. 1-6 ; Vol.
24, Nos. 1-5. The Editor.
Philadelphia Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences. Part III.
1875. Part. I. and II., 1876. Publication Committee.

Journal of the same. Vols. 1-6. 8vo. Bequeathed by John S. Phil-
lips.

Transactions of the American Entomological Society. Vol. 3, No. 2 ;
Vol. 4, Nos. 3 and 4; Vol. 5, pp. 1-176. The Society.

Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society. Vol. 14, No. 95 ;
Vol. 16, No. 97, 1876. The Society.

Memoirs of the Historical Society of Pennsylvania. Vol. XII. The
Society.

The American Journal of Medical Sciences. Nos. 141-144. The Edi-
tor.

American Journal of Pharmacy. Vol. 47, No. 12 to Vol. 48, No. 11.
The Editor.

The Medical News and Library. Vol. 33, No. 396 : Vol. 34, Nos. 397
to 407. The Editor.

430 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.

The Dental Cosmos. Vol. VI.,Nos. 10 and 12 ; Vol. VIL, No. 8 ;
Vol. X., No. 3 ; Vol. XV1L, No. 12, to Vol. XVIII., No. 11. The

Editor.
The Penn Monthly. Vol. VI., No. 72, to Vol. VIL, No. 83. The Edi-
tor.
The Gardener's Monthly. Vol. 17. No. 12. to Vol. 18, No. 11.
The Journal of the Franklin Institute. The Editor.
The Polytechnic Review. Vol. 1, No. 1.
Poughkeepsie. Proceedings of the Poughkeepsie Society of Natural

Science. Vol. 1, Fasc. 1. 2. and 3. The Society.
Salem. Proceedings of the American Association for the Advancement of

Science. 24th Meeting, 1876.
Memoirs, I., 1875. The Association.
Memoirs of the Peabody Academy of Science. Vol. I., No. IV., 1875.

The Society.
Historical Collections of the Essex Institute. Vol. VI., Nos. 5 and 6,

to end of Vol. IX.; Vol. X., Parts 2 and 3; Vol. XL, Part I. to

Vol. XIII., Part II., 1864-76. Memoires of Henry Coil Perkins

and Francis Peabody, and an Address by A. C. Godell, Jr. The

Society.
Bulletin of the Essex Institute. Vol. 7, Nos. 6-12 ; Vol. 8. Nos. 1 and

2. The Society.
San Francisco. Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences. Vol.

V., Part 3. 1874. The Society.
St. Louis. The Transactions of the Academy of Sciences of St. Louis.

Vol. III., No. 3, 1876. The Societv.
The Western. New Series. Vol. 1, No. 12 ; Vol. II., Nos. 1, 2. The

Editor.
Toledo. Ohio. The Scientific Monthly. Vol. 1, Nos. 6, 10, and 12. The

Editor.
Troy. Proceedings of the Semi-Centennial Celebration of the Rensselaer

Polytechnic Institute. Troy, 1824-74. The Institute.
Washington. Bulletin of the United States Geological and Geographical

Survey of the Territories. Vol. II., Nos. 1-4. 2d Series. Nos. 1,

2, 5, 6. Department of Interior.
Same. Vol II., No. 4; No 2. 2d Series. F. V. Hayden.
Descriptive Catalogue of the Photographs of the United States Geo-
logical Survey of the Territories. 2d Edition, 1875. Department

of the Interior.
Bulletin of the United States National Museum. Nos. 1, 4, and 5.

Department of the Interior.
Field and Forest. Vol. II., No. 5, 1876. The Editor.
Quarterly Report of the Chief of Bureau of Statistics. Nos. 3 and 4,

1875 ; Nos. 3 and 4, 1876. Treasury Department.
Report of the Commissioner of Education for the year 1874. The

Department of the Interior.
Circular of Information of the Bureau of Education. Nos. 7 and 8,

L875. Department of Interior.
Monthly Report of the Department of Agriculture for October, 1876.

The Department.
Report of the Chief of Engineers, 1875. Parts 1 and 2. War De-
partment.
Report of the Commission to Investigate Affairs at the Red Cloud

Indian Agency, 1875. Department of Interior.

ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 431

"Worcester. Proceedings of the American Antiquarian Society. Nos. C5
and GG, 1876.
Transactions. Vols. 5 and 6. The Society.

CANADA.

Halifax. Proceedings and Transactions of the Nova Scotian Institute of

Natural Sciences. Vol. II. Dr. Honeyman.
Same. Vol. II.. Part IV. ; Vol. III., Part IV. 1869-74. Purchased.
London, Ca. The Canadian Entomologist. Vol. VII., Nos. 11 and 12;

Vol. VIII., Nos. 1-10, 1876. The Editor.
Montreal. The Canadian Naturalist. New Series. Vol. VII., Nos. 7 and

8 ; Vol. VIII., No. 2. The Editor.
The Canadian Antiquarian. Vol. IV., No. 3 ; Vol. V., Nos. 1 and 2,

1876. The Editors.
Quebec. Le Naturaliste Canadien. Vol. 7, Nos. 11 and 12 ; Vol. 8, Nos.

10. The Editor.
Toronto. The Canadian Journal of Science, Literature, and History. Vol.

XIV., No. 5 ; Vol. XV, Nos. 1. 2. 3. The Editor.
Annual Report of the Entomological Society of Ontario, 1875. The

Society.

MEXICO.

Mexico. La Naturaleza. Tomo III., Nos. 17, 18, 19, 1875-76. The Edi-
tor.

Nueva Farmacopea Mexicana de la Sociedad farmaceutica di Mexico,
1874. Prof. A. Herrera.

Five numbers of the Gaceta Medica de Mexico, 1866 and 1867. Prof.
Alfonso Herrera.

SOUTH AMERICA.

Rio de Janeiro. Archives do Museo Nacional do Rio de Janeiro. Vol. 1,
lo Tremestre. 1876. The Society.

Revista do Istituto Polytechnico Brasileiro. Tomo 1, Nos. 1 and 2 ;
Tomo 2, No. 2 ; Tomo 3 and 4. The Brazilian Centennial Commis-
sion.

Archivos da Palestra Scientifica do Rio de Janeiro. Vol. I., 1858.
Brazilian Centennial Commission.

AFRICA.

Alexandria. Society Kediviale de Geographie. Statuts et Discours par G.
Schvveinfurth, 1875. The Society.

ASIA.

Calcutta. Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. Nos. 6 and 10,

1875.
Journal of the same. Part I., Nos. 2-4, 1875. Part II., Nos. 1-3,

and extra number, 1875. Isaac Lea.
Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India. 8vo. Vol. XL, Pt. 2.
Records of the same. Vol. VIII. , Parts 1-4, 1875, and Vol. IX., Part

1, 1876.

432 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.

Memoirs of the same. 4to. Palneontolotria Indica. Ser. IX., 4, 1ST").
Jurassic Fauna of Kutch. Vol. I., 2 and 3. The Survey.
Yokohama. Transactions of the Asiatic Society of Japan. From 13th
Jan. 1875, to 30th Juue, 1875. The Society.

AUSTRALIA.

Brisbane. The Queeuslander. Vol. X. New Series, No. 12, 1875. A.
Mackay.

Tasmania. Monthly Xotices of Papers and Proceedings of the Royal So-
ciety of Tasmania for 1874. The Society.

NEW ZEALAND.

Wellington. Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealaud Institute,
1875. Vol. VIII. The Society.

INDEX TO GENERA.

433

INDEX TO GENERA.

Abies 173

Acer 328

Acbnenodon 65

Achatina 185

Achatinella 185

Acipenser 52

Acmaea 239, 246, 247

Adocus 258

JEgiale 148

^Ene 308

Aglaja 189

Aglaopbenia 231

Agave 142

Akebia 194

Alcithoe 286, 289

Allorisma 31

Arnastra 186

Amauropsis 296

Ambloctonus 65

Amia 52

Ammonites 278

Amoeba 198

Amoria 287, 291

Amoriana 287

Ampelopsis 332

Amphibulima 191

Amphiuma 354

Anagallis 158

Anaptomorpbus 88

Anclmra 275, 298

Ancistromesus 240, 246, 247

Auguilla 52

Anomia 319

Anoplotberium 65

Antbonya 311

Antbrenus 195

Apatite 99, 120

Apex 185

Apbrodina 274

Aporrbais 299

Arseocerus 271

Area 316

Arcella 54

Arcbiiectonica 298

Arctia 151

Arene 275

Argiope 201

Ariolimax 185

Arionta 189

Asineops 66

Astynax 336

Atapbrus 302

Atbleta 291

Aublysodon 248, 340

Aucbenia 146

Augite 120

Aulica 286, 288

Auriculella 185

Aurinia 286, 288, 290

Ansoba 286, 288

Axinoea 315, 317

Axopbyllum 28

Baculites 348

Baena 258

Balanus 273

Barite 156

Barringtonia 169

Bassaricyon 20

Bassaris 20

Batbmodou 65

Baubinia 331

Belemnoziphius 81

Bellerophon 33

Beryl 39

Binueya 185

Biota 203

Biotite 119

Bivonia '302

Boussingaultite 264

Breviarca 315

Brookite 37

Broussonctia 203, 328

Brucbus 268, 269, 271

Browallia 13

Bulimella 185

Bulimulus 190

Butalis 271

Busycon 278 285

434

INDEX TO GENERA.

Calamodon 39

Calandra 268, 270, 271

Calcite 61, 08

Callista 274

Callipara 286, 287, 288

Callocvstites 28

Calyce'lla 210, 217

Camelus 146

Campanula 142

Campanularia 210, 213

Camptonectes 318

Caracolus 188

Carcharias 52

Carcharodon 80, 86, 114

Cardium 309

Carelia 1 85

Carpinus 332

Carva 202

Catalpa 3S0

Catillus 273

Centrarcb.ua 08

Centropyxis 57

Cerasus 328

Ceratodus 52, 259

Ceratoptera 86

Chajtetes 27

Chaetostomus 339

Champsosaurus 348, 340

Chelydra 257

Chemnitzia 281

Chimera 53

Chiolite 45

Chiromys 88

Chiton 243

Chlorite 119

Chlorosina 286

Chonezipliins 81

Chrysanthemum 109

Chrysoberyl 102

Chrysolite 102

Cichla 68

Cichlasoma 335

Cionodon 250, 253

Clay tonia 84

Clepsydrops 350

Closia 287

Clupea 66

Clytia 210, 212

Collisella 247

Colliselliua 247

Colomba 274

Columbite 39

Compsemys 257

Conosaurus 113

Conularia 33

Coppinia 210, 217

Corticaria 271

Corundum 98

Coryphodon 65

Cosmia 152

Cossus 151

Crassatella 275, 310

Cricotus 350

Crvptorhytis 282

Cucullrea 309

Cyanite 100

Cyclotomodon 113

Cylindrella 191

Cymatophora 151

Cymbiola 286, 288

Cymbium 286, 287, 288

Cymbophora 306

Cyprimeria 308

Cyrtoceras 33

Daubrelite 87

Deweylite 100

Diabantite 120

Diabase 120

Diatryma 11, 65

Diclonius 253, 254

Dicopis 152

Difflii2;ia 115

Dinoziphius 80

Diphasia 210, 219

Discoidea 323

Dolomite 60

Dolerite 60, 119

Dosiniopsis 274

Drillia 280

Dysganus 250, 266

Eboroziphius 81

Elaolite 99

Elasmosaurus 256

Emery 99

Ena?ta 2S6, 290

Encbodus 266, 348

Endoptygma 302

Epeira 201

Ephestia 271

Epsomite 265, 334

Ergatis 201

Ericusa 286

Estlionyx 39

Euclea 153

Eudendrium 211, 218, 232

Euglypha 55

Euomphalus 32, 301

Euxenite 87

Exilia 278

Exilifusus 278

Exogyra 322

Pagua 328

Fasciolaria 282, 289

Felis 20

Ficulopsis 291, 294

TNPEX TO GENERA.

435

Ficns 204

Flourite 90

Formica • 108

Fulgoraria 286, 287, 280

Fusus 278

Greotis 191

Gari 307

Garnet 37, 82, 102

Gastornis 65

Geyaerite 265

Globicephalus 120

Glyptoatoma 100

Gohius 335

Goniaster 178

Gonothyrea 210, 211, 215

Grampus 120

Granocardium 310

Gryphsea 322

Gymnocladus 329

Gyrodea 205

Gyrotropis 300

Hadrosaurus 253

Halecium 210, 217

Halloysite 140

Halyclystus 235

Haraites 278

Haplotbrseus 274

Haploscapha 273

Harpella 286

Harpula 286, 288

Hedera 332

Hedronchus 250

Helcion 244, 246, 247

Helcioniscus 244, 246, 247

Helix 127, 188, 273

Hemitrypus 358

Hexagonite 160, 180

Hipparion 92

Holoparamecus 271

Hyalosphenia 197

Hydrotitanite 82

Hyopotamus 65

Hyperistius 68

Hyposaurvts 349

Hyrachyus 65

Hyracotberiurn 65

Hyrax 325

Idonearca 274, 313

Indiauite 140

Inoceramus 273, 312

Iolite 102

Iphinoe 300

Itacolumite 325

Juniperus 332

Kaolinite 141, 266

Labradorite 100, 119

Laelaps 248, 266, 340

Laemophlceus 269, 271

Lafoea 210, 215, 217

Lagena , 281

Lagenorhynchus 136

Laminella 186

Lamna 348

Latliridius 271

Laxispira 301

Legumeu 304

Leioderma 291, 292

Leonurus 175

Lepeta 245, 247

Lepidostens 51, 266

Leptachatiua 186

Leptosolen 304

Liatris 1 54

Limax . 184

Liriodendron 202

Lithopbaga 311

Livonia 286

Lophopbyllum 27

Loricaria 338

Lottia 246, 247

Lunatia 296

Luzula 159

Lyria 286, 287, 290

Macrocyelis 183

Macrorbyncbia 211, 230

Magnetite 99, 119

Magnolia 329

Mammillaria 159

Martesia 304

Mascagnite 265

Mastodon 38

Megaptygma 292

Megatherium 80, 87

Megatbymus 150

Megistocrinus 29

Melo 286, 288

Meniscotberium 65

Menopoma 354, 359

Mentzelia 173, 202

Mesodon 189

Micropbysa 187

Monoclonins 255

Monticulipora 27

Murmidius 271

Mustelus 52

Myledapb.ua 260, 266

436

INDEX TO GENERA.

Myliobates 86

Myxine 52

Nacclla 24G, 247

Kais 151

Nassa 282

Nasua 20

Nautilus 277

Nebela 58, 115

Neithea 319

Nemodon 316

Neotoma 325

Nephelite 99

Newcombia 185

Nobilia ■ 286

Nucula 318

Nuculaua 318

Obelia 210, 212

(Enothera 158

Olivine 102

Oncbidella 184

Onoclca 143

Onyx 166

Opis 311

Opuntia 159, 161

Orobus 112

Osteoglossum 66

Ostrea 320

Otodus 348

Oxystele 303

Pachnolitc 42

Pachycardium 309

Pachyrbizodus 113

Palseonyctis 65

Palseoscincus 254

Palseosyops 65

Paliurua 324

Papilio 150

Paracyclas 31

Paranomia 320

Parasa 153

Paronycbodon 256, 350

Partulina 185

Patella 239, 246, 247

Patina 246, 247

Patinella 247

Patula 187

Pentacrinus 178

Perca 52

Periplomya 305

Peronseoderraa 308

Perophora 152

. Perowskite 37, 82

Persicula 287

Petalodua 9

IVt romyzon 52

Pbalera 151

Phallus

Phaseolus

Pbenacodua

Pliocpena

Pholadomya

Pholerite

Phorus

Photinula

Phrygionis

Phyllira

Piabucina 335,

Picea

Pickeringite

Pilidium 245,

Plautago

Platypoecilus

Plesiosaurus

Pliauchenia

Poebrotherium

Polycotylus 266,

Polygyra

Polyodon

Polythorax

Pomoxys

Porcellana

Portulaca

Procamelus

Procyon

Proroziphius 87,

Prosopis

Protocardia

Protolabis

Protopterus

Psocus

Pteromalus

Ptiloris

Ptychosyca

Pugnellus

Pti]>a

Pyropsis

Pyroxene

Pyrula

194
194

65
134
305
141
302
303
153
151
336
332
333
247
159
335
256
147
146
346
188

52
258

G8
2S7
159
144

20
114
270
309
145

52
269
271
183
294
298
127
284
119
291

Quadrula 116

Quercus 12, 203, 328

Ralstonite 45

Ranunculus 85, 110

Rhamdia 337

Rhea 14

Rhizonema 211, 233

Rhizopertha 270

Rostellites 290, 294

Rubellite 100

Rudbeckia 175

Samarskite 39, 87, 112

Baurocepbalus 253

Bcalaria 296

INDEX TO GENERA.

437

Scalpellum 179

Scapha 280, 287, 288

Scaphella 28G, 287, 291

Scapherpeton 353

Schizodesma 300

Schorlomitc 37

Schrophularia 108, 111

Scomber 52

Scurria • 244, 247

Scntellina 240, 247

Senecio 142

Sertularella 210, 215

Sertularia 210, 219, 229

Silvanus 209, 271

Sincyclonema 319

Solyma 305

Sonomaite 203

Sparganium 198

Spessartite 39, 53

Sphenodon 350

Spinel 102

Stapelia 194

Staphylea 110, 112

Stenogyra 127

Stricklandinia 30

Strobilocystites 28

Strombocarpus 209

Stypolopbus 04, 88

Succinea 191

Surcula 278

Surculites 280

Syenite 00

Taenia 14

Talinum 159

Talpa 88

Tamiosma 273

Tantalite 39

Tegenaria 201

Teflina 307

Tenea 307

Tentaculites 34

Theridion 201

Thomsenolite 42

Thuiaria 211, 225, 220

Thuja 203

Tillandsia 35

Tinea 271

Tomitberium 88

Topaz 98

Tourmaline 100

Toxicodendron 332

Tracliodon 253, 254

Trachycardium 310

Tremolite 180

Tribolium 271

Trichotropis 300

Trigonarca 314, 310

Trigonia 312

Triodopsis 187

Tritonium 281

Troilite 87

Tubularia 211, 231

Turbinopsis 300

Turnus 304

Turricula 187

Turritella 301

Urodela 354

Uronautes 352

Vaucberia 193

Vernilia 313

Verbena 172

Volula 280, 287, 288, 292

Volutella 287, 288

Volutifusus 290, 291, 292

Volutilithes 280, 290

Volutimitra 287, 291

Volutimitrina 287

Volutina 287

Volutoderma 289, 292

Volutomorpba 290, 292

Welwitscbia 172

Wistaria 331

Xylopbagella 304

Yetina 287

Yetus 287, 288

Zapsalis 344

Zidona 280, 288

Zircon 102, 150

Zonites 127, 183

438

GENERAL INDEX.

Additions to the Library, 495
Allen EL, A Human Skull exhibiting
unusual Features, 17; Zoological
and Biological Methods of Re-
search, 80, 90 ; Supernumerary An-
terior Extremity in a Brahmin
Bull, 143 ; Supernumerary Ante-
rior Extremity in a Domestic
Cow, 163.
Allen, J. A., Description of a New
Generic Type, Bassaricyon, of
Procyonidse, from Costa Rica, 10,
20.

Barcena, Mariano, On certain Mexi-
can Meteorites, 122 ; The Rocks
known as Mexican Onyx, 143, 100.

Binney, Wm. (4., On the Lingual
Dentition, Jaw, and Genitalia of
Carelia, Onchidella, and other Pul-
monata, 172, 183.

Biological and Microscopic Section,
Report of, 38!).

Blake, W. P., On Itacolumite, 325.

Botanical Section. Organization of,
114 ; Report of, 394.

By-laws, Adoption of, 07, 87; Amend-
ments to, 87.

Chapman, H. C, Description of a
new Taenia from Rhea Americana,
14 ; Description of a Monstrosity,
14, 24; Election as Curator, 159.

Clarke, S. P., and W. II. Dall, Re-
port on the Ilydroids collected on
the Coast of Alaska and the Aleu-
tian Islands, by Win. II. Dall, U.
S. Coast Survey and party, from
1871 to 1874, inc.. 143, 209.

Conchological Section, Report of,
390.

Conrad, T. A., Note on a Cirripede
of the Californian Miocene, with
remarks on Fossil Shells, 204, 273.

Cope, Edw. D., On a gigantic Bird
from the Eocene of New Mexico,
10 ; On the Theory of Evolution,
15 ; On the Taaniodonta, a new
group of Eocene Mammalia. 39 ;
On the Geologic Age of the Verte-
brate Fauna of the Eocene of New
Mexico, 63; Fourth Contribution
to the History of Existing Ceta-
cea, 80, 129; On some supposed
Lemurine forms of the Eocene
Period, 88 ; On a new Genus of
Fossil Fishes, 113; On a new
Genus of Camelidse, 144 ; Descrip-
tion of some Vertebrate Remains
from the Fort Union Beds of Mon-
tana, 200, 248; Explorations in
South America, 204; Cretaceous
Vertebrates of the Upper Missouri,
206 ; On some Extinct Reptiles
and Batrachia from the Fort Union
and Fox Hills Beds of Montana,
325, 340.

Correspondence. 1870. 400.

Council, Election of Members of, 84.

Dall, W. II., On the Extrusion of
the Seminal Products in Limpets,
with some Remarks on the IMiyl-
logeny of Docoglossa, 193, '■?:!!• ;
On the Marine Fauna] Regions of
the North Pacific, 205.

Dulles. J. H., Announcement of
death of, 37.

Elections, 1870. 398.

Engelmann. Geo., Notes on the Co-
lli fera1, 1 73.

Ennis, J.. Our Sidereal System and
the Direction ami Distance of its
('.■lit re. 325, 360

Entomological Section, Formation
of, 66 ; Report of, 392.

GENERAL INDEX.

439

Forwood, Wm. H., On Sphcncs
from Delaware County, Pa., 176.

Frazer, P., Jr., On the Age and
Origin of certain Quartz Veins,
36 ; Notes on two Traps, a case of
Alteration of Earthy Sediment,
60; ^iotes on some Palaeozoic
Limestones, 60 ; On the Micro-
scopic Observation of Minute Ob-
jects, 84.

Gabb, W. M., Description of a Col-
lection of Fossils made by Dr. Rai-
mondi in Peru, 143 ; Note on the
Discovery of Representatives of
two Orders of Fossils new to the
Cretaceous Formation of North
America, 163, 178 ; Notes on Ame-
rican Cretaceous Fossils, with de-
scriptions of some new species, 262,
276.

Gesner, Wm., On the Coal and Iron
Resources of Alabama. 163

Gill, Theo., Notes on Fishes from
the Isthmus of Panama, collected
by Dr. J. F. Bransford, U. S. N.,
272, 335.

Gilliams, J. S., Presentation of por-
trait of Jacob Gilliams, 54.

Goldsmith, E., Halloysite from Indi-
ana, 140 ; On Hexagonite, a new
mineral, 160; On Sonomaite, 263 ;
On Boussingaultite and other min-
erals from Sonoma Co., Cal., 261 ;
Pickeringtite from Colorado. 333 ;
Epsomite on Brick Walls, 334.

Haldeman, S. S., On Pre-Historic

Relics, 35.
Hay, Geo., Chemical Notes, 54, 72.

Index to Genera, 432.

Jordan, D. S. and H. E. Copeland,
The Genus Pomoxys, Raf., 54, 68.

Kerr, W. C, On Frost-drip in North
Carolina, 157.

Kcenig, G. A., Mineralogical Notes,
36, 155 ; On Pachnolite and Thom-
senolite, 35, 42 ; On Tantalite from
Yancey Co., N. C, 39 ; On Spes-
sartite, 53 ; Note on Mr. Hay's
Paper, 78 ; Mineralogical Notes ;
Hydrotitanite, a new mineral, 82 ;
Hexagonite, Goldsmith, a variety
of Trernolite, 171, 180.

Lea, I., Further Notes on Inclusions
in (Jems, 86, 98.

Le Conte, J. L., Destructive Coleop-
tera, 195; Report on Insects intro-
duced by means of the Interna-
tional Exhibition, 267.

Leidy, Jos., On Petalodus, 9 ; Mas-
todon Andium, 38 ; Remarks on
Arcella, 54 ; Remarks on Fossils
from the Ashley River Phosphate
Beds, 80, 86 ; Fish Remains of the
Mesozoic Red Shales, 81 ; Remarks
on Vertebrate Fossils from the
Phosphate Beds of South Carolina,
114; Remarks on the Rhizopod
Genus Nebella, 115; Bituminous
Sediment of the Schuylkill River,
193 ; Remarks on the Structure of
Precious Opal, 125; Observations
on Rhizopods, 197 ; Description of
Vertebrate Remains chiefly from
the Ashley Phosphate Beds of
North Carolina. 202 ; On Ozoce-
rite, 325 ; On Hyraceum, 325 ; On
Itacolumite, 325 ; Report of Cu-
rators, 380.

Lewis, H. C, On Strontianite and
Associated Minerals in Mifflin Co.,
11.

Martindale, I., On Opuntia Rafin-
escpiii andO. vulgaris, 161 ; Natu-
ralization of Plants, 175.

Mazyck, Wm. G., On the Occurrence
of Helix terrestris, Chemn., in
North America, 113, 127.

McCook, H. C, Habits of Formica
rufa, 199 ; On Webs of New Spe-
cies of Spiders, 200.

McQuillen, J. H., The Harmony of
Antagonism of Teeth, 170.

Meehan, Thos., Variations in Quer-
cus macrocarpa, 12 ; Self-Fertili-
zation in Browallia elata, 13 ; Ad-
ditional Notes on the Spanish
Moss, Tillandsia usneoides, 35 ; On
Natural Inarching, 38 ; On the
nature of Root Fibres, 58 ; The
" Sleep of Plants1' as an Agent in
Self-Fertilization, 84 ; Fertilization
of Flowers by Insect Agency. 108 ;
Retardation of Bloom in an Herba-
ceous Plant, 142 ; Cross Fertiliza-
tion in Campanula, 142; Varia-
tions in the Sensitive Fern. Onoclea
sensibilis, 143 ; Diurnal Motion in
Liatris pycnostaehya, 154 ; Fasci-
ated Branches, 154 ; On the Diur-

440

GENERAL INDEX.

nal opening of Flowers, 158 ; Mor-
phology of the Pear, 171 ; Natural
Hybrids, 171 ; Welwitschia mira-
bilis, 172 ; Nocturnal Flowering
of Mentzelia ornata, 173 ; Fertili-
zation in Beans, 193; Fruit of
Akebia quinata, 194 ; Note on
Phallus fcetidus, 194; Self- Fertili-
zation in Mentzelia ornata, 202 ;
Direct Growth Force in Roots,
202 ; Interpretation of varying
Forms, 202 ; On Excrescences and
Eccentric Wood Growths in the
Trunks of Trees, 327.

Nolan, Edw. J., Report of Record-
ing Secretary, 376 ; Report of Li-
brarian, 377.

Ogden, J., Remarks on Ptiloris Wil-
sonii, Ogden, 175, 182.

Phillips, J. S., Announcement of

death of, 41.
Pickering, Chas., On Photographs

of Tasmanians at the Centennial

Exhibition, 169 ; The Australians,

262.

Redfield, J. H., Botanical Corres-
pondence of Zaccheus Collins, 81 ;
Report of Botanical Section, 304.

Report on Insects Introduced by
Means of the International Exhi-
bition, 267.

Report of Biological and Microsco-
pical Section, 389.

Report of Botanical Section, 394.

Report of Concliological Section, 390.

Report of Curators, 380.

Report of Entomological Section, 392.

Report of Librarian, 377.

Report of the President, 372.

Report of Recording Secretary, 376.

Richardson, J. G., Report of Biolo-
gical and Microscopical Section,
389.

Ridings, J., Report of Entomologi-
cal Section, 392.

Roberts, S. R., Report of Conclio-
logical Section, 390.

Ruschenberger, W. S. W., Report
of the President, 372.

Smith, Geo. W., Announcement of
death of, 66.

Smith, J. Lawrence, Two New Mine-
rals, 87.

Strecker, Herman, Description of a
New Species of iEgiale, and Notes
on some other Species of North
American Lepidoptera, 140, 148.

Tryon, Geo. W., Jr., Resignation
as Curator, 143.

White, Chas. A., Descriptions of
New Species of Fossils from Pale-
ozoic Rocks of Iowa, 15, 27.

Wilder, Burt G., On the Brains of
Fishes, 51.

Willcox, Jos., on Samarskite, 112 :
Mineralogical Notes, 327 ; Impu-
rities in Drinking Water, 327.

Young, Chas. A., On Conglomerate,
No. XII., 202.

Proa AcaANatS&Phi W6.

PL.t.

■ i : Mij\»-.. •...-. /.,

.jA&UQk

liiisirared bvtheBarton fund

.T.H.Blake, del.

Bassancyon GaVbii.

. . " •> ■■'•'.-,

■ . \ I ,

i -
i ^ . '■! ' 4

11 • ' i,

■'■'*>•

' ■ '; • '•

•

10.

• ' •-

- '•- '-

II a

I2a

MICROSCOPIC CRYSTALS & < AVITIES IN GEM:

•

en
i

id
m

SxJ
o
o

en
W

t"1

i— '
P

I— ■.
O

h- ' ■

>
N

i— i

a>
-^

t-i

PRO... A 1ST. S.PHIL A..]

PLATE V.

-■;'

^r, nnfjfe

3 a

..-V

2 a.

»*»*-»-••

.,.,_.,^

*<■•*_ * * «» - ^ .* S *

at*;**;**- ,%„..»*

^iss

Illustraied by the Barto.n Fund.

Gat>~b on New Arae • . ': . '.aceous Fossi

PrA."N.S.Phila,1876

PI 6.

IT - JOtjft

V I

4 $*?%>

■

. Si

■

<?#

r 3Z

eiifAm?Q.

H v.

AA.

*V> - - a /

— N

W.G.B. del.

UTT, St.PWa-

Binney on Dentition &cof Pulmonata.

PROCA.N. S.PHILA.:

PLATE VII.

S.F.Clark, del.

" irk on Alaskan Hydroids

PR0CA.N.S.PHILA..1876.

\te vn.

S.F.Clark, del.

irk on Alaskan Hyclroids

PROC. A.N. S.PHILA. 1876.

PLATE

S.F.Clark, del.

■ ■

CI; rk on Alaskan Hydxoids.

PROG. A.N. S.PHILA..1876.

S.F. Clark

Sinclair .4 S - -"inh.

Clark on Ate: i Hydxoids

PROC.A.N. S.PHILA..

i xic

S.E. Clark, del.

b o to -lit

Clark on Alaskan Hydxoids.

PEOC-A.N. s.phila..:

PLATE

S.F.Clark, del.

irk on Alaskan Hydroids

PR0CA.N.S.PHILA.1876.

PLA

S.F. Clark, del.

-Uth.

Clark on Alaskan Hydroids

PROC A.N. S.PHIL A..: -

S.T. del.

■

lark on Alaskan Hydro.

PROC. A.N. S. PHILA.1876.

PLATE XV.

S.I

■

Clark on Alaskan Hydro.

PROC A.N. S.PHIL A.. 18 76.

PLATE XVI.

irk on/ I

PROC A.N. S.PHIL A.1876.

PLATE XVII.

igr r

Illustrated by the Barton Fund.

•"*:

Gobi or An

MBL WHOI LIBRARY

UH IfiRA 1

4^73

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia"

See other formats